Answer Solutions Specification Guide - OEC Business Interiors

Answer SolutionsSpecification GuideWhat’s New?What’s New information is now availableon the in2.steelcase.com Web site. Go toWhat’s New, then Show News by Category,then Incentives, Pricing, Promotions.cSee the Specification Guide Library:Reference Guide for information about whereto find products.AvailabilityElectronic price list updated withrelease 158.A (U.S.) and 135.A (Canada),dated January 12, 2004.Working With This Specification GuideTen Tips: How to Get the Most Out of This Book 2Additional Resources 4UnderstandingPanels 7Wiring and Cabling 65Worksurfaces and Related Products 91Storage Products 221Lighting 291Turnstone Furniture 299cFor a list of all trademarks,refer to the last page of thisspecification guide.This specification guidecontains multipleSteelcase and Turnstoneproduct lines which aredesigned into one specificationguide for your convenience.Note that each product may besubject to different pricingterms and conditions.For Canadian PricingCalculate in the followingorder to avoid roundingerrors:• Multiply the base priceand each option by 1.38.• Round each to thenearest dollar.• Add base and optionsfor total list price.SpecifyingPanels 303Panel Wiring and Cabling 334Worksurfaces and Related Products 347Storage Products 463Lighting 541Turnstone Furniture 553Surface Materials 599Surface Materials 600Trim Color Defaults 604Color Coordination Matrices 605Answer Worksurfaces Color Defaults 607Directional Laminate Grain Directions 608Wood Grain Directions 611Resources 615Lock and Keying Options 616Universal Worksurface Products Style Number Change Matrix 618Style Number Index 624

Statement of LineEnd-of-Run In-line L-Base T-Base X-Base V-Base Y-Base Wall-StartBase Base Junctions Junctions Junctions Junctions Junctions JunctionsJunctions JunctionsTop capCable trayHorizontalbarsBasecovers18"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"WStacking Stacking Stacking L Stacking T Stacking X Stacking V Stacking Y StackingEnd-of-Run In-line Junctions Junctions Junctions Junctions Junctions Wall StartJunctions Junctions JunctionsUnderstandingc Page 14Specifyingc Pages 162–170,179Understandingc Page 16Specifyingc Pages 184–185Understandingc Page 18Specifyingc Pages 171–1748 Answer Specification Guide16 Answer Specification GuideAnswer Specification Guide 17Ten Tips:How to Get the Most Out of This Book.Tip 1Watch the tabs on theright-hand edges of thepages. They’ll always indicatewhich chapter youare in.Chapter Name.Tip 2PanelsBase Junctions30"H • • • • • • •42"H • • • • • • • •54"H • • • • • • • •66"H • • • • • • • •78"H • • • • • • • •Base Horizontal Frame Package• • • • • • • •Stacking Junctions12"H • • • • • • • •24"H • • • • • • • •Use the Statement ofLine pages for an overviewof the available components,their sizes, and page referencesfor additional information.Each Understandingchapter includes a statementof line after the tableof contents.Tip 3Find cross referencesby looking for page numbersflagged with an arrow...Tip 4Study the product detailpages in the Understandingsection to learn everything anexpert knows about specificproducts. Each product detailpage in this section containsthe following features, whereapplicable:• Product Drawing• Actual Dimensions• Product Details• Connections• Wiring and Cabling• Surface Materials• Application TopicsProduct Drawingshows you what the productlooks like and points outimportant features..Base JunctionsBase junctions completethe structure of panel packagesand panel buildups.Answer panels always sharea junction with adjacent panels.You order the style ofjunction you need separately.cSpecifying, pages 162–170Aligners ensure correct fitwith adjacent panel top caps.Opening in top of junctionallows lay-in cable routingbeneath top caps.Slots in junction accept thepanel’s horizontal bars,cable trays and powerkits.Slotted channels injunction accommodate worksurfacesupports and overheadstorage components at1" increments.Trim is included with L, T,V, and end-of-run junctionsto finish exposed surfaces.Trim is available with fabricwrapped or wood veneeroptions.Large opening at worksurfaceheight in 42"H,54"H, 66"H, and 78"H junctionsmust be used to routepower through an L, T, V,X, or Y base junction. Amodular harness is requiredif power is routed at anylocation other than worksurfaceheight.Leveling glides adjust toinstall panels on unevenfloors. Range is 2".Actual DimensionsDepth 3"(76mm)Height 29 13 ⁄16",* 40 3 ⁄4", 53 1 ⁄8", 65 31 ⁄64", and 77 27 ⁄32"(757mm, 1035mm, 1349mm, 1663mm,and 1977mm)*Note: Wall start junctions are not available 29 13⁄16"H.Junction cap is includedwith junction when needed.Skins attach to junctionwith concealed hardware.Actual Dimensionstable lists the dimensionsof the product..Product DetailsEnd-of-run base junctionincludes junction, verticaltrim, and junction cap.End-of-run trim adds 1" tofootprint.In-line base junctionincludes junction and plastictop cap aligner.L-base junction includesjunction, vertical trim, junctioncap, and plastic top capaligner.Product Detailsgives specific informationon the product and howit is used..T-base junction includesjunction, vertical trim, junctioncap, and two plastic topcap aligners.X-base junction includesjunction, junction cap, andthree plastic top cap aligners.V-base junction includesjunction, vertical trim, junctioncap, and plastic top capaligner...Y-base junction includesjunction, junction cap, andtwo plastic top cap aligners.Wall Start junctionsecures to the stud in astructural wall or drywallfasteners can be used.Vertical trim is not needed.Also used in off-moduleapplications. Wall startjunction does not add anydimension to panel run.An in-line top capaligner is included within-line junctions.Top cap aligners areincluded with L, T, V, X,and Y junctions.cPage 172Wiring and Cablingdetails the power andcable-management andcable routing capabilitiesof the product..ConnectionsQuick lock on both endsof the panel’s horizontalconnecting bars engage thejunction in a tight structuralconnection.Base junctions canaccept a stacking junctionof the same type only.Example: An L-base junctionwi l accept an L-stackingjunction..Connectionsdescribes how the productis assembled or how itattaches to anotherproduct.Skins extend onto junctionand meet skin of adjacentpanel. The slotted channelof the junction is accessiblebetween these two skins.Panels can support worksurfaces,shelves, and bins.Wiring and CablingHorizontal routingthrough junctions is accommodatedby openings formodular harnesses andcables. Openings at top ofjunction accept lay-in cablerouting..Lay-in junction cablesleeves can be addedin the field to cover theexposed metal edges inlay-in cable space.Modular harnessesthat are 43" or 80" are availableto change the height atwhich you are routing powerkits or to route power fromthe panel base to differentheights.Modular harness is usedto route power through anL, T, V, X, or Y junction.Only the large opening inthe junction at worksurfaceheight allows enough spaceto accommodate the bend inthe harness. Modular harnessis not needed to routepower at worksurfaceheight..Base Junctions30"H junction does nothave a large opening. Amodular harness must beused to route power in a30"H L, T, V, X, or Y junction.Only the base of thejunction allows enoughspace to accommodate thebend in the harness.Surface MaterialsBase junction• Black paintJunction is hidden whenproperly installed.Junction cap• PlasticVertical trim• Paint• Vertical surface fabric(option)• Wood veneer (option)Application TopicsStacking junctions canbe used with any heightbase junction.Stability Guidelinesfor application rules.cSee page 39Surface Materialslists what material is usedfor each part of theproduct..Panels.2 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

74 Answer Specification GuideAnswer Specification Guide 7578"HTen Tips:How to Get the MostOut of This Book.Tip 5Refer to the specifyingpages for all the informationneeded to order a product.Each product specifyingpage contains a variety ofelements to help you completea specification:• Product Drawing• Standard Includes• Required to Specify• Options• Related Products• Specification Information• Dimensions• Style Number• PriceProduct Drawingshows you what theproduct looks like.Performance Tackable Acoustical Panel PackagesSide 1 Side 2Tip: Remember to orderjunctions to connect adjacentpanels.cPage 000Tip: COM option is pricedas fabric price group 2.Tip: Remember to orderreceptacles and faceplates.cPages 000 and 000Tip: 18"W panels canaccommodate pass-throughpower only.Tip: Change-of-height topcap is not available on 78"Hpanel.For Canadian OrdersThe “ship-to” destination willdetermine whether Zone 1pricing or Zone 2 pricingshould be used.cPage 1cNeed help?Product details,page 000Standard Includes• Full tackable acoustical skins on both sides of panel:fabric price group AException: 78"H panels are standard with fabric pricegroup 1 fabrics. Base price for 78"H panels (at right)includes fabric price group 1 fabrics.• Top cap: color default determined by trim paint color• Trim: painted steel• Base raceway space• Cable lay-in tray• Two horizontal connecting barsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for side 13 Fabric color number for side 24 Paint color number for trim5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 000.Options U.S. Zone 1 Zone 2 Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 each side +$ 6 +$ 8 +$ 8 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 each side +$ 18 +$ 23 +$ 23 Specify fabric color number.Standard Includes(under the dark grey band)provides a list of whatcomes standard with theproduct.Power with • One pass-through power harness +$117 +$152 +$158 Specify with one pass-through3+1, 2+2, or 18"W to 48"W harness and indicate wiringthree separateschematic type (3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).neutrals (3SN) • One pass-through power harness +$130 +$169 +$176 Specify with one pass-throughwiring 60"W or 72"W harness and indicate wiringschematicsschematic type (3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).• Two pass-through power harnesses +$234 +$304 +$316 Specify with two pass-through18"W to 48"W harnesses and indicate wiringschematic type (3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).• Two pass-through power harnesses +$260 +$338 +$352 Specify with two pass-through60"W or 72"W harnesses and indicate wiringschematic type (3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).• One power kit 24"W to 48"W +$156 +$203 +$211 Specify with one power kit andindicate wiring schematic type(3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).• One power kit 60"W or 72"W +$273 +$355 +$369 Specify with one power kit andindicate wiring schematic type(3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).• Two power kits 24"W to 48"W +$312 +$406 +$422 Specify with two power kits andindicate wiring schematic type(3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).• Two power kits 60"W or 72"W +$546 +$710 +$738 Specify with two power kits andindicate wiring schematic type(3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).• One pass-through power harness +$273 +$355 +$369 Specify with one pass-throughand one power kit 24"W to 48"Wharness and one power kit andindicate wiring schematic type(3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).• One pass-through power harness +$403 +$524 +$545 Specify with one pass-throughand one power kit 60"W or 72"Wharness and one power kit andindicate wiring schematic type(3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).Top Cap • Change-of-height cable routing +$ 8 +$ 10 +$ 10 Specify with change-of-height,at one end of top capone end.• Change-of-height cable routing +$ 12 +$ 16 +$ 16 Specify with change-of-height,at both ends of top cap on 36"Wboth ends.and wider panelOptions(under the black band) listsall the options that apply tothe product, their price, andwhat is required to specify.Required to Specify(under the dark grey band)itemizes the informationthat you must provide toorder the standard productand the preferred sequencefor specification.Tip: 78"H fu l-skin panelscannot accommodatedirectional fabrics. Usesegmented panels fordirectional fabrics.Specification Information42"H 54"HTackable Acoustical Panel PackagesU.S. CANADA U.S. CANADADWidth DStyle DBase DBase Price DStyle DBase DBase Priced dNumber dPrice d dNumber dPrice dd d d d d d dd d d dZone 1 dZone 2 d d dZone 1 dZone 218" TS74218PF $232 $302 $314 TS75418PF $242 $315 $32824" TS74224PF $254 $330 $343 TS75424PF $266 $346 $36030" TS74230PF $280 $364 $379 TS75430PF $292 $380 $39536" TS74236PF $306 $398 $414 TS75436PF $318 $413 $43042" TS74242PF $337 $438 $456 TS75442PF $347 $451 $46948" TS74248PF $380 $494 $514 TS75448PF $390 $507 $52760" TS74260PF $479 $623 $648 TS75460PF $491 $638 $66472" TS74272PF $553 $719 $748 TS75472PF $573 $745 $775d d d d d d d d d66"HU.S. CANADADWidth DStyle DBase DBase Priced dNumber dPrice dd d d dd d d dZone 1 dZone 218" TS76618PF $302 $393 $40924" TS76624PF $326 $424 $44130" TS76630PF $350 $455 $47336" TS76636PF $376 $489 $50942" TS76642PF $407 $529 $55048" TS76648PF $450 $585 $60860" TS76660PF $577 $750 $78072" TS76672PF $657 $854 $888d d d d dSpecificationInformation(under the light grey band)provides product dimensions,style numbers, andprices for the standardproduct and any surfacematerial choices that areavailable.U.S. CANADADStyle DBase DBase PricedNumber dPrice dd d dd d dZone 1 dZone 2TS77818PF $450 $585 $608TS77824PF $470 $611 $635TS77830PF $498 $647 $673TS77836PF $524 $681 $708TS77842PF $559 $727 $756TS77848PF $610 $793 $825N.A.N.A.d d d dRelated Productsprovide specification informationfor products that aredirectly related.Panels.Tip 6Required to SpecifySpecify with Customiz StainSpecify with two post legs and twpost legs with casters and indicapaint color number for legs.Specify with four single post legswith casters and indicate paint conumber for legs.Italic typeface on specifyingpages usually identifieswording that you shoulduse in your order.Tip 7To determine how manskins are needed to completea panel, consult thetable at right.Tip: Remember to orderskins for both sides of thepanel buildup.Watch for tips throughoutthe text that give youexplanations and helpfulinstructions.Tip 8Learn what you cannotdo by looking for drawingscrossed out with an “X.”.Tip 9Use the surface materialslistings in theSurface Materials section ofthis book to find surfacematerial color numbers.cPage 600Tip 10StyleNumberTS7042BLTS7042STS7048BLTS7048STS7060BLTS7060STS7072BLPage131130131130131130131Refer to the style numberindex when you knowa style number and youneed to find the page thathas more details about theproduct.cPage 624.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 3

Additional Resources.Answer is supported with anarray of informational materials,tools, and software tohelp you plan an installationefficiently.Product brochures andplanning tools can beordered through yourSteelcase area office bycalling 1.800.784.0355,or through the SteelcaseMarketing CommunicationsWeb site atin2.steelcase.com.This specificationguide contains multipleSteelcase and Turnstoneproduct lines which aredesigned into one specificationguide for your convenience.Note that eachproduct may be subject todifferent pricing terms andconditions.Additional storage productscan be found in the StorageProducts SpecificationGuide.Refer to the TurnstoneFurniture SpecificationGuide for the UnderstandingTurnstone information..Computer ToolsElectronic CatalogAccurate sales quotationsand purchase orders forSteelcase products arecreated with specificationsoftware that usesSteelcase ElectronicCatalog data. Use the datato specify and price stylenumbers and options forevery Steelcase product.The data is updated quarterlyby Steelcase andprovided to softwareprograms like Vspec, theHedberg Business System,and 20/20 CAP StudioWorksheet.Furniture SymbolGraphic DataSteelcase creates 2D and3D furniture symbols (withattributes) for planning andinitially specifying Steelcaseproducts. This data is incorporatedinto several add-onsoftware packages thatwork in either a Microstationor an AutoCAD draftingenvironment.Specification RulesSoftware—AccelerateAnswer product applicationrules reside in an AutoCADadd-on package calledAccelerate. Accelerate is arules-based tool that providesproduct and applicationintelligence tostreamline the planning ofworkspaces.Rules help designers accuratelyassemble panelframes, skins, and power inplan, elevation, and 3Dviews. The software alsoscans the drawing andwarns the user if productapplication rules have beenviolated. Once a layout iscorrect, Accelerate assistsin providing installationdrawings and specificationsthat easily link to industrywidedesign, sales, andordering tools..Other Steelcase products—without rules—reside inAccelerate and can beblended with these “smart”solutions. They are deliveredwith Accelerate softwareand originate fromconventional Steelcasefurniture symbol graphics(described at left).For more information onthese and other softwaretools to help you plan effectivework environments,please contactSteelcase eTools at1.616.246.9542.ProductInfoProduct InfoElectronic versions of thisand many other specificationguides in Acrobat PDF(Portable DocumentFormat) allow you to scan,search, and print any pageon virtually any computer.You can access these filesat the Steelcase.com Website or My Sales Online atin2.Steelcase.com..SupportSteelcase CapabilitiesSteelcase products aredistributed, installed, andserviced through a networkof more than 600 dealersworldwide. Steelcase is alsorepresented with offices andcorporate showrooms in26 U.S. cities, 4 Canadiancities, and in France,Germany, Great Britain,and Japan. Every Steelcaseproduct meets our exceptionallyhigh standards ofquality and durability andcomes with the Steelcaseassurance of excellencein service.For assistance, pleasecall your local dealer, theSteelcase SolutionsResource Team, or theSteelcase Solutions FulfilledTeam at 1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).Call the Steelcase SolutionsResource Team prior toplacing an order, when workingon a bid, or when youneed information aboutproduct applications andspecifications.Call the Steelcase SolutionsFulfilled Team if you havesubmitted an order toSteelcase and you need tospeak to your service representativeabout the order.Also call if you have anypost-shipment quality orwarranty concerns or serviceparts questions.Outside the U.S.A., Canada,Mexico, Puerto Rico, andthe U.S. Virgin Islands, call1.616.247.2500..Related ProductsDetails worktoolsinclude a full line ofergonomically designedproducts that enhances andimproves the work setting.Product platforms includecomputer support tools,organizational worktools,and personal lighting.cFor additional productinformation, contact:Details25 Ottawa Avenue SW4th Floor, Arena StationGrand Rapids, MI 49503Telephone 1.800.833.0411FAX 1.256.230.6551User-AdjustableWorksurfacesThis publication provides anoverview of the advantagesof applying user-adjustableworksurfaces with Steelcasefurniture systems. Adviceabout how adjustable-heightworksurfaces can savemoney is included alongwith planning informationand color photographs oftypical applications. A visualoverview of all useradjustableworksurfaces andthe furniture they relate to isalso included.Form number S10969Answer Assembly ToolAs an alternative to using arubber mallet, frames canbe assembled using theAnswer Assembly Tool.Call Steelcase for pricingand order information.1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522)Steelcase—DupontCorian ® —TFI AllianceSteelcase now has analliance with Dupont ® toprovide Universal SystemsWorksurfaces FreestandingWorksurfaces made withCorian ® solid surfaces.These elegant tops are producedand sold exclusivelyby TFI, the industry leaderin the development of productsand processes withDupont Corian. This programis available to authorizedSteelcase dealers..4 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Additional Resources.Use this specification guideto understand more aboutFreestanding Worksurfaces;refer to the Steelcase CorianBinder for pricing, productwarranty and programdetails. Order Corian solidsurface worksurfacesdirectly from TFI. Worksurfacelegs are ordered separatelyfrom Steelcase.Steelcase CorianBrochureContains an overview ofthis program, the benefits ofCorian solid surfaces andnew market opportunitiesafforded by the Steelcase,Dupont Corian, TFI alliance.Steelcase CorianBinderContains detailed informationincluding style numbersand pricing for this program.Steelcase CorianColorsEight Corian colors havebeen selected which bestsuit the Steelcase surfacematerials color pallet.Antarctica, Cameo White,Canyon, Linen, Rivera Mist,Shale, Vanilla, and WinterFrost samples can beordered as a set.Additional InformationFor general informationabout Dupont Corian or TFIvisit these websites:www.corian.comwww.tfillc.comFor additional informationregarding becoming anauthorized dealer or toorder literature and samplescontact:TFI1600 Oak StreetLakewood, NJ 08701Phone: 866.834.6054Fax: 732.363.9129.Publications and VideosTool Publication DescriptionNumberAnswer Product Brochure 03-0001275 This 20-page resource is your single source for everythingyou need to sell Answer. It contains new homebase photographsshowcasing a range of aesthetic and planning options. Acomplete statement of line, which highlights worksurfaces andstorage options, also is included.Answer Resource CD S11484 Includes Customer PowerPoint Presentation, ThoughtStarterPowerPoint Presentation, animated 3-D renderings, ShowroomScreenSaver, Adobe Acrobat PDF files of new Answer brochure,and all of the existing Answer photography.Answer Made Easy T3039 A supplement to the Answer Solutions Specification Guide.(Booklet Only)Easy tips to help understand Answer.Answer Consolidated Video T3059 Includes Answer installation video (formerly T3038), “AnswerMade Easy” Specification Video (formerly T3054), and ademonstration on changing panel heights.Answer/Avenir Time Study T3087 Time comparison between Answer and Avenir assembly.Answer Visual Sales Tools Video T3122Video showing a sample sales presentation.Quick Delivery Handbook 02-0003536 A quick delivery program overview tool describing all Steelcase,Turnstone, Details, and Steelcase Design Partnership productsthat are available for 5-Day (5-day delivery), Express12 (12-daydelivery), or 15-Day (15-day shipment).Universal Worksurface 02-0002583 Provides features and benefits of the Universal WorksurfaceProducts BrochureProducts product line..Answer Solutions Specification Guide 5

6 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

UnderstandingAnswerPanelsPanelsStatement of Line 8Product DetailsAnswer Panel Overview 14Panel Buildups 15Skin Arrangements 16Base Junctions 18Base Horizontal Frame Packages 20Stacking Junctions 22Stacking Horizontal Frame Packages 25Off-Module Panel Connector 26Performance Tackable Acoustical Fabric-Covered Skins andTackable Acoustical Fabric-Covered Skins 28Steel Panel Skins 29Marker Board Surfaces 30Slatwall Skins 31Glass Window Kits 32Pass-Thru Window Kits 34Panel Top Screens 36Technology Skins and Covers 38Change-of-Height Trim 40Base Panel Packages 42Buttress 44Fence Connector 45Application TopicsReconfiguration Tips 46Stability Guidelines 47Stability Guidelines for Buttress Support 56Stability Guidelines for Pathways Post and Beam Fence 58Answer Solutions Specification Guide 7

PanelsStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 18Specifyingc Pages 304–308,315Base JunctionsEnd-of-Run In-line L-Base T-Base X-Base V-Base Y-Base Wall-StartBase Base Junctions Junctions Junctions Junctions Junctions JunctionsJunctions Junctions30"H • • • • • • •42"H • • • • • • • •54"H • • • • • • • •66"H • • • • • • • •78"H • • • • • • • •Top capCable trayscale 70HorizontalbarsBasecoversUnderstandingc Page 20Specifyingc Pages 318–319Base Horizontal Frame Packages18"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W• • • • • • • •Stacking JunctionsStacking Stacking Stacking L Stacking T Stacking X Stacking V Stacking Y StackingEnd-of-Run In-line Junctions Junctions Junctions Junctions Junctions Wall StartJunctions Junctions Junctions12"H • • • • • • • •24"H • • • • • • • •Understandingc Page 22Specifyingc Pages 310–3148 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

PanelsStatement of LinePanelsscale 50Understandingc Page 25Specifyingc Page 319Stacking Horizontal Frame Packages18"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W• • • • • • • •Understandingc Page 28Specifyingc Page 321Performance Tackable Acoustical Fabric-Covered Panel Skins18"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W12"H • • • • • • • •24"H • • • • • • • •36"H • • • • • • • •48"H • • • • • • • •60"H • • • • • • • •Understandingc Page 28Specifyingc Page 321Tackable Acoustical Fabric-Covered Panel Skins18"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W12"H • • • • • • • •24"H • • • • • • • •36"H • • • • • • • •48"H • • • • • • • •60"H • • • • • • • •Answer Solutions Specification Guide cPanels Statement of Line, continued 9

Panels Statement of Line, continuedNote: 12"H and 24"H steelskins are available with ribbedand perforated steel option.Understandingc Page 29Specifyingc Page 322Steel Panel Skins18"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W12"H • • • • • • • •24"H • • • • • • • •36"H • • • • • • • •48"H • • • •60"H • • • •Slatwall SkinsUnderstandingc Page 31Specifyingc Page 32424"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W12"H • • • • •24"H • • • • •Marker Board Surface for Steel Skin24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W12"H • • • • •24"H • • • • •36"H • • • • •Understandingc Page 30Specifyingc Page 323Understandingc Page 32Specifyingc Page 325Glass Window Kits24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W12"H • • • • • • •24"H • • • • •36"H • • • • •48"H • • • • •10 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

PanelsStatement of LinePanelsUnderstandingc Page 34Specifyingc Page 326Pass-Thru Window Kits24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W12"H • • • • • • •24"H • • • • •36"H • • • • •Understandingc Page 36Specifyingc Page 327Panel Top Screen30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W12"H • • • •50Note: Technology skins areavailable with ribbed steel orfabric-covered option.Understandingc Page 38Specifyingc Page 328Technology Skins24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W12"H • • • • • • •Answer Solutions Specification Guide cPanels Statement of Line, continued 11

Panels Statement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 40Specifyingc Pages 316–317Change-of-Height TrimStandard Stacking Standard StackingSlim Slim Cable CableProfile Profile Routing Routing12"H • • • •24"H • • • •36"H • •scale 75Horizontal framepackageSide 1Side 2PerformanceTackableAcousticalSkinsUnderstandingc Page 42Specifyingc Page 330Full Performance Tackable Acoustical Panel Packages18"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W42"H • • • • • • • •54"H • • • • • • • •66"H • • • • • • • •scale 75TackableAcousticalSkinsHorizontal framepackageSide 1Side 2Understandingc Page 42Specifyingc Page 330Full Tackable Acoustical Panel Packages18"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W42"H • • • • • • • •54"H • • • • • • • •66"H • • • • • • • •12 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

PanelsStatement of LinePanelsUnderstandingc Page 44Specifyingc Page 332Understandingc Page 45Specifyingc Page 333Buttress20"H18"D •Fence Connector32 1 ⁄2"H2"D •Answer Solutions Specification Guide 13

Answer Panel Overview.Panel buildups allowyou to create unique configurationsby mixing surfacematerials and colors on segmentedpanels. Order skinsand horizontal frame packagesseparately.Panel frame is made upof two major elements—vertical base junctions andbase horizontal connectingbars. Vertical junctions areordered separately.Stacking componentscan be used on bothpanel buildups and panelpackages.cSpecifying, pages310–314Stacking change-ofheighttrim has a straightbottom edge to fit on top ofstandard change-of-heighttrim.cPage 317Standard change-ofheighttrim has a roundedbottom edge to fit the curveof panel top caps.cPage 316Base horizontal connectingbars lock into thevertical junctions at the topand the bottom location ofbase junction to providestructural stability for thepanels.cPage 318Panel packages areused to create commonconfigurations quickly andeasily. Packages include ahorizontal frame packageand skins for both sidesof the panel.Leveling glides adjust toinstall panels on unevenfloors. Range is 2".Stacking horizontalframe package, must beused with stacking junctions.cPage 319scale150Powerkits include powerblocksattached to asupporting power tray.cPage 84Stacking junctionsare always shared by adjacentpanels and can beused in panel buildups andpanel packages. They areavailable for in-line, L, T,V, X, Y, and end-of-runconfigurations.cPages 310–314Skins attach to framewithout tools and can beremoved and repositionedeasily.cPages 321–324Base junctions, arealways shared by adjacentpanels. They are availablefor in-line, L, T, V, X, Y, andend-of-run configurations.Wall start junctions and offmodule connectors are alsoavailable.cPages 304–309Alternate powerkitharness routing can beaccommodated through thejunction opening. In inlineapplications installed onuneven floors, route harnessthrough junction opening toprevent harness from beingexposed..14 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel BuildupsPanel BuildupsOrder panel components separatelyto create unique configurations.1. Begin by planning your frames. Junctions determineheight and horizontal connecting bars determinewidth.Junctions Horizontals+ =2. Order skins for both sides of panel.Exception: Windows and pass-thru windowsaccommodate both sides of the panel.Performancetackableacousticalfabric-coveredskinsSlatwallWindows andpass-thrusTechnologyskins3. Specify powerkits where you willneed power..Tackableacousticalfabric-coveredskins12"12"36"66"HSteel skins(12"H and 24"Hhave ribbed andperforated options)When planning skin segments, addskin heights together and add an additional 6"for total height.Skins = 12" + 12" + 36" = 60"Trim = 6"Total = 66"H.PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 15

Skin Arrangements.Answer allows a widevariety of skin arrangementsto meet specificfunctional and aestheticneeds. Skins are not dedicatedto a specific locationand can be used anywhereon the face of the panel.Illustrations show largestsized skin in bottomposition.Base Panel GuidelinesAny 12"H or 24"H segmentin the base panelcan be a glass window orpass thru kit with the threeexceptions that follow:• 42"H panels cannotaccommodate a 24"H windowor consolidation pointkit in the top position.• Glass segment can neverbe in the bottom position.• 30"H base panel cannotaccommodate a windowkit, pass-thru kit, or consolidationpoint kit.Stacking GuidelinesMaximum height thatcan be stacked on a basepanel is 36", consisting ofone 24"H and one 12"Hstacking junction.Maximum height that anAnswer panel configurationcan reach is 90".Maximum number ofstacking junctions thatcan be added to a basepanel is two.Any height base panelcan be used with stackingjunctions.30"H Base panels 30"H Base panels withstackable components42"H Base panels42"H Base panels withstackable components54"H Base panels54"H Base panels withstackable components66"H Base panels78"H Base panels.24"36"48"60"12"60"12"12"12"36"12"12"12"24"12"36"12"24"48"12"12"12"24"24"48" 24"24"24"24"12"12"48"12"12"24"24"12"12"24"12"36" 12"36"36"36"12"12"12"12"24"12"12"12"12"12"24"24"12"24"36"12"12"12"12"12"12"12"12"12"24"12"12"12"12"12"12"24"12"36"12"48"24"24"24"36"24"48"12"12"24"12"12"36"12"12"48"12"24"24"12"24"36"12"24"24"12"24"24"12"36"24"12"66"H Base panels withstackable components12"60"48"12"12"60"48"24"60"78"H Base panels withstackable components12"72".16 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Skin ArrangementsPanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 17

Base Junctions.Base junctions completethe structure of panel packagesand panel buildups.Answer panels always sharea junction with adjacent panels.You order the style ofjunction you need separately.cSpecifying, pages 304–308Aligners ensure correct fitwith adjacent panel top caps.Opening in top of junctionallows lay-in cable routingbeneath top caps.Slots in junction accept thepanel’s horizontal bars,cable trays and powerkits.Slotted channels injunction accommodate worksurfacesupports and overheadstorage components at1" increments.Trim is included with L, T,V, and end-of-run junctionsto finish exposed surfaces.Trim is available with fabricwrapped or wood veneeroptions.Large opening at worksurfaceheight in 42"H,54"H, 66"H, and 78"H junctionsmust be used to routepower through an L, T, V,X, or Y base junction. Amodular harness is requiredif power is routed at anylocation other than worksurfaceheight.Leveling glides adjust toinstall panels on unevenfloors. Range is 2".Actual DimensionsDepth 3"(76 mm)Height 29 13 ⁄16",* 40 3 ⁄4", 53 1 ⁄8", 65 31 ⁄64", and 77 27 ⁄32"(757 mm, 1035 mm, 1349 mm, 1663 mm,and 1977 mm)*Note: Wall start junctions are not available 29 13 ⁄16"H.Junction cap is includedwith junction when needed.Skins attach to junctionwith concealed hardware..Product DetailsEnd-of-run base junctionincludes junction, verticaltrim, and junction cap.End-of-run trim adds 1" tofootprint.In-line base junctionincludes junction and plastictop cap aligner.L-base junction includesjunction, vertical trim, junctioncap, and plastic top capaligner..T-base junction includesjunction, vertical trim, junctioncap, and two plastic topcap aligners.X-base junction includesjunction, junction cap, andthree plastic top cap aligners.V-base junction includesjunction, vertical trim, junctioncap, and plastic top capaligner..18 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Base Junctions.Y-base junction includesjunction, junction cap, andtwo plastic top cap aligners.Wall Start junctionsecures to the stud in astructural wall or drywallfasteners can be used.Vertical trim is not needed.Also used in off-moduleapplications. Wall startjunction does not add anydimension to panel run.An in-line top capaligner is included within-line junctions.Top cap aligners areincluded with L, T, V, X,and Y junctions.cPages 305 and 307.ConnectionsQuick lock on both endsof the panel’s horizontalconnecting bars engage thejunction in a tight structuralconnection.Base junctions canaccept a stacking junctionof the same type only.Example: An L-base junctionwill accept an L-stackingjunction.Skins extend onto junctionand meet skin of adjacentpanel. The slotted channelof the junction is accessiblebetween these two skins.Panels can support worksurfaces,shelves, and bins.Wiring and CablingHorizontal routingthrough junctions is accommodatedby openings formodular harnesses andcables. Openings at top ofjunction accept lay-in cablerouting...Lay-in junction cablesleeves can be addedin the field to cover theexposed metal edges inlay-in cable space.Modular harnessesthat are 43" or 80" are availableto change the height atwhich you are routing powerkits or to route power fromthe panel base to differentheights.Modular harness is usedto route power through anL, T, V, X, or Y junction.Only the large opening inthe junction at worksurfaceheight allows enough spaceto accommodate the bend inthe harness. Modular harnessis not needed to routepower at worksurfaceheight..30"H junction does nothave a large opening. Amodular harness must beused to route power in a30"H L, T, V, X, or Y junction.Only the base of thejunction allows enoughspace to accommodate thebend in the harness.Surface MaterialsBase junction• Black paintJunction is hidden whenproperly installed.Junction cap• PlasticVertical trim• Paint• Vertical surface fabric(option)• Wood veneer (option)Application TopicsStacking junctions canbe used with any heightbase junction.Stability Guidelinesfor application rules.cSee page 47.PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 19

Base Horizontal Frame PackagesHorizontal connectingbars lock into verticaljunctions and complete thestructure of a panel.cSpecifying, pages318–319Top cap snaps onto topof panel skins. Shortenedtop caps to accommodatechange-of-height are alsoavailable. Wood veneer isavailable as an option.Quick lock connects horizontalbars to vertical junctionsfor quick assembly.Horizontal connectingbars lock into vertical junctions.The top bar can belowered in 12" incrementsto a maximum of 24" fromthe top position. The bottombar must always be positionedin the lowest slot ina junction.. Actual Dimensions.Width 17 13 ⁄16", 23 13 ⁄16", 29 13 ⁄16", 35 13 ⁄16", 41 13 ⁄16",47 13 ⁄16", 59 13 ⁄16", and 71 13 ⁄16"(452 mm, 605 mm, 757 mm, 909 mm,1062 mm, 1214 mm, 1519 mm, and1824 mm)Base trim heightReceptacle OpeningWidth of openingHeight of opening3 3 ⁄4" (98 mm)2 5 ⁄8" (67 mm)1 3 ⁄8" (35 mm)Cable tray at top of panelallows cable lay-in. Additionalcable trays can beinstalled and arranged atvarious heights within theframe for communicationsaccess and cable routing.scale124Base trim has knockoutsto accommodate powerand communication terminations.Top knockout is forpower, bottom knockout isfor communication. Fillerto close unused openingsis available from ServiceParts (TS7BTFSR)..20 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Base HorizontalFrame Packages.Product Detailsscale 70Horizontal frame packagesare available whenyou want to build up yourown panel. The packageincludes all the componentsof a panel except the skinsso you can order the skinsseparately to mix combinationsof skin surface materialsand colors. These framepackages do not includevertical junctions.HorizontalbarsTop capCable trayHorizontalbarsBasecoversTwo horizontal connectingbars must beused in each base panel.Horizontal bars determinepanel width. They arenot dedicated to a specificpanel height; any horizontalbar can be used or reusedwith any junction height.Top horizontal bar maybe lowered to allow for a12"H or 24"H glass windowkit, pass thru kit, or consolidationpoint kit to be placedat the top of the panel. Bottomhorizontal bar in basepanel must remain in lowestposition..ConnectionsQuick lock on both endsof the panel’s horizontalconnecting bars engage thejunction in a tight structuralconnection..Wiring & CablingVertical routing of powerand cables through panelinterior is accommodated byopenings in horizontal connectingbars.Feed-through horizontalconnecting barcable sleeves can beadded in the field to finishthe exposed metal edgesof vertical cable passthroughopenings..KnockoutKnockouts in base covercan be removed in the fieldwhere needed.Communication outletsattach to openings in panelbase covers. Order communicationoutlets from anoutside vendor. Knockoutsfor communication in baseaccommodate modularfurniture size only.Surface MaterialsTop cap and base trim• Paint color chosen onbase trim will also apply tothe top cap. They are notchosen independently.• Wood veneer (option)Cable tray and horizontalconnecting bars• Black paintComponents are hiddenwhen properly installed.Application TopicsOne adjustable braceis included with 60"W and72"W base horizontal framepackages to provide additionalsupport.Use a cable tray to provideextra support for 60"Wand 72"W full skins wherepeople may lean against thepanel...PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 21

Stacking JunctionsStacking junctionsallow you to adjust thepanel heights within aworkstation.cSpecifying, pages 310–314Junction top cap is standardon base panel junctions.Use the same top capin stacking configurations.Stacking junctions arealways shared by adjacentpanels. They are availablefor in-line, L, T, V, X, Y,end-of-run, and wall startconfigurations.Stacking horizontalframe package, specifiedseparately, must beused with stacking junctions.Each package includes onehorizontal connecting barand a cable tray.Stacking junctiontrim is included with L, T, V,and end-of-run stackingjunctions. Stacking end-ofruntrim adds 1" to footprint.Plastic aligner is includedwith L, T, V, and end-ofrunstacking junctions.Fork connector isincluded with stacking junctionfor proper connectionto the base panel.Fork ConnectorsActual DimensionsDepth 3" (76 mm)Height 12" and 24".(305 mm and 610 mm)scale150Top cap and junctioncap from base panel areused to trim the top of thepanel.Cables can be routed atthe top of each stackingjunction.Slots in stacking junctionsare identical to base junctionsto accept horizontalconnecting bars, powerkits,and cable trays.Cables can be routed intop of base panel. Cablesneed to be temporarilymoved aside to install forkconnector but can be putback in place and routedthrough the fork connector.Base panel must alwayshave two horizontal connectingbars. The bars mustbe in place prior to addingfork connectors into thejunction..Product DetailsAll existing basepanels can accept astacking junction.Aligner is included withfabric-wrapped vertical trimbut may not be neededdepending on the thicknessof the fabric.End-of-run stackingjunction includes junction,fork connectors, verticaltrim, and plastic trim aligner.End-of-run stacking trimadds 1" to footprint.In-line stacking junctionincludes junction andfork connectors..22 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stacking Junctions.L-stacking junctionincludes junction, fork connectors,vertical trim, andplastic trim aligner.T-stacking junctionincludes junction, fork connectors,vertical trim, andplastic trim aligner.X-stacking junctionincludes junction and forkconnectors..V-stacking junctionincludes junction, fork connectors,vertical trim, andplastic trim aligner.Y-stacking junctionincludes junction and forkconnectors.Full L, T, V, and end-ofrunvertical trim is availablethrough CustomerService Parts in 30", 42", 54",66", and 78" heights if a segmentedvisual on the trim isnot desired.Stacking change-ofheighttrim is used whenyou stack on a change-ofheightconfiguration. Thebottom edge of stackingtrim is straight so it can joinwith the top of the standardchange-of-height trim.Standard change-of-heighttrim is rounded at the bottomto fit around the topcap of the lower panel.cPage 317Standard skins, cabletrays, and powerkitsare used in stackable solutions.To maximize the benefitsof stackability, considermatching the skin height tothe stacking junction height.ConnectionsSkins on base panel donot need to be removedto install a stacking junctionin most cases.Fork ConnectorsFork connector is includedwith stacking junction forproper connection to thebase panel. Two fork connectorsare included witheach in-line, end-of-run, L,and V stacking junctions,three are included with Tand Y stacking junctions,and four are included with Xstacking junctions. One forkconnector is included witheach wall start stackingjunction...Fork connectors secureinto the base junction.Stacking junction is boltedto fork connectors.Wiring & CablingHorizontal routingthrough stacking junctions isaccommodated by openingsfor modular harnesses andcables. Openings at top ofbase and stacking junctionsaccept lay-in cable routing.During initial installation,it is important to keepcabling loose so it can betemporarily moved aside toinstall fork connector. Cablescan be put back in placeand routed through the forkconnector and stackingjunction..Fork connector engagesin the cable feed-throughnear the top of a junction.Because the fork connectoroccupies space in the cablefeed-through, only 10 cablescan be routed through theopening.Cable capacity betweenbase panel junction andstacking junction:40% Maximumfill fillCables 20 cat 5 50 cat 5only: cables cablesPowerkit installationfor stacking componentsis the same process as forinstallation in base panels..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStacking Junctions, continued 23

Stacking Junctions, continued.Surface MaterialsStacking junction• Black paintJunction is hidden whenproperly installed.Vertical trim• Paint• Vertical surface fabric(option)• Wood veneer (option).Application TopicsStacking StabilityGuidelines providesdetailed information onapplications.cPage 47Maximum height thatcan be stacked on a basepanel is 36", consisting ofone 24"H and one 12"Hstacking junction.Maximum height that anAnswer panel configurationcan reach is 90".Maximum number ofstacking junctions thatcan be added to a basepanel is two.Any height base panelcan be used with stackingjunctions.Bins and shelves canhang from the first stackedtier only. Use only Answerhanging components. Avenirbins are not allowed.For initial installationsorder the appropriate topcap for your stacked segment,while you are specifyingthe base panel..ShortenedTop CapStandardTop CapFor retrofit installationsyou may have toorder a new top cap throughCustomer Service Partsbased on applicationchanges. Example: astandard top cap must bespecified through CustomerService Parts when convertingan existing change-ofheightconfiguration to asame-height configuration.Order a standard top capto replace the shortened topcap.When adding stackingjunctions to base panelsmade prior toJanuary 2000, you mustreplace vertical trim on endof-runbase junction. Werecommend replacementof L base junction trim andstandard change-of-heighttrim because the new trimcan be easily removed,while the existing trim willbe trapped by the stackingjunction. To determine if youhave trim made prior toJanuary 2000, remove trimpiece. If there are hooksat the top of your trim, youneed to replace it. Replacementtrim is availablethrough Customer ServiceParts.Consolidation point kitcannot be used with stackingcomponents....24 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stacking Horizontal Frame PackagesStacking HorizontalFrame Packages.Stacking horizontalframe package providesstructural stability for stackingjunctions and allowscable routing through eachstacked segment.cSpecifying, page 319Actual DimensionsCable tray is includedwith each stacking horizontalframe package. Cablescan be routed at the top ofeach stacked segment.scale150Width 17 13 ⁄16", 23 13 ⁄16", 29 13 ⁄16", 35 13 ⁄16", 41 13 ⁄16", 47 13 ⁄16",59 13 ⁄16", and 71 13 ⁄16"(452 mm, 605 mm, 757 mm, 909 mm, 1062 mm,1214 mm, 1519 mm, and 1824 mm)Horizontal connectingbar is included with eachstacking horizontal framepackage.Each stacking segmentmust have one horizontalconnecting bar.Exception: If a window kitor a pass thru kit is usedwith stacking junctions, ahorizontal connecting bar isnot needed.Each stacking junctionis specified separately.cPage 319Skins, ordered separately,are added to both sides ofstacking frame..Product Detailsscale 50Stacking horizontalframe package includesone horizontal connectingbar and a cable tray. Stackingjunction is not included.Stacking horizontalframe package is availablein eight widths—18",24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 60", and72"—to match panel width.These horizontal connectingbars are identical to those inhorizontal frame packagesand can be re-used with anytype of junction.ConnectionsQuick-lock mechanismon the horizontal connectingbar engages the stackingjunction in a tight structuralconnection.Base panel must alwayshave two horizontal connectingbars.Wiring & CablingVertical routing of powerand cables through panelinterior is accommodated byopenings in horizontal connectingbars..Feed-through horizontalconnecting barcable sleeves can beadded in the field to finishthe exposed metal edgesof vertical cable passthroughopenings.Power kit installationfor stacking components isthe same process as forinstallation in base panels.Surface MaterialsStacking horizontalframe package• BlackComponents are hiddenwhen properly installed.Application TopicsWhen stacking a 12"Hor 24"H window orpass-thru kit, a stackinghorizontal frame package isnot needed. Remember, thebase panel always has twohorizontal connecting barsfor support.Consolidation point kitcannot be used with stackingcomponents.Stacking horizontalframe package is usedwhen additional horizontalbar is needed in off-moduleapplication. See off-moduleguidelines.Stacking StabilityGuidelines providesdetailed information onapplications.cPage 47.PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 25

Off-Module Panel Connector.Off-module panel connectorsallow a fin wall tobe attached off-module to aspine wall in 1" increments.cSpecifying, page 309Bottom bracket attachesto lower horizontal connectingbar and secures to lowerportion of bottom channel.Bottom channel hasslots in 1" increments toattach panel off-module.Channel must match widthof spine wall.Bottom bracket forwall start junctionattaches the junction andbottom channel to securethe lower portion of the wallstart junction.Actual DimensionsWidth 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 60", and 72"(610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, 1067 mm, 1219 mm,1524 mm, and 1829 mm)Top brackets attach totop horizontal connectingbar and secure top of thewall start junction.Wall start junctionmust be ordered separately..Product Details78"66"54"42"Wall start junctionsconnect to the off-modulepanel connectors to start apanel run off from the spine.Available in 42"H, 54"H,66"H, and 78"H. Wall startjunction must match theheight of the fin wall. Wallstart junctions are orderedseparately..26 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Off-Module Panel ConnectorConnections24" maximum.Off-module fin wallmust always be the sameheight, or shorter than thespine wall.Fin wall can be no morethan 24" shorter than thespine wall. If there is morethan a 24" difference, anadditional horizontal barmust be added to the spinewall at the same height asthe fin wall. A stacking horizontalframe kit must beused.Spine wall skins mustbe segmented with a seammatching the height of theshorter fin wall. This allowsaccess to the top bracketand the spine wall horizontalbar.When stacking on thefin panel, the spine wallskins must be segmentedwith a seam matching theheight of the fin base panel.When stacking wallstart junctions in an offmoduleapplication, the offmodulepanel connectorconnects to the base wallstart junction.Two off-module panelscan be connected back toback at the same location..When connecting twooff-module fins at differentheights oneither side of the spinepanel, an additional horizontalbar must be orderedand installed at the sameheight of the shorter finpanel.4"3"An off-module fin wallcannot connect flush to theend of a panel in the spinewall. The closest connectionpoint will leave a 3" tail onthe spine including the endof run trim.An off-module fin wallcannot attach at a junctionin the spine wall. There is a2" area of dead space oneither side of the junctionrendering a total of 4" deadspace.An off-module fin wallcannot be installed over awindow that is located at thetop of a spine panel..Wiring & CablingWiring and cablingcomponents cannot berouted internally from aspine wall to an off-modulefin wall without cutting openingsin the spine wall skin.Tip: It is recommended thatyou route wiring and cablingthrough the spine wall.Internode power componentsshould be used tobring power from the spinewall to the workstation..Surface MaterialsOff-module bracket• Black paintTip: Bracket is hidden whenproperly installed.Off-module installationrequires field modificationof the light seal on the topskin. Surface covering is noteffected..Application TopicsStability Guidelinesfor Application RulescPage 47Stacking junctionscan be used with any heightbase junction.Bins, shelves, andworksurfaces cannot beattached off-module..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 27

Performance Tackable Acoustical Fabric-Covered Skinsand Tackable Acoustical Fabric-Covered Skins.Performance tackableacoustical fabriccoveredskins and tackableacoustical fabriccoveredskins finish theappearance of a panel. Skincombinations can vary toaccommodate a variety ofappearances and functionsof the workspace.Note: A sound-blocking barrieris added to the back sideof the performance tackableacoustical skins.cSpecifying, page 321Actual Dimensionsscale124Width 17 53 ⁄64", 23 53 ⁄64", 29 53 ⁄64", 35 53 ⁄64", 41 53 ⁄64", 47 53 ⁄64",59 53 ⁄64", and 71 53 ⁄64"(453 mm, 605 mm, 758 mm, 910 mm, 1062 mm,1215 mm, 1520 mm, and 1824 mm)Height 12 23 ⁄64", 24 3 ⁄4", 37 5 ⁄64", 49 7 ⁄16", and 61 13 ⁄16"(314 mm, 704 mm, 942 mm, 1256 mm, and1570 mm)Fabric skins can beremoved and repositioned.They are not dedicated to aspecific location.Power and communicationcan be accessedby cutting skin in the field.Templates for cutting bothreceptacle and communicationcutouts are availablefrom Service Parts(T500940SR). Filler toclose unwanted cutout ina skin is available fromService Parts (TS7STFSR)..ConnectionsSkins extend onto junctionand meet skin of adjacentpanel. The slotted channelof the junction is accessiblebetween these two skins.Skins are not dedicated toa specific location.Wiring & CablingPowerkits are availablein widths that correspond topanel widths.Face plate is used to surroundreceptacle when it isinstalled in the face of apanel skin. Fabric skinsmust be field-cut. Templatesship with face plates andensure accurate locationand size..Face plate, ordered separately,is used to surroundmodular furniture size communicationoutlet when it isinstalled in the face of afabric panel skin.NEMA-size communicationoutlets can beinstalled on the face of apanel skin without using aface plate, but just thescrews. Order communicationoutlets from an outsidevendor. NEMA-size communicationoutlets cannot beused in the base.Surface MaterialsSkins• Vertical surface fabricApplication TopicsPanel buildupscPage 15.28 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Steel Panel SkinsSteel Panel Skins.Steel panel skins finishthe appearance of a panel.Skin combinations can varyto accommodate a varietyof appearances and functionsof the workspace.cSpecifying, page 322Actual DimensionsWidth 17 53 ⁄64", 23 53 ⁄64", 29 53 ⁄64", 35 53 ⁄64", 41 53 ⁄64", 47 53 ⁄64",59 53 ⁄64", and 71 53 ⁄64"(453 mm, 605 mm, 758 mm, 910 mm, 1062 mm,1215 mm, 1520 mm, and 1824 mm)Height 12 23 ⁄64", 24 3 ⁄4", 37 5 ⁄64", 49 7 ⁄16", and 61 13 ⁄16"(314 mm, 704 mm, 942 mm, 1256 mm, and1570 mm)Perforated option isavailable on 12"H and 24"Hpanels only. Horizontalbeam and back of oppositeskin is visible throughperforated skin.Steel skins can beremoved and repositioned.They are not dedicated toa specific location.Ribbed option is availableon 12"H and 24"Hpanels only..ConnectionsSkins extend onto junctionand meet skin of adjacentpanel. The slotted channelof the junction is accessiblebetween these two skins.Skins are not dedicated toa specific location.Wiring & CablingPower and communicationcannot be accessedin steel skins.Surface MaterialsSkins• Painted steel• Ribbed steel (option)• Perforated steel (option)Application TopicsPanel buildupscPage 15Horizontal connectingbars will be visible whenperforated skins are used onthe panel.When specifying theperforated option, orderperforated skins for bothsides of the panel to maximizethe visual aesthetic.Perforated skins cannotbe used in installation withsteel or ribbed steel skinsmade prior to July 10, 2000..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 29

Glass Window KitsGlass window kits providea visual space definition,yet allow light to passthrough the workstation.cSpecifying, page 325Clear tempered glassis provided.Plastic frame snapstogether to finish windowappearance.Actual DimensionsDepth 2 57 ⁄64" (73mm)Width 23 53 ⁄64", 29 53 ⁄64", 35 53 ⁄64", 41 53 ⁄64", 47 53 ⁄64", 59 53 ⁄64",and 71 53 ⁄64"(605 mm, 758 mm, 910 mm, 1062 mm, 1215 mm,1520 mm, and 1824 mm)Height 12 21 ⁄64", 24 41 ⁄64", 37", and 49 23 ⁄64".(313 mm, 626 mm, 940 mm, and 1254 mm).Product DetailsGlass window is securedby supports in the windowframe.60"W and 72"W glasswindows are available12"H only.Wiring & CablingPower and cables cannotbe routed or accessedin a glass window kit.Surface MaterialsFrame• 6000 Black plastic• 6654 Sand (Vanadium)plastic• 6697 Fog plasticWindow• 6500 Clear glass.Application TopicsGlasswindow kitStackingjunctionsBasepanelGlasswindow kitLoweredhorizontalconnectingbarBasepanel12"H and 24"H glasswindow kits can beplaced in the top positionof a panel by either usingstacking junctions, or bylowering the top horizontalconnecting bar (24" maximum)in the base panel.cSee Stability Guidelinesfor rules regarding stackingand glass window kits,page 47.A 24"H glass windowkit installed in the topof a base panel cannotaccommodate any windowsstacked on top. Tackableacoustical skins and steelskins can be stacked.Glass window kits cannever be used at the baseof a panel..32 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Glass Window KitsPanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 33

Panel Top ScreensPanel top screen canbe field-installed over apanel top cap to provideextra visual privacy.cSpecifying, page 327Panel top screen allowsthe user to control privacyby adding or removing thetranslucent screen and supportbrackets.Support brackets providestability and mount topanel top cap.Actual DimensionsDepth 5 ⁄16" (8 mm)Width 27 1 ⁄2", 33 1 ⁄2", 39 1 ⁄2", and 45 1 ⁄2"(699 mm, 851 mm, 1003 mm, and 1156 mm). Height 12"(305 mm).Product DetailsPanel top screens areavailable in 30"W, 36"W,42"W, and 48"W dimensionsto correspond with mostpanel widths.Wiring & CablingPower and cables cannotbe routed or accessed ina panel top screen.Surface MaterialsPanel top screen• 6625 Translucent plasticSupport brackets• 6623 Metallic plastic.36 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel Top ScreensPanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 37

Technology Skins and CoversTechnology skin provideseasy access to powerand cabling behind the skin.The technology covers areavailable in two types: apower and communicationversion, and a power-onlyversion.cSpecifying, page 328Power and communicationcover is specifiedseparately. This cover canaccommodate a receptacleand a NEMA or DECORAcommunication port.Power-only cover isspecified separately. Thiscover accommodates onereceptacle.Pre-cut opening ispositioned at receptaclelocation.Actual DimensionsHeight 12 9 ⁄32" (312 mm). Thickness 13 ⁄32" (10 mm)Width 23 53 ⁄64", 29 53 ⁄64", 35 53 ⁄64", 41 53 ⁄64", 47 53 ⁄64", 59 53 ⁄64",and 71 53 ⁄64"(605 mm, 758 mm, 910 mm, 1062 mm, 1215 mm,1520 mm, and 1824 mm)Scale150Skin is made ofsteel. Ribbed steel orfabric-covered steelcan be specified asan option.scale 200Trim rings finish theopening in the skin..Product DetailsTechnology skins areavailable in 24" to 72"widths to match standardpanel widths.ConnectionsSkin attaches to junctionswith the same clip used onall Answer skins.Technology coverssnap on to the powerkitafter receptacle is installed.Technology skin is placedover covers and plastic ringsfinish the edge of the hole..38 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Technology Skinsand Covers.Wiring & CablingStandard Answer powerkitsmust be used withtechnology skins andcovers. Powerkit cannotbe used in Chicago.Technology skins canaccommodate power andcommunication covers.Power OnlyPower andCommunicationNumber of technologycovers specifiedmust match the number ofopenings in the technologyskins specified.Power-only cover,specified separately, is foruse with one receptacle.Tip: A filler is availablethrough CS parts to coverthe receptacle opening ifno receptacle is specified(891500350MP, packageof 20)..Power and communicationcover, specifiedseparately, is for use witha receptacle in the bottomopening.Tip: A filler is availablethrough CS parts to coverthe receptacle opening ifno receptacle is specified(891500350MP, packageof 20).Top opening of powerand communication coveraccommodates a NEMAor DECORA communicationport. Communication portscan never be back-to-back..Surface MaterialsTechnology skins• Painted steel• Ribbed steel (option)• Fabric covered steel(option)Technology covers• 6000 Black plastic• 6654 Sand (Vanadium)plastic• 6697 Fog plastic.Application Topics24"W technology skinshave one opening. Theopening can accommodateeither type of technologycover. However, power andcommunication covers canbe used on one side of apanel only; they cannot beused back-to-back. Seeopening location below.scale 509"6"9"24"W skinAll 36"W, 42"W, and48"W technology skinshave two openings.The right-hand opening canaccommodate either type oftechnology cover. Left-handopening can only accommodatethe power-onlycover. See opening locationsbelow.6"9"36"W skin9"6" 6" 9"6"12"9" 6"42"W skin9"6"18"9" 6"48"W skin.All 30"W, 60"W, and72"W technology skinshave double openings.For each double openingthe right-hand opening canaccommodate either type oftechnology cover. Left-handopenings can only accommodatethe power-onlycover. See opening locationsbelow.scale 509"12"9"30"W skinscale 5018"12"9"60"W skin12"9"72"W skin30"9"12"9"12"Number of technologycovers specified mustmatch the number of openingsin a skin.If using powerkitsshipped prior to April2000 in an existing application,power and communicationcover must beplaced on the left-handside of the technology skin..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 39

Change-of-Height TrimChange-of-height trim isTop cap from base panelavailable for base panels andis used to trim the top of thestacking panels.stacked panel.cSpecifying, pages 317–318 Junction cap is includedwith standard change-ofheighttrim.Stacking change-ofheighttrim has a straightbottom edge to fit on top ofstandard change-of-heighttrim.Plastic aligner is includedwith stacking change-ofheighttrim.Standard change-ofheighttrim has a roundedbottom edge to fit the curveof top caps.Top cap on lower panelmust be shortened. Rememberto specify the change-ofheightshortened top capoption on the base panel.Actual DimensionsStandard Stacking Standard StackingSlim Profile Slim Profile Cable-Routing Cable-RoutingDepth 3" (76 mm) 3" (76 mm) 3" (76 mm) 3" (76 mm)Width 1 1 ⁄8" (29 mm) 1 1 ⁄8" (29 mm) 2 1 ⁄4" (57 mm) 2 1 ⁄4" (57 mm)Height 12 5 ⁄32", 24 1 ⁄2", and 36 7 ⁄8" 12 5 ⁄32" and 24 1 ⁄2" 12 5 ⁄32", 24 1 ⁄2", and 36 7 ⁄8" 12 5 ⁄32" and 24 1 ⁄2"(309 mm, 623 mm, (309 mm and 623 mm) (309 mm, 623 mm, (309 mm and 623 mm).and 936 mm)and 936 mm).Product DetailsStandard cable-routingtrim includes junction capand top cap filler. Plasticfiller is not the same fillerthat ships with slim profiletrim. Available in 12"H,24"H, and 36"H.Stacking cable-routingtrim includes plastic aligner.Available in 12"H and24"H.Standard slim profiletrim includes junction capand top cap filler. Plasticfiller is not the same fillerthat ships with cable-routingtrim. Available in 12"H,24"H, and 36"H.40 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Change-of-Height Trim.Stacking slim profiletrim includes plastic aligner.Available in 12"H and24"H.36"H standard changeof-heighttrim is thetallest trim available. If thearea you need to trim istaller than 36"H, use stackingchange-of-height trim..Wiring & CablingCable-routing trimallows lay-in cable routingin change-of-heightapplications..Surface MaterialsChange-of-height trim• Paint• Fabric (option)• Wood veneer (option)Junction cap and filler• PlasticAligner• Black plastic only.Application TopicsShortened top capoption must be specifiedon the lower panel. Thisoption is the same whetheryou chose slim profile orcable-routing change-ofheighttrim.Specify shortened topcaps at one end unless thepanel is adjacent to tallerpanels on both sides. Thenspecify a top cap shortenedon both ends.42"66"Shortenedone sideShortenedtwo sidesSpecify the tallestheight junction to connectyour panels. A 66"Hjunction would be sharedbetween these panels..StandardC.O.HWhen stacking onlyone panel on yourbase panel, always usestandard change-of-heighttrim.StackingC.O.HStandardC.O.H42"H42"HWhen stacking morethan one panel on yourbase panel, use standardchange-of-height trim onthe first tier. Only the secondtier requires stackingchange-of-height trim..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 41

Base Panel PackagesPanels divide space, supportfurniture components, andaccommodate power andcable distribution and access.Answer panels alwaysshare a junction withadjacent panels. Orderthe style of junction youneed separately.cSpecifying, pages 318–319,330Top cap snaps onto topof panel skins. Shortenedtop caps to accommodatechange-of-height cable routingare also available. Woodveneer top cap is availableas an option.Power can be fieldinstalledevery 12" verticallyusing powerkits.Junctions, ordered separately,are always shared byadjacent panels. They areavailable for in-line, L, T, V,X, Y, and end-of-run configurations.Wall start junctionsand off-module connectorbrackets are also available.Actual DimensionsDepth 3" (76 mm)..Width 17 51 ⁄64", 23 51 ⁄64", 29 51 ⁄64", 35 51 ⁄64", 41 51 ⁄64", 47 51 ⁄64",59 51 ⁄64", and 71 51 ⁄64"(452 mm, 605 mm, 757 mm, 909 mm, 1062 mm,1214 mm, 1519 mm, and 1824 mm)Height 41 3 ⁄4", 54 35 ⁄64", and 66 15 ⁄32"(1060 mm, 1374 mm, and 1688 mm)Cable tray at top of panelallows cable lay-in. Additionalcable trays can beinstalled and arranged atvarious heights within theframe for communicationsaccess and cable routing.scale124Horizontal connectingbars lock into the verticaljunctions at the top and thebottom location to providestructural stability for thepanels.Skins attach to framewithout tools and can beremoved and repositionedeasily. They are not dedicatedto a specific location.Power and communicationcan be accessedby cutting skin in the field.Templates for cutting bothreceptacle and communicationcutouts are availablefrom Service Parts(T500940SR). Filler toclose unwanted cutout ina skin is available fromService Parts (TS7STF).Powerkits include powerblocksattached to asupporting power tray.cPage 84Base cover has knockoutsto accommodate power andcommunication terminations.Top knockout is for power,bottom knockout is for communication.Filler to closeunwanted knockouts isavailable from Service Parts(TS7BTF)..42 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Base Panel Packages.Order panel packages to create commonpanel configurations quickly and easily.1. Specify a panel package of the widthand height you need.Package includes . . .scale 70Fabric skinsfor both sidesof panelTop capCable trayHorizontalbarsBasecoversHorizontal frame package.2. Order vertical junctions to completepanel packages and to join panels in in-line,L, T, V, X, and Y configurations and to terminatean end of run. Vertical junctions are alwaysordered separately.End-ofrunT X VYIn-line L.3. Specify powerkits where you will needpower. You can specify a powerkit as anoption on the panel package, or you can orderpowerkits separately..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 43

ButtressButtress is attached toAnswer panels to supportwalls from 42"H to 78"H.cSpecifying, page 332Buttress engages in thevertical slot. The buttressis handed to make theattachment on either theleft- or right-hand side ofthe frame.Actual DimensionsDepth 18"Width 1 1 ⁄4". Height 20".Product DetailsButtress can be used asthe sole support of Answerpanels or in conjunction withother fin supports such asfence-height Post and Beam.ConnectionsButtress is attached to theframe on module only, usingthe vertical slots in theframe.Buttress is mountedwithin the module width ofthe frame. Horizontal spacewithin that frame is reducedby 1 1 ⁄4".Panel-mounted storagecomponents can be usedwith buttress supports.cSee Stability Guidelines,page 47Worksurfaces cannotbe panel mounted on wallssupported solely by thebuttress.Skins and base trimsare removable from behindthe buttress.Buttresses are handedand are specified as left- orright-hand units.Buttress cannot be usedwhen panels are stackedand loaded with bins andshelves.Surface MaterialsButtress• Paint.44 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Fence ConnectorFence ConnectorFence connectorsattach Post and Beamperpendicular to Answerpanels forming a fin wallsupport.cSpecifying, page 333Connector engages in thevertical slot. The connectoris handed to make thisattachment on either theleft- or right-hand side ofthe frame.Minimum beam lengthis 48". Maximum beam lengthis 120".Actual DimensionsDepth 2"Width 1 3 ⁄8". Height 32 1 ⁄2".Product DetailsConnector occupies verticalslots in the frame 32 1 ⁄2"measured up from the bottomedge of the base trim.ConnectionsFence connector ismounted within the modulewidth of the frame. Horizontalspace within that frame isreduced by 1 1 ⁄2".Width of panel-mountedworksurfaces is affectedby this change in module.Monolithic skins andlower segmented skinsup to 32 1 ⁄2" measured fromthe bottom of the base trim,are trapped by the fenceconnector once installed onthe panel frame. Base trimis not trapped.Cantilevers cannotoccupy the same verticalslots as the fence connectorbracket.Fence connector cannotbe used when panels arestacked and loaded withbins and shelves..Tether brackets canbe used to side supportworksurfaces.Use of tether bracketsas side supports furtherreduces horizontal spaceavailable by 1 1 ⁄2" each sideand affects planning ofmounted worksurfaces.Surface MaterialsFence connector• 8043 Clear Anodizedaluminum onlyPost top cap• 6694 Slate plastic only.PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 45

Reconfiguration Tips.Answer offers many of thesame benefits as a traditionalstackable panel. All youhave to do is add, subtract,and/or move a few components.Here are a few examples ofreconfiguration possibilities.Change a run of panelsfrom 66"H to 42"H—simplyby lowering horizontal barsand ordering new junctionheights.1Start with 66"H.5Reinstall skins, top caps,and bases to finish off the42"H run of panels.Change out the middlepanels of a run from 66"Hto 42"H.1Start with 66"H.2Take off skins.6Inventory extra skinsand junctions for future use.2Take off skins.3Take offhorizontal bars.3Lower horizontal bar.4Replace needed skins.Add change-of-height trimand shortened top cap tofinish off the run.4Change 66"H junctionsto 42"H junctions and replacehorizontal bars.5Inventory extra skinsfor future use..46 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stability GuidelinesStability GuidelinesWith a return panel.With an end panel..Answer, when installed properly, is an exceptionally stablefurniture system. That applies to workstations using panelsalone, panel-supported components, or freestanding furniture.The following section on panel stability givessome guidelines to be used with common system furnitureconfigurations. Guidelines are given to panels with andwithout components. Consult your local dealer or Steelcaserepresentative prior to deviating from these guidelines.When panel height exceeds six feet in seismicgeographical areas rated at a 3 or 4, floor plansmust be submitted to a certified structural engineering firmto assure the product application complies with applicablebuilding codes. Steelcase is not responsible for consultations fees.Change-of-height has no effect on thesestability guidelines.There are several ways to anchor the end ofa panel run:With a pedestal or lateral file with ped filler.With two buttresses.Tip: Only freestanding worksurfaces should be used inapplications with buttress supports..Guidelines for Panel-HungComponentscPage 48Guidelines for “L”ConfigurationscPage 49Guidelines for “T”ConfigurationscPages 50–51Guidelines for “U”ConfigurationscPage 52Guidelines for “X”ConfigurationscPage 53Guidelines for “V”ConfigurationscPage 54Guidelines for “Y”ConfigurationscPage 55Guidelines for ButtressSupportcPages 56–57Guidelines for PathwaysPost and Beam FencecPage 58Guidelines for Wall-StartJunction ConfigurationscPage 59Guidelines for AnswerOff-Module BracketConfigurationscPages 60–61Guidelines to HangOverhead Bin, Curved-FrontBin, or Avenir Binder Bin onan Answer PanelcPage 62Guidelines for StackableComponentscPages 62–63.PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStability Guidelines, continued 47

Stability Guidelines, continuedGuidelines for Answer Panel-Hung ComponentsThese guidelines treat shelves and binder bins as interchangeable.In all cases, up to two panel-hung components may be usedper panel, per side. These are some common applications:Hanging one component on one side.Hanging two components on one side.When 30"W return panels are placedadjacent to components, you may usemore than two panel-hung components on a panel.60" min. 60" min.Hanging three components or four..Hanging one component on each side.Hanging two components on each side..48 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stability GuidelinesGuidelines for “L” ConfigurationsPanels with Components12' max. 12' max.If A is up to 12' or less,you need to have either apedestal with filler, a peninsulaworksurface, or an endpanel on end.12' max.If A is up to 12' or less,you need to have either apedestal with filler, a jetty orbubble jetty worksurface, oran end panel on end..AAAA12' max.AA12' max. 12' max.If A is up to 12' or less,you need to have either apedestal with filler, a jetty orbubble jetty worksurface, oran end panel on end..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStability Guidelines, continued 49

Stability Guidelines, continuedGuidelines for “T” ConfigurationsPanels without Components5' min.8' max.An 8' run with no panel-hung componentdoes not require a return panel.5' min.12' max.48" Over 18'12' max.30" min.5' min.48" Over 18'30" min.For runs over 18', you must locate a 48"Wperpendicular panel every 12'..5' min.12' max.48"5' min.18' max.30" min.For runs over 8' up to 18', you must use atleast a 30"W return panel.Over 18'12' max.30" min..50 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stability GuidelinesGuidelines for “T” ConfigurationsPanels with Components Counterbalanced on Both Sides4'6'If A is 4' long and B is 6' long, you must usean end panel and a cantilever.6' max. 6' max.If B is up to 6' long, you can use cantileversto support adjoining worksurfaces.12' max.6'If B is up to 6' long, you can use cantileversto support adjoining worksurfaces..AABBB.12' max.If B is 6' to 12', you must use one centersupport panel per side.When B is 12' to 18', you need a centersupport panel every 6'.B 12' max.B 18' max..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStability Guidelines, continued 51

Stability Guidelines, continuedGuidelines for “U” ConfigurationsPanels without Components30" min.4' min. to 18' max.Panels with Components30" min.30" min.12' max.If A is 12' or less, nofloor support is required midrunfor 24"D worksurfaces.30"D straight and transitionworksurfaces require additionalfloor support along thefront edge, such as apedestal or post leg.If A is 12' or less, nofloor support is required. mid-run.A12' max.30" min.If A is between 12' to18', some type of floorsupport is required mid-run.If A is between 12' to18', some type of floorsupport is required mid-run.A18' max.A18' max.30" min.A18' max.If A is between 12' to18', some type of floorsupport is required mid-run..52 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stability Guidelines.Guidelines for “X” ConfigurationsPanels without Components8'Panels with Components6'4'If wall is 6' or less, no center support is needed.6'12' max.Center support panel is needed every 6'.Cantilevers can be used to tie spanner in..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStability Guidelines, continued 53

Stability Guidelines, continuedGuidelines for “V” ConfigurationsPanels with Components12' maxIf A is up to 12' or less,you need to have either apedestal with filler, a jetty orbubble jetty worksurface, oran end panel on end. 30"Dstraight and transition worksurfacesrequire additionalfloor support along the frontedge, such as a pedestal orpost leg.36" min30' min12' max30" minSingle post leg used in“U” Configuration inthe center can be eliminateda 12' run must have a can-if an end panel or a cantileverand a single posttion. The other end needs toleg are used instead of abe supported with a fullcantilever at the end of aheight panel, end panel, or aworksurface.pedestal with filler. The centerneeds to be supportedwith a cantilever and a singlepost leg.*All components are Answer.No components canbe hung on back side ofpanel run unless in a “Y”configuration.tilever with the 120° V junc-.AA12' max.10' max24" min12' maxIf A is up to 12' or less,you need to have either apedestal with filler, a jetty orbubble jetty worksurface, oran end panel on end.30"D straight and transitionworksurfaces require additionalfloor support along thefront edge, such as apedestal or post leg.12' max.54 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stability Guidelines.Guidelines for “Y” ConfigurationsPanels without Components8'Panels with Components6' maxIf wall is 6' or less, no center support is needed.24" min24" min10' max24" min24" min30" min30" minCenter support panel is needed every 6'.Cantilevers can be used to tie spanner in.12' max30" min30" min12' max“Y” Configuration in a10' or 12' run must have anend panel with a connectorbracket with the 120° Y junction.The other end needsto be supported with a fullheight panel, end panel, ora pedestal with filler. For24"D worksurfaces, the centercan be supported by acantilever when bins andworksurfaces are used onboth sides (as shown). 30"Dstraight and transition worksurfacesrequire additionalfloor support along the frontedge, such as a pedestal orpost leg. When bins andworksurfaces are used onboth sides (as shown) a legis not needed in front of thecantilever.*All components are Answer..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStability Guidelines, continued 55

Stability Guidelines, continued.Guidelines for Buttress Support66"Hminimum30"W minimum30"W minimumMaximum panel height: 78"HMaximum panel run: 15'Buttress can be used to stabilize a runof panels up to 15' long.Maximum panel height: 66"HMaximum panel run: 20'20' maximum15' maximum78"H66"H5'15'Maximum panel height: 66"HButtresses on only one side of the wall willnot provide adequate support.30"W minimum30"W minimum8' maximum66"HMaximum panel height: 66"HMaximum bin or shelf width: 48"WMaximum panel run: 8'Buttress cannot be used when panels are stackedand loaded with bins and shelves..66"H.56 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stability Guidelines.Guidelines for Buttress Support, continued30"W minimum30"W minimumMaximum loaded panel height: 66"HMaximum bin or shelf width: 48"W on each sideMaximum panel run: 8'30"W minimum30"W minimumMaximum panel height: 66"HMaximum shelf width: 8'Maximum panel run: 8'8' maximum66"H66"H66"HMaximum panel height: 66"HMaximum bin or shelf width: 8'Maximum panel run: 8'Tip: Use tie strap to link binder bins orshelves...PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStability Guidelines, continued 57

Stability Guidelines, continuedGuidelines for Pathways Post and Beam Fence48" to 10' in length78"H10'maximumMaximum panel height: 78"HFences spaced no more than 10'apart can stabilize a wall.48" to 10' in length..10'maximumMaximum panel height: 78"HMaximum panel run: unlimitedFences spaced no more than 10' apartcan stabilize a wall with a single panel-mountedcomponent installed on the same side as thefence for each 10' run.78"H.42" to 96" in length8'maximumMaximum panel height: 78"HMaximum panel run: 16'16' maximumFences spaced no more than 8' apartcan stabilize a wall with upper storage.When hanging components on astacked frame, you cannot use a fenceconnector.78"H.58 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stability GuidelinesGuidelines for Wall-Start Junction ConfigurationsPanels with ComponentsWall-startjunction12' max.Wall-startjunctionIn a 12' run using a Wall hang channels forwall-start junction, shelves and overhead storagean end panel must be used bins cannot be used with awith the wall-start junction wall-start junction.and the other end must besupported by a full panel,and end panel, or a pedestalwith a filler. For 24"D worksurfaces,the center can besupported by a cantileverwhen bins and worksurfacesare used on both sides (asshown). 30"D straight andtransition worksurfacesTip: Wall-start junctionsrequire additional floor supportalong the front edge,must secure to the stud in abuilding wall or use drywallsuch as a pedestal or postfasteners.leg. A cantilever and singlepost leg must be used whenhanging components on oneside only..12' max..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStability Guidelines, continued 59

Stability Guidelines, continuedGuidelines for Answer Off-Module Bracket ConfigurationsPanels with Components24" min30" min10' max12' max24" min“U” Configuration Single post leg at centerIn a 12' run using an Answer can be eliminated if an endoff-modular connector bracket, panel, side support brackets,a cantilever must be used with or cantilever with post leg isthe connector bracket. The used with off-module bracket.other end needs to be supportedwith a full height panel,end panel, or a pedestal withfiller. For 24"D worksurfaces,the center can be supportedby a cantilever. 30"D straightand transition worksurfacesrequire additional floor support48" min60" minalong the front edge, such asa pedestal or post leg. A cantileverand single post legmust be used when hangingcomponents on one side only.10' maxAll components are Answer.“T” ConfigurationIn a 10' or 12' run using anAnswer off-modular connectorbracket, an end panel must beused with the connectorbracket. The other end needs24" minto be supported with a fullheight panel, end panel, or a24" minpedestal with filler. For 24"Dworksurfaces, the center canbe supported by a cantileverwhen bins and worksurfacesare used on both sides (asshown). 30"D straight andtransition worksurfacesrequire additional floor supportalong the front edge, such asa pedestal or post leg. A cantileverand single post legmust be used when hangingcomponents on one side only..All components are Answer.30" min12' max30" min30" min.60 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stability Guidelines.Guidelines for Answer Off-Module Bracket Configurations, continuedSpineNo trimavailableFinWall start junctionmust match the fin panelheight coming off the spinewall. Change-of-height trimis not available to coverexposed wall start junction.12" maxAlways use standardworksurface end panels,center supportpanels, or cantileversin on-module locations,even if the worksurfaces areplaced in an off-moduleposition. The worksurfacecan overhang a panelmountedsupport by a maximumof 6". If the worksurfaceoverhangs more than6", additional freestandingsupports are required.8' or lessLoading on spine wallwith change-of-heightoff-module fin is allowedwith a maximum of 12"height difference betweenspine and fin. No loadingon spine is permitted if thespine is 24"H or higher thanthe off-module fin. End panelsor a pedestal with a filleris required to support aworksurface attached tospine..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStability Guidelines, continued 61

Stability Guidelines, continued.Guidelines to Hang Overhead Bin,Curved-Front Bin, or Avenir Binder Bin onan Answer PanelSidesupportbracketsrequired12' runThe following applicationrestrictions must becomplied with when hangingoverhead bins, curved frontbins, and Avenir binder binson Answer panels. Otherwise,standard Answer applicationguidelines apply.• Overhead bins, curved frontbins, and Avenir binder binscannot hang on an Answerpanel above the 66"H connectionpoint.• Overhead bins, curved frontbins, and Avenir binder binsor shelves cannot hang on astacked segment of anAnswer panel.• The maximum panel runlength when using an overheadbin, curved front bin,and Avenir binder onAnswer panels is 12'.• Do not load the top of anoverhead bin, curved frontbin, and Avenir binder bin onan Answer panel.• When ganging binderbins, the use of a tie plateis required. Ganging bracketis included in the Avenirconnector kit.cSee Storage ProductsSpecification Guide forganging brackets for curvedfront bin.• A single post leg (TS7SPL)is required in addition tostandard support 8'–12'(maximum) panel runs. Seeexample on this page.Failure to comply to theseguidelines may result inpersonal injury.30" min.Guidelines for Stackable ComponentsStack on any height base panel. Choose from thefive base panel heights offered.12"H30"Hscale 50scale 5012"H12"H42"H 12"H54"H66"Hscale 50Base panel heights can be mixed. For example, youcan use a 42"H base panel next to a 66"H base panel andhave the ability to stack on both panels.12"H42"H12"H66"Hscale 50 scale 50Maximum height an Answer panel can reachis 90".Maximum height that can be stacked on a basepanel is 36", and the maximum number of stacking junctionsthat can be added to a base panel is two. To achieve36" use a 24"H and a 12"H stacking junction.12"H42"Hscale 5024"H42"Hscale 50scale 50scale 5012"H12"H 12"H24"H42"H42"Hscale 5012"H78"Hscale 50Maximum of two stackedtiers, stacked no more than36"H to a panel not toexceed 90"H. First tier loadingonly with Answer components.All bolts must betightened. Failure to complywith these requirementsmay result in personal injury.24"H12"H42"Hscale 50.62 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stability Guidelines.Guidelines for Stackable Components, continuedAny stacked segment can have a 12"H or 24"Hwindow. Bins and shelves cannot be hung from stackedwindows.scale 50Anytime a stacking junction is used, a horizontalconnecting bar must also be used.Exception: When stacking a 12"H or 24"H windowor pass-thru, a horizontal connecting bar is not needed.54"H junctionsWhen used on basepanels with sameheight junctionsscale 50scale 50scale 5054"H junctionscale 5066"H junctionWhen used on basepanels with differentheight junctionsNote: Only one horizontalconnecting bar and onestacking junction arerequired in this application.Answer bins and shelves can hang from the firststacked tier only. Avenir bins are not allowed.scale 50CorrectSecond TierFirst Tierscale 50scale 50IncorrectSecond TierFirst Tier..PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 63

64 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

UnderstandingAnswerWiring and CablingAll Answer electricalcomponents are listedby Underwriters Laboratory(UL) and certified by theCanadian StandardsAssociation (CSA).Statement of Line 66Product DetailsWiring Schematics 69How to Calculate Power Needs 70Cable Capacities 72Interface ProductsCeiling-Access Lay-In Utility Package 74Floor-Access Lay-In Utility Package 76Junction with Utility Pole 78Base Power Infeed 80Special Requirements for New York City 81Consolidation Point 82Distribution ProductsPowerkits 84Pass-Through Powerkits 84Cable Trays 84Modular Harness 86Multipurpose Power Infeed 86Special Requirements for Hardwired Solution 87Access ProductsDuplex Receptacles 88Face Plate 88AccessoriesLay-In Junction Cable Sleeve 89Feed-Through Horizontal Cable Sleeve 89Grommet for Horizontal Bar and Junction 89Grommet for Junction 90Series 9000 Duplex Cable Grommet 90Vertical Wire Manager 90Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 65

Wiring and CablingStatement of LineInterface ProductsThe interface is the pointat which the utilities within apanel connect to a building’spower and communicationnetwork. All power componentsare field installed.scale 75scale 75Ceiling-Access Lay-InUtility PackageUnderstandingcPage 74SpecifyingcPage 344Floor-Access Lay-InUtility PackageUnderstandingcPage 76SpecifyingcPage 345Junction withUtility PoleUnderstandingcPage 78SpecifyingcPage 315Base Power InfeedUnderstandingcPage 80SpecifyingcPage 337Power Infeedfor Use inNew York CityUnderstandingcPage 81SpecifyingcPage 338Consolidation Point KitUnderstandingcPage 82SpecifyingcPage 34366 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring and CablingStatement of LineDistribution ProductsDistribution refers tothe way that power andcommunication networksare routed through a panel.Wiring & CablingPowerkitUnderstandingcPage 84SpecifyingcPage 335Pass-ThroughPowerkitUnderstandingcPage 84SpecifyingcPage 335Cable TrayUnderstandingcPage 84SpecifyingcPage 334Modular HarnessUnderstandingcPage 86SpecifyingcPage 340Multipurpose PowerInfeedUnderstandingcPage 86SpecifyingcPage 339Hardwire Solutionfor Chicago andOther AreasUnderstandingcPage 87SpecifyingcPage 339Access ProductsAccess to power andcommunication networksis accommodatedby power receptacles andcommunication outletsinstalled in a panel.Duplex ReceptaclesUnderstandingcPage 88SpecifyingcPage 336Face PlateUnderstandingcPage 88SpecifyingcPage 337Answer Solutions Specification Guide cStatement of Line, continued 67

Wiring and Cabling Statement of Line, continuedAccessoriesAccessories are used tohelp customize your wiringand cabling needs.500Lay-In JunctionCable SleeveUnderstandingcPage 89SpecifyingcPage 340Feed-ThroughHorizontalCable SleeveUnderstandingcPage 89SpecifyingcPage 341Series 9000 DuplexCable GrommetUnderstandingcPage 90SpecifyingcPage 342Grommet for HorizontalBar and JunctionUnderstandingcPage 89SpecifyingcPage 341Grommet forJunctionUnderstandingcPage 90SpecifyingcPage 341Vertical WireManagerUnderstandingcPage 90SpecifyingcPage 55268 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring SchematicsDetails for the ElectricianWiring SchematicsAnswer offers three different wiring schematicsto allow you to match your specific wiring strategyto any typical building wiring plan.Tip: All the components in an electrical systemmust use the same wiring schematic. Thecomponents are keyed and color coded to makeit impossible to connect mismatched parts.Black = Four-circuit, 3+1Brown = Four-circuit, 2+2Rust = Three-circuit, separate neutrals (3SN)Shared neutrals = 10 gaugeNon-shared neutrals = 12 gaugeHot wires = 12 gaugeFour-Circuit, 3+1Circuit Panel 1PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuits 1, 2, and 3 NeutralNEUTRALGroundGROUNDCircuit Panel 2PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 4 HotCircuit 4 NeutralNEUTRALGroundGROUNDIn the four-circuit 3+1 schematic, circuits1, 2, and 3 are distributed from the first circuitpanel and are supported with one shared neutraland one shared ground. Circuit 4 is distributedfrom a second circuit panel and is supported witha separate neutral and ground.Single 3-PhaseCircuit PanelPHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuit 4 HotCircuits 1, 2, and 3 NeutralNEUTRALCircuit 4 NeutralSystem GroundGROUNDIsolated GroundOn a single 3-phase circuit panel, all fourcircuits are distributed as shown..Four-Circuit, 2+2Circuit Panel 1PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuits 1 and 2 NeutralNEUTRALGroundGROUNDCircuit Panel 2PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 3 HotCircuit 4 HotCircuits 3 and 4 NeutralNEUTRALGroundGROUNDIn the four-circuit 2+2 schematic, circuits1 and 2 are distributed from two different phasesfrom the first circuit panel and are supportedwith one shared neutral and one shared ground.Circuits 3 and 4 are distributed from a secondcircuit panel and supported by their own sharedneutral and ground.Single 3-PhaseCircuit PanelPHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuit 4 HotCircuits 1 and 2 NeutralNEUTRALCircuits 3 and 4 NeutralSystem GroundGROUNDIsolated GroundOn a single 3-phase circuit panel, all fourcircuits are distributed as shown.Split-PhaseCircuit PanelPHASEPHASEACCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuit 4 HotCircuits 1 and 2 NeutralNEUTRALCircuits 3 and 4 NeutralSystem GroundGROUNDIsolated GroundOn a split-phase circuit panel, all fourcircuits are distributed as shown..Three-Circuit, Separate NeutralsCircuit Panel 1PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 1 NeutralNEUTRALCircuit 2 NeutralGroundGROUNDCircuit Panel 2PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 3 HotCircuit 3 NeutralNEUTRALGroundGROUNDIn the three-circuit, separate neutralschematic, circuits 1 and 2 are distributed fromtwo different phases from the first circuit panel.Each circuit is supported with its own neutral anda common ground. Circuit 3 is distributed from thesecond circuit panel and is supported by its ownneutral and ground.Single 3-PhaseCircuit PanelPHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuit 1 NeutralCircuit 2 NeutralNEUTRALCircuit 3 NeutralSystem GroundGROUNDIsolated GroundOn a single 3-phase circuit panel, threecircuits are distributed as shown.Split-PhaseCircuit PanelPHASEPHASEACCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuit 1 NeutralCircuit 2 NeutralNEUTRALCircuit 3 NeutralSystem GroundGROUNDIsolated Ground. On a split-phase circuit panel, three circuitsare distributed as shown..Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 69

How to Calculate Power NeedsUse This to Determine How Many Power-Ins You’ll Need.When planning a powernetwork, you must calculatethe amperage requirementsof all your electrical componentsso you can providesufficient electricity to powerthem..If your usage is notknown in advance:The National ElectricalCode (NEC) allows a maximumof 13 receptacles oneach 20-amp circuit. Thisprovides up to 30 receptaclesfor each 3-circuit power-inand 40 receptacles for each4-circuit power-in.These numbers refer toreceptacles, not outlets.All Answer receptacles areduplex and include twooutlets..If your usage is knownin advance:Add up the amperage usedby each piece of equipmentin the workstation. Wheneveryou reach 60 amps(20 amps times 3 circuits) or80 amps (20 amps times 4circuits) from items that arelikely to be used at the sametime, you have reached thelimit for a single power-in.Specify another power-inand continue until all equipmentis powered.If the circuits will normallybe subject to a continuousload (three or more hours ofcontinuous use, such aslights or computers), theNEC requires that circuitcapacity be “de-rated” by20 percent. Therefore, treatcircuits used for continuousloads as if they were ratedat 16 amps instead of theregular 20 amps.Try to anticipate futureincreases in power requirementsand build someexcess capacity into yourplan.cSee table at right fortypical and actual amperageusages for components.To calculate amperage whenthe wattage of a device isknown, divide watts by 120.Some appliances, such aslarge copiers, coffee makers,or space heaters requiremost of the current availableon a 20-amp circuit. Itis recommended that suchdevices be supplied withtheir own receptacle/circuit,directly from the building.This leaves the capacity ofthe furniture circuits availablefor the more dynamicrequirements of the officeequipment.Local electrical codes vary.Consult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forthe proper planning of electricalcircuits in your locale.Requirements of Office Equipmentin AmpsGeneral Equipment(Typical Amperage)A.C. adapter 0.05Adding machine 0.05Answering machine 0.08Calculator 0.025Clock 0.03Coffee pot 10.00Copy machine 15.00Desk-top copiers 7.00 to 10.00Electric eraser 0.25Fan 0.50Manuscript holder 0.75Microfiche 0.85Microwave 8.00 to 12.00Pencil sharpener 0.25Radio 0.05Slide projector 2.00 to 6.00Space heater, 1000 watts 8.50Space heater, 1500 watts 12.50Stand-alone copiers 15.00Transcriber 0.15Typewriter 0.15Electronic Equipment(Typical Amperage)Desk-top memorystorage devices 0.08 to 0.15Desk-top printers 1.20 to 2.00DVD players 0.13 to 0.20Flat-panel screens 3.50Laptops 3.50 to 5.00Modems 0.15Stand-alone printers 1.50 to 2.50VDTs and PCs 0.08 to 4.80Steelcase Lighting(Actual Amperage)Canopy lights24 1 ⁄4" wide, 14 watts 0.1436 1 ⁄16" wide, 21 watts 0.2047 7 ⁄8" wide, 28 watts 0.26Shelf lights19" wide, 15 watts 0.2024" wide, 17 watts 0.2036" wide, 25 watts 0.3048" wide, 32 watts 0.30.70 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

How to CalculatePower NeedsWiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 71

Cable Capacities.Test and verify capacitiesfor your individualsituation. We recommendthat testing be conductedusing your specific cableas well as the furniture configurationyou are considering.Cable capacities inthis table are based on nonplenum-ratedcables installedby a cable contractorunder ideal conditions.Figures are approximations.Actual capacities may varyslightly depending on whichmanufacturer produced thecable and the specific fieldconditions.Cat 6 Test Cableså Avaya 1071OD=0.215"∫ Avaya 1081OD=0.250"ç Avaya 2071 PlenumOD=0.195"∂ Avaya 2081 PlenumOD=0.240"´ Belden Media Twist1872AOD=0.365" x 0.165"ƒ Belden Media Twist1874A PlenumOD=0.365" x 0.165"© Berk-TekLan-Mark 1000OD=0.230"˙ Berk-TekLan-Mark 1000PlenumOD=0.225"ˆ CommScopeUltraMediaOD=0.240"∆ General CableCommand LINX 6OD=0.250"˚ Mohawk GigaLANOD=0.240"¬ Nordx 4812LXOD=0.245"µ Nordx 4813XPlenumOD=0.230"Cat 5 Test Cables˜ Berk–Tek24 AWG CMR4-Pair UTPOD=0.190".Straight Horizontal Routingå ∫ ç ∂ ´ ƒ © ˙ ˆ ∆ ˚ ¬ µ ˜Lay-in cable routing58 40 54 41 41 44 40 35 39 37 36 39 39 50at top of panelHorizontal pass-throughat cable routing opening17 13 17 15 15 15 15 16 14 14 13 14 17 20(available every 12"inside frame)Horizontal pass-through33 25at rectangular opening32 26 27 27 27 23 24 25 24 28 30*for modular powerharnessCable routing at base10 7 9 7 8 8 7 8 8 9 6 7 9 30of panel with powerCable routing at baseof panel without20 14 18 14 16 16 14 16 16 18 12 14 18 40powerL, T, X, V, and Y Horizontal RoutingLay-in cable routingat top of panels in46 29 38 28 31 28 25 24 26 29 27 25 27 40L or V configurationLay-in cable routingat top of panels in40 30 34 30 40 36 30 27 32 28 25 28 32 32T configurationLay-in cable routingin top of panels in70 50 60 48 55 50 50 46 47 50 40 48 49 50X or Y configurationHorizontal pass-throughat cable routing opening16 12 16 13 13 14 13 13 11 14 12 13 14 16(available every12" inside frames inL or V configuration)Horizontal pass-throughat cable routing opening16 12 16 14 14 14 14 12 14 14 13 14 14 16(available every12" inside frames inT configurationHorizontal pass-throughat cable routing opening26 16 24 20 20 20 22 23 18 20 16 16 16 20(available every12" inside frames inX or Y configuration.72 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Cable Capacities.å ∫ ç ∂ ´ ƒ © ˙ ˆ ∆ ˚ ¬ µ ˜L, T, X, V, and Y Horizontal Routing, continuedCable routing atbase of panel with10 7 9 7 8 8 7 8 8 9 6 7 9*power in L, T, or VconfigurationCable routing atbase of panel without20 14 18 14 16 16 14 16 16 18 12 14 18*power in L, T, or VconfigurationCable routing at baseof panel with power15 10 14 11 12 12 10 12 12 14 10 10 13*in X or Y configurationCable routing at baseof panel without30 21 27 21 24 24 21 24 24 27 18 21 27*power in X or YconfigurationStraight Vertical RoutingVertical cable routingthrough round openings12 10 12 11 11 11 10 9 10 10 10 10 12 17of horizontal connectingbar; two locationsper barVertical cable routingthrough rectangular20 15 20 17 17 16 15 15 16 18 16 17 20*openings of horizontalconnecting bars; twolocations per bar.Vertical cablerouting in slim profile8 6 7 7 8 8 8 7 7 7 6 7 7*change-of-heighttrimVertical cable routing incable-routing changeof-height20 17 18 18 18 17 16 17 19 20 17 16 19 30trimVertical cable routing70 60 70 65 60 61 69 70 60 61 63 65 70 100inside utility poleVertical cable routingin a ceiling-access100 90 95 95 85 85 95 95 80 87 90 86 92 168lay-in utility packageVertical cable routingin a floor-access100 90 95 90 80 78 87 90 80 81 83 83 88 110lay-in utility package.Power harnessesreduce cable capacity.An average of 15–20 cableswill be reduced per harnessused. However, this numbervaries according to installationpractices and the typeof cables used.* Application was not testedfor Category 5 cables. Toestimate the capacity foryour particular Category 5cable, determine the outsidediameter and compare itto the closest outside diameterof the Category 6cables listed..Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 73

Interface ProductsCeiling-Access Lay-In Utility Package.Ceiling-access lay-inutility packages allowpanels to accommodate alarge amount of power andcable brought in from theceiling. Standard skins areused to finish the panel.cSpecifying, page 344Telescoping utilitycarrier routes power andcables from the ceiling intothe panel. Carrier is integratedwithin a panel runand does not exceed thewidth of the panel.Utility carrier andcover stop at top of junctionso cables can go ineither direction.Standard horizontalconnecting bars areused on adjacent panels.Vertical routing of power andcables is accommodated byopenings in the horizontalconnecting bars.scale150Telescoping utilitycarrier and cover areadjustable from 60"H to120"H.Top cap is shortened toaccommodate utility carrierand cover. Wood veneer isavailable as an option.Lay-in horizontalconnecting bars allowpower and cables to berouted vertically over thefront of the bars. Lay-in barsare narrower than standardhorizontal connecting bars toprovide cable-routing space.Standard base trim isincluded with ceiling lay-inutility package..Product Detailsscale 75Ceiling-accesslay-in utility packageincludes: telescopingutility carrier and cover withhardware, top cap, two layinhorizontal connectingbars, and two base trims.Package is available in 30",36", 42", and 48" widths tomatch standard panelwidths.Ceiling attachmentcarrier and kit securesthe top of the utility carrierand cover to the suspendedceiling grid. Hardwired connectionto the building’spower can be made in thejunction box.Ceiling-access lay-inutility package takesthe place of a standardhorizontal frame package.Don’t double order..74 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Ceiling-Access Lay-In UtilityPackage.ConnectionsBracket attaches theutility carrier to the lay-inhorizontal connecting bar.Ceiling-access lay-inutility package can beinstalled in in-line, L, T, V, X,Y, and end-of-run panelconfigurations. End-of-runcondition reduces cablecapacity..Quick-lock mechanismon the lay-in horizontalconnecting bar engages thejunction in a tight structuralconnection. Quick-lockmechanism is the same ason the standard horizontalconnecting bars.Wiring & CablingLocal electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor orengineer for the properinstallation of all electricalcomponents.Ceiling-access lay-inutility package wasdesigned to be used withAnswer power harnesses.If using any other type ofconduit, the diameter of theconduit cannot be greaterthan 1 ⁄2". Skins will notinstall properly if conduitexceeds 1 ⁄2".Horizontal routingthrough junctions is accommodatedby openings formodular harnesses andcables. Openings at top andbottom of junction acceptlay-in cable routing.Surface MaterialsUtility carrier andcover, base trim, andtop cap• Paint• Wood veneer (option ontop cap only)Lay-in horizontalconnecting bars• Black paintChange-of-height trimComponents are hiddenallows lay-in cable routingwhen panel is properlyin change-of-height applica-installed.tions. Specify change-ofheighttop cap for the lowerJunction cappanel to allow clearance.• Plastic• Wood veneer (includedPower harness, orderedwith wood top cap option)separately, acts as a shieldJunction cap is included forto permit the ceiling-accessend-of-run configurations.lay-in utility package toaccommodate power andcommunication cable routingat the same time..Capacity with Ceiling Cover Installed In-Line40% fill rate 50–55% fill rateCables only: 122 cat 5 cables 153–168 cat 5 cablesCables andPower Harness*: 102 cat 5 cables 133–148 cat 5 cablesOne harness One harness*Subtract 20 cat 5 cables for each harness youwould like to add.These numbers may vary when applied in L, T, or Xconfigurations...Application TopicsUtility carrier andcover are designed to belocated at either end of thepanel. However, they canbe installed in any location,but field cutting of the topcap will be required.Telescoping utilitycarrier and cover cannotbe located next to ataller panel.Back-to-back slatwallskins cannot be installedat the top of a panel whenusing a ceiling access lay-inutility package. Slatwall canbe used on one side only..Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 75

Interface ProductsFloor-Access Lay-In Utility Package.Floor-access lay-inutility packages allowpanels to accommodate alarge amount of power andcable brought in from thefloor. Standard skins areused to finish the panel.cSpecifying, page 345Lay-in horizontal connectingbars allow powerand cables to be routedvertically over the front ofthe bars. Lay-in bars arenarrower than standard horizontalconnecting bars toprovide cable-routing space.Base utility box coverspower and cables enteringfrom the floor.scale150Standard top cap isincluded with floor-accesslay-in utility package. Woodveneer is available as anoption.Standard base trim isincluded and used on theside of the panel oppositefrom the base utility box.Modified base trim isincluded and consists of twopieces to allow attachmentof base utility box..76 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Floor-Access Lay-In UtilityPackage.Product Detailsscale 75Floor-access lay-inutility packageincludes: top cap, twolay-in horizontal connectingbars, base utility box withhardware, one standardbase trim, and one modifiedbase trim. It is available in30", 36", 42", and 48" widthsto match standard panelwidths.Location of the baseutility box is fixed at theleft-hand side of the modifiedbase trim. The cutoutin the base trim cannot bechanged.Floor-access lay-inutility package takesthe place of a standardhorizontal frame package.Don’t double order..ConnectionsBracket attaches thebase utility box to the lowerlay-in horizontal connectingbar.Floor-access lay-inutility package can beinstalled in in-line, L, T, V, X,Y, and end-of-run panelconfigurations. End-of-runcondition reduces cablecapacity..Quick-lock mechanismon the lay-in horizontalconnecting bar engages thejunction in a tight structuralconnection. Quick-lockmechanism is the same ason the standard horizontalconnecting bars..Wiring & Cabling24"W powerkit, orderedseparately, can be used inthe base of 36"W, 42"W,and 48"W floor-access layinutility packages. Powerkit must be located to theright of the base utility box.No powerkit can be used in30"W floor-access lay-inutility packages.Power harness, orderedseparately, is shielded topermit the floor-accesslay-in utility package toaccommodate power andcommunication cable routingat the same time.Base utility box routescables and/or Answer harnessesinto the panel fromthe floor. Base power infeedsare not intended for usewith the floor-access lay-inutility package.Floor-access lay-inutility package canaccommodate up to 110 cat5 cables. Deduct 20 cablesfor each power harness ormodular connector routedthrough the base utility box..Surface MaterialsBase utility box, basetrim, and top cap• Paint• Wood veneer (option ontop cap only)Lay-in horizontalconnecting bars• Black paintBars are hidden when panelis properly installed.Application TopicsBase utility box protrudes4" from the base trimon one side of the panel.When planning, locate thebase utility box underneatha workstation instead of ahallway.Specify change-ofheightshortened topcap on your lay-in utilitypackage if it is the lowerpanel in a change-of-heightconfiguration.Base utility box is forrouting of cable and poweronly. Not to be used as atermination point or for therouting of power cords..Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 77

Interface ProductsJunction with Utility Pole.Utility pole brings powerand cabling from the ceilingand introduces it into thepanel through openingspositioned vertically every12 inches. Includes a junctionand replaces the needto order one separately.Utility pole extends beyondthe footprint of the panel.cSpecifying, page 315.78 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Junction with Utility Pole.Product DetailsCeiling attachmentkit secures the top of theutility pole to the suspendedceiling grid. Hardwiredconnection to the building’spower can be made in thejunction box.Power harness for usewith utility pole is availableto bring power down fromthe ceiling and into the panelto make a modular connectionto a powerkit.Tip: Power harnesses areordered separately fromthe utility pole.10'H.Ceiling heights up to 10'can be accommodated.Shield on power harnesspermits a utility pole toaccommodate power andcommunication cable routingat the same time. For applicationswhere more cablerouting is needed, you canuse the utility pole withouta power harness or use alay-in utility package.cPage 345 for lay-in utilitypackage..ConnectionsUtility pole works withbase and stacking junctions.It can only be used at anend-of-run, in-line, L- or T-configuration. It cannot beused in an V, X, or Y-configuration.Utility pole isalways shipped with a junction,so don’t double order.3"Inline JunctionUtility PoleEnd-of-run applicationuses an in-line junction.Utility pole extends 3"beyond the footprint ofthe panels.3"Utility PoleT JunctionIn-line application usesT junction and adds 3" topanel run.T Junction3"Utility Pole“L” application uses Tjunction. Utility pole extends3" beyond the footprint ofthe panels.3"Utility PoleX Junction“T” application uses Xjunction. Utility pole extends3" beyond the footprint ofthe panels...Wiring & CablingThree wiring schematicsare available—3+1,2+2, and three circuits withseparate neutrals (3SN).All the components in anelectrical distribution systemmust use the same wiringschematic. For safety thecomponents are keyed,labeled, and color-coded tomake it impossible to connectmismatched parts.cPage 69All Answer electricalcomponents are listedby Underwriters Laboratory(UL) and certified by theCanadian StandardsAssociation (CSA).Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof all electricalcomponents.Chicago and New Yorkhave special requirements.cPages 81 and 87.Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 79

Interface ProductsBase Power Infeed.Base power infeedconnects power in thebuilding floor to a powerkitin the base of a panel.Infeed occupies onereceptacle opening.cSpecifying, page 337Connector on end ofbase power infeed harnessoccupies one receptaclelocation in power block.Flexible harness makeshardwired connection tobuilding monument. Theharness must be backfedthrough the base trim priorto connection into thebuilding monument.Cover is included with basepower infeed to conceal theconnection..Wiring & CablingConnector on basepower infeed must beplaced behind panel basetrim and harness must bebackfed through base trimopening prior to an electricianmaking the connectionto power in the buildingfloor.Three wiring schematicsare available—3+1,2+2, and three circuits withseparate neutrals (3SN).All the components in anelectrical distribution systemmust use the same wiringschematic. For safety thecomponents are keyed,labeled, and color-coded tomake it impossible to connectmismatched parts.cPage 69All Answer electricalcomponents are listedby Underwriters Laboratory(UL) and certified by theCanadian StandardsAssociation (CSA).Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof all electricalcomponents..80 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Special Requirements for New York CitySpecial Requirementsfor New York City.New York Cityelectrical code requiresmodular power componentsto be field installed by theelectrician. Because Answerpower components arealways field installed, theyare okay for use in New York.Modular connectoron end of harnessattaches to powerkit inadjacent panel.Junction box, includedwith infeed, allows electricianto make a hardwire connectionto the building powersupply. Box covers openingin base cover.Conduits supplied byelectrician.Order New York City powerinfeed of the width that correspondsto the width of thepanel it will be installed in.Tip: Remember that thepanel with the New YorkCity power infeed installedcannot accommodate anyreceptacles in the basebecause a powerkit cannotbe installed. Install a powerkithigher in the panel toaccommodate receptaclesor use adjacent panels toinstall receptacles..Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 81

Consolidation PointConsolidation point Consolidation point kitcan be accommodated fits in panels that are 30"W,inside an Answer panel to 36"W, or 42"W. Locking doorprovide easy-to-access is available for use in 30"Wconnection points for data/ and 36"W panels only. Steelvoice networks. The power skin should be used withand communication capabilitiesof the panel are 42"W panel.unimpaired. Consolidationpoint is designed to holddata/voice cabling andnetwork hardware, such aspunchdown blocks and 19"patch panels. Consolidationpoint attaches inside 54"H,66"H, and 78"H panelsTip: For accessibilityremember to plan thelocation of your consolidationpoint so that it is notblocked by other furniture.cSpecifying, page 343Mounting bracketscan be positioned by theinstaller as needed tosupport connection pointsand provide adequatespace for cable routing.Slotted channels inback panel accommodateadjustable mounting bracketsat any height and spacingthat suits the installer.Top horizontal connectingbar is lowered24"H to accommodateconsolidation points.Actual DimensionsPanel depth 3" (76mm)Door width 29 53 ⁄64" and 35 53 ⁄64" (758mm and 910mm)Kit width 28 1 ⁄2" and 34 1 ⁄2" (724mm and 876mm)Door height 24 41 ⁄64" (626mm). Kit height 20 17 ⁄64"consolidation point kit in(515mm)Consolidation point kitattaches inside Answerpanel. Kit includes backpanel, consolidation pointmounting brackets, andcable managers.36x54Skins on opposite side ofpanel can be of any type.Back panel supportspunchdown blocks or 19"patch panels which aresupplied by the data/voiceinstaller.Punch-down blocks orpatch panels, suppliedby cable contractor, acceptdozens of contact points forphone, computer, or otherdata/voice cables.Lock secures door toprevent tampering andunauthorized access toconnections. A steel skincan be used to cover aconsolidation point if a lockis not needed. A tackableacoustical skin cannot beused. Products with locksship with a lock face ringand removable plastic plugto accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.c Lock and KeyingOptions, page 61624"H removable steeldoor allows full and quickaccess to interior..82 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Consolidation Point.Product DetailsUtility pole can routecables from the ceiling ofthe building to the consolidationpoint. Pole can alsoaccommodate a powerharness.Mounting bracketsaccommodate standardsize,19" patch panels orpunch-down blocks whichare supplied by the data/voice cabling installer.Space inside panel is3"D x 30"W or 36"W x 20"H..Cable manager helpskeep cables in order.Lock secures the door.Solid back on the panelsupporting punchdownblocks or patch panelsprevents access fromopposite side of panelLock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks ship witha lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Tip: With random keying thekey to a consolidation pointcan accidentally be thesame as nearby pedestalsor other locked components.To ensure that consolidationpoint units have unique keynumbers that are availableonly to the IS manager orfacility manager, you maywant to choose the keyedspecific option..ConnectionsHardware to attachconsolidation point kit isincluded..Wiring & CablingConsolidation point cantypically accommodate upto 72 connections. Capacitydepends on neatness ofinstallation..Surface MaterialsLocking door skin• PaintLock• 9201 Polished Chromeonly.Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 83

Distribution Products.Powerkits are a combinationof modular powerblocks, harnesses, andconnectors that attach to apower tray for installationinside an Answer panel.Powerkits are available inwidths that correspond topanel widths.cSpecifying, page 335Pass-through powerkitsare available for applicationswhere you want toextend the power betweenpanels but have no need foraccess in a specific panel.cSpecifying, page 335Cable trays can beinstalled and rearrangedat various heights within apanel for communicationsaccess and cable routing.cSpecifying, page 334Two modularconnectors on end ofpowerkit accept modularconnectors of adjacentpowerkit, power infeeds,or modular harness.Openings in power trayaccommodate voice/dataoutlets. Openings line upabove the power blocks.Communication ports cannever be back-to-back.Modular connectoraccepts adjacent powerkits.Power block is attachedto underside of power tray.Receptacles, orderedseparately, can be fieldinstalled where needed onboth faces of power blocks.Modular connectorplugs into the connectionpoint on adjacent powerkits.Power tray supportspower blocks and providesspace for cable routing..84 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Distribution Products.Product DetailsPowerkits can be installedevery 12" vertically. Typicallythey are positioned in thepanel base, at worksurfaceheight, or in both locations.Pass-through powerkitsextend power betweenpanels.Width of panel determineshow many receptacleand communication locationsare available.18"W Pass throughrouting only.12"24"W with one power block.Communication openinglines up above power blockon one side of panel only.12"30"W with two powerblocks. Communicationopenings line up above theright-hand power block.One opening on each sideof panel.12"36"W to 48"W with two powerblocks. Communicationopenings line up above theright-hand power block.One opening on each sideof panel.12"60"W to 72"W with fourpower blocks. Communicationopenings line up above theright-hand power block ofeach pair. Two openings oneach side of panel.15-amp or 20-ampduplex receptaclessnap into powerkits on oneside or both sides of thepanel. Install receptaclesonly where you want them.Add more receptacles in thefuture.Exception: When usingtechnology skins, receptaclesare required in allpower block locations.Tip: If receptacles are notspecified for all power blocklocations, you must orderfiller through CustomerService parts (891500350MP,package of 20)...Three wiring schematicsare available—3+1,2+2, and three circuits withseparate neutrals (3SN). Allthe components in anelectrical distribution systemmust use the same wiringschematic. For safety thecomponents are keyed,labeled, and color-coded tomake it impossible toconnect mismatched parts.cPage 69Performance tackableacoustical skins andtackable acousticalskins can be cut in thefield to allow access toreceptacle and communicationoutlets. Order cuttingtemplates through ServiceParts (T500940SR). Steelskins do not have cutoutsand cannot accommodatereceptacles. Install powerreceptacles and communicationports in the panelbase cover below the steelskin or use a technologyskin..KnockoutKnockouts and cutoutsfor receptacles in the panelbase trim and skins arealways 10 5 ⁄8" from the outsideedges of the panel.Knockouts for communicationin base accommodatemodular furniture size only.Filler to close unwantedopenings in base trim isavailable from Service Parts..Wire separators arenot required. All electricalharnesses are shielded.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor orengineer for the properinstallation of all electricalcomponents.Chicago and New Yorkhave special requirements.cPages 81 and 87.Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cDistribution Products, continued 85

Distribution Products, continuedModular HarnesscSpecifying, page 340Multipurpose PowerInfeedcSpecifying, page 339.Product DetailsModular harnessesare available to connectpowerkits at differentheights. Available in 43"and 80" lengths.Modular harness isused to route power throughan L, T, X, V, or Y junction.Only the large opening in thejunction at worksurfaceheight allows enough spaceto accommodate the bendin the harness. Modularharness is not needed toroute power at worksurfaceheight.Product DetailsMultipurpose powerinfeed is shielded to allowpower and communicationrouting side by side.Available in 12' and 24'lengths.30"H junction does nothave a large opening. Amodular harness must beused to route power througha 30"H L, T, X, V, or Y junction.Only the base of the junctionallows enough space toaccommodate the bend inthe harness.Harnesses plug into connectionpoints on the powerkit.Every powerkit has multipleconnection points to allowbranching of power.Multipurpose powerinfeeds bring power intothe panel and make amodular connection to apowerkit.T-connection is formedby connecting two harnessesto a power block.X-connection is formedby connecting two harnessesto two successive powerblocks.Multipurpose powerinfeeds can be used withceiling- and floor-accesslay-in utility packages andutility poles. Specify powerharness separately..86 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Distribution ProductsSpecial Requirements for Hardwired SolutionSpecial Requirements forHardwired SolutionChicago electricalcode requires the powerdistribution network to behardwired on site. Theseinstallations require hardwiredpowerkits.cSpecifying, page 339Any hardwired installationcan use the components ofthe hardwired powerkit.Order panel without powerand order a hardwiredpowerkit of the correspondingwidth.cPage 339Power tray is included inhardwired powerkit to securejunction boxes and to attachto panel frame.Number of Junction Boxes is Determined by Panel WidthPanel width Junction boxes24" 130" 236" 242" 248" 260" 272" 2.Conduits are supplied bythe electrician.Junction boxes areincluded in hardwiredpowerkit.Receptacles are suppliedby the electrician.Receptacle openingsare knocked out in the field.Wiring & CablingJunction box can accommodatetwo receptaclesback to back. Electrician canuse Leviton 5325 or equivalentreceptacles.Electrician must make allhardwire connections in thefield. Electrician must supplyall conduits, wires, nuts, andconnection to building powersupply.Order Chicago-versionof shelf lights. Theselights have a built-in circuitbreaker..ConnectionsPowerkit can be installedin panel base or at 12"vertical increments.Junction boxes aretypically mounted below thepower tray; however, theycan be mounted abovewhen power is routed in alocation other than the panelbase. A bracket is includedfor mounting junction boxesabove the powertray.When using a hardwiredsolution withsegmented skins, youmay need to install junctionboxes above the power trayto avoid interference withthe steel frame of the skin.Approximately 3" of clearanceis required whenmounting junction boxesabove the power tray. Keepin mind the upper horizontalconnecting bar location toensure enough space formounting junction boxesabove.Note: Don’t forget to discussjunction box location andskin configuration prior toelectrician installing thepower..Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 87

Access ProductsDuplex ReceptaclescSpecifying, page 336Face PlatecSpecifying, page 337.Product Details15-amp or 20-ampreceptacles, orderedseparately, snap into bothfaces of power block in thefield.Product DetailsFace plate, orderedseparately, is used tosurround receptacle whenskin is field-cut. Templatesensure accurate locationand size.Surface MaterialsReceptacle• 6000 Black• 6654 Sand (Vanadium)• 6697 FogFace plate is used tosurround modular furnituresize communication orDECORA outlets wheninstalled in the face of atackable acoustical panelskin.NEMA-size communicationoutlets (singlegang) do not require aSteelcase face plate. Cannotbe used in base.Surface MaterialsFace plate• 6000 Black• 6654 Sand (Vanadium)• 6697 Fog.88 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

AccessoriesAccessoriesLay-In JunctionCable SleevecSpecifying, page 340Feed-ThroughHorizontalCable Sleeve500cSpecifying, page 341Grommet forHorizontal Bar andJunctioncSpecifying, page 341.Product DetailsLay-in junction cablesleeves can be addedin the field to cover theexposed metal edges inlay-in cable space.Product DetailsFeed-through horizontalconnecting barcable sleeves can beadded in the field to finishthe exposed metal edgesof vertical cable passthroughopenings.Product DetailsGrommet for horizontalbar and junctions canbe added in the field to finishthe exposed metal edgesof cable pass-throughopenings.Surface MaterialsLay-in junctioncable sleeve• Black plastic onlySurface MaterialsFeed-throughhorizontal cable sleeve• Black plastic onlyGrommets can also beused with power trays orcable trays.Surface Materials• Black plastic only.Wiring & CablingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cAccessories, continued 89

Accessories, continuedGrommet forJunctioncSpecifying, page 341Series 9000 DuplexCable GrommetcSpecifying, page 342VerticalWire ManagercSpecifying, page 552Cover conceals cordsor cables that are routedvertically outside of thepanels.Hooks fit into verticalchannel at edge of paneland snap into the slottedchannel of the junction..Product DetailsGrommet for junctioncan be added in the field tofinish the exposed metaledges of horizontal cablepass-through openings.Product DetailsCable grommets can beinserted in receptacle openingsto route cables from thepanel base into the panel.Surface Materials• Black plastic onlySurface Materials• Black plastic onlyProduct DetailsWire manager is availablefor use between the bottomof a shelf or overheadstorage bin and a worksurface.Wire manager can becut in the field to suit specificapplication.Wire manager canalso be used below theworksurface.Surface MaterialsCover• 6000 Black• 6654 Sand (Vanadium)• 6697 Fog.90 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

UnderstandingWorksurfaces andRelated ProductsProduct DetailsWorksurface Positioning 92Universal Worksurface Thought Starters 93Systems Worksurfaces 97Freestanding Worksurfaces 141Answer Worksurfaces 181Worksurface Screens 199Worksurface Power and Communication 205WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 91

Worksurface Positioning.Universal WorksurfacesUniversal Worksurfaces is a comprehensivesolution of worksurfaces, supports, and privacyscreens designed to deliver flexibility, mobility,and options to create inspiring spaces that supportthe different ways people work. A beautiful,light-scale aesthetic which gives designers newsolutions across a broad spectrum of applicationsincluding: traditional panel-mounted systems,freestanding light-scale desking, panelwrapped desking, private office, conference, andteaming. Consists of Universal Systems andUniversal Freestanding Worksurfaces.Universal Systems WorksurfacesMain worksurface solution for the four primaryspace division products: Answer, Montage,Pathways Technology Wall, and Kick. Worksurfacescan be panel-mounted or freestanding.• Extensive shape and size offering allowsdesigners to meet a variety of planningapplications.• Worksurfaces feature a choice of curvilinearor straight-front shapes.• User front edge available in choice of 3 mm orergonomic P-edge.• Standard with cable management gap in theback of the worksurface providing the mostefficient routing of cords and an uncluttereddesktop.• Standard scallops allow large cord heads toeasily pass below the desktop. Scallops canbe eliminated for freestanding applications.• Available with full offering of Steelcaselaminates or veneers; 15 3 mm- or 6 P-edgespecifiable colors.• Worksurfaces can be supported with cantilever,center support panel, end panel, ped, orfreestanding legs.Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesFreestanding solution appropriate for primaryworksurface or teaming and conferencing environments.Mobile worksurfaces appropriate inpanel-wrapped environments for increased flexibilityand ease of reconfiguration. Freestandingworksurfaces can be tethered to Post and Beamin non-traditional applications.• Available with a P-edge (laminate worksurfaces)or choice of wood veneer with P-edge, 3 mm,or tapered edge.• User edge on all sides of the worksurface androunded corners allows user to work on anyside leveraging its mobile capability.• Worksurfaces feature a choice of curvilinear orstraight-front shapes.• Available with full offering of Steelcaselaminates or veneers; 6 specifiable P-edgecolors.• Post legs, C-leg, elliptical legs, or cabby legsgive designers options for visual aesthetic.• Offering includes desk-mounted screens whichallow for above- or below-worksurface privacy..Answer WorksurfacesPanel-mounted worksurfaces, which can also befreestanding, can be panel mounted to Answerpanels or Pathways Technology Wall. Appropriatefor customers with existing Answer worksurfaceinventory or customers who value theaesthetic of a full-depth worksurface.• Shape and size offering allows designers tomeet a variety of planning applications.• Worksurfaces are curvilinear with a selectionof elliptical shapes.• User front edge is 3 mm vinyl edge; colordefaulted to the specified laminate.• Worksurface depths are true 24" and 30",providing an uninterrupted working surfacethat fits flush to the panel.• Worksurfaces feature elliptically shaped scallop.• Available with full offering of Steelcaselaminates or veneers.• Worksurfaces can be supported with cantilever,center support panel, end panel, ped, orfreestanding legs.• Offering includes modesty panels.Turnstone Kick WorksurfacesValue-priced worksurfaces which can be panelmounted, freestanding, or used with freestandingmetal desks. Sized to work with the four primaryspace division products: Answer, Montage,Pathways Technology Wall, and Kick.• Shape and size offering allows designers tomeet a variety of planning applications.• Worksurfaces are curvilinear with a selectionof elliptical shapes.• User front edge is 3 mm vinyl edge; colordefaulted to the specified laminate.• Worksurface depths are true 24" and 30",providing an uninterrupted working surfacethat fits flush to the panel surface.• 18" deep corners are available.• Cords managed from the desktop throughgrommet, standard on corners or field installedon other shapes.• Available in 8 Turnstone performancelaminates.• Worksurfaces can be supported with cantilever,storage, freestanding legs, or metal desk endpanels...92 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Worksurface Thought Starters.Universal WorksurfaceProducts provide a varietyof traditional and non-traditionalmethods of applyingworksurfaces and supports.Worksurfaces can be supportedin on-module and offmodulepanel-supportedapplications, freestandingconfigurations, tethered toPathways Post and Beam,and many combinations ofthese applications. Thethought starters included onthe following pages can helpleverage the benefits of theworksurfaces in new andunique ways..Universal WorksurfaceProducts provide significantplanning flexibility:• Systems and FreestandingWorksurfaces can be usedtogether, and a wide rangeof worksurface shapesand sizes allow variousfootprints to be achieved.• Systems Worksurfacescan be used with Answer,Kick, and PathwaysTechnology Wall panelsand Montage frames. Theycan be panel-supported orfreestanding.• Freestanding, mobileworksurfaces allow usercontrol of the workspaceto provide either privacyor team collaboration.• 26"H and 28 1 ⁄2"H legsmay be installed 3", 6", or9" from the edge of mostFreestanding Worksurfacesto accommodate nestingand slip-fit capability.• Tether brackets are availableto secure FreestandingWorksurfaces to PathwaysPost and Beam fence.....WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Worksurface Thought Starters, continued 93

Universal Worksurface Thought Starters, continued.FreestandingWorksurfaces with legsinstalled 6" or 9" from theedge allow the worksurfaceto slip-fit over the panelmountedSystems Worksurface.This configurationalso allows the user to facethe aisle while working atthe computer.18"D SystemsWorksurfaces allow fora spacious U-configurationwith a compressed footprint.FreestandingWorksurfaces withnesting-height legs allowworksurfaces to nest underpanel-mounted SystemsWorksurfaces. This configurationuses an 18"D SystemsWorksurface and allows asmall workstation to expandand decrease, giving userscontrol over their space.U-Configuration with Large FootprintRecommended WorksurfacesOne 24"D x 72"W left-hand bubble jetty worksurfaceOne 24"D x 60"W straight worksurface (P-edge)One 24"D x 42"W x 42"W x 24"D corner,curved-front worksurface (P-edge)One 24"D x 30"W visitor, curved-front worksurface (P-edge)cSee Specifying pages for pricing.U-Configuration with Medium FootprintRecommended WorksurfacesTwo 18"D x 30"W straight worksurfaces (3 mm edge)Two 18"D x 42"W x 42"W x 24"D corner,curved-front worksurfaces (3 mm edge)cSee Specifying pages for pricing.L-Configuration with Small FootprintRecommended WorksurfacesOne 24"D x 48"W capsule worksurfaceOne 18"D x 60"W straight worksurface (P-edge)cSee Specifying pages for pricing.BFJ2472LPUS2460PUCC224242PUVC2430RPUS1830UCC124242BFK2448PUS1860P.94 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal WorksurfaceThought Starters.FreestandingWorksurfaces tetheredto Pathways Postand Beam can createenvironments that offer acontemporary alternative topanel-based planning.Spacious U-configurationswith a minimumnumber of panels andworksurfaces can becreated with 60"W x 60"Wcorner, straight-front andangled peninsula, straightfrontSystems Worksurfaces.120° Planning with Pathways Post and BeamRecommended WorksurfacesSix 24"D x 42"W x 42"W x 24"D corner, 120° worksurfacesTwo 24"D x 48"W capsule worksurfacescSee Specifying pages for pricing.Penta CubeRecommended WorksurfacesSix 24"D x 60"W x 60"W x 24"D corner,straight-front worksurfaces (3 mm edge)Four angled peninsula, straight-frontworksurfaces (3 mm edge)BFB224848BFK2448UC226060UPA2748Tip: Size of angled peninsula worksurface to be used is determined by the panel systemwhich it will be used with. Answer panels are shown at left.cSee Specifying pages for pricing..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Worksurface Thought Starters, continued 95

Universal Worksurface Thought Starters, continued.Traditional panel configurationswith 60"W x60"W corner SystemsWorksurfaces with adjustablekeyboard shelves,create an efficient andergonomic call centerapplication.FreestandingWorksurfaces used withPathways Post and Beamcan create interactive teamspaces with easy access topower and data at multiplehubs.Call CentersRecommended WorksurfacesSix 24"D x 60"W x 60"W x 24"D corner, straight-frontworksurfaces with adjustable keyboard shelf (P-edge)cSee Specifying pages for pricing.TeamingRecommended WorksurfacesTwo 64"D hub spanner worksurfacesOne 26"D x 98"W tethered capsule worksurfacecSee Specifying pages for pricing.UC226060KPBFSPF52PBFFF961P.96 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesUnderstandingSystemsWorksurfacesStatement of Line 98Product DetailsStraight and Transition Worksurfaces 108Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces 110Extended Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces 112Corner, 120° Worksurfaces 116Spanner Worksurfaces 118Bullet Peninsula, Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces 120Angled Peninsula, Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces 122Jetty, Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces 124Bubble Jetty Worksurfaces 126Visitor and Linking, Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces 128Transaction Worksurfaces 130Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 132Worksurface Supports for Answer Panel Applications 136Legs and Supports for Systems Worksurfaces 138Adjustable Worksurface Column for Systems Worksurfaces 140WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 97

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurfacesStatement of LineWorksurface dimensions shownapply to both wood veneer and laminateversions of each worksurface.Understandingc Page 108Specifyingc Page 350Straight Worksurfaces30"36"42"48"54"60"18 3 /8"24"550 sq. in. 661 sq. in. 771 sq. in. 881 sq. in. 991 sq. in. 1102 sq. in.30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66" 72"23 1 /2"563 sq. in. 704 sq. in. 845 sq. in. 986 sq. in. 1127 sq. in. 1268 sq. in. 1409 sq. in. 1550 sq. in. 1691 sq. in.24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66" 72"29 1 /2"707 sq. in. 884 sq. in. 1061 sq. in. 1238 sq. in. 1415 sq. in. 1592 sq. in. 1769 sq. in. 1946 sq. in. 2123 sq. in.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 18 3 ⁄8", 23 1 ⁄2", and 29 1 ⁄2" depths shown above.Understandingc Page 108Specifyingc Page 352Transition Worksurfaces*36"42" 48" 54" 60"23 1 /2" 18 3 /8" 23 1 /2" 18 3 /8" 23 1 /2" 18 3 /8" 23 1 /2" 18 3 /8" 23 1 /2"18 3 /8"789 sq. in.930 sq. in.1071 sq. in.1212 sq. in.1353 sq. in.36"42" 48" 54" 60"29 1 /2"23 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 23 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 23 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 23 1 /2" 29 1 /2"23 1 /2"988 sq. in.1165 sq. in.1342 sq. in.1519 sq. in.1696 sq. in.*Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units available.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 18 3 ⁄8", 23 1 ⁄2", and 29 1 ⁄2" depths shown above.98 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 110Specifyingc Pages 354–355Corner, Straight-Front WorksurfacesCorner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces35 1 /2" 35 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2"41 1 /2"HandedHanded23 1 /2" 23 1 /2" 18 3 /8"18 3 /8" 18 3 /8"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"18 3 /8" 23 1 /2"23 1 /2"17"32 5 /8"29 1 /4"29 1 /4"25"1152 sq. in.1378 sq. in.1410 sq. in.1410 sq. in.1502 sq. in.41 1 /2"41 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"47 1 /2"59 1 /2"59 1 /2"29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 23 1 /2"23 1 /2" 29 1 /2"29 1 /2"2317"34"1 /2"25"50 7 /8"1614 sq. in.1888 sq. in.2036 sq. in.2413 sq. in.Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces with Adjustable Keyboard Shelf23 1 /2"Worksurfaces47 1 /2"47 1 /2"59 1 /2"59 1 /2"23 1 /2"28"23 1 /2"23 1 /2"28"23 1 /2"1914 sq. in.2478 sq. in.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 18 3 ⁄8", 23 1 ⁄2", and 29 1 ⁄2" depths shown above.Tip: 60" x 60" corner, straight-front worksurfaces are only available in laminate.Understandingc Page 110Specifyingc Page 356Corner, Curved-Front Worksurfaces35 1 /2"35 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2" 41 1 /2"41 1 /2"HandedHanded23 1 /2" 23 1 /2" 18 3 /8"18 3 /8" 18 3 /8"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"18 3 /8" 23 1 /2"23 1 /2"17"32 5 /8"29 1 /4"29 1 /4"25"1142 sq. in.1257 sq. in.1368 sq. in.1368 sq. in.1460 sq. in.41 1 /2"41 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"47 1 /2"59 1 /2"59 1 /2"29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 23 1 /2"23 1 /2" 29 1 /2"17"1604 sq. in.34"1750 sq. in.25"1994 sq. in.29 1 /2"23 1 /2"50 7 /8"2314 sq. in.23 1 /2"Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 18 3 ⁄8", 23 1 ⁄2", and 29 1 ⁄2" depths shown above.Tip: 60" x 60" corner, curved-front worksurfaces are only available in laminate.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Systems Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 99

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurfaces Statement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 112Specifyingc Pages 358–360Extended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces*Extended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces59 1 /2"65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"23 1 /2"41 1 /2"23 1 /2"41 1 /2"23 1 /2"41 1 /2"23 1 /2"23 1 /2"23 1 /2"1925 sq. in. 2066 sq. in. 2207 sq. in.*Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units available.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8"to 23 1 ⁄2" and 29 1 ⁄2" depths shown at left.59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"23 1 /2"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"23 1 /2"2170 sq. in. 2311 sq. in. 2452 sq. in.59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 29 1 /2"47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"23 1 /2"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"2282 sq. in. 2459 sq. in. 2636 sq. in.59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 29 1 /2"2314 sq. in. 2455 sq. in. 2596 sq. in.59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 29 1 /2"47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 29 1 /2"2390 sq. in. 2567 sq. in. 2744 sq. in.Extended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces with Adjustable Keyboard Shelf59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"28" 28" 28"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"2196 sq. in. 2337 sq. in. 2478 sq. in.100 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 112Specifyingc Page 362Extended Corner, Curved-Front Worksurfaces*59 1 /2"65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"23 1 /2"41 1 23/2" 1 /2"41 1 23/2" 1 /2"41 1 /2"*Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units available.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8"to 23 1 ⁄2" and 29 1 ⁄2" depths shown at left.23 1 /2"23 1 /2"23 1 /2"1883 sq. in. 2024 sq. in. 2165 sq. in.59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"23 1 /2"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"23 1 /2"2032 sq. in. 2173 sq. in. 2314 sq. in.59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"Worksurfaces29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 29 1 /2"47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"23 1 /2"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"2240 sq. in. 2417 sq. in. 2594 sq. in.59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 29 1 /2"2176 sq. in. 2317 sq. in. 2458 sq. in.59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 29 1 /2"47 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 47 1 /2"29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 29 1 /2"2348 sq. in. 2525 sq. in. 2702 sq. in.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Systems Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 101

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurfaces Statement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 116Specifyingc Pages 364–365Corner, 120° WorksurfacesCorner, 120° Worksurfaces35 1 /2"41 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 35 1 /2"41 1 /2"47 1 /2"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2"40"1408 sq. in.50"1690 sq. in.23 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 29 1 /2" 29 1 /2"60"1972 sq. in.34"1653 sq. in.44"2007 sq. in.59"2361 sq. in.Corner, 120° Worksurfaces with Adjustable Keyboard Shelf41 1 /2" 47 1 /2" 41 1 /2"47 1 /2"23 1 /2"28"23 1 /2"28"50"60"1726 sq. in.2008 sq. in.29 1 /2"29 1 /2"28" 28"44"59"2043 sq. in. 2397 sq. in.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 23 1 ⁄2" and 29 1 ⁄2" depths shown above.Understandingc Page 118Specifyingc Page 366Spanner Worksurfaces47"59"29 1 /2" 35 1 /2"1149 sq. in.1721 sq. in.For FreestandingApplications51"63"31 1 /2" 37 1 /2"1325 sq. in.For Panel-SupportedApplications1933 sq. in.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to depth and 3 ⁄4" to width shown above.102 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 120Specifyingc Page 367Bullet Peninsula, Straight-Front Worksurfaces59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"30" 30" 30"1783 sq. in. 1963 sq. in. 2148 sq. in.Understandingc Page 120Specifyingc Page 368Bullet Peninsula, Curved-Front Worksurfaces59 1 /2" 65 1 /2" 71 1 /2"30" 30" 30"1684 sq. in. 1864 sq. in. 2044 sq. in.Tip: Bullet peninsula, straight-front worksurfaces are onlyavailable in laminate.23 1 /2"27"*49 3 /4"Understandingc Page 122Specifyingc Page 369Angled Peninsula, Straight-Front WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 122Specifyingc Page 370Angled Peninsula, Curved-Front Worksurfaces23 1 /2"27"*49 3 /4"Worksurfaces30"1362 sq. in.*Dimension includes notch width.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 23 1 ⁄2" and 27" depthsshown above.30"1267 sq. in.*Dimension includes notch width.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 23 1 ⁄2" and 27" depthsshown above.Understandingc Page 124Specifyingc Page 371Jetty, Straight-Front Worksurfaces*65 1 /2" 71 1 /2" 77 1 /2"*Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units available.30"48"30"48"30"48"Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8"to 23 1 ⁄2" and 29 1 ⁄2" depths shown at left.23 1 /2"2490 sq. in.23 1 /2"2670 sq. in.23 1 /2"2850 sq. in.65 1 /2" 71 1 /2" 77 1 /2"30"48"30"48"30"48"29 1 /2"2598 sq. in.29 1 /2"2778 sq. in.29 1 /2"2958 sq. in.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Systems Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 103

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurfaces Statement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 124Specifyingc Page 372Jetty, Curved-Front Worksurfaces*65 1 /2" 71 1 /2" 77 1 /2"*Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units available.30"48"30"48"30"48"Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8"to 23 1 ⁄2" and 29 1 ⁄2" depths shown at left.23 1 /2"2353 sq. in.23 1 /2"2533 sq. in.23 1 /2"2713 sq. in.65 1 /2" 71 1 /2" 77 1 /2"30"48"30"48"30"48"29 1 /2"2461 sq. in.29 1 /2"2641 sq. in.29 1 /2"2821 sq. in.Understandingc Page 126Specifyingc Page 373Understandingc Page 128Specifyingc Page 374Bubble Jetty Worksurfaces*Visitor, Straight-Front Worksurfaces*55 5 /8" 61 5 /8" 67 5 /8" 73 5 /8"24"30"36"42"48"30"36"42"48"23 1 /2"23 1 /2"48"563 sq. in.704 sq. in.30"845 sq. in.36"986 sq. in.42"1127 sq. in.48"1839 sq. in. 1980 sq. in. 2121 sq. in. 2262 sq. in.*Left-hand units shown. Right-hand units available.884 sq. in.1061 sq. in.1238 sq. in.1415 sq. in.29 1 /2"Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 23 1 ⁄2" depthshown above.*Left-hand units shown. Right-hand units available.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 23 1 ⁄2" and 29 1 ⁄2"depths shown above.Tip: Wood veneer visitor, straight-front worksurfaces are availablein 24"W and 30"W only.104 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 128Specifyingc Page 376Understandingc Page 128Specifyingc Page 374Visitor, Curved-Front Worksurfaces*Linking, Straight-Front Worksurfaces*24"30"36"42"48"27"*533 sq. in.674 sq. in.815 sq. in.956 sq. in.1097 sq. in.23 1 /2"23 1 /2"716 sq. in.30"36"42"48"*Dimension includes notch width.837 sq. in.1014 sq. in.1185 sq. in.1362 sq. in.29 1 /2"Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 23 1 ⁄2" and 27" depthsshown above.*Left-hand units shown. Right-hand units available.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 23 1 ⁄2" and 29 1 ⁄2"depths shown above.Tip: Wood veneer visitor, curved-front worksurfaces are availablein 24"W and 30"W only.WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 128Specifyingc Page 376Understandingc Page 130Specifyingc Page 378Linking, Curved-Front Worksurfaces*Transaction Worksurfaces27"*23"29"35" 41" 53"23 1 /2"686 sq. in.*Dimension includes notch width.15"342 sq. in.432 sq. in. 522 sq. in. 612 sq. in. 792 sq. in.Tip: Wood veneer transaction worksurfaces are not availablein 23"W.Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to 23 1 ⁄2" and 27" depthsshown above.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Systems Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 105

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurfaces Statement of Line, continuedAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesTip: Adjustable-height worksurfaces are available in laminate only.Understandingc Page 132Specifyingc Page 380Understandingc Page 132Specifyingc Page 380Single Surface, Crank AdjustableDual Surface, Crank Adjustable40"46"40" 46"1130 sq. in.39 1 /4"28 1 /4" 28 1 /4"1300 sq. in.45 1 /4"1307 sq. in.39 1 /4"21 3 /4"11"1504 sq. in.45 1 /4"21 3 /4"11"34 1 /4"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"11 1 /16"9 1 /16"11 11 /16"9 11 /16"22 1 /4"1351 sq. in.24"1721 sq. in.32 1 /2"24"1333 sq. in.32 1 /2"1707 sq. in.Understandingc Page 133Specifyingc Page 380Understandingc Page 133Specifyingc Page 382Bi-Level, Crank Adjustable40" 46"Extension Link24"36"15 1 /2"17 1 /4"15 1 /2"17 1 /4"34 1 /4"22 1 /4"534 sq. in. 801 sq. in.22 1 /4"1308 sq. in.1505 sq. in.39 1 /4"45 1 /4"27 5 /8"10 1 /8"31 3 /16"12 9 /16"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"1294 sq. in.241616 sq. in.32 1 /2"106 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 134Specifyingc Page 384Understandingc Page 134Specifyingc Page 384Single Surface, Electrically AdjustableDual Surface, Electrically Adjustable40"46"40" 46"1130 sq. in.39 1 /4"28 1 /4" 28 1 /4"1300 sq. in.45 1 /4"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"1307 sq. in.39 1 /4"21 3 /4"11"11 1 /16"9 1 /16"1504 sq. in.45 1 /4"21 3 /4"11"11 11 /16"9 11 /16"34 1 /4"22 1 /4"Worksurfaces1351 sq. in.24"1721 sq. in.32 1 /2"1333 sq. in.24"1707 sq. in.32 1 /2"Answer Solutions Specification Guide 107

Universal Systems WorksurfacesStraight and Transition WorksurfacesStraight and transitionworksurfaces provide aprimary worksurface.cSpecifying straight worksurfaces,page 350cSpecifying transitionworksurfaces, page 352Cable scallop allowscords and cables to passbehind the worksurface.Worksurfaces are standardStraightwith one cable scallop centeredalong the back edge.Cable scallop can beomitted as an option.TransitionCBABADTip: Left-hand unit shown. Right-hand unit available.Actual DimensionsStraight WorksurfacesLeft-Hand Transition WorksurfacesA B A B A B C D18 3 ⁄8" 30" 23 1 ⁄2" 60" 23 1 ⁄2" 18 3 ⁄8" 36" 14"18 3 ⁄8" 36" 23 1 ⁄2" 66" 23 1 ⁄2" 18 3 ⁄8" 42" 20"18 3 ⁄8" 42" 23 1 ⁄2" 72" 23 1 ⁄2" 18 3 ⁄8" 48" 26"18 3 ⁄8" 48" 29 1 ⁄2" 24" 23 1 ⁄2" 18 3 ⁄8" 54" 32"18 3 ⁄8" 54" 29 1 ⁄2" 30" 23 1 ⁄2" 18 3 ⁄8" 60" 38"18 3 ⁄8" 60" 29 1 ⁄2" 36" Right-Hand Transition Worksurfaces23 1 ⁄2" 24" 29 1 ⁄2" 42" A B C D23 1 ⁄2" 30" 29 1 ⁄2" 48" 29 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 36" 14"23 1 ⁄2" 36" 29 1 ⁄2" 54" 29 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 42" 20"23 1 ⁄2" 42" 29 1 ⁄2" 60" 29 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 48" 26"23 1 ⁄2" 48" 29 1 ⁄2" 66" 29 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 54" 32"23 1 ⁄2" 54" 29 1 ⁄2" 72" 29 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 60" 38"Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8". to dimension A. to dimensions A and B.Front (user’s) edge isavailable in two edge profileson laminate worksurfaces.Wood veneer worksurfaceshave a square (3 mm) edgeprofile only. Back and sideedges are flat.Worksurface has awood core with a laminate orwood veneer surface and is1 3 ⁄16" thick.Product DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied tofront (user’s) edge only...108 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesStraight and TransitionWorksurfacesLeft-hand UnitRight-hand UnitConnections.P-edge profile worksurfacedepths are 3 ⁄8"deeper than 3 mm edge profileworksurfaces. Both edgeprofiles provide a flushinterface with UniversalPedestals.Transition worksurfacesare available in leftandright-hand versions.Worksurfaces can beused freestanding or in panelsupportedinstallations.Supports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.3 /8".For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Side support brackets• Cantilever with tie plate• End panel• Standing-height end panel• Support plate• Center support panel withtie plate• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie platecSee page 136 forWorksurface Supports.• Universal pedestal withfillercPage 229For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg withcaster• Double post leg• Double post C-leg• Support platecSee page 138 forLegs and Supports forSystems Worksurfaces.Tip: Pedestal can alsobe used in freestandinginstallations.Reinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is used toreinforce all worksurfaceswith 60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.cPage 137Wiring & Cabling1 /2"Worksurface depth is1 ⁄2" less than nominal andallows cords and cables topass over at any point. Cablescallops provide space forplugs to pass over the backedge of the worksurface..1"5"Cable scallop includes aplastic insert. On laminateworksurfaces, plastic color isdetermined by the color youspecify for the edges. Onwood veneer worksurfaces,cable scallop is available inblack plastic only.cSee page 606 for scallopcolor defaults.Cable scallop can beomitted for freestandingapplications or panel-supportedapplications whereplugs do not need to passover the back edge of theworksurface.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cSee page 205,Worksurface Power andCommunication.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front (user’s) edge(s)• Vinyl (plastic)Back and side edges• Plastic color default tomatch user’s edgeCable scallop• Plastic color default tocomplement user’s edge.Wood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) edgeprofile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceFront (user’s) edge(s)• Wood edge bandCable scallop• Plastic: black onlyApplication TopicsP-Edge ProfileApplication RulesP-edge profiles will producea valley when installedperpendicular to adjacentworksurfaces. The additional3⁄8" depth of P-edge profilescauses an interference fitin on-module applications.For L-configurations usingtwo straight worksurfaces,the 3 mm edge profile isrecommended.43 1 /2"Shipping.15"15"Screens mount to worksurfacesin privacy position orbelow the worksurface formodesty.cSee page 199 for Screens.Worksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47Palletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 109

Universal Systems WorksurfacesCorner, Straight-Front and Curved-Front WorksurfacesCorner worksurfacesare the basic building blocksof a variety of workstationconfigurations, and are availablein many sizes to accommodatea range of computerand monitor sizes.cSpecifying corner, straightfrontworksurfaces, page 354cSpecifying corner, straightfrontworksurfaces withadjustable keyboard shelf,page 355cSpecifying corner,curved-front worksurfaces,page 356Corner, Straight-FrontWorksurface has awood core with a laminate orwood veneer surface and is1 3 ⁄16" thick.Front (user’s) edge is Corner, Curved-Frontavailable in two edge profileson laminate worksurfaces.Wood veneer worksurfaceshave a square (3 mm) edgeprofile only. Back and sideedges are flat.C D C DC DAB ABABEEEActual DimensionsCorner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfacesand Corner, Curved-Front Worksurfaces With Adjustable Keyboard ShelfA B C D E A B C D E23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 35 1 ⁄2" 35 1 ⁄2" 17" 23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 28"18 3 ⁄8" 18 3 ⁄8" 41 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 32 5 ⁄8" 23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 59 1 ⁄2" 59 1 ⁄2" 28"18 3 ⁄8" 23 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄4"23 1 ⁄2" 18 3 ⁄8" 41 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄4"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 25"29 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 17"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 34"29 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 25"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 59 1 ⁄2" 59 1 ⁄2" 50 7 ⁄8"Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add.3 ⁄8" to dimensions A and C.Tip: 60" x 60" corner worksurfaces are only available in laminate.Cable scallop allowscords and cables to passbehind the worksurface.Worksurfaces are standardwith two cable scallopsalong the back edges. Cablescallop can be omitted asan option.Product DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied tofront (user’s) edge only...110 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesCorner, Straight-Front andCurved-FrontWorksurfacesCorner, straight-frontworksurfaces are availablewith an adjustablekeyboard shelf.Release lever activatescontinuous adjustmentof keyboard surface.KeyboardMonitor6 1 /2"4 1 /2"FloorKeyboard shelf is supportedby a single arm springmechanism that allows it toadjust to positions up to 6 1 ⁄2"higher or 4 1 ⁄2" lower than themonitor worksurface.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°. Negativetilt is reduced at lower keyboardshelf heights.1 1 /2"1"One-inch space separatessides of the keyboardand monitor surfaces to preventpinching. One and onehalfinch separates the back...ConnectionsWorksurfaces can beused freestanding or in panelsupportedinstallations.Supports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Side support brackets• Cantilever with tie plate• End panel• Standing-height end panel• Support plate• Center support panel withtie plate• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie platecSee page 136 forWorksurface Supports.• Universal pedestal withfillercPage 229For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg with caster• Double post leg• Double post C-leg• Support platecSee page 138 for Legsand Supports for SystemsWorksurfaces.Reinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is used toreinforce all worksurfaceswith 60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.cPage 137.Wiring & Cabling1 /2"Worksurface depth is1 ⁄2" less than nominal andallows cords and cables topass over at any point. Cablescallops provide space forplugs to pass over the backedge of the worksurface.1"Cable scallop includes aplastic insert. On laminateworksurfaces, plastic color isdetermined by the color youspecify for the edges. Onwood veneer worksurfaces,cable scallop is available inblack plastic only.cSee page 606 for scallopcolor defaults.12 1 /2"5"12 1 /2"Cable scallops arelocated 12 1 ⁄2" from the rearcorner of the worksurface tothe center of the scallop.Cable scallop can beomitted for freestandingapplications or panel-supportedapplications whereplugs do not need to passover the back edge of theworksurface..Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cSee page 205,Worksurface Power andCommunicationSurface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front (user’s) edge(s)• Vinyl (plastic)Back and side edges• Plastic color default tomatch user’s edgeCable scallop• Plastic color default tocomplement user’s edgeWood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) edgeprofile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceFront (user’s) edge(s)• Wood edge bandCable scallop• Plastic: black onlyApplication Topics15"15"43 1 /2"Screens mount to worksurfacesin privacy position orbelow the worksurface formodesty.cSee page 199 for Screens.Worksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized...WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 111

Universal Systems WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-Front WorksurfacesExtended cornerworksurfaces are thebasic building blocks of aCable scallop allows cordsvariety of workstations.and cables to pass behind thecSpecifying extendedworksurface. Worksurfacescorner, straight-front work-are standard with two cablesurfaces, page 358scallops along the back edges.cSpecifying extendedCable scallop can be omittedcorner, straight-front work-as an option.surfaces with adjustablekeyboard shelf, page 360cSpecifying extendedcorner, curved-front work-Extended Corner, Straight-Frontsurfaces, page 362Worksurface has awood core with a laminate orwood veneer surface and is1 3 ⁄16" thick.Extended Corner, Curved-FrontFront (user’s) edge isavailable in two edge profilesCCCon laminate worksurfaces.Wood veneer worksurfaceshave a square (3 mm) edgeAAADDprofile only. Back and sideDedges are flat.EEEBBF BTip: Left-hand unit shown. Right-hand unit available.Actual DimensionsExtended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces Extended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfacesand Extended Corner, Curved-Front Worksurfaces With Adjustable Keyboard ShelfA B C D E A B C D E F23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 59 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 20" 23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 59 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 12" 28"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 65 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 26" 23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 65 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 18" 28"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 71 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 32" 23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 71 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 24" 28"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 59 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 14"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 65 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 20"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 71 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 26"29 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 59 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 20"29 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 65 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 26"29 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 71 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 32"23 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 59 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 8"23 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 65 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 14"23 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 71 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 20"29 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 59 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 14"29 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 65 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 20"29 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 71 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 26". Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to dimensions A and B..112 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-FrontWorksurfacesProduct DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied tofront (user’s) edge only...3 /8"P-edge profile worksurfacedepths are 3 ⁄8"deeper than 3 mm edge profileworksurfaces in order toprovide a flush interface withUniversal Pedestals.1 1 /2"1"Extended corner,straight-front worksurfacesare available with anadjustable keyboard shelf.Release lever activatescontinuous adjustment ofkeyboard surface.KeyboardMonitor6 1 /2"Left-hand Unit4 1 /2"FloorRight-hand UnitKeyboard shelf is supportedby a single arm springmechanism that allows it toadjust to positions up to 6 1 ⁄2"higher or 4 1 ⁄2" lower than themonitor worksurface..Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°. Negativetilt is reduced at lower keyboardshelf heights.One-inch space separatessides of the keyboardand monitor surfaces to preventpinching. One and onehalfinch separates the back.Extended corner,straight-front andcurved-front worksurfacesare available in leftandright-hand versions..ConnectionsWorksurfaces can beused freestanding or in panelsupportedinstallations.Supports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Side support brackets• Cantilever with tie plate• End panel• Standing-height end panel• Support plate• Center support panel withtie plate• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie platecSee page 136 forWorksurface Supports.• Universal pedestal withfillercPage 229For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg withcaster• Double post leg• Double post C-leg• Support platecSee page 138 for Legsand Supports for SystemsWorksurfaces.Tip: Pedestal can alsobe used in freestandinginstallations..Reinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is used toreinforce all worksurfaceswith 60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.cPage 137Wiring & Cabling1 /2"Worksurface depth is1⁄2" less than nominal andallows cords and cables topass over at any point. Cablescallops provide space forplugs to pass over the backedge of the worksurface.1"5"Cable scallop includes aplastic insert. On laminateworksurfaces, plastic color isdetermined by the color youspecify for the edges. Onwood veneer worksurfaces,cable scallop is available inblack plastic only.cSee page 606 for scallopcolor defaults..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cExtended Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces, continued 113

Universal Systems WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces, continued.12 1 /2"12 1 /2"Cable scallops arelocated 12 1 ⁄2" from the rearcorner of the worksurface tothe center of the scallop.Cable scallop can beomitted for freestandingapplications or panel-supportedapplications whereplugs do not need to passover the back edge of theworksurface.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cSee page 205,Worksurface Power andCommunication.Surface MaterialsApplication TopicsLaminate WorksurfacesP-Edge Profile• LaminateApplication Rules• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front (user’s) edge(s)• Vinyl (plastic)Back and side edges• Plastic color default tomatch user’s edgeCable scallop• Plastic color default toP-edge profiles will pro-complement user’s edgeduce a valley when installedperpendicular to adjacentWood Veneerworksurfaces. The additionalWorksurfaces3⁄8" depth of P-edge profiles• Wood veneer (standard)causes an interference fit• Customiz stain (option)in on-module applications.• Full-fill finish (option)For U-configurations usinga straight and extendedSquare (3 mm) edgecorner, the 3 mm edge pro-profilefile is recommended.• Wood veneer to matchworksurface15"Front (user’s) edge(s)15"• Wood edge bandCable scallop43 1 /2"• Plastic: black onlyScreens mount to worksurfacesin privacy position orbelow the worksurface formodesty.cSee page 199 for Screens.Worksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47...ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized...114 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-FrontWorksurfacesWorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 115

Universal Systems WorksurfacesCorner, 120° Worksurfaces120° corner worksurfacesare the basic buildingblocks of 120° workstationconfigurations.cSpecifying corner, 120°worksurfaces, page 364cSpecifying corner, 120°worksurfaces with adjustablekeyboard shelf, page 365Cable scallop allowscords and cables to passbehind the worksurface.Worksurfaces are standardwith two cable scallopsalong the back edges. Cablescallop can be omitted asan option.Corner, 120°Worksurface has awood core with a laminate orwood veneer surface and is1 3 ⁄16" thick. Front (user’s) edge isavailable in two edge profileson laminate worksurfaces.Wood veneer worksurfaceshave a square (3 mm) edgeprofile only. Back and sideedges are flat.C DC DABEABEFFGActual DimensionsCorner, 120° WorksurfacesA B C D E F23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 35 1 ⁄2" 35 1 ⁄2" 6 1 ⁄2" 40"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄2" 50"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 18 1 ⁄2" 60"29 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 35 1 ⁄2" 35 1 ⁄2" 3" 34"29 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 9" 44"29 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 15" 59"With Adjustable Keyboard ShelfA B C D E F G23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 9" 28" 50"23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 15" 28" 60"29 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄2" 6" 28" 44"29 1 ⁄2" 29 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 47 1 ⁄2" 12" 28" 59". Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to dimensions A and B.Product DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied tofront (user’s) edge only.3 /8"P-edge profile worksurfacedepths are 3 ⁄8"deeper than 3 mm edge profileworksurfaces in order toprovide a flush interface withUniversal Pedestals...116 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesCorner, 120° WorksurfacesCorner, 120° worksurfacesare available with anadjustable keyboard shelf.Release lever activatescontinuous adjustmentof keyboard surface.KeyboardMonitor6 1 /2"4 1 /2"FloorKeyboard shelf is supportedby a single arm springmechanism that allows it toadjust to positions up to 6 1 ⁄2"higher or 4 1 ⁄2" lower than themonitor worksurface.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°. Negativetilt is reduced at lower keyboardshelf heights.1 1 /2"1"One-inch space separatessides of the keyboardand monitor surfaces to preventpinching. One and onehalfinch separates the back...ConnectionsWorksurfaces can beused freestanding or in panelsupportedinstallations.Supports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Side support brackets• Cantilever with tie plate• End panel• Standing-height end panel• Support plate• Center support panel withtie plate• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie platecSee page 136 forWorksurface Supports.• Universal pedestal withfillercPage 229For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg withcaster• Double post leg• Double post C-leg• Support platecSee page 138 for Legsand Supports for SystemsWorksurfaces.Tip: Pedestal can alsobe used in freestandinginstallations..Reinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is used toreinforce all worksurfaceswith 60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.cPage 137Wiring & Cabling1 /2"Worksurface depth is1⁄2" less than nominal andallows cords and cables topass over at any point. Cablescallops provide space forplugs to pass over the backedge of the worksurface.1"5"Cable scallop includes aplastic insert. On laminateworksurfaces, plastic color isdetermined by the color youspecify for the edges. Onwood veneer worksurfaces,cable scallop is available inblack plastic only.cSee page 606 for scallopcolor defaults..12 1 /2"12 1 /2"Cable scallops arelocated 12 1 ⁄2" from the rearcorner of the worksurface tothe center of the scallop.Cable scallop can beomitted for freestandingapplications or panel-supportedapplications whereplugs do not need to passover the back edge of theworksurface.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cSee page 205,Worksurface Power andCommunication.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front (user’s) edge(s)• Vinyl (plastic)Back and side edges• Plastic color default tomatch user’s edgeCable scallop• Plastic color default tocomplement user’s edge.Wood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) edgeprofile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceFront (user’s) edge(s)• Wood edge bandCable scallop• Plastic: black onlyApplication Topics43 1 /2"Screens mount to worksurfacesin privacy position orbelow the worksurface formodesty.cSee page 199 for Screens.Worksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47Shipping15"15"Palletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 117

Universal Systems WorksurfacesSpanner WorksurfacesSpanner worksurfacesenable collaboration andconferencing.cSpecifying spannerworksurfaces, page 366Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate or woodveneer surface and is 1 3 ⁄16"thick.Front (user’s) edge isavailable in two edge profileson laminate worksurfaces.Wood veneer worksurfaceshave a square (3 mm) edgeprofile only. Edge that joins toadjacent worksurface is flat.Notch is included on spannerworksurfaces and is a specificsize for Answer panels.Notch is not included onspanner worksurfaces forfreestanding applicationswithout panels.BBAAActual DimensionsFor Freestanding ApplicationsA B29 1 ⁄2" 47"35 1 ⁄2" 59"For Panel-Supported ApplicationsA B31 1 ⁄2" 51"37 1 ⁄2" 63"Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to dimension A and. 3 ⁄4" to dimension B.Freestanding SpannerPanel-Supported SpannerProduct DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied tofront (user’s) edge only...118 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesSpanner Worksurfaces.ConnectionsWorksurfaces can beused freestanding or in panelsupportedinstallations.Supports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Side support brackets• Cantilever with tie plate• Support plate• Center support panel withtie plate• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie plate• Adjustable column, doublepost leg, or two single postlegscSee page 136 forWorksurface Supports.Tip: P-edge profile worksurfacesinclude alignment slotsto accept two cabby legs forcolumn support.For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg withcaster• Double post leg• Double post C-leg• Support platecSee page 138 for Legsand Supports for SystemsWorksurfaces.Tip: P-edge profile worksurfacesinclude alignment slotsto accept four cabby legs..Wiring & CablingSpanner worksurfacesdo not have cable scallops..Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front (user’s) edge(s)• Vinyl (plastic)Back edge• Plastic color default tocomplement user’s edgeWood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) edgeprofile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceFront (user’s) edge(s)• Wood edge band.Application TopicsWorksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 119

Universal Systems WorksurfacesBullet Peninsula, Straight-Front and Curved-Front WorksurfacesPeninsula worksurfacesallow an extended range of layoutsand enable collaboration.cSpecifying bullet peninsula,straight-front worksurfaces,page 367cSpecifying bullet peninsula,curved-front worksurfaces,page 368Worksurface has awood core with a laminate orwood veneer surface and is1 3 ⁄16" thick.BBAAActual DimensionsBullet Peninsula, Straight-Front andCurved-Front WorksurfacesA B30" 59 1 ⁄2"30" 65 1 ⁄2"30" 71 1 ⁄2". Tip: Straight-front worksurfaces are available in laminate only.Bullet Peninsula,Straight-Front WorksurfaceBullet Peninsula,Curved-Front WorksurfaceFront (user’s) edge isavailable in two edge profileson laminate worksurfaces.Wood veneer worksurfaceshave a square (3 mm) edgeprofile only. Back edge isflat.Cable scallop allowscords and cables to passbehind the worksurface.Worksurfaces are standardwith one cable scallop centeredalong the back edge.Cable scallop can beomitted as an option.Product DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied tofront (user’s) edge only...120 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesBullet Peninsula,Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces3 /8"P-edge profile worksurfacedepths are 3 ⁄8"deeper than 3 mm edge profileworksurfaces in order toprovide a flush interface withUniversal Pedestals.ConnectionsWorksurfaces can beused freestanding or in panelsupportedinstallations.Supports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Side support brackets• Cantilever with tie plate• Support plate• Center support panel withtie plate• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie plate• Adjustable column, doublepost leg, or two single postlegscSee page 136 forWorksurface Supports.Tip: P-edge profile worksurfacesinclude alignment slotsto accept two cabby legs forcolumn support...In 3 mm edge profileworksurface applications,cantilever and centersupport panel must be usedto support the worksurfaceand to connect to adjacentworksurfaces. Adjustablecolumn or legs should beused to support front edge ofworksurface.In P-edge profile worksurfaceapplications,side support bracket,cantilever, and two post orcabby legs must be used forsupport. A center supportpanel should not be installedalong the user’s edgebecause the unfinished topedge of the support panelwould be exposed.For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg withcaster• Double post C-legcSee page 138 for Legsand Supports for SystemsWorksurfaces..Wiring & Cabling1 /2"Worksurface depth is1 ⁄2" less than nominal andallows cords and cables topass over at any point. Cablescallops provide space forplugs to pass over the backedge of the worksurface.1"5"Cable scallop includes aplastic insert. On laminateworksurfaces, plastic color isdetermined by the color youspecify for the edges. Onwood veneer worksurfaces,cable scallop is available inblack plastic only.cSee page 606 for scallopcolor defaults.Cable scallop can beomitted for freestandingapplications or panel-supportedapplications whereplugs do not need to passover the back edge of theworksurface.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cSee page 205,Worksurface Power andCommunication..Surface MaterialsApplication TopicsLaminate WorksurfacesP-Edge Profile• LaminateApplication Rules• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front (user’s) edge(s)• Vinyl (plastic)P-edge profiles will producea valley when installedBack and side edges• Plastic color default toperpendicular to adjacentmatch user’s edgeworksurfaces. For L-configurationsusing a straightCable scallopworksurface and a bullet• Plastic color default topeninsula worksurface,complement user’s edgethe 3 mm edge profile isrecommended.Wood VeneerWorksurfaces15"• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)15"• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) edge43 1 /2"profile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceScreens mount to worksurfacesin privacy position orFront (user’s) edge(s)below the worksurface for• Wood edge bandmodesty.cSee page 199 for Screens.Cable scallop• Plastic: black onlyWorksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfaces. cannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 121

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAngled Peninsula, Straight-Front and Curved-Front WorksurfacesStraight-front angledpeninsulas are recommendedfor use with straightfrontcorner and extendedcorner worksurfaces. Usecurved-front angled peninsulasin applications with curvedfrontcorner and extendedcorner worksurfaces.cSpecifying angled peninsula,straight-front worksurfaces,page 369cSpecifying angled peninsula,curved-front worksurfaces,page 370Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate or woodveneer surface and is 1 3 ⁄16"thick.Angled Peninsula, Straight-FrontAngled Peninsula, Curved-FrontBBCCAADDActual DimensionsA B C D23 1 ⁄2" 27" 49 3 ⁄4" 30". Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to dimensions A and B.Notch is included onangled peninsula worksurfacesand is a specific sizefor Answer panels.Front (user’s) edge isavailable in two edge profileson laminate worksurfaces.Wood veneer worksurfaceshave a square (3 mm) edgeprofile only. Back and sideedges are flat.Product DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied tofront (user’s) edge only...ConnectionsWorksurfaces can beused freestanding or in panelsupportedinstallations.Supports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Cantilever with tie plate• Center support panel withtie plate• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie plate• Adjustable column, doublepost leg, or two single postlegscSee page 136 forWorksurface Supports.Tip: P-edge profile worksurfacesinclude alignment slotsto accept two cabby legs forcolumn support.For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg withcaster• Double post C-legcSee page 138 for Legsand Supports for SystemsWorksurfaces..122 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAngled Peninsula, Straight-Front and Curved-FrontWorksurfaces.Wiring & CablingAngled peninsula worksurfacesdo not havecable scallops..Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front (user’s) edge(s)• Vinyl (plastic)Back and side edges• Plastic color default tocomplement user’s edgeWood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) edgeprofile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceFront (user’s) edge(s)• Wood edge band.Application TopicsWorksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized...WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 123

Universal Systems WorksurfacesJetty, Straight-Front and Curved-Front WorksurfacesStraight-front jetty isrecommended for use withstraight-front corner andextended corner worksurfaces.Use curved-front jettyin applications with curvedfrontcorner and extendedcorner worksurfaces.cSpecifying jetty, straightfrontworksurfaces, page 371cSpecifying jetty, curved-frontworksurfaces, page 372Worksurface has awood core with a laminate orwood veneer surface and is1 3 ⁄16" thick.Jetty, Curved-FrontCCAADDBBTip: Left-hand units shown. Right-hand units available.Actual DimensionsJetty, Straight-Front and Curved-Front WorksurfacesA B C D30" 23 1 ⁄2" 65 1 ⁄2" 48"30" 23 1 ⁄2" 71 1 ⁄2" 48"30" 23 1 ⁄2" 77 1 ⁄2" 48"30" 29 1 ⁄2" 65 1 ⁄2" 48"30" 29 1 ⁄2" 71 1 ⁄2" 48"30" 29 1 ⁄2" 77 1 ⁄2" 48". Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to dimension D.Front (user’s) edge isavailable in two edge profileson laminate worksurfaces.Wood veneer worksurfaceshave a square (3 mm) edgeprofile only. Back edge is flat.Jetty, Straight-FrontCable scallop allowscords and cables to passbehind the worksurface.Worksurfaces are standardwith one cable scallop centeredalong the back edge.Cable scallop can beomitted as an option.Product DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat..P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied tofront (user’s) edge only...124 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesJetty, Straight-Front andCurved-Front WorksurfacesLeft-hand UnitRight-hand UnitConnections.Jetty straight-front andcurved-front worksurfacesare available in leftandright-hand versions.Worksurfaces can beused freestanding or in panelsupportedinstallations.Supports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Side support brackets• Cantilever with tie plate• Support plate• Center support panel withtie plate (3 mm edge profiletops only)• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie plate• Adjustable column, doublepost leg, or two single postlegscSee page 136 forWorksurface Supports.Tip: P-edge profile worksurfacesinclude alignment slotsto accept two cabby legs forcolumn support..In 3 mm edge profileworksurface applications,cantilever and centersupport panel must be usedto support the worksurfaceand to connect to adjacentworksurfaces. Adjustablecolumn or legs should beused to support front edge ofworksurface.In P-edge profile worksurfaceapplications,side support bracket, cantilever,and two post orcabby legs must be used forsupport. A center supportpanel should not be installedalong the user’s edgebecause the unfinished topedge of the support panelwould be exposed.For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg withcaster• Double post C-legcSee page 138 for Legsand Supports for SystemsWorksurfaces..Reinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is used toreinforce all worksurfaceswith 60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.cPage 137Wiring & Cabling1 /2"Worksurface depth is1⁄2" less than nominal andallows cords and cables topass over at any point. Cablescallops provide space forplugs to pass over the backedge of the worksurface.1"5"Cable scallop includes aplastic insert. On laminateworksurfaces, plastic color isdetermined by the color youspecify for the edges. Onwood veneer worksurfaces,cable scallop is available inblack plastic only.cSee page 606 for scallopcolor defaults.Cable scallop can beomitted for freestandingapplications or panel-supportedapplications whereplugs do not need to passover the back edge of theworksurface..Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cSee page 205,Worksurface Power andCommunication.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front (user’s) edge(s)• Vinyl (plastic)Back and side edges• Plastic color default tomatch user’s edgeCable scallop• Plastic color default tocomplement user’s edgeWood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) edgeprofile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceFront (user’s) edge(s)• Wood edge bandCable scallop• Plastic: black only.Application Topics43 1 /2"Screens mount to worksurfacesin privacy position orbelow the worksurface formodesty.cSee page 199 for Screens.Worksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47Shipping15"15"Palletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 125

Universal Systems WorksurfacesBubble Jetty WorksurfacesBubble jetty worksurfacesallow an extendedrange of workstation layoutsand enable collaboration.cSpecifying bubble jettyworksurfaces, page 373Worksurface has awood core with a laminate orwood veneer surface and is1 3 ⁄16" thick.Bubble JettyFront (user’s) edge isavailable in two edge profileson laminate worksurfaces.Wood veneer worksurfaceshave a square (3 mm) edgeprofile only. Back and sideedges are flat.BATip: Left-hand unit shown. Right-hand unit available.Actual DimensionsA B23 1 ⁄2" 30"23 1 ⁄2" 36"23 1 ⁄2" 42"23 1 ⁄2" 48". Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to dimension A.Product DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied tofront (user’s) edge only.3 /8"P-edge profile worksurfacedepths are 3 ⁄8"deeper than 3 mm edge profileworksurfaces in order toprovide a flush interface withproud-front pedestals...126 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesBubble Jetty Worksurfaces.ConnectionsWorksurfaces can beused freestanding or in panelsupportedinstallations.Supports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Side support brackets• Cantilever with tie plate• Support plate• Center support panel withtie plate• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie plate• Adjustable column, doublepost leg, or two single postlegscSee pages 136 forWorksurface Supports.Tip: P-edge profile worksurfacesinclude alignment slotsto accept two cabby legs forcolumn support.• Universal pedestal withfillercPage 229For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg withcaster• Double post C-legcSee page 138 for Legsand Supports for SystemsWorksurfaces.Tip: Pedestal can alsobe used in freestandingapplications.Wiring & CablingBubble jetty worksurfacesdo not have cablescallops...Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front (user’s) edge(s)• Vinyl (plastic)Back edge• Plastic color default tocomplement user’s edgeWood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) edgeprofile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceFront (user’s) edge(s)• Wood edge bandApplication Topics15"15"43 1 /2"Screens mount to worksurfacesin privacy position orbelow the worksurface formodesty.cSee page 199 for Screens.Worksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47..ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 127

Universal Systems WorksurfacesVisitor and Linking, Straight-Front andCurved-Front WorksurfacesStraight-front visitor andlinking worksurfacesare recommended for usewith straight-front corner andextended corner worksurfaces.Use curved-front visitorand linking worksurfaces inapplications with curved-frontcorner and extended cornerworksurfaces.cSpecifying visitor and linking,straight-front worksurfaces,page 374cSpecifying visitor and linking,Visitor, Straight-Frontcurved-front worksurfaces,page 376Visitor, Curved-FrontNotch is included on linkingworksurfaces and is aspecific size for Answerpanels.Linking, Straight-FrontLinking, Curved-FrontBBBBAAAATip: Left-hand units shown. Right-hand units available.Actual DimensionsVisitor, Straight-Front andLinking, Straight-Front andCurved-Front WorksurfacesCurved-Front WorksurfacesA B A B23 1 ⁄2" 24" 23 1 ⁄2" 26"23 1 ⁄2" 30" 23 1 ⁄2" 27"23 1 ⁄2" 36" 23 1 ⁄2" 28"23 1 ⁄2" 42"Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to23 1 dimension A and B.⁄2" 48"29 1 ⁄2" 30"29 1 ⁄2" 36"29 1 ⁄2" 42"29 1 ⁄2" 48"Tip: For P-edge worksurfaces, add 3 ⁄8" to dimension A.. Tip: Wood veneer visitor worksurfaces are available in 24"W and 30"W only.Worksurface has awood core with a laminateor wood veneer surface andis 1 3 ⁄16" thick.Front (user’s) edge isavailable in two edge profileson laminate worksurfaces.Wood veneer worksurfaceshave a square (3 mm) edgeprofile only. Back and sideedges are flat.Product DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied tofront (user’s) edge only.3 /8"P-edge profile worksurfacedepths are 3 ⁄8"deeper than 3 mm edge profileworksurfaces in order toprovide a flush interface withUniversal Pedestals...128 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesVisitor and Linking, Straight-Front and Curved-FrontWorksurfacesCable scallop allowscords and cables to passbehind the worksurface.36"W and wider visitor worksurfacesare standard withone cable scallop centeredalong the back edge. Cablescallop can be omitted as anoption.ConnectionsWorksurfaces can beused freestanding or in panelsupportedinstallations.Supports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Side support brackets• Cantilever with tie plate• Support plate• Center support panel withtie plate (3 mm edge profiletops only)• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie plate• One single post legcSee page 136 forWorksurface Supports.Tip: P-edge profile visitorand linking worksurfacesinclude alignment slots toaccept one cabby leg forcolumn support.• Universal pedestal withfillercPage 229..In 3 mm edge profileworksurface applications,cantilever and centersupport panel must be usedto support the worksurfaceand to connect to adjacentworksurfaces.In P-edge profile worksurfaceapplications,side support bracket,cantilever, and post or cabbyleg must be used for support.A center support panelshould not be installed alongthe user’s edge because theunfinished top edge of thesupport panel would beexposed.Cantilevers and post orcabby leg must be used tosupport linking worksurfacesand to connect to adjacentworksurfaces..For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg withcaster• Double post C-legcSee page 138 for Legsand Supports for SystemsWorksurfaces.Tip: Pedestal can alsobe used in freestandingapplications.Wiring & Cabling1 /2"Worksurface depth is1 ⁄2" less than nominal andallows cords and cables topass over at any point. Cablescallop, standard on 36"Wand wider visitor worksurfaces,provides space forplugs to pass over the backedge of the worksurface.1"5"Cable scallop includes aplastic insert. On laminateworksurfaces, plastic color isdetermined by the color youspecify for the edges. Onwood veneer worksurfaces,cable scallop is available inblack plastic only.cSee page 606 for scallopcolor defaults..Cable scallop can beomitted for freestandingapplications or panel-supportedapplications whereplugs do not need to passover the back edge of theworksurface.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cSee page 205,Worksurface Power andCommunication.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front (user’s) edge(s)• Vinyl (plastic)Back edge• Plastic color default tocomplement user’s edgeCable scallop• Plastic color default tocomplement user’s edgeWood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) edgeprofile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceFront (user’s) edge(s)• Wood edge bandCable scallop• Plastic: black only.Application TopicsWorksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 129

Universal Systems WorksurfacesTransaction WorksurfacesTransaction worksurfaceprovides a surfacethat can be used by standingvisitors or serve as ashelf.cSpecifying, page 378Worksurface has awood core with a laminate orwood veneer surface and is1 3 ⁄16" thick.BAActual DimensionsA B15" 23" for use on 30"W panel15" 29" for use on 36"W panel15" 35" for use on 42"W panel15" 41" for use on 48"W panel15" 53" for use on 50"W panelTip: Wood veneer transaction worksurfaces are not. available in 23"W.Attachment bracketsare included.Shortened top caps areincluded with the transactionworksurface.Product DetailsLaminate WorksurfacesFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mm P-edgeedge profile edge profileBoth edge profilesare vinyl (plastic), and arespecified separately fromlaminate color.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesFront (user’s) edge profileis wood veneer with asquare (3 mm) radius. Backedge and edge that joinsto adjacent worksurfacesare flat. Wood edge colormatches finish specified forworksurface.Edge profile is applied toall edges...130 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesTransaction Worksurfaces.ConnectionsTransaction worksurfacesupport bracketsconnect to the top of a horizontalconnecting bar.Horizontal bar must be connectedto junctions in topposition.Transaction worksurfacescannot be used whena transparent window,pass-thru window, or consolidationpoint cabinet areassembled at the top of apanel.Spanning two panels ispossible.23"23"30"29"29"18" 18"35"35"18" 24"41"41"24" 24"53"53"30" 30"Exception: 57"W transactionworksurface cannot spanmulti-panels because it hasan additional supportbracket that conflicts withthe junction between two30"W panels.Top viewWidth of transactionworksurface is 7" shorterthan the width of correspondingpanel to accommodatechange-of-heightapplications...Panels on one or on bothsides of the transactionworksurface can be higheror lower than the panel thatsupports the transactionworksurface.Recommended standingheight for transactionworksurface is achieved byattaching it to 42"H panels.Utility shelf lights canbe installed beneath transactionworksurfaces usingscrews and keyhole slots inlight fixture.Adjustable-heightworksurfaces can beused with transaction worksurfaces,but it is more practicalto use fixed monitorsurfaces with adjustablekeyboards so that the clearancebetween the worksurfaceand the transactionworksurface remainsconstant.Transaction worksurfacemust be centered onthe panel..Wiring & CablingTransaction worksurfaceblocks cable routing inthe top cable tray but cablerouting is still available lowerin the panel..Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edges• Vinyl (plastic)Top caps• Paint• WoodSupport brackets• Black paint onlyWood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) edgeprofile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceFront (user’s) edge(s)• Wood edge bandTop caps• PaintSupport brackets• Black paint only.WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 131

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesCrank-AdjustableCrank-adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacessupport computers,keyboards, and mouse forusers in task-intensive or highchurnenvironments.cSpecifying, pages 380–382Worksurfaces have a woodcore with a laminate surfaceand is 1 3 ⁄16" thick.Actual Dimensions40" 40"40"21 3 /4"28 1 /4"11"46"46" 46"28 1 /4"21 3 /4"11". Tip: Worksurfaces are available in laminate only.15 1 /2"17 1 /4"Hand crank allows seatedleft- or right-handed users toraise or lower the monitorworksurface. Crank can bestored away when not inuse.Front (user’s) edge isavailable in two edge profiles.Back and side edgesare flat.Keyboard shelf (user’s)edge is available in twoedge profiles on all sides.15 1 /2"17 1 /4"Knobs adjust keyboard tilton dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Release lever activatescontinuous adjustmentof keyboard surface ondual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.39 1 /4"22 1 /4".39 1 /4"24" 24"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4"32 1 /2"22 1 /4"Product DetailsFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mmedge profile11 1 /16"9 1 /16"32 1 /2"11 11 /16"9 11 /16"P-edgeedge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Three variations ofcrank-adjustableworksurfaces are available—single,dual, and bilevel.All three variations areavailable in both straightand corner shapes.27 5 /8".10 1 /8"2422 1 /4"32 1 /2"22 1 /4"24"31 3 /16" 12 9 /16" 36"39 1 /2"26 1 /8"22 1 /4"22 1 /4".Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatesingle or multiplemonitors and a keyboard.You can adjust the heightof the worksurface with thecrank mechanism from26 1 ⁄8"H to 39 1 ⁄2"H.Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assembly.Also, worksurface requiresassembly to mechanism.39 1 /2"26 1 /8"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjust theheight of the monitor worksurfacewith the crank from26 1 ⁄8"H to 39 1 ⁄2"H, and thekeyboard worksurfacemoves along with it.Tip: Extension worksurfacescannot attach to dualworksurfaces.132 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable-HeightWorksurfaces,Crank-Adjustable.26 1 /8"H to 39 1 /2"HKeyboardMonitor6"5"Floor39 1 /2"26 1 /8"39 1 /2"26 1 /8".Keyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces is supportedby a dual arm springmechanism that allows it toadjust to positions up to 6"higher or 5" lower than themonitor worksurface.Bi-level worksurfacesare two nearly equalpieces—a monitor worksurfaceand a large keyboardworksurface. You can adjustthe height of the monitorworksurface with the crankmechanism. You can alsoadjust the height of the keyboardworksurface with thecrank mechanism. Thesetwo adjustments are completelyindependent of eachother and range from26 1 ⁄8"H to 39 1 ⁄2"H.Extension link worksurfacesconnect to cornerworksurfaces to provide theuser with additional space.An extension link worksurfaceattaches to a single orbi-level corner worksurfaceand moves up or down intandem with the cornerworksurface. Extension linkworksurface includes a gascylinder in the rear column.Extension link worksurfacescannot attach to dualworksurfaces.1 1 /2"1 3 /4"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1" gapseparates sides and adjacentfurniture. There isalso a 1 1 ⁄2" space betweenthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.GasCylindersGas cylinder packagecan be field installed tosingle and dual crankadjustableworksurfaces toprovide an additional 110pounds of lift assistance (55pounds for each cylinder).Gas cylinders fit into theempty rear columns of singleand dual crank-adjustablebases and decrease theload up to 50 percent. Gascylinders cannot be fieldinstalled to bi-level modelsbecause the space in all fourcolumns is occupied by thecrank mechanism. Gascylinder comes standard onextension link worksurfaces.Front (user’s) edge(s)Surface Materials• Vinyl (plastic)Worksurface• LaminateAdjustable-height base• Accent laminate (option)• Paint1"A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latestApplication Topicstrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsAll adjustable-heightReference Manual.worksurfaces support a• Open Line laminatetotal of 150 pounds. If the(option)unit has two surfaces, theA program including non-monitor surface will supportSteelcase laminates whichup to 130 pounds and theare suitable for use onkeyboard surface will sup-Steelcase products.port up to 20 pounds.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual..Crank Adjustability DetailsCrank drives worm screwin leg of straight single,straight dual, corner single,and corner dual worksur-Chain connectsfaces to raise or lower work-height-adjustmentsurface. Chain connects tomechanisms on exten-height-adjustment mechasionlink worksurfaces andnism in adjacent leg so itadjacent worksurfaces tomoves up or down in syncallow user to adjust all work-with crank leg. Crank handlesurfaces simultaneously withcan be used in either leg.one turn of the crank.Bi-level worksurfacehas separate height-adjustmentmechanisms for theThree worksurfaceskeyboard and the monitor(one corner and two exten-surfaces, which allow thesion link worksurfaces) cantwo surfaces to adjust inde-be linked and raised or lowpendentlyof one another.ered with one action.Monitor surface can accommodateone 21" monitor....50%50%Moving worksurfacescan collide with other components.Don’t install overheadstorage above adjustableheightworksurfaces.Crank-adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfaceswill travel 1" forapproximately every 6.5turns of the crank handle..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 133

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesElectrically AdjustableElectrically adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacessupport computers,keyboards, and mouseWorksurface has a woodfor intensive computer userscore with a laminate surfacein single-occupant, multi-and is 1 occupant, or high-churn3 ⁄16" thick.environments. Allows usersto quickly and easily varybetween seated and standingpostures.cSpecifying, page 384Knobs adjust keyboard tilton dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.9' power cord is provided.Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.Actual Dimensions40"40"39 1 /4" 39 1 /4"21 3 /4"22 1 /4"28 1 /4"11"24" 24"46"46"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4"28 1 /4"21 3 /4"22 1 /4"11"32 1 /2"32 1 /2". Tip: Worksurfaces are available in laminate only.User’s edge has a 3 mmprofile. Back and side edgesare flat.Release lever activatescontinuous adjustment ofkeyboard surface on dualadjustable-height surfaces.11 1 /16"9 1 /16"11 11 /16"9 11 /16"Drawer-mountedtwo-button controlleractivates smooth, continuousheight adjustment ofsingle or monitor worksurface.Controller is includedwith 150 pound weightcapacity worksurfaces.Programmable memoryis available as anoption.Keyboard shelf (user’s)edge is available in twoedge profiles on all sides..Product DetailsFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in twoshapes.3 mmedge profileP-edgeedge profileBoth edge profiles arevinyl (plastic), and are specifiedseparately from laminatecolor. Back and sideedges are flat.Two variations of electricallyadjustable,adjustable-heightworksurfaces are available—singleand dual. Bothvariations are available instraight and corner shapes.40"24 1 /2"Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatea monitor and a keyboard.You can adjust theheight of the worksurfacefrom 24 1 ⁄2"H to 40"H.40"24 1 /2"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjust theheight of the monitor worksurfacefrom 24 1 ⁄2"H to 40"Hand the keyboard worksurfacemoves along with it..134 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable-HeightWorksurfaces, ElectricallyAdjustable.Programmable memoryis available as an optionand allows three users toprogram three height settingseach, for a total of nine settings.Included, is a drawermountedsix-button controllerwith an LED display thatshows settings in inches, andsoft-start/soft-stop adjustmentfor an extra smooth start andstop motion.High-performanceadjustable-heightworksurface is availableas an option and accommodatesa 250 pound weightcapacity. Programmablememory is included.Controller drawer shipswith the worksurface andallows for easy access tothe controller while helpingto prevent unintentionaladjustment..24 1 /2"H to 40"HKeyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces issupported by a spring mechanismthat allows it to adjustto positions up to 6" higheror 5" lower than the monitorworksurface.1 1 /2"MonitorKeyboardFloor1 3 /4"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1" gapseparates sides and adjacentfurniture. There isalso a 1 1 ⁄2" space betweenthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresattachment to the base andworksurface.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.6"5"1".Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• PlasticAdjustable-height base• Paint.Application TopicsAll adjustable-heightworksurfaces support atotal of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and thekeyboard surface willsupport up to 20 pounds.Maximum power consumptionis 3.38 amps. 9' powercord is provided.Optional high-performanceadjustable-heightworksurface supports 250pounds on top of worksurface.Maximum power consumptionis 3.38 amps.Moving worksurfacescan collide with other components.Don’t install overheadstorage above adjustableheightworksurfaces.Worksurfaces with 150pound weight capacity willtravel 1.3" per second.Worksurfaces with 250pound weight capacity willtravel 1" per second...WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 135

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurface Supportsfor Answer Panel ApplicationsOn-module supportscan be used to panel supportworksurfaces in variousconfigurations.cSpecifying, page 386Cantilever can be used topanel-support a worksurfaceat any height.Side support bracketscan be used to support theends of straight and cornerworksurfaces and to supportthe back corner of anycorner worksurface.Actual DimensionsSide Cantilever Center EndSupport Support PanelBracketPanelHeight N.A. 12 1 ⁄4" 28 1 ⁄2" or 41 1 ⁄2"* 28 1 ⁄2" or 41 1 ⁄2"*Depth N.A. 15 1 ⁄2" 11" 23 3 ⁄4" or 29 3 ⁄4". *Height dimensions include the thickness of a worksurface.End panel can be usedto support the end of aworksurface.Center support panelcan be shared by twoworksurfaces and may berequired for longer runs ofworksurfaces..Product DetailsOn-module worksurfacesupports engagethe slots in the verticaluprights of Answer, Kick,and Pathways TechnologyWall frames.Side support bracketssupport worksurfaces atany height in 1" increments.Brackets ship as a leftandright-hand pair andare ordered separately.SidesupportbracketSide support bracketscan be used to support theend of a worksurface that iswrapped by a panel with thesame width dimension thatmatches the worksurfacedepth..136 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesWorksurface Supports forAnswer Panel Applications.Single side supportbracket can be used tosupport the rear corner ofcorner, extended corner, and120° corner worksurfaces.Tip: For off-module fin wallapplications, the single sidesupport bracket must behanded appropriately forconnection to the fin wall.Single side supportbracket can be used tosupport the user’s side rearcorner of visitor, jetty, andbubble jetty worksurfaces.LeftShared.RightCantilevers support worksurfacesat any height in 1"increments. Cantilever isnon-handed and can beused to support either end ofa worksurface, or shared tosupport two worksurfaces atthe same height simultaneously.One tie plate shipswith each cantilever.30"D straight and transitioncantileveredworksurfaces requireadditional floor supportalong the front edge, suchas a pedestal, end panel,post leg, side supportbracket, or an adjacentreturn worksurface.Adjacent cantileveredworksurfaces must bethe same height in order toconnect with a tie plate andprovide panel stability.Tip: Answer panel junctionscan accommodate only onesupport at each worksurfaceseam..Center support panel isan alternative to a cantileverin supporting longer runs ofworksurfaces for additionalpanel stability. Refer to theapplicable panel stabilityguidelines for specificrequirements.Center support panelsare available in seated andstanding heights, and cannotbe used in freestandingapplications or as a substitutefor an end panel. Onetie plate ships with eachcenter support panel.Center support panelsshould not be installed alongthe user’s edge on P-edgeprofile jetty and visitor worksurfaces.The unfinishedtop edge of the center supportpanel would beexposed. Use single sidesupport bracket and a postor cabby leg.End panels can be usedto support the end of aworksurface for additionalpanel stability. Refer to theapplicable panel stabilityguidelines for specificrequirements.End panels are availablein seated and standingheights, and cannot be usedin freestanding applications..All panel mounted supportscan be removed andrepositioned later withoutany permanent damage topanels or skins.Pedestals with a filler canbe used to support the endof a worksurface in place ofan end panel.cPage 22957"WReinforcingchannelrequiredReinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is used toreinforce all worksurfaceswith 60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.cSpecifying, page 387Surface MaterialsSide support bracketand reinforcingchannel• Black paint onlyCantilever, centersupport panel, andend panel• Paint.Application TopicsWorksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47.WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 137

Universal Systems WorksurfacesLegs and Supports for Systems Worksurfaceswithout Alignment TabLegs are available to supportworksurfaces in freestandingor panel-supportedapplications.cSpecifying, page 389Single post leg withcaster can be used on asingle worksurface.Single post leg canbe used on a singleworksurface.Double post leg canbe used as a column supporton a single worksurfaceor to support a sharedapplication.Actual DimensionsDouble Single Single Double Post SupportPost Leg Post Leg Post Leg C-Leg Platewith CasterHeight* 28 1 ⁄2" or 41 1 ⁄2" 26", 28 1 ⁄2", or 41 1 ⁄2" 26" or 28 1 ⁄2" 28 1 ⁄2" N.A.Glide range 3⁄4" 3⁄4" N.A. N.A. N.A.Depth N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 14" or 20"Width N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 3 11 ⁄16". *Height dimensions include the thickness of a worksurface.Double post C-legcan be used on a singleworksurface or in a sharedapplication.Support plate can beused with a double postleg to join and support twoworksurfaces.Leveling glide allowsworksurface height to beadjusted on uneven floors..Product DetailsLegs support SystemsWorksurfaces at 26"H nesting,28 1 ⁄2"H standard, or41 1 ⁄2"H standing heights.Legs for Systems Worksurfacesdo not include alignmenttabs. Pilot holes helpthe installer locate theproper leg position underthe worksurface.45° orientationPost legs are alwaysinstalled at a 45° orientation.Double post C-legcan be used on a singleworksurface or in a sharedapplication.26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneathan adjacent worksurfacesupported with 28 1 ⁄2"H legsor a panel-supportedworksurface..138 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesLegs and Supports forSystems Worksurfaces.18"D18"D straight and transitionworksurfacesmust be connected to anadjacent worksurface foradditional support.Double post leg can beused in a shared applicationwith a support plate, or itcan be used as a columnsupport for spanner, jetty,bubble jetty, bullet peninsula,and angled peninsulaworksurfaces in panelmountedapplications.Single post leg, in conjunctionwith two cantileversor center support panels,can be used as column supportfor linking worksurfaces..Single post leg, in conjunctionwith a side supportbracket, can be used to supportthe end of a visitorworksurface.Two single post legscan be used in place of onedouble post leg as columnsupport for spanner, jetty,bubble jetty, bullet peninsula,and angled peninsulaworksurfaces for addedstability.Standing-height singleor double post legs canbe used as column supportin panel-mounted applicationsonly..P-edge profile worksurfacesinclude alignmentslots to acceptcabby legs as an alternativecolumn support for visualconsistency in applicationsthat include freestandingworksurfaces with cabbylegs. Two cabby legs can beused in place of two singlepost legs for jetty, bubblejetty, bullet peninsula, andangled peninsula.Tip: P-edge profile spannerworksurfaces include fouralignment slots to allow it tobe completely freestandingwith cabby legs.cSee page 416 for CabbyLegs..57"WReinforcingchannelrequiredReinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is used toreinforce worksurfaces with60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.cSpecifying, page 387.Surface MaterialsPost legs• PaintCaster• Black plastic onlySupport plate andreinforcing channel• Black paint only.WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 139

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable Worksurface Column for Systems Worksurfaces.scale 50Adjustable worksurfacecolumn is availableto support a worksurface ina panel-mounted application.cSpecifying, page 389Product DetailsAdjustable worksurfacecolumn can beused on spanner, bulletpeninsula, angled peninsula,jetty, and bubble jetty worksurfacesin panel supportedapplications.Adjustable worksurfacecolumn cannot beused in a shared application.Bottom ViewAdjustableWorksurfaceColumnBottom ViewPost LegAdjustable worksurfacecolumn is not recommendedfor applicationsthat include post legsbecause it has a roundshape, while post legs aremore of an elliptical shape.Use single or double postlegs as a column support inapplications that includeother post legs.Surface MaterialsAdjustable worksurfacecolumn• PaintActual DimensionsHeight* (standard) 28 1 ⁄2"Diameter 4"Glide range 3 1 ⁄8"*Height dimensionincludes the thicknessof the worksurface..140 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesUnderstandingFreestandingWorksurfacesStatement of Line 142Product DetailsStraight and Transition Worksurfaces 150Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces 15430" Radius Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-Front Worksurfaces 156Extended Corner, Straight-Front and Corner, 120° Worksurfaces 158Capsule Worksurfaces 162Spanner Worksurfaces 164Peninsula, Tapered Peninsula, and Bubble Jetty Worksurfaces 166Round, Square, and Rectangle Worksurfaces 168Hub Spanner Worksurfaces 170Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 172Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces 176WorksurfacesApplication TopicsWorksurface and Leg Combinations 178Worksurface Leg Positions 179Answer Solutions Specification Guide 141

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesFreestanding WorksurfacesStatement of LineWorksurface dimensions shownapply to both wood veneer and laminateversions of each worksurface.Understandingc Page 150Specifyingc Page 392Straight Worksurfaces29 3 /4" 35 3 /4" 41 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 53 3 /4" 59 3 /4" 65 3 /4" 71 3 /4"77 3 /4"711 sq. in. 855 sq. in. 999 sq. in. 1143 sq. in. 1287 sq. in. 1431 sq. in. 1575 sq. in. 1719 sq. in. 1863 sq. in.35 3 /4"41 3 /4"47 3 /4"53 3 /4" 59 3 /4" 65 3 /4" 71 3 /4"77 3 /4"1069 sq. in. 1249 sq. in. 1429 sq. in. 1610 sq. in. 1789 sq. in. 1969 sq. in. 2149 sq. in. 2329 sq. in.Understandingc Page 150Specifyingc Page 394Transition Worksurfaces*59 3 /4" 65 3 /4"71 3 /4" 77 3 /4"30" 24" 30" 24" 30" 24" 30"24"*Left-hand units shown.*Right-hand units available.10" 16" 22" 28"1581 sq. in. 1725 sq. in. 1869 sq. in. 2013 sq. in.59 3 /4" 65 3 /4"71 3 /4" 77 3 /4"36" 30" 36" 30" 36" 30" 36"30"10" 16" 22" 28"1940 sq. in. 2120 sq. in. 2300 sq. in. 2480 sq. in.Understandingc Page 154Specifyingc Page 396Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfacesin41 3 /4" 41 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4"* Available wood veneer only. * *24" 24" 24"24" 30" 24" 24"25"34"22"22"30"1524 sq. in.1876 sq. in.1934 sq. in.1934 sq. in.47 3 /4" 47 3 /4"30"30"25"2061 sq. in.142 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesFreestanding WorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 154Specifyingc Page 397Corner, Curved-Front Worksurfaces41 3 /4" 41 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4"FreestandingWorksurfaces24"24" 24"24" 30"25"34"1477 sq. in.1781 sq. in.30"25"2014 sq. in.Tip: Corner, curved-front worksurfaces are available in laminate only.WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 156Specifyingc Page 39830" Radius Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces41 3 /4" 41 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4"24" 24"24"24"25"34"1344 sq. in.1684 sq. in.30" 30"25"1868 sq. in.Understandingc Page 156Specifyingc Page 39930" Radius Corner, Curved-Front Worksurfaces41 3 /4" 41 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4"24" 24"24"24"25"34"1297 sq. in.1589 sq. in.30" 30"25"1822 sq. in.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Freestanding Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 143

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesFreestanding Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 158Specifyingc Page 400Extended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces*24"24"59 3 /4" 65 3 /4" 71 3 /4" 77 3 /4"41 3 /4"24"41 3 /4"24"41 3 /4"24"41 3 /4"17"17" 17" 17"24"24"24"24"1939 sq. in. 2083 sq. in. 2227 sq. in. 2371 sq. in.59 3 /4" 65 3 /4" 71 3 /4" 77 3 /4"24"24"24"47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4"22" 22" 22" 22"24"24"24"24"2147 sq. in.2291 sq. in.2435 sq. in.2579 sq. in.**Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units available.59 3 /4" 65 3 /4" 71 3 /4" 77 3 /4"** ** ** **24" 24" 24" 24"47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4"17"17" 17" 17"30" 30" 30" 30"2292 sq. in. 2472 sq. in. 2652 sq. in. 2832 sq. in.59 3 /4" 65 3 /4" 71 3 /4" 77 3 /4"30" 30" 30" 30"47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4" 47 3 /4"17"17" 17" 17"30" 30" 30" 30"2404 sq. in. 2584 sq. in. 2764 sq. in. 2944 sq. in.Tip: Worksurfaces marked with two asterisks (**) are only available in wood veneer.Understandingc Page 158Specifyingc Page 402Corner, 120° Worksurfaces62"73"83"73"83"37" 43" 49" 43"49"24"40"1429 sq. in.24" 24" 24" 24"24" 30"30" 30" 30"50"60"44"54"1717 sq. in.2005 sq. in.2043 sq. in.2403 sq. in.144 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesFreestanding WorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 162Specifyingc Page 403Capsule Worksurfaces48" 60"72"84" 96"24" 30"36"42" 48"24"30"36" 42" 48"1028 sq. in.1607 sq. in.2313 sq. in.3149 sq. in.Tip: Wood veneer capsule worksurfaces are available in 72"W, 84"W, and 96"W only.4113 sq. in.WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 164Specifyingc Page 404Understandingc Page 166Specifyingc Page 405Spanner Worksurfaces48" 52" 60"64"Peninsula Worksurfaces27"30" 30"36"36"1191 sq. in. 1268 sq. in.1772 sq. in. 1863 sq. in.36"831 sq. in.Understandingc Page 166Specifyingc Page 406Tapered Peninsula Worksurfaces48" 60"32"40"27"1341 sq. in.32" 33"40"2096 sq. in.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Freestanding Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 145

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesFreestanding Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 166Specifyingc Page 407Bubble Jetty Worksurfaces45" 38"51" 44"24" 30" 24"30"*Left-hand units shown.*Right-hand units available.22"28"28"72" 72"78" 78"2120 sq. in.34"2295 sq. in. 2264 sq. in. 2475 sq. in.Understandingc Page 168Specifyingc Page 408Round Worksurfaces36" 42" 48" 54"1017 sq. in.1385 sq. in.1809 sq. in.2290 sq. in.Understandingc Page 168Specifyingc Page 409Square Worksurfaces24"30"36" 42" 48" 54"24"30"573 sq. in.897 sq. in.36" 42" 48" 54"1293 sq. in.1761 sq. in.2301 sq. in.2913 sq. in.Tip: Wood veneer square worksurfaces are available in 30"W, 42"W, 48"W, and 54"W only.146 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesFreestanding WorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 168Specifyingc Page 410Rectangle Worksurfaces72" 84" 96"36" 42" 48"FreestandingWorksurfaces2589 sq. in.3525 sq. in.4605 sq. in.WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 170Specifyingc Page 411Hub Spanner Worksurfaces52" 64"26"1876 sq. in.32"2968 sq. in.Tip: Hub spanner worksurfaces are available in laminate only.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Freestanding Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 147

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesFreestanding Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continuedAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesTip: Adjustable-height worksurfaces are available in laminate only.Corner, Straight-Front, Crank AdjustableUnderstandingc Page 172Specifyingc Page 412Understandingc Page 172Specifyingc Page 41230" Radius Corner, Straight-Front, Crank Adjustable39 1 /4"39 1 /4"27 3 /4"10 1 /2"39 1 /4"45 1 /4"22 1 /4"11 3 /4"9"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"23 1 /4" 24"24"24"30"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4"31 3 /4"12 1 /2"22 1 /4"11 3 /4"9"22 1 /4"31 3 /4"32 1 /2"32 1 /2"Straight Worksurfaces, Crank AdjustableUnderstandingc Page 172Specifyingc Page 412Understandingc Page 174Specifyingc Page 414Corner, Straight-Front, Electrically Adjustable40"40"40"39 1 /4"39 1 /4"28 1 /4"20 3 /4"12"15 5 /8"15 5 /8"22 1 /4"11 3 /4"9"23 1 /4" 24"46"46"46"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4"28 1 /4"20 3 /4"12"15 5 /8"15 5 /8"22 1 /4"11 3 /4"9"31 3 /4"32 1 /2"148 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesFreestanding WorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 174Specifyingc Page 414Understandingc Page 174Specifyingc Page 41430" Radius Corner, Straight-Front,Electrically Adjustable39 1 /4"22 1 /4"45 1 /4"22 1 /4"Straight Worksurfaces, Electrically Adjustable40"40"20 3 /4"28 1 /4"12"24"30"46"28 1 /4"46"20 3 /4"12"WorksurfacesLegs and Tether Bracket for Freestanding Worksurfaces26"Hor28 1 /2"H26"Hor28 1 /2"H26"Hor28 1 /2"H28 1 /2"HCabby Legs withCasters or GlidesUnderstandingcPage 176SpecifyingcPage 416Elliptical LegsUnderstandingcPage 176SpecifyingcPage 417Single Post Legs withCasters or GlidesUnderstandingcPage 176SpecifyingcPage 418Double PostC-LegsUnderstandingcPage 176SpecifyingcPage 418Tip: Height dimensionsinclude the thickness of aworksurface.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 149

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesStraight and Transition WorksurfacesStraight and transitionworksurfaces provide aprimary worksurface.cSpecifying straightworksurfaces, page 392cSpecifying transitionRadius corner eliminatesworksurfaces, page 394sharp edges and is appropriatefor freestanding, mobilefurniture.Worksurface has aEdge profile is continuouswood core with a laminate oraround all edges of thewood veneer surface and isworksurface.1 3 ⁄16" thick.StraightAngled shape mergestwo worksurface depths.TransitionCCBAABABActual DimensionsLeft-HandRight-HandStraight Worksurfaces Transition Worksurfaces Transition WorksurfacesA B A B A B C A B C24" 29 3 ⁄4" 30" 35 3 ⁄4" 30" 24" 59 3 ⁄4" 24" 30" 59 3 ⁄4"24" 35 3 ⁄4" 30" 41 3 ⁄4" 30" 24" 65 3 ⁄4" 24" 30" 65 3 ⁄4"24" 41 3 ⁄4" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 30" 24" 71 3 ⁄4" 24" 30" 71 3 ⁄4"24" 47 3 ⁄4" 30" 53 3 ⁄4" 30" 24" 77 3 ⁄4" 24" 30" 77 3 ⁄4"24" 53 3 ⁄4" 30" 59 3 ⁄4" 36" 30" 59 3 ⁄4" 30" 36" 59 3 ⁄4"24" 59 3 ⁄4" 30" 65 3 ⁄4" 36" 30" 65 3 ⁄4" 30" 36" 65 3 ⁄4"24" 65 3 ⁄4" 30" 71 3 ⁄4" 36" 30" 71 3 ⁄4" 30" 36" 71 3 ⁄4"24" 71 3 ⁄4" 30" 77 3 ⁄4" 36" 30" 77 3 ⁄4" 30" 36" 77 3 ⁄4". 24" 77 3 ⁄4"Product DetailsLaminate Worksurfaces3 /8"P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesSquare (3 mm) Taperededge profile edge profile3 /8"P-edge profileEdges of worksurfacesare available in three profiles—square(3 mm),tapered, and P-edge.Square (3 mm) edgeprofile is achieved byadding wood veneer surfacesto worksurface core.This technique can beapplied to worksurfaces thatare straight or curved...150 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesStraight and TransitionWorksurfacesLeft-hand UnitRight-hand Unit.Tapered edge profile isachieved by rolling woodveneer surface aroundshaped edge of worksurfacecore. Tapered edge profileslopes toward the user forenhanced comfort.P-edge profile isachieved by adding a P-shaped vinyl (plastic) edgeto the worksurface core.P-edge profile provides asoft, durable interface forthe user and is available inblack only.Transition worksurfacesare available in leftandright-hand versions..ConnectionsStraight and transitionworksurfaces are freestandingand are supportedby legs. Legs are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.Tip: Use the Worksurfaceand Leg Combinationsmatrix to determine the typeand number of legs youneed to order for the worksurfaceyou choose.cPage 178Reinforcing brace isused to support all worksurfacesthat are wider than60"W. When installed, thebrace adds 1" below worksurface.One brace is includedwith applicable straight ortransition worksurfaces andis field-installed.Underside of worksurfacehas inset locationsthat support slip-fit and nestingapplications. Cabby legscan be positioned in a 45° or90° orientation. Post legsare positioned in 45° orientationonly.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179..90° orientation45° orientationLegs installed in a90° orientation allow forgreater storage and kneespacebelow the worksurface.45° leg orientation isa preferred aesthetic formany customers. Cabbylegs installed at a 45° orientationwill appear to havemore curvature when viewedfrom the front edge ofworksurface.9"6"3"Legs may be installedinset from the edge of theworksurface to accommodateslip-fit planning. Amount ofavailable space (3", 6", or 9")is measured from the edgeof the worksurface to theedge of the leg. Amount ofslip-fit varies by worksurfaceshape and size.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179.Slip-fit planning allowsworkstation footprint toexpand or decrease, andis ideal for off-moduleapplications..Primary worksurfacewith 28 1 ⁄2"H legs installed at6" or 9" inset can slip overadjacent worksurfaces thatare supported with 26"Hlegs.26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneath anadjacent worksurface with28 1 ⁄2"H legs or a panelmountedworksurface.Pivot hitch can be usedin conjunction with Unisonpedestals and versions ofUnison double wide pedestalswith open shelf to supportworksurfaces.cSee Unison SpecificationGuide.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edge• Vinyl (plastic)Wood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) ortapered edge profile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceP-edge profile• Vinyl (plastic):6000 Black onlyCorian ®• Freestanding Worksurfacesare available in solid surfaceDupont Corian. ® Topsare ordered directly fromTFI, the industry leadingproducer of Dupont Corianproducts.cSee Additional Resources,page 4...WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStraight and Transition Worksurfaces, continued 151

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesStraight and Transition Worksurfaces, continued.Application TopicsFreestandingWorksurface Fit inPanel Environments:Dimensions onstraight, transition,corner, and extendedcorner worksurfacesare 1 ⁄4" less than nominaldimension. This allows foran easy fit of freestandingworksurfaces in panelwrappedenvironments andallows worksurfaces to movein and out of the area withease.Example: A 48"W x 48"Wcorner is actually 47 3 ⁄4"W x47 3 ⁄4"W.actual: 47 3 /4"nominal: 48"actual: 47 3 /4"nominal: 48".Mobile pedestals upto 24 1 ⁄2"H will fit under26"H worksurfaces withoutbracing.Mobile pedestals up to27"H will fit under 28 1 ⁄2"Hworksurfaces without bracing.Worksurfaces with reinforcingbrace will reducethe available space by 1".Worksurface and LegCombinationscPage 178Worksurface LegPositionscPage 179Wiring and CablingAccessoriescPage 212.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized....152 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesStraight and TransitionWorksurfacesWorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 153

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesCorner, Straight-Front and Curved-Front WorksurfacesCorner worksurfacesare the basic building blocksof a variety of workstationconfigurations, and are deepenough to accommodate acomputer monitor andkeyboard.cSpecifying corner, straightfrontworksurfaces, page 396cSpecifying corner, curvedfrontworksurfaces, page 397Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate or woodveneer surface and is 1 3 ⁄16"thick.Corner, Straight-FrontRadius corner eliminatessharp edges and is appropriatefor freestanding, mobilefurniture.Corner, Curved-FrontC D C DAB ABEEActual DimensionsCorner, Straight-Front WorksurfacesA B C D E24" 24" 41 3 ⁄4" 41 3 ⁄4" 25"24" 24" 47 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 34"24" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 22" Available in wood veneer only.30" 24" 47 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 22" Available in wood veneer only.30" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 25"Corner, Curved-Front WorksurfacesA B C24" 24" 41 3 ⁄4" 41 3 ⁄4" 25"24" 24" 47 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 34"30" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 25". Tip: Curved-front worksurfaces are available in laminate only.9" radius corner providesclearance for verticalpost tubes when tethered toPathways Post and Beam.Edge profile is continuousaround all edges of theworksurface.9" radius cornerProduct DetailsLaminate Worksurfaces3 /8"P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesSquare (3 mm) Taperededge profile edge profile3 /8"P-edge profileEdges of worksurfacesare available in three profiles—square(3 mm),tapered, and P-edge.Square (3 mm) edgeprofile is achieved byadding wood veneer surfacesto worksurface core.This technique can beapplied to worksurfaces thatare straight or curved...154 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesCorner, Straight-Front andCurved-Front Worksurfaces.Tapered edge profile isachieved by rolling woodveneer surface aroundshaped edge of worksurfacecore. Tapered edge profileslopes toward the user forenhanced comfort.P-edge profile isachieved by adding a P-shaped vinyl (plastic) edgeto the worksurface core.P-edge profile provides asoft, durable interface forthe user and is available inblack only.ConnectionsCorner worksurfacesare freestanding and aresupported by legs. Legs areordered separately andinstalled in the field.Tip: Use the Worksurfaceand Leg Combinationsmatrix to determine the typeand number of legs youneed to order for the worksurfaceyou choose.cPage 178Tip: Corner worksurfacesrequire a leg to support theback corner of worksurface..Underside of worksurfacehas inset locationsthat support slip-fit and nestingapplications. Cabby legscan be positioned in a 45° or90° orientation. Post legsare positioned in 45° orientationonly.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179.90° orientation45° orientationLegs installed in a90° orientation allow forgreater storage and kneespacebelow the worksurface.45° leg orientation isa preferred aesthetic formany customers. Cabbylegs installed at a 45° orientationwill appear to havemore curvature when viewedfrom the front edge ofworksurface.9"6"3"Legs may be installedinset from the edge of theworksurface to accommodateslip-fit planning. Amount ofavailable space (3", 6", or 9")is measured from the edgeof the worksurface to theedge of the leg. Amount ofslip-fit varies by worksurfaceshape and size.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179..Slip-fit planning allowsworkstation footprint toexpand or decrease, andis ideal for off-moduleapplications.Primary worksurfacewith 28 1 ⁄2"H legs installed at6" or 9" inset can slip overadjacent worksurfaces thatare supported with 26"Hlegs.26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneath anadjacent worksurface with28 1 ⁄2"H legs or a panelmountedworksurface.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edge• Vinyl (plastic)Wood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) ortapered edge profile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceP-edge profile• Vinyl (plastic):6000 Black onlyCorian ®• Freestanding Worksurfacesare available in solid surfaceDupont Corian. ® Topsare ordered directly fromTFI, the industry leadingproducer of Dupont Corianproducts.cSee Additional Resources,page 4.Application TopicsFreestandingWorksurface Fit inPanel Environments:Dimensions onstraight, transition,corner, and extendedcorner worksurfacesare 1 ⁄4" less than nominaldimension. This allows foran easy fit of freestandingworksurfaces in panelwrappedenvironments andallows worksurfaces to movein and out of the area withease.Example: A 48"W x 48"Wcorner is actually 47 3 ⁄4"W x47 3 ⁄4"W.actual: 47 3 /4"nominal: 48"actual: 47 3 /4". nominal: 48".Mobile pedestals upto 24 1 ⁄2"H will fit under26"H worksurfaces withoutbracing.Mobile pedestals up to27"H will fit under 28 1 ⁄2"Hworksurfaces without bracing.Worksurfaces with reinforcingbrace will reducethe available space by 1".Worksurface and LegCombinationscPage 178Worksurface LegPositionscPage 179Wiring and CablingAccessoriescPage 212ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 155

Universal Freestanding Worksurfaces30" Radius Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-Front WorksurfacesCorner worksurfacesare the basic building blocksof a variety of workstationconfigurations, and are deepenough to accommodate acomputer monitor andkeyboard.cSpecifying 30" radius corner,straight-front worksurfaces,page 398cSpecifying 30" radius corner,curved-front worksurfaces,page 399Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate or woodveneer surface and is 1 3 ⁄16"thick.Edge profile is continuousaround all edges of theworksurface.C D C DA B A BEEActual Dimensions30" Radius Corner, Straight-Front WorksurfacesA B C D E24" 24" 41 3 ⁄4" 41 3 ⁄4" 25"24" 24" 47 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 34"30" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 25"30" Radius Corner, Curved-Front WorksurfacesA B C D E24" 24" 41 3 ⁄4" 41 3 ⁄4" 25"24" 24" 47 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 34". 30" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 25"30" radius corner isideal for corner applicationsor as a unique freestandingshape, suitable for laptopsand flat screens.30" Radius Corner, Straight-FrontRadius corner eliminatessharp edges and is appropriatefor freestanding, mobilefurniture.30" Radius Corner, Curved-FrontProduct DetailsLaminate Worksurfaces3 /8"P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesSquare (3 mm) Taperededge profile edge profile3 /8"P-edge profileEdges of worksurfacesare available in three profiles—square(3 mm),tapered, and P-edge.Square (3 mm) edgeprofile is achieved byadding wood veneer surfacesto worksurface core.This technique can beapplied to worksurfaces thatare straight or curved...156 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding Worksurfaces30" Radius Corner, Straight-Front and Curved-FrontWorksurfaces.Tapered edge profile isachieved by rolling woodveneer surface aroundshaped edge of worksurfacecore. Tapered edge profileslopes toward the user forenhanced comfort.P-edge profile isachieved by adding a P-shaped vinyl (plastic) edgeto the worksurface core.P-edge profile provides asoft, durable interface forthe user and is available inblack only.ConnectionsCorner worksurfacesare freestanding and aresupported by legs. Legs areordered separately andinstalled in the field.Tip: Use the Worksurfaceand Leg Combinationsmatrix to determine the typeand number of legs youneed to order for the worksurfaceyou choose.cPage 178Tip: 30" radius corner worksurfacesrequire a leg tosupport the back corner ofworksurface..Underside of worksurfacehas inset locationsthat support slip-fit and nestingapplications. Cabby legscan be positioned in a 45° or90° orientation. Post legsare positioned in 45° orientationonly.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179.90° orientation45° orientationLegs installed in a90° orientation allow forgreater storage and kneespacebelow the worksurface.45° leg orientation isa preferred aesthetic formany customers. Cabbylegs installed at a 45° orientationwill appear to havemore curvature when viewedfrom the front edge ofworksurface.9"6"3"Legs may be installedinset from the edge of theworksurface to accommodateslip-fit planning. Amount ofavailable space (3", 6", or 9")is measured from the edgeof the worksurface to theedge of the leg. Amount ofslip-fit varies by worksurfaceshape and size.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179..Slip-fit planning allowsworkstation footprint toexpand or decrease, andis ideal for off-moduleapplications.Primary worksurfacewith 28 1 ⁄2"H legs installed at6" or 9" inset can slip overadjacent worksurfaces thatare supported with 26"Hlegs.26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneath anadjacent worksurface with28 1 ⁄2"H legs or a panelmountedworksurface.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edge• Vinyl (plastic)Wood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) ortapered edge profile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceP-edge profile• Vinyl (plastic):6000 Black onlyCorian ®• Freestanding Worksurfacesare available in solid surfaceDupont Corian. ® Topsare ordered directly fromTFI, the industry leadingproducer of Dupont Corianproducts.cSee Additional Resources,page 4.Application TopicsFreestandingWorksurface Fit inPanel Environments:Dimensions onstraight, transition,corner, and extendedcorner worksurfacesare 1 ⁄4" less than nominaldimension. This allows foran easy fit of freestandingworksurfaces in panelwrappedenvironments andallows worksurfaces to movein and out of the area withease.Example: A 48"W x 48"Wcorner is actually 47 3 ⁄4"W x47 3 ⁄4"W.actual: 47 3 /4"nominal: 48"actual: 47 3 /4". nominal: 48".Mobile pedestals upto 24 1 ⁄2"H will fit under26"H worksurfaces withoutbracing.Mobile pedestals up to27"H will fit under 28 1 ⁄2"Hworksurfaces without bracing.Worksurfaces with reinforcingbrace will reducethe available space by 1".Worksurface and LegCombinationscPage 178Worksurface LegPositionscPage 179Wiring and CablingAccessoriescPage 212ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 157

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front and Corner, 120° WorksurfacesExtended corner worksurfacesare the basicbuilding blocks of a varietyWorksurface has a woodof workstations. 120° cornercore with a laminate or woodworksurfaces can be usedveneer surface and is 1 3 ⁄16"with Pathways Technologythick.Wall, Answer, and PathwaysPost and Beam in 120°planning.cSpecifying extendedcorner, straight-frontworksurfaces, page 400Extended Corner, Straight-FrontcSpecifying corner, 120°worksurfaces, page 40230" radius cornerCorner, 120°Edge profile is continuousaround all edges of theworksurface.ECC DADABETip: Left-hand units shown.B Right-hand units available.FActual DimensionsExtended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces Corner, 120° WorksurfacesA B C D E A B C D E F24" 24" 59 3 ⁄4" 41 3 ⁄4" 17" 24" 24" 37" 37" 62" 40"24" 24" 65 3 ⁄4" 41 3 ⁄4" 17" 24" 24" 43" 43" 73" 50"24" 24" 71 3 ⁄4" 41 3 ⁄4" 17" 24" 24" 49" 49" 83" 60"24" 24" 77 3 ⁄4" 41 3 ⁄4" 17" 30" 30" 43" 43" 73" 44"24" 24" 59 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 22" 30" 30" 49" 49" 83" 54"24" 24" 65 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 22"24" 24" 71 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 22"24" 24" 77 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 22"24" 30" 59 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 17"*24" 30" 65 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 17"*24" 30" 71 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 17"*24" 30" 77 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 17"*30" 30" 59 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 17"30" 30" 65 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 17"30" 30" 71 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 17"30" 30" 77 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 17". * Available in wood veneer only.9" radius corner providesclearance for verticalpost tubes when tethered toPathways Post and Beam.Radius corner eliminatessharp edges and is appropriatefor freestanding, mobilefurniture..158 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front and Corner, 120°WorksurfacesProduct DetailsLaminate Worksurfaces3 /8"P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesSquare (3 mm) Taperededge profile edge profile3 /8"P-edge profileEdges of worksurfacesare available in three profiles—square(3 mm),tapered, and P-edge.Square (3 mm) edgeprofile is achieved byadding wood veneer surfacesto worksurface core.This technique can beapplied to worksurfaces thatare straight or curved..Left-hand UnitRight-hand Unit.Tapered edge profile isachieved by rolling woodveneer surface aroundshaped edge of worksurfacecore. Tapered edge profileslopes toward the user forenhanced comfort.P-edge profile isachieved by adding a P-shaped vinyl (plastic) edgeto the worksurface core.P-edge profile provides asoft, durable interface forthe user and is available inblack only.Extended corner,straight-front worksurfacesare available in leftandright-hand versions..ConnectionsCorner worksurfacesare freestanding and aresupported by legs. Legs areordered separately andinstalled in the field.Tip: Use the Worksurfaceand Leg Combinationsmatrix to determine the typeand number of legs youneed to order for the worksurfaceyou choose.cPage 178Tip: Corner worksurfacesrequire a leg to support theback corner of worksurface.Reinforcing brace isused to support all extendedcorner, straight-front worksurfacesthat are wider than60"W. When installed, braceadds 1" below worksurface.One brace is included withapplicable extended corner,straight-front worksurfacesand is field-installed.Underside of worksurfacehas inset locationsthat support slip-fit and nestingapplications. Cabby legscan be positioned in a 45° or90° orientation. Post legsare positioned in 45° orientationonly.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179..90° orientation45° orientationLegs installed in a90° orientation allow forgreater storage and kneespacebelow the worksurface.45° leg orientation isa preferred aesthetic formany customers. Cabbylegs installed at a 45° orientationwill appear to havemore curvature when viewedfrom the front edge ofworksurface.9"6"3"Legs may be installedinset from the edge of theworksurface to accommodateslip-fit planning. Amount ofavailable space (3", 6", or 9")is measured from the edgeof the worksurface to theedge of the leg. Amount ofslip-fit varies by worksurfaceshape and size.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179.Slip-fit planning allowsworkstation footprint toexpand or decrease, andis ideal for off-moduleapplications..Primary worksurfacewith 28 1 ⁄2"H legs installed at6" or 9" inset can slip overadjacent worksurfaces thatare supported with 26"Hlegs.26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneath anadjacent worksurface with28 1 ⁄2"H legs or a panelmountedworksurface.Pivot hitch can be usedin conjunction with Unisonpedestals and versions ofUnison double wide pedestalswith open shelf to supportworksurfaces.cSee Unison SpecificationGuide..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cExtended Corner, Straight-Front and Corner, 120° Worksurfaces, continued 159

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front and Corner, 120° Worksurfaces, continuedSurface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edge• Vinyl (plastic)Wood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) ortapered edge profile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceP-edge profile• Vinyl (plastic):6000 Black onlyCorian ®• Freestanding Worksurfacesare available in solid surfaceDupont Corian. ® Topsare ordered directly fromTFI, the industry leadingproducer of Dupont Corianproducts.cSee Additional Resources,page 4...Application TopicsFreestandingWorksurface Fit inPanel Environments:Dimensions onstraight, transition,corner, and extendedcorner worksurfacesare 1 ⁄4" less than nominaldimension. This allows foran easy fit of freestandingworksurfaces in panelwrappedenvironments andallows worksurfaces to movein and out of the area withease.Example: A 48"W x 48"Wcorner is actually 47 3 ⁄4"W x47 3 ⁄4"W.actual: 47 3 /4"nominal: 48"actual: 47 3 /4"nominal: 48".Mobile pedestals upto 24 1 ⁄2"H will fit under26"H worksurfaces withoutbracing.B.Mobile pedestals up to27"H will fit under 28 1 ⁄2"Hworksurfaces without bracing.Worksurfaces with reinforcingbrace will reducethe available space by 1".ACEDScreens can be used oncorner, 120° worksurfaces.• 24"W screens can be usedon worksurfaces withdimensions C and D eachequal to 43".• 24"W and 30"W screenscan be used on worksurfaceswith dimensions Cand D each equal to 49".Tip: Corner, 120° worksurfaceswith dimensions Cand D each equal to 37"cannot accommodatescreens.Worksurface and LegCombinationscPage 178Worksurface LegPositionscPage 179Wiring and CablingAccessoriescPage 212ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized...160 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front and Corner, 120°WorksurfacesWorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 161

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesCapsule WorksurfacesCapsule worksurfacesaccommodate conferencingsolutions.cSpecifying capsuleworksurfaces, page 403Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate or woodveneer surface and is 1 3 ⁄16"thick.BCAActual DimensionsCapsule WorksurfacesA B C24" 48" 24"30" 60" 30"36" 72" 36"42" 84" 42"48" 96" 48"Tip: Wood veneer capsule worksurfaces are available in. 72"W, 84"W, and 96"W only.Edge profile is continuousaround all edges of theworksurface.Product DetailsLaminate Worksurfaces3 /8"P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesSquare (3 mm) Taperededge profile edge profile3 /8"P-edge profileEdges of worksurfacesare available in three profiles—square(3 mm),tapered, and P-edge.Square (3 mm) edgeprofile is achieved byadding wood veneer surfacesto worksurface core.This technique can beapplied to worksurfaces thatare straight or curved...162 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesCapsule Worksurfaces.Tapered edge profile isachieved by rolling woodveneer surface aroundshaped edge of worksurfacecore. Tapered edge profileslopes toward the user forenhanced comfort.P-edge profile isachieved by adding a P-shaped vinyl (plastic) edgeto the worksurface core.P-edge profile provides asoft, durable interface forthe user and is available inblack only..ConnectionsCapsule worksurfacesare freestanding and aresupported by legs. Legs areordered separately andinstalled in the field.Tip: Use the Worksurfaceand Leg Combinationsmatrix to determine the typeand number of legs youneed to order for the worksurfaceyou choose.cPage 178Underside of worksurfacehas inset locationsthat support slip fit and nestingapplications and allowsleg to be positioned in a45°orientation. Amount ofslip-fit varies by worksurfaceshape and size.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179.Primary worksurfacewith 28 1 ⁄2"H legs installed at6" or 9" inset can slip overadjacent worksurfaces thatare supported with 26"Hlegs..26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneath anadjacent worksurface with28 1 ⁄2"H legs or a panelmountedworksurface.Reinforcing brace isused to support all worksurfacesthat are wider than60"W. Brace(s) are includedwith capsule worksurfacesand are field-installed. Wheninstalled, brace adds 1"below worksurface. Onebrace is shipped with 72"W,two with 84"W, and threewith 96"W worksurfaces.Surface MaterialsApplication TopicsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsMobile pedestals upReference Manual.to 24 • Open Line laminate1 ⁄2"H will fit under26"H worksurfaces without(option)bracing.A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichMobile pedestals up toare suitable for use on27"H will fit under 28 Steelcase products.1 ⁄2"Hworksurfaces without bracing.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Worksurfaces with reinforcingbrace will reduceEdgethe available space by 1".• Vinyl (plastic)Worksurface and LegWood VeneerCombinationsWorksurfacescPage 178• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)Worksurface Leg• Full-fill finish (option)PositionscPage 179Square (3 mm) ortapered edge profileWiring and Cabling• Wood veneer to matchAccessoriesworksurfacecPage 205P-edge profile• Vinyl (plastic):Shipping6000 Black onlyPalletizing streamlinesCorian ®unloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identical• Freestanding Worksurfacesworksurfaces ordered on theare available in solid sur-same line item are packedface Dupont Corian. ® Topson pallets containing 10–20are ordered directly fromworksurfaces. RemainingTFI, the industry leadingworksurfaces are packedproducer of Dupont Corianindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderproducts.cSee Additional Resources,page 4.in quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized....WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 163

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesSpanner WorksurfacesSpanner worksurfacesenable collaboration andconferencing.cSpecifying spannerworksurfaces, page 404Radius corner eliminatessharp edges and is appropriatefor freestanding, mobilefurniture.Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate or woodveneer surface and is 1 3 ⁄16"thick.Edge profile is continuousaround all edges of theworksurface.BAActual DimensionsSpanner WorksurfacesA B30" 48"30" 52"36" 60". 36" 64"Product DetailsLaminate Worksurfaces3 /8"P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesSquare (3 mm) Taperededge profile edge profile3 /8"P-edge profileEdges of worksurfacesare available in three profiles—square(3 mm),tapered, and P-edge.Square (3 mm) edgeprofile is achieved byadding wood veneer surfacesto worksurface core.This technique can beapplied to worksurfaces thatare straight or curved...Tapered edge profile isachieved by rolling woodveneer surface aroundshaped edge of worksurfacecore. Tapered edge profileslopes toward the user forenhanced comfort.P-edge profile isachieved by adding a P-shaped vinyl (plastic) edgeto the worksurface core.P-edge profile provides asoft, durable interface forthe user and is available inblack only..164 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesSpanner WorksurfacesConnectionsSpanner worksurfacesare freestanding and aresupported by legs. Legs areordered separately andinstalled in the field.Tip: Use the Worksurfaceand Leg Combinationsmatrix to determine the typeand number of legs youneed to order for the worksurfaceyou choose.cPage 178Underside of worksurfacehas inset locationsthat support slip-fit and nestingapplications. Cabby legscan be positioned in a 45° or90° orientation. Post legsare positioned in 45° orientationonly.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179.90° orientation45° orientationLegs installed in a90° orientation allow forgreater storage and kneespacebelow the worksurface.45° leg orientation isa preferred aesthetic formany customers. Cabbylegs installed at a 45° orientationwill appear to havemore curvature when viewedfrom the front edge ofworksurface...3"6"9"Legs may be installedinset from the edge of theworksurface to accommodateslip-fit planning. Amount ofavailable space (3", 6", or 9")is measured from the edgeof the worksurface to theedge of the leg. Amount ofslip-fit varies by worksurfaceshape and size.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179.Slip-fit planning allowsworkstation footprint toexpand or decrease, andis ideal for off-moduleapplications.Primary worksurfacewith 28 1 ⁄2"H legs installed at6" or 9" inset can slip overadjacent worksurfaces thatare supported with 26"Hlegs..26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneath anadjacent worksurface with28 1 ⁄2"H legs or a panelmountedworksurface.Spanner worksurfaceenables conferencing at theend of two worksurfaces thatare placed back-to-back.52"W or 64"W spannersshould be used when worksurfacesare separated by apanel or Pathways Post andBeam. These widths aredesigned to create a 4" gapwhich is optimal for the widthof the Pathways TechnologyWall. Answer, Montage, andKick panels may be used,but will result in a more loosefit between components.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edge• Vinyl (plastic)Wood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) ortapered edge profile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceP-edge profile• Vinyl (plastic):6000 Black onlyCorian ®• Freestanding Worksurfacesare available in solid surfaceDupont Corian. ® Topsare ordered directly fromTFI, the industry leadingproducer of Dupont Corianproducts.cSee Additional Resources,page 4...Application TopicsMobile pedestals upto 24 1 ⁄2"H will fit under26"H worksurfaces withoutbracing.Mobile pedestals up to27"H will fit under 28 1 ⁄2"Hworksurfaces without bracing.Worksurfaces with reinforcingbrace will reducethe available space by 1".Worksurface and LegCombinationscPage 178Worksurface LegPositionscPage 179Wiring and CablingAccessoriescPage 205ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 165

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesPeninsula, Tapered Peninsula, and Bubble Jetty WorksurfacesPeninsula, taperedpeninsula, and bubblejetty worksurfacesallow an extended rangeof workstation layouts andenable collaboration.cSpecifying peninsulaworksurfaces, page 405cSpecifying tapered peninsulaworksurfaces, page 406cSpecifying bubble jettyPeninsulaworksurfaces, page 407Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate or woodveneer surface and is 1 3 ⁄16"thick.Edge profile is continuousaround all edges of theworksurface.Tapered PeninsulaBubble JettyCCBDADA ABTip: Left-hand unit shown.BRight-hand unit available.Actual DimensionsPeninsula WorksurfacesBubble Jetty WorksurfacesA B A B C D36" 27" 24" 72" 45" 22"Tapered Peninsula Worksurfaces 24" 78" 51" 28"A B C D 30" 72" 38" 28"26 2 ⁄3" 32" 48" 32" 30" 78" 44" 34". 33 1 ⁄3" 40" 60" 40"Radius corner eliminatessharp edges and is appropriatefor freestanding, mobilefurniture.Product DetailsLaminate Worksurfaces3 /8"P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesSquare (3 mm) Taperededge profile edge profile3 /8"P-edge profileEdges of worksurfacesare available in three profiles—square(3 mm),tapered, and P-edge.Square (3 mm) edgeprofile is achieved byadding wood veneer surfacesto worksurface core.This technique can beapplied to worksurfaces thatare straight or curved...166 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesPeninsula, TaperedPeninsula, and Bubble JettyWorksurfaces.Tapered edge profile isachieved by rolling woodveneer surface aroundshaped edge of worksurfacecore. Tapered edge profileslopes toward the user forenhanced comfort.P-edge profile isachieved by adding a P-shaped vinyl (plastic) edgeto the worksurface core.P-edge profile provides asoft, durable interface forthe user and is available inblack only.ConnectionsPeninsula, taperedpeninsula, and bubblejetty worksurfaces arefreestanding and are supportedby legs. Legs areordered separately andinstalled in the field.Tip: Use the Worksurfaceand Leg Combinationsmatrix to determine the typeand number of legs youneed to order for the worksurfaceyou choose.cPage 178Tip: C-leg may be used onthe square end of the bubblejetty worksurface only.Underside of worksurfacehas inset locationsthat support slip-fit and nestingapplications. Cabby legscan be positioned in a 45° or90° orientation. Post legsare positioned in 45° orientationonly.Tip: Multiple leg positionsare available on taperedpeninsula and bubble jettyworksurfaces only.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179.90° orientation45° orientationLegs installed in a90° orientation allow forgreater storage and kneespacebelow the worksurface.45° leg orientation isa preferred aesthetic formany customers. Cabbylegs installed at a 45° orientationwill appear to havemore curvature when viewedfrom the front edge ofworksurface.9"6"3"Legs may be installedinset from the edge of theworksurface to accommodateslip-fit planning. Amount ofavailable space (3", 6", or 9")is measured from the edgeof the worksurface to theedge of the leg. Amount ofslip-fit varies by worksurfaceshape and size.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179...Slip-fit planning allowsworkstation footprint toexpand or decrease, andis ideal for off-moduleapplications.Primary worksurfacewith 28 1 ⁄2"H legs installed at6" or 9" inset can slip overadjacent worksurfaces thatare supported with 26"Hlegs.26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneath anadjacent worksurface with28 1 ⁄2"H legs or a panelmountedworksurface.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edge• Vinyl (plastic)Wood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) ortapered edge profile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceP-edge profile• Vinyl (plastic):6000 Black onlyCorian ®• Freestanding Worksurfacesare available in solid surfaceDupont Corian. ® Topsare ordered directly fromTFI, the industry leadingproducer of Dupont Corianproducts.cSee Additional Resources,page 4...Application TopicsMobile pedestals upto 24 1 ⁄2"H will fit under26"H worksurfaces withoutbracing.Mobile pedestals up to27"H will fit under 28 1 ⁄2"Hworksurfaces without bracing.Worksurfaces with reinforcingbrace will reducethe available space by 1".Worksurface and LegCombinationscPage 178Worksurface LegPositionscPage 179Wiring and CablingAccessoriescPage 212ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 167

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesRound, Square, and Rectangle WorksurfacesRound, square, andrectangle worksurfacesaccommodateconferencing solutions.cSpecifying roundworksurfaces, page 408cSpecifying squareworksurfaces, page 409cSpecifying rectangleworksurfaces, page 410RoundEdge profile is continuousaround all edges of theworksurface.SquareABBAAActual DimensionsRound WorksurfacesRectangle WorksurfacesA A B36" 36" 72"42" 42" 84"48" 48" 96"54"Square WorksurfacesA B24" 24"30" 30"36" 36"42" 42"48" 48"54" 54". Tip: Wood veneer square worksurfaces are available in 30"W, 42"W, 48"W, and 54"W only.RectangleRadius corner eliminatessharp edges and is appropriatefor freestanding,mobile furniture.Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate or woodveneer surface and is 1 3 ⁄16"thick..168 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesRound, Square, andRectangle WorksurfacesProduct DetailsLaminate Worksurfaces3 /8"P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor.Wood VeneerWorksurfacesSquare (3 mm) Taperededge profile edge profile3 /8"P-edge profileEdges of worksurfacesare available in three profiles—square(3 mm),tapered, and P-edge.Square (3 mm) edgeprofile is achieved byadding wood veneer surfacesto worksurface core.This technique can beapplied to worksurfaces thatare straight or curved..Tapered edge profile isachieved by rolling woodveneer surface aroundshaped edge of worksurfacecore. Tapered edge profileslopes toward the user forenhanced comfort.P-edge profile isachieved by adding a P-shaped vinyl (plastic) edgeto the worksurface core.P-edge profile provides asoft, durable interface forthe user and is available inblack only.ConnectionsRound, square, andrectangle worksurfacesare freestanding andare supported by legs. Legsare ordered separately andinstalled in the field.Tip: Use the Worksurfaceand Leg Combinationsmatrix to determine the typeand number of legs youneed to order for the worksurfaceyou choose.cPage 178..Underside of worksurfacehas inset locationsthat support slip-fit and nestingapplications and allowlegs to be positioned in a45° orientation. Amount ofslip-fit varies by worksurfaceshape and size.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179.Primary worksurfacewith 28 1 ⁄2"H legs installed at6" or 9" inset can slip overadjacent worksurfaces thatare supported with 26"Hlegs.26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneath anadjacent worksurface with28 1 ⁄2"H legs or a panelmountedworksurface.Reinforcing brace isused to support all worksurfacesthat are wider than60"W. Brace(s) are includedwith rectangle worksurfacesand are field-installed. Wheninstalled, brace adds 1"below worksurface. Onebrace is shipped with 72"W,two with 84"W, and threewith 96"W worksurfaces.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edge• Vinyl (plastic)Wood VeneerWorksurfaces• Wood veneer (standard)• Customiz stain (option)• Full-fill finish (option)Square (3 mm) ortapered edge profile• Wood veneer to matchworksurfaceP-edge profile• Vinyl (plastic):6000 Black onlyCorian ®• Freestanding Worksurfacesare available in solid surfaceDupont Corian. ® Topsare ordered directly fromTFI, the industry leadingproducer of Dupont Corianproducts.cSee Additional Resources,page 4...Application TopicsMobile pedestals upto 24 1 ⁄2"H will fit under26"H worksurfaces withoutbracing.Mobile pedestals up to27"H will fit under 28 1 ⁄2"Hworksurfaces without bracing.Worksurfaces with reinforcingbrace will reducethe available space by 1".Worksurface and LegCombinationscPage 178Worksurface LegPositionscPage 179Wiring and CablingAccessoriescPage 212ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 169

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesHub Spanner WorksurfacesHub spanner worksurfacesare team tableswhich can be used around aPathways Post and Beamhub, and are mobile forteaming applications.cSpecifying hub spannerworksurfaces, page 411Radius corner eliminatessharp edges and is appropriatefor freestanding, mobilefurniture.Edge profile is continuousaround all edges of theworksurface.BAActual DimensionsHub Spanner WorksurfacesA B26" 52"32" 64". Tip: Hub spanner worksurfaces are available in laminate only.Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate surfaceand is 1 3 ⁄16" thick.Product DetailsLaminate Worksurfaces3 /8"P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor...170 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesHub Spanner Worksurfaces.ConnectionsHub spanner worksurfacesare freestanding andare supported by legs. Legsare ordered separately andinstalled in the field.Two hub spanner worksurfacesfit loosely aroundPathways Post and Beamproducts.Underside of worksurfacehas inset locationsthat support slip-fit and nestingapplications. Cabby legscan be positioned in a 45° or90° orientation. Post legsare positioned in 45° orientationonly. Amount of slip-fitvaries by worksurface shapeand size.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179..Primary worksurfacewith 28 1 ⁄2"H legs installed at6" or 9" inset can slip overadjacent worksurfaces thatare supported with 26"Hlegs.26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneath anadjacent worksurface with28 1 ⁄2"H legs or a panelmountedworksurface.Surface MaterialsLaminate Worksurfaces• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edge• Vinyl (plastic)Corian ®• Freestanding Worksurfacesare available in solid surfaceDupont Corian. ® Topsare ordered directly fromTFI the industry leadingproducer of Dupont Corianproducts.cSee Additional Resources,page 4...Application TopicsSpecify split-roundworksurfaces when afixed position around aPathways Post and Beamcolumn and hub is desired.cSee Post and BeamSolutions SpecificationGuide.Worksurface and LegCombinationscPage 178Worksurface LegPositionscPage 179.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilizepallet handling equipment atjob site whenever possible..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 171

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesCrank-AdjustableCrank-adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacessupport computers,keyboards, and mousefor users in task-intensive orhigh-churn environments.cSpecifying, page 412Radius corner eliminatessharp edges and is appropriatefor freestanding, mobilefurniture.Actual Dimensions40"40"20 3 /4"28 1 /4"12"46"46"28 1 /4"20 3 /4"12". Tip: Worksurfaces are available in laminate only.40"46"15 5 /8"15 5 /8"Hand crank allows seatedleft- or right-handed users toraise or lower the monitorworksurface. Crank can bestored away when not inuse.Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate surfaceand is 1 3 ⁄16" thick.Edge profile is an ergonomicP-shape. Profile is acontinuous piece that isapplied to all edges. Color isspecified separately fromlaminate.Knobs adjust keyboard tilton dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Release lever activatescontinuous adjustmentof keyboard surface ondual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.15 5 /8"15 5 /8"39 1 /4"22 1 /4".23 1 /4" 24"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4"31 1 /4"22 1 /4"Product DetailsP-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor.Three variations ofcrank-adjustable worksurfacesare available—single, dual, and bi-level.All three variations are availablein both straight andcorner shapes.Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatesingle or multiple monitorsand a keyboard. Youcan adjust the height of theworksurface with the crankmechanism from 26 1 ⁄8"H to39 1 ⁄2"H.39 1 /4"3 /8"11 3 /4"9"32 1 /2"11 3 /4"9"39 1 /2"26 1 /8"27 3 /4"31 3 /4"Tip: Outside back corner radius on corner and dual cornerworksurfaces above is 9".39 1 /2"26 1 /8"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjust theheight of the monitor worksurfacewith the crank from26 1 ⁄8"H to 39 1 ⁄2"H, and thekeyboard worksurfacemoves along with it.KeyboardMonitor6"5"FloorKeyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces is supportedby a spring mechanismthat allows it to adjustto positions up to 6" higheror 5" lower than the monitorworksurface..10 1 /2" 39 1 /4"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"2424"12 1 /2" 45 1 /4"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"32 1 /2"30"Tip: Outside radiusis 30"..26 1 /8"H to 39 1 /2"H172 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesAdjustable-HeightWorksurfaces,Crank-Adjustable.Bi-level worksurfacesare two nearly equalpieces—a monitor worksurfaceand a large keyboardworksurface. You can adjustthe height of the monitorworksurface with the crankmechanism. You can alsoadjust the height of the keyboardworksurface with thecrank mechanism. Thesetwo adjustments are completelyindependent of eachother and range from26 1 ⁄8"H to 39 1 ⁄2"H.1 1 /2"1 3 /4"39 1 /2"26 1 /8"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1" gapseparates sides and adjacentfurniture. There is alsoa 1 1 ⁄2" space between thekeyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.1".GasCylindersGas cylinder packagecan be field installed tosingle and dual crank-adjustableworksurfaces to providean additional 110 poundsof lift assistance (55 poundsfor each cylinder). Gas cylindersfit into the empty rearcolumns of single and dualcrank-adjustable bases anddecrease the load up to 50percent. Gas cylinderscannot be field installed tobi-level models because thespace in all four columns isoccupied by the crank mechanism.Gas cylinder comesstandard on extension linkworksurfaces..Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edge• Vinyl (plastic)Adjustable-height base• Paint• Textured paint• Metallic paint (crank only)Application TopicsAdjustable-heightworksurfaces supporta total of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and thekeyboard surface will supportup to 20 pounds.Moving worksurfacescan collide with other components.Don’t install overheadstorage, desk-height power,or desk accessories in thepath of adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Crank-adjustable,adjustable-heightworksurfaces will travel1" for approximately every6.5 turns of the crankhandle..Crank Adjustability DetailsCrank drives worm screwin leg of straight single,straight dual, corner single,and corner dual worksurfacesto raise or lower worksurface.Chain connects toheight-adjustment mechanismin adjacent leg so itmoves up or down in syncwith crank leg. Crank handlecan be used in either leg..Straight and cornerbi-level worksurfaceshave separate height-adjustmentmechanisms for thekeyboard and the monitorsurfaces, which allow thetwo surfaces to adjust independentlyof one another.Monitor surface can accommodateone 21" monitor..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 173

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesElectrically AdjustableElectrically adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacessupport computers,keyboards, and mouse forintensive computer users insingle-occupant, multi-occupant,or high-churnenvironments. Allows usersto quickly and easily varybetween seated and standingpostures.cSpecifying, page 414Radius corner eliminatessharp edges and is appropriatefor freestanding mobilefurniture.User’s edge has a 3 mmprofile. Back and side edgesare flat.9' power cord is provided.Knobs adjust keyboard tilton dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Actual Dimensions40"40"28 1 /4"46"46"28 1 /4".20 3 /4"12"20 3 /4"12"Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate surface andis 1 3 ⁄16" thick. Worksurface hasa 150 pound weight capacity.Worksurface with a 250 poundweight capacity is available asan option.39 1 /4"22 1 /4"23 1 /4" 24"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4"31 1 /4"22 1 /4"Release lever activatescontinuous adjustment ofkeyboard surface on dualadjustable-height surfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.39 1 /4"11 3 /4"9"32 1 /2"11 3 /4"9"Tip: Outside radius on corner and dual cornerworksurfaces above is 9".Drawer-mountedtwo-button controlleractivates smooth, continuousheight adjustment ofsingle or monitor worksurface.Controller is includedwith 150 pound weightcapacity worksurfaces.Programmable memoryis available as an option.Keyboard shelf (user’s)edge is available in twoedge profiles on all sides.Edge profile is an ergonomicP-shape. Profile is acontinuous piece that isapplied to all edges. Color isspecified separately fromlaminate.39 1 /4"24"30"22 1 /4"Tip: Outside radius is 30".45 1 /4"22 1 /4".Product Details3 /8"P-edge profile risesslightly above the laminatesurface and curves into a3 ⁄8" radius which optimizesergonomic benefit for theuser.Edge is available in sixvinyl (plastic) colors. Vinyl(plastic) color is specifiedseparately from laminatecolor.Two variations of electricallyadjustable,adjustable-heightworksurfaces are available—singleand dual. Bothvariations are available instraight and corner shapes.40"24 1 /2"Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatea monitor and a keyboard.You can adjust theheight of the worksurfacefrom 24 1 ⁄2"H to 40"H.40"24 1 /2"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjust theheight of the monitor worksurfacefrom 24 1 ⁄2"H to40"H, and the keyboardworksurface moves alongwith it..174 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesAdjustable-HeightWorksurfaces, ElectricallyAdjustable.Programmable memoryis available as an option andallows three users to programthree height settingseach, for a total of nine settings.Included, is a drawermountedsix-button controllerwith an LED display thatshows settings in inches, andsoft-start/soft-stop adjustmentfor an extra smoothstart and stop motion.High-performanceadjustable-heightworksurface is availableas an option and accommodatesa 250 pound weightcapacity. Programmablememory is included. Maximumpower consumption is3.38 amps.Controller drawer shipswith the worksurface andallows for easy access to thecontroller while helping toprevent unintentional adjustment.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.KeyboardSurface MaterialsMonitor6"Worksurface5"• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsFloorReference Manual.• Open Line laminateKeyboard worksurface(option)on dual worksurfaces is sup-A program including non-ported by a spring mech-Steelcase laminates whichanism that allows it to adjustare suitable for use onto positions up to 6" higherSteelcase products.or 5" lower than the monitorcSee Surface Materialsworksurface.Reference Manual.Edge1 3 /4"• Vinyl (plastic): color mustbe specifiedAdjustable-height base1 1 /2"and column1"• Paint• Textured paintAt least a 1 3 ⁄4" gap mustseparate backs of a worksurfaceand panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1 1 ⁄2" gapseparates sides and adjacentfurniture. There is alsoa 1 1 ⁄2" space between thekeyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresattachment to the base andworksurface.Adjustable-heightworksurfaces supporta total of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and thekeyboard surface will supportup to 20 pounds.Maximum power consumptionis 3.38 amps. 9' powercord is provided.Worksurfaces with 150pound weight capacity willtravel 1.3" per second.Worksurfaces with 250pound weight capacity willtravel 1" per second...24 1 /2"H to 40"H.Application TopicsMoving worksurfacescan collide with other components.Don’t install overheadstorage, desk-heightpower, or desk accessoriesin the path of adjustableheightworksurfaces...WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 175

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesLegs for Freestanding WorksurfacesWorksurface supportsSingle post leg is avail-attach to a worksurfaceable individually or as ato make it freestanding orpackage of four legs. Castertethered to Pathways Postand glide versions areand Beam.available.cSpecifying, page 416Double post C-leg isan individual support andis used at the ends of aworksurface.Alignment tab helpsinstallers locate properleg position under theworksurface.Cabby leg is availableindividually or as a packageof four legs. Caster and glideversions are available.Leveling glides, included,allow worksurface height tobe adjusted on unevenfloors.Single post leg withcaster is available individuallyor as a package of fourlegs.Elliptical leg is availablein glide version either innesting or desk-height.Actual DimensionsCabby leg Elliptical Single Single post Double postleg post leg leg with caster C-legHeight* (standard) 26" or 28 1 ⁄2" 26" or 28 1 ⁄2" 26" or 28 1 ⁄2" 26" or 28 1 ⁄2" 28 1 ⁄2"Glide range 3 ⁄4" 5 ⁄8" 3 ⁄4" N.A. 5 ⁄8". *Height dimensions include the thickness of a worksurface..Product DetailsLegs support worksurfacesat 26"H or 28 1 ⁄2"H overall,including worksurfacethickness.Worksurface legs andtether bracket areordered separately andinstalled on site.cSee Worksurface and LegCombinations, page 178.Worksurface legs andtether bracket arenon-handed to accommodateleft- and right-handapplications.Worksurface legscannot be used in a sharedapplication with two worksurfaces.P-edge profile doesnot provide enough attachmentspace for leg plate.When a shared leg applicationis required, orderUniversal FreestandingLaminate Worksurfaces..176 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesLegs for FreestandingWorksurfacesCabby legs can beinstalled in either a 45° or 90°orientation on most worksurfaces.Elliptical leg installedin the first inset position mayonly be in a 45° orientation.Single post legs can only beinstalled in a 45° orientation.cSee Worksurface LegPositions, page 179.90° orientation45° orientationLegs installed in a90° orientation allow forgreater storage and kneespacebelow the worksurface.45° leg orientation isa preferred aesthetic formany customers. Cabbylegs installed at a 45° orientationwill appear to havemore curvature when viewedfrom the front edge ofworksurface.9"6"3"Legs may be installedinset from the edge of theworksurface to accommodateslip-fit planning. Amount ofavailable space (3", 6", or 9")is measured from the edgeof the worksurface to theedge of the leg...Slip-fit planning allowsworkstation footprint toexpand or decrease, andis ideal for off-moduleapplications.Alignment tab correspondsto under worksurfacealignment slots inFreestanding Worksurfaces.Alignment features ensurelegs are installed in theproper 45° or 90° orientationand slip-fit position.Primary worksurfacewith 28 1 ⁄2"H legs installed at6" or 9" inset can slip overadjacent worksurfaces thatare supported with 26"Hlegs.26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneath anadjacent worksurface with28 1 ⁄2"H legs or a panelmountedworksurface..Surface MaterialsCabby legs• Paint• MetalCabby leg casters• Paint (default to match leg)• Metal (default to match leg)Elliptical leg• Paint• MetalElliptical leg glide• Paint• MetalSingle post, single postwith caster, and doublepost C-legs• PaintSingle post leg caster• Black plastic.Application TopicsWorksurface and LegCombinationscPage 178Worksurface LegPositionscPage 179..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 177

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesWorksurface and Leg CombinationsCabby Leg orElliptical LegStraight Worksurfaces44Transition Worksurfaces44Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces5530" Radius Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces and5530" Radius Corner, Curved-Front WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces5Tip: Straight-front worksurfaces are shown.Corner, 120° Worksurfaces55Round Worksurfaces44Square Worksurfaces44Rectangle Worksurfaces44Spanner Worksurfaces44Hub Spanner Worksurfaces 44Capsule Worksurfaces44Peninsula Worksurfaces44Tapered Peninsula Worksurfaces44Bubble Jetty Worksurfaces55cSee Post and Beam Solutions Specification Guide, Understanding Split Roundand Tethered Capsule Worksurfaces for tethered capsule worksurfaces supportinformation.! = Number of legs to order.Blank spaces in matrix designate worksurface andleg combinations that are not valid.. * Worksurfaces can be supported by one single post leg and two double post C-legs.Single Post Leg1 *1 *51 * 21 *Tip: Double-post C-leg can only be applied to the squareend of bubble jetty worksurfaces.Double Post C-Leg22Tip: Two double postC-Legs can only beapplied to 24"D or30"D sides.222.178 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesWorksurface Leg PositionsWorksurface Leg PositionsWorksurface leg positionsallow for slip-fit andnesting capabilities. Both45° and 90° angled leg positionsare available on mostworksurfaces. However, certainworksurfaces accommodateeither 45° or 90° angledpositions only. Leg positionson the underside of worksurfacesare shown at right.Legs installed in positions1, 2, or 3 will vary intheir distance from the worksurfaceedge:Position 1 is 3" from edgePosition 2 is 6" from edgePosition 3 is 9" from edgeTip: Positions 2 and 3 arenot available on everyworksurface.Legend= Both 45° and 90°= Either 45° or 90°*Straight-front worksurfacesare shown. The same legpositions are offered on. curved-front worksurfaces.Position 1 2Straight Worksurface24"D x 30"W24"D x 36"W30"D x 36"W30"D x 42"WPosition 21 Corner, Straight andCurved-Front Worksurface*Position 321Corner, 120° WorksurfacePosition 1 2Position 1Square Worksurface24"D x 24"W 30"D x 30"WPosition 1Spanner Worksurface30"D x 48"W 30"D x 52"WPosition 12Hub Spanner Worksurface32"D x 64"WPosition 1Peninsula Worksurface.Position 1 2 3Straight Worksurface24"D x 48"W 30"D x 48"W24"D x 54"W 30"D x 54"W24"D x 60"W 30"D x 60"W24"D x 66"W 30"D x 66"W24"D x 72"W 30"D x 72"W24"D x 78"W 30"D x 78"WPosition1230° Radius Corner, Straightand Curved-Front Worksurface*Position 1Round Worksurface36" Diameter 48" Diameter42" DiameterPosition 12Square Worksurface36"D x 36"W 42"D x 42"W48"D x 48"W54"D x 54"WPosition 12Position 1Spanner Worksurface36"D x 60"W 36"D x 64"WPosition 1Capsule Worksurface24"D x 48"W 30"D x 60"WTapered PeninsulaWorksurfacePosition 1 2Position 1 2Rectangle WorksurfaceHub Spanner Worksurface26"D x 52"WPosition 123 2 1Transition WorksurfacePosition 1 2 31 2Extended Corner,Straight-Front WorksurfacePosition 1 2Round Worksurface54" DiameterCapsule Worksurface36"D x 72"W 48"D x 96"W42"D x 84"WPosition 1 2 3 1 Position 1 2 3 1Bubble Jetty Worksurface.WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 179

Universal Freestanding Worksurfaces180 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

UnderstandingAnswerWorksurfacesStatement of Line 182Product DetailsAnswer Worksurfaces 188Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 190Panel-Mounted Answer Worksurface Supports 194Legs and Supports for Answer Worksurfaces 196Modesty Panels 198WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 181

Answer WorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 188Specifyingc Page 420Straight Worksurfaces24"30"36" 42" 48" 60" 66" 72"576 sq. in. 720 sq. in. 864 sq. in. 1008 sq. in.1152 sq. in. 1440 sq. in. 1584 sq. in. 1728 sq. in.24"30"720 sq. in. 900 sq. in. 1080 sq. in.1260 sq. in. 1440 sq. in. 1800 sq. in. 1980 sq. in. 2160 sq. in.Understandingc Page 188Specifyingc Page 421Transition Worksurfaces*36"42"30" 24" 30" 24"30" 24" 30"24"1012 sq. in. 1191 sq. in. 1370 sq. in. 1728 sq. in.48" 60" * Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units are also available.*Straight Corner WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 188Specifyingc Page 42236"42"48"42"48"36"24"42"24"48"24"42"30"48"30"24"1208 sq. in.24"1584 sq. in.24"1997 sq. in.30"1675 sq. in.30"2124 sq. in.182 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer WorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 188Specifyingc Page 423Curved Corner Worksurfaces36"42"48"42"48"36"24"42"24"48"24"42"30"48"30"24"1166 sq. in.24"1491 sq. in.24"1634 sq. in.30"1634 sq. in.30"2031 sq. in.Understandingc Page 188Specifyingc Pages 425–426WorksurfacesExtended Corner Worksurfaces*60"42" 48"42" 48"24"60"24" 24" 24"72"72"**Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units are also available.24"1921 sq. in.24"2064 sq. in.24" 24"2201 sq. in.2345 sq. in.42" 48"42"48"60"30" 30" 30" 30"60"72"72"24"2029 sq. in.24"2209 sq. in.24"2310 sq. in.24"2489 sq. in.42" 48"42"48"60"24" 24" 24" 24"60"72"72"30" 30"2099 sq. in.2281 sq. in.30"2451 sq. in.30"2633 sq. in.42" 48"42"48"60"30" 30"30" 30"60"72"72"30"2171 sq. in.30"2389 sq. in.30"2523 sq. in.30"2742 sq. in.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cAnswer Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 183

Answer Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 188Specifyingc Page 424Understandingc Page 188Specifyingc Page 427Panel-Supported Straight Corner and Curved CornerWorksurfaces with Adjustable Keyboard Shelf42"W 48"W24"D • •30"D •Peninsula Worksurfaces48"60"30" 36" 30"36"1457 sq. in. 1831 sq. in.30X60Understandingc Page 188Specifyingc Page 427Understandingc Page 189Specifyingc Page 428Bullet Peninsula Worksurfaces60" 66" 72"Angled Peninsula Worksurfaces48" 60" 48" 60"30" 30" 30"1606 sq. in. 1786 sq. in. 1966 sq. in.27"27"33" 33"1330 sq. in. 1728 sq. in. 1424 sq. in. 1860 sq. in.48" 60" 48" 60"24"24"1103 sq. in. 1421 sq. in.30" 30"1207 sq. in. 1563 sq. in.Understandingc Page 189Specifyingc Page 429Understandingc Page 189Specifyingc Page 430Spanner Worksurfaces51" 63"Trapezoid Tables72"25 1 /2" 31 1 /2"1005 sq. in.1540 sq. in.24"1240 sq. in.184 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer WorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 189Specifyingc Page 430Understandingc Page 189Specifyingc Page 431Spanner TablesOval Tables48"60"21"30"36"24" 30"895 sq. in.1401 sq. in.42"60"681 sq. in. 1413 sq. in.72"2015 sq. in.WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 189Specifyingc Page 432Understandingc Page 189Specifyingc Page 432Visitor WorksurfacesCurved Linking Worksurfaces24"30"24"30"27"33"27"33"24"24"30"30"27"27"33"33"539 sq. in. 683 sq. in. 683 sq. in. 822 sq. in.678 sq. in.840 sq. in. 840 sq. in.996 sq. in.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cAnswer Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 185

Answer Worksurfaces Statement of Line, continuedAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 190Specifyingc Page 433Understandingc Page 190Specifyingc Page 433Single Surface, Crank Adjustable37 3 ⁄4"W 40"W 43 3 ⁄4"W 46"W22"D C C28 1 ⁄4"D • •C = CornerDual Surface, Crank Adjustable37 3 ⁄4"W 40"W 43 3 ⁄4"W 46"W22"D C C34"D • •C = CornerUnderstandingc Page 190Specifyingc Page 433Understandingc Page 191Specifyingc Page 434Bi-Level, Crank Adjustable40"W 46"W22"D C C34"D • •C = CornerExtension Link24 1 ⁄2"W 36 1 ⁄2"W22"D • •Understandingc Page 192Specifyingc Page 435Understandingc Page 192Specifyingc Page 435Single Surface, Electrically Adjustable37 3 ⁄4"W 40"W 43 3 ⁄4"W 46"W22"D C C28 1 ⁄4"D • •C = CornerDual Surface, Electrically Adjustable37 3 ⁄4"W 40"W 43 3 ⁄4"W 46"W22"D C C34"D • •C = Corner186 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer WorksurfacesStatement of LineWorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 187

Answer Worksurfaces.cSpecifying Answer worksurfaces,pages 420–432Cable scallops areelliptical shape. They allowcords and cables to passbehind the worksurface.Worksurface has awood core with a laminateworksurface and is 1 3 ⁄16"thick.Scale 80%Answer worksurfacesare full depth and fit flushagainst panels. Cords andcables are routed throughcable scallops.Product DetailsUser’s edge profileis PVC with a 3 mm radius.Back edge and edge thatjoins to adjacent worksurfacesis flat. PVC edgecolor is determined by thecolor you specify for theworksurface.cPage 607 for EdgeDefaultsFor Use with Cornerand Extended CornerWorksurfaces..Corner bracket isincluded as standard onAnswer corner and extendedcorner worksurfaces. It connectsthe back corner ofworksurface to panel.For Use with Peninsulaand Bullet PeninsulaWorksurfacesTwo 14" support platesare included with peninsulaand bullet peninsula worksurfacesto join to adjacentworksurface.Double post leg isincluded to support peninsulaand bullet peninsulaworksurfaces at 28 1 ⁄2"H.40"H standing-height legsare available as an option..188 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Worksurfaces.For Use with AngledPeninsula WorksurfacesSupport panel is includedto connect worksurface tothe panel.Double post leg isincluded to support angledpeninsula worksurfaces at28 1 ⁄2"H. 40"H standingheightlegs are available asan option.For Use with SpannerWorksurfacesDouble post leg isincluded to support spannerworksurface at 28 1 ⁄2"H. 40"Hstanding-height legs areavailable as an option.51"W and 63"W spannerworksurfaces arestandard with one doublepost leg but can also bespecified with optional legsfor freestanding applications.For Use with Trapezoidand Spanner TablesLegs are included withtables to support worksurfaceat 28 1 ⁄2"H..Combinations of trapezoidtables can form largerconference tables.Tip: Connector bracket isavailable to lock the tablestogether. The bracketunlocks to reconfiguretables. It is field installed.Refer to style numberTS40010 (Group Work) inthe Turnstone FurniturePortfolio Specification Guide(T10004).For Use with OvalTablesLegs are specified as anoption on oval worksurfaces.They are available with orwithout casters and areinstalled in the field.For Use with VisitorWorksurfacesSupport panel is includedto support end of visitorworksurface. 40"H standingheightsupport panel isavailable as an option.For Use with CurvedLinking WorksurfacesSingle post leg isincluded to support curvedlinking worksurface. 40"Hstanding-height leg is availableas an option..ConnectionsSupports are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.For panel-supportedinstallations you can use:• Side support brackets• Cantilever with tie plate• End panel• Standing-height end panel• Support plate• Center support panel withtie plate• Standing-height centersupport panel with tie platecSee page 194 forPanel-Mounted AnswerWorksurface Supports.• Universal pedestal withfillercPage 229For freestanding installationsyou can use:• Single post leg• Single post leg with caster• Nesting post leg• Nesting post leg withcaster• Double post leg• Double post C-leg• Support platecSee page 196 for Legsand Supports for AnswerWorksurfaces.Tip: Pedestal can also beused in freestanding installations.Answer pedestal isshown above..Reinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is used toreinforce all worksurfaceswith 60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.cPage 137Wiring & CablingWorksurface wiremanagers are availableto convert cable scallopsinto grommets in freestandingapplications. Black wiremanagers are included withwood veneer worksurfaces.cSee Worksurface Powerand Communication,page 205..Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood (option)• Customiz stain (option onwood)• Full-fill finish (option onwood)User’s edge(s)• PVC color defaultcPage 607 forColor DefaultsBack and side edges• PVC color defaultcPage 607 forColor DefaultsLegs• PaintCaster on post legs• Black onlySupport panel• PaintShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–20worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood veneer worksurfacescannot be palletized..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 189

Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesCrank-Adjustable.Crank-adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacessupport computers,keyboards, and mousefor users in task-intensive orhigh-churn environments.cSpecifying, pages433–434Planning Dimensions40"46"28 1 /4"28 1 /4"40" 40"21 3 /4"11"46" 46"21 3 /4"11"15 1 /2"17 1 /4"Hand crank allows seatedleft- or right-handed users toraise or lower the monitorworksurface. Crank can bestored away when not inuse.Worksurfaces have awood core with a laminatesurface and is 1 3 ⁄16" thick.Front edges are PVC profile,and have a 3 mm radiusto match other worksurfaces.Knobs adjust keyboard tilton dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Release lever activatescontinuous adjustmentof keyboard surface ondual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.15 1 /2"17 1 /4"39 1 /4"22 1 /4".39 1 /4"24" 24"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4"32 1 /2"22 1 /4"Product DetailsUser’s edge profileis PVC with a 3 mm radius.Back edge and edge thatjoins to adjacent worksurfacesis flat. PVC edge coloris determined by the color youspecify for the worksurface.Side and back worksurfaceedges arefinished with vinyl (PVC).Three variations ofcrank-adjustable worksurfacesare available—single, dual, and bi-level.All three variations are availablein both straight and cornershapes.Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatesingle or multiple monitorsand a keyboard. Youcan adjust the height of theworksurface with the crankmechanism from 26 1 ⁄8"H to39 1 ⁄2"H.Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assembly.Also, worksurface requiresassembly to mechanism.11 1 /16"9 1 /16"32 1 /2"11 11 /16"9 11 /16"39 1 /2"26 1 /8"27 5 /8"39 1 /2"26 1 /8"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjust theheight of the monitor worksurfacewith the crank from26 1 ⁄8"H to 39 1 ⁄2"H, and thekeyboard worksurfacemoves along with it.Tip: Extension worksurfacescannot attach to dual worksurfaces.KeyboardMonitor6"5"FloorKeyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces is supportedby a spring mechanismthat allows it to adjustto positions up to 6" higheror 5" lower than the monitorworksurface..10 1 /8"24"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"2422 1 /4"22 1 /4"32 1 /2".26 1 /8"H to 39 1 /2"H31 3 /16" 12 9 /16" 36"190 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Adjustable-HeightWorksurfaces.Bi-level worksurfacesare two nearly equalpieces—a monitor worksurfaceand a large keyboardworksurface. You can adjustthe height of the monitorworksurface with the crankmechanism. You can alsoadjust the height of the keyboardworksurface with thecrank mechanism. Thesetwo adjustments are completelyindependent of eachother and range from26 1 ⁄8"H to 39 1 ⁄2"H.Extension link worksurfacesconnect to cornerworksurfaces to provide theuser with additional space.An extension link worksurfaceattaches to asingle or bi-level cornerworksurface and movesup or down in tandemwith the corner worksurface.Extension linkworksurface includes a gascylinder in the rear column.Extension link worksurfacescannot attach todual worksurfaces.1 1 /2"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1" gapseparates sides and adjacentfurniture. There isalso a 1 1 ⁄2" space betweenthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.39 1 /2" Application Topics26 1 /8"Adjustable-heightworksurfaces supporta total of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and theKeyboard surface tiltskeyboard surface will sup-with a range of 25°.port up to 20 pounds..Crank Adjustability DetailsGasCylindersGas cylinder package39 1 /2"can be field installed to singleand dual crank-adjust-Crank drives worm screwable worksurfaces to providein leg of straight single,an additional 110 poundsstraight dual, corner single,of lift assistance (55 poundsand corner dual worksur-26 1 /8"for each cylinder). Gas cylinfacesto raise or lower workdersfit into the empty rearsurface. Chain connects tocolumns of single and dualheight-adjustment mecha-crank-adjustable bases andnism in adjacent leg so itdecrease the load up to 50moves up or down in syncpercent. Gas cylinders can-with crank leg. Crank handlenot be field installed to bi-can be used in either leg.level models because thespace in all four columnsis occupied by the crankmechanism. Gas cylindercomes standard on extensionlink worksurfaces.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• Laminate (standard)Straight and cornerbi-level worksurfacesAdjustable-height basehave separate height-adjustmentmechanisms for thekeyboard and the monitorsurfaces, which allow thetwo surfaces to adjust independentlyof one another.1"Monitor surface can accommodateone21" monitor...• Paint1 3 /4".Moving worksurfacescan collide with other components.Don’t install overheadstorage, desk-height power,or desk accessories in thepath of adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Chain connectsheight-adjustmentmechanisms on extensionlink worksurfaces and adjacentworksurfaces to allow userto adjust all worksurfacessimultaneously withone turn of the crank.Three worksurfaces(one corner and two extensionlink worksurfaces) canbe linked and raised orlowered with one action..50%50%Crank-adjustable,adjustable-heightworksurfaces will travel1" for approximately every6.5 turns of the crankhandle..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 191

Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesElectrically AdjustableElectrically adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacessupport computers,keyboards, and mousefor intensive computer usersin single-occupant, multioccupant,or high-churnenvironments. Allows usersto quickly and easily varybetween seated and standingpostures.cSpecifying, page 435Knobs adjust keyboard tilton dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.9' power cord is provided.Actual Dimensions40"40"28 1 /4"46"46"28 1 /4".21 3 /4"11"21 3 /4""11"Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate surface.39 1 /4" 39 1 /4"22 1 /4"24" 24"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4"22 1 /4"Release lever activatescontinuous adjustment ofkeyboard surface on dualadjustable-height surfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.User’s edge has a 3 mmprofile. Back and side edgesare flat.11 1 /16"9 1 /16"32 1 /2"11 1 /16"9 1 /16"Drawer-mountedtwo-button controlleractivates smooth, continuousheight adjustment of singleor monitor worksurface.Controller is included with150 pound weight capacityworksurfaces.Programmable memoryis available as anoption.Keyboard shelf (user’s)edge is available in twoedge profiles on all sides..Product Details3 mmedge profileFront (user’s) edgeprofile is available in 3 mmedge profile.Two variations of electricallyadjustable,adjustable-heightworksurfaces are available—singleand dual. Bothvariations are available instraight and corner shapes.40"24 1 /2"Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatea monitor and a keyboard.You can adjust theheight of the worksurfacefrom 24 1 ⁄2"H to 40"H.40"24 1 /2"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjust theheight of the monitor worksurfacefrom 24 1 ⁄2"H to 40"Hand the keyboard worksurfacemoves along with it..192 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Adjustable-HeightWorksurfaces, ElectricallyAdjustable.Programmable memoryis available as an optionand allows three users toprogram three height settingseach, for a total of nine settings.Included, is a drawermountedsix-button controllerwith an LED display thatshows settings in inches, andsoft-start/soft-stop adjustmentfor an extra smooth start andstop motion.High-performanceadjustable-heightworksurface is availableas an option and accommodatesa 250 pound weightcapacity. Programmablememory is included.Controller drawer shipswith the worksurface andallows for easy access tothe controller while helpingto prevent unintentionaladjustment..24 1 /2"H to 40"HKeyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces issupported by a spring mechanismthat allows it to adjustto positions up to 6" higheror 5" lower than the monitorworksurface.1 1 /2"MonitorKeyboardFloor1 3 /4"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1" gapseparates sides and adjacentfurniture. There isalso a 1 1 ⁄2" space betweenthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresattachment to the base andworksurface.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.6"5"1".Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open Line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• PlasticAdjustable-height base• Paint.Application TopicsAll adjustable-heightworksurfaces support atotal of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and thekeyboard surface willsupport up to 20 pounds.Maximum power consumptionis 3.38 amps. 9' powercord is provided.Optional high-performanceadjustable-heightworksurface supports 250pounds on top of worksurface.Maximum power consumptionis 3.38 amps.Moving worksurfacescan collide with other components.Don’t install overheadstorage above adjustableheightworksurfaces.Worksurfaces with 150pound weight capacity willtravel 1.3" per second.Worksurfaces with 250pound weight capacity willtravel 1" per second...WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 193

Panel-Mounted Answer Worksurface SupportsOn-module supportscan be used to panel supportworksurfaces in variousconfigurations.cSpecifying, page 436Cantilever can be used topanel-support a worksurfaceat any height.Side support bracketscan be used to support theends of straight and cornerworksurfaces.Actual DimensionsSide Cantilever Center EndSupport Support PanelBracketPanelHeight N.A. 12 1 ⁄4" 28 1 ⁄2" or 41 1 ⁄2"* 28 1 ⁄2" or 41 1 ⁄2"*Depth N.A. 15 1 ⁄2" 11" 23 3 ⁄4" or 29 3 ⁄4". *Height dimensions include the thickness of a worksurface.End panel can be usedto support the end of aworksurface.Center support panelcan be shared by twoworksurfaces and may berequired for longer runs ofworksurfaces..Product DetailsWorksurface supportsengage the slots in thevertical uprights of Answerpanels.Side support bracketssupport worksurfaces atany height in 1" increments.Brackets ship as a leftandright-hand pair andare ordered separately.SidesupportbracketSide support bracketscan be used to support theend of a worksurface that iswrapped by a panel with thesame width dimension thatmatches the worksurfacedepth..194 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel-Mounted AnswerWorksurface SupportsLeftShared.Corner bracket isincluded as standard onAnswer corner and extendedcorner worksurfaces. It connectsthe back corner of worksurfaceto panel.RightCantilevers support worksurfacesat any height in 1"increments. Cantilever isnon-handed and can beused to support either end ofa worksurface, or shared tosupport two worksurfaces atthe same height simultaneously.One tie plate shipswith each cantilever.30"D straight and transitioncantileveredworksurfaces requireadditional floor supportalong the front edge, suchas a pedestal, end panel,post leg, side supportbracket, or an adjacentreturn worksurface..Adjacent cantileveredworksurfaces must bethe same height in order toconnect with a tie plate andprovide panel stability.Tip: Answer panel junctionscan accommodate only onesupport at each worksurfaceseam.Center support panel isan alternative to a cantileverin supporting longer runs ofworksurfaces for additionalpanel stability. Refer to theapplicable panel stabilityguidelines for specificrequirements.Center support panelsare available in seated andstanding heights, and cannotbe used in freestandingapplications or as a substitutefor an end panel. Onetie plate ships with eachcenter support panel.End panels can be usedto support the end of aworksurface for additionalpanel stability. Refer to theapplicable panel stabilityguidelines for specificrequirements.End panels are availablein seated and standingheights, and cannot be usedin freestanding applications..All panel mounted supportscan be removed andrepositioned later withoutany permanent damage topanels or skins.Pedestals with a filler canbe used to support the endof a worksurface in place ofan end panel.cPage 27757"WReinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is used toreinforce all worksurfaceswith 60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.cSpecifying, page 137.Surface MaterialsSide support bracketand reinforcingchannel• Black paint onlyCantilever, centersupport panel, andend panel• Paint.Application TopicsWorksurfaces usedin panel-supportedinstallations must followapplicable panel stabilityguidelines.cPage 47.WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 195

Legs and Supports for Answer WorksurfacesLegs are available to supportworksurfaces in freestandingor panel-supportedapplications.cSpecifying, page 439Single post leg withcaster can be used on asingle worksurface.Single post leg canbe used on a singleworksurface.Double post leg canbe used as a column supporton a single worksurfaceor to support a sharedapplication.Actual DimensionsDouble Single Single Double Post SupportPost Leg Post Leg Post Leg C-Leg Platewith CasterHeight* 28 1 ⁄2" or 41 1 ⁄2" 26", 28 1 ⁄2", or 41 1 ⁄2" 26" or 28 1 ⁄2" 28 1 ⁄2" N.A.Glide range 3⁄4" 3⁄4" N.A. N.A. N.A.Depth N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 14" or 20"Width N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 3 11 ⁄16". *Height dimensions include the thickness of a worksurface.Double post C-legcan be used on a singleworksurface or in a sharedapplication.Support plate can beused with a double postleg to join and support twoworksurfaces.Leveling glide allowsworksurface height to beadjusted on uneven floors..Product DetailsLegs support Answer worksurfacesat 26"H nesting,28 1 ⁄2"H standard, or 41 1 ⁄2"Hstanding heights.45° orientationPost legs are alwaysinstalled at a 45° orientation.Double post C-legcan be used on a singleworksurface or in a sharedapplication.26"H legs allow worksurfacesto nest underneathan adjacent worksurfacesupported with 28 1 ⁄2"H legsor a panel-supportedworksurface..196 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Legs and Supports forAnswer Worksurfaces.Double post leg can beused in a shared applicationwith a support plate, or itcan be used as a columnsupport.Single post leg, in conjunctionwith two cantileversor center support panels,can be used as column supportfor linking worksurfaces.Single post leg isincluded with linking worksurfaces.40"H standingheightleg is available asan option..Standing-height singleor double post legs canbe used as column supportin panel-mounted applicationsonly.57"WReinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is used toreinforce worksurfaces with60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.cSpecifying, page 437.Surface MaterialsPost legs• PaintCaster• Black plastic onlySupport plate andreinforcing channel• Black paint only...WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 197

198 Answer Solutions Specification Guide.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Modesty panels are notrequired for stability. Usefor visual privacy only. Mustorder additional bracketwhen using modesty panelwith C-leg.Modesty panels can beinstalled between the side orback post legs of a freestandingworksurface for anenclosed configuration similarto a freestanding desk.Modesty panel can also beused to span between twodouble-post legs but notbetween two nesting postlegs or angled post legs.Full-height privacy canbe achieved by stacking twomodesty panels. Use twoconnectors brackets for fullheightapplications.Scale 3010 7 /8"Modesty Panels..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Modesty panel cannotbe used with a double-postleg that is supporting apeninsula.Modesty panel cannot beconnected to a full-depthpedestal.Scale 30

UnderstandingWorksurface ScreensStatement of Line 200UnderstandingWorksurface Screens 202WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 199

Worksurface ScreensStatement of Line24"H Laminae Screen50%Understandingc Page 202Specifyingc Page 44236"W 42"W 48"W 54"W24"H • • • •15"H Laminae Screen50%Understandingc Page 202Specifyingc Page 44224"W 30"W 36"W 42"W15"H • • • •15"H Knit Screen50%42"WUnderstandingc Page 202Specifyingc Page 44224"W 30"W 36"W 42"W15"H • • • •200 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Worksurface ScreensStatement of LineWorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 201

Worksurface ScreensScreens provide lightweightspace division andare available in three styles.All screens mount in twopositions for either desktopprivacy or below worksurfacemodesty. Available infour widths.cSpecifying worksurface100%screens, page 442Laminae surface isdouble-sided solid laminate24"H Laminae Screenand is 3 ⁄16" thick. Available insix colors with a thin blackedge. Laminae colors complementSteelcase paintsand worksurface laminates.Laminae surfaceconnects to foot.100%Foot mounts to top ofclamp for desktop privacy,or mounts to underside ofclamp for modesty. Clamps15"H Laminae Screenare ordered separately.Frame with knit fabriccover is 3 ⁄8" thick.Knit fabric cover has asnug fit around the screenframe and is easily removed.Knit cover can be drycleaned.Tubular frame connects15"H Knit Screento foot.Cover attaches to the topof the clamp to hide attachmentholes when 15"Hscreens are not used.Cushion protects the worksurfacefrom marring.Knob can be tightened byhand and allows easy move-Actual Dimensionsment of screens.24"H Laminae Screen 15"H Laminae and Knit ScreenScreen width 35", 41", 47", or 53" 20 1 ⁄4", 26 1 ⁄4", 32 1 ⁄4", or 38 1 ⁄4"Overall width N.A. 21 1 ⁄2", 27 1 ⁄2", 33 1 ⁄2", or 39 1 ⁄2"Height 23 1 ⁄2" 15". Tip: Overall width includes the width of both clamps.Back plate allows screento mount to back of clamps.Clamps are orderedseparately..202 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Worksurface Screens.Product Details50%24"H screen raises 17" above the worksurface whenmounted in a privacy position. In privacy applications, theoverall height of the screen from the floor is 45 1 ⁄2"H.50%24"H screen raises 5" above the worksurface whenmounted in a modesty position. In modesty applications, theoverall height of the screen from the floor is 33 1 ⁄2"H. Thescreen provides 17" of modesty from the underside of theworksurface.50%15"15"17"33 1 /2"43 1 /2"15"H screens mount to worksurfaces in privacy position orbelow the worksurface for modesty. In privacy applications,the overall height of the screen from the floor is 43 1 ⁄2"H.5"5"17"45 1 /2".1"Gap between 15"H laminaeor knit screen to top of worksurfaceis 1".1 1 /2"Gap between bottom ofworksurface to 15"H laminaeor knit screen is 1 1 ⁄2"..ConnectionsClamps allow attachmentto worksurfaces 1 1 ⁄8" to1 3 ⁄16" thick, which includeUniversal Worksurfaces,Unison Worksurfaces,Answer, Montage, Ellipse,and Avenir 1 1 ⁄8" thick worksurfaces.Clamps cannot beused with Series 9000 andAvenir 1 1 ⁄2" thick worksurfaces.Clamps are specified as apair and ordered separatelyfrom the screen.24"H screen mounts tothe back of the clamp andcan be flipped for either privacyor modesty application.15"H screen mounts tothe top or bottom of theclamp.Multiple screens canshare clamps that attach toa worksurface.54"W42"WClamps are inset 6" fromboth sides of a 24"H screen,therefore, 15"H screensmust be 12" smaller whenclamps are shared. Forexample, if a 54"W x 24"Hscreen is selected, specifya 42"W x 15"H screen.Three clamps can beused to support screensof various sizes.30"W30"D15"H screens can beapplied to the side of a worksurface...WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cWorksurface Screens, continued 203

Worksurface Screens, continued42"W24"W42"W30"DFor corner privacyapplications where 15"Hscreens are desired on theback and side of the worksurface,the screen for useon the side of the worksurfaceshould be specified 6"smaller than the worksurfacedepth. For example, a 30"Dx 42"W worksurface with a42"W x 15"H screen on theback, requires a 24"W x15"H screen on the side.42"W30"W42"W30"DAnother option forcorner privacy applications,uses a 24"H screenon the back of the worksurfacewith a 15"H screen onthe side. In this application,the 24"H screen on the backcan match the width of theworksurface and the 15"Hscreen on the side canmatch the depth of the worksurface.For example, a30"D x 42"W worksurfacecan accommodate a 42"W x24"H screen on the backand a 30"W x 15"H screenon the side...Screens can be planned tomatch the width of the worksurface.However, if worksurfacesare slip-fit, screensizes must be plannedaccordingly.ACEFor corner, 120° worksurfaceapplications,the following screens can beused:• 24"W screens can be usedon worksurfaces withdimensions C and D eachequal to 43".• 24"W and 30"W screenscan be used on worksurfaceswith dimensions Cand D each equal to 49".Tip: Corner, 120° worksurfaceswith dimensions Cand D each equal to 37"cannot accommodatescreens.Screens cannot be usedon freestanding worksurfaceswith tapered edge.6" Surface MaterialsLaminaeApplies to laminae screen:• 2101 Frost• 2102 Bisque• 2103 Dove• 2104 Charcoal• 2105 Fiesta• 2106 BerryNote: Laminae is not amarkerboard surface andshould not be written onwith markers or dry-erasemarkers.Vertical surface fabricApplies to knit screen:• B902 Soft White• B903 FogD• B904 SandScreen frame and footB• 4799 Platinum onlyClamp• 4799 Platinum onlyClamp adjustmentknob and cover• 7237 Slate only..Application Topics15"H screens can beused on fences in PathwaysPost and Beam applications.For attachment hardwarestyle number and additionalinformation, refer to thePathways Post and BeamSolutions SpecificationGuide...204 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

UnderstandingWorksurface Power andCommunicationIncludes Internode and Wiring and Cabling AccessoriesStatement of Line 206Product DetailsInternode Power and Communication Components 208Wiring and Cabling Accessories 212WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 205

Internode Power and Communication ComponentsStatement of LineFloor Power InfeedUnderstandingcPage 210SpecifyingcPage 444Multipurpose PowerInfeedUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 445Beltway PowerOutfeedUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 446Power ModuleUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 447Modular HarnessUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 448ReceptacleUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 450ConvenienceTri-Receptacle withModular HarnessUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 451ConvenienceTri-Receptacle withPower Cord and PlugUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 452CommunicationModuleUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 452ConvenienceCommunication OutletHousingUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 452Above-WorksurfaceClamp KitUnderstandingcPage 210SpecifyingcPage 453Below-WorksurfaceMounting BracketUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 453Mounting BracketUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 454Cord and CableManagerUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 454Harness ClipUnderstandingcPage 209SpecifyingcPage 454206 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring and Cabling AccessoriesStatement of LineWiring and CablingAccessoriesStatement of LinePower SphereUnderstandingcPage 212SpecifyingcPage 455Power andCommunication SphereUnderstandingcPage 212SpecifyingcPage 455Communication SphereUnderstandingcPage 212SpecifyingcPage 456Power andCommunication PortUnderstandingcPage 212SpecifyingcPage 456Power StripUnderstandingcPage 214SpecifyingcPage 4562 3 /4"31 1 /2"H2 3 /4"15 3 /4"HPower/Data BoxesUnderstandingcPage 214SpecifyingcPage 457Field-InstalledRound GrommetUnderstandingcPage 214SpecifyingcPage 457Answer WorksurfaceWire ManagerUnderstandingcPage 214SpecifyingcPage 4586"Vertebral Cable RiserUnderstandingcPage 215SpecifyingcPage 458Vertebral Cable RiserExtensionUnderstandingcPage 215SpecifyingcPage 458Worksurfaces3"Skeleton BoneWire ManagersUnderstandingcPage 215SpecifyingcPage 459Cable and Fiber ReelUnderstandingcPage 216SpecifyingcPage 459Termination PlateUnderstandingcPage 217SpecifyingcPage 459Cord ReelUnderstandingcPage 218SpecifyingcPage 460Cable Storage TrayUnderstandingcPage 218SpecifyingcPage 460Wire Guide ClipUnderstandingcPage 218SpecifyingcPage 460Wire ClipUnderstandingcPage 218SpecifyingcPage 461Velcro Wire ClipUnderstandingcPage 218SpecifyingcPage 461Post Leg WireManagerUnderstandingcPage 218SpecifyingcPage 461Wire ManagerUnderstandingcPage 219SpecifyingcPage 462Ganging Bracketfor TablesUnderstandingcPage 219SpecifyingcPage 462Answer Solutions Specification Guide 207

Internode Power and Communication ComponentsInternode componentsprovide external routing andaccess of power and communicationto core units.Power module is a powercSpecifying, page 444block inside a metal housing.It accepts modularModular harnessreceptacles.connects power modules.Mounting bracketattaches power or communicationmodules to theunderside of a worksurface.Convenience tri-receptaclehouses three receptacles.It is designed to siton a worksurface or attachbeneath it.Receptacles are orderedseparately and installed onsite. They are coded to indicatewhich circuit and typeof ground they engage.Block-to-block connectorjoins adjacent powermodules.Cover closes the openingwhen receptacles are notused.Communication moduleaccommodates anyNEMA or modular furniturefaceplate.Actual DimensionsMounting Power Modular Block-to-block Communication Convenience Conveniencebracket module harnesses connector module communication tri-receptacleoutlet housingDepth 4" 3" N.A. 1 3 ⁄16" 3" 2 3 ⁄4" 2 3 ⁄4"Width 10" 10" N.A. 1 5 ⁄8" 5" 5 1 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄4"Height 1 1 ⁄2" 3 1 ⁄2" N.A. 1 15 ⁄16" 4" 2 1 ⁄2" 2 1 ⁄2"Harness N.A. N.A. 12" to 144" N.A. N.A. N.A. 72"lengthPower N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 96". cord length.208 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Internode Power andCommunicationComponents.Product DetailsPower module accommodatesup to four duplexreceptacles—two on eachside. Covers are includedfor each side to fill theopenings when receptaclesare not used. Available in4-circuit, 3+1; 4-circuit, 2+2;and 3-circuit, separateneutrals.Tip: Power module isattached to the mountingbracket or another powermodule.Receptacles for powermodules snap into powerblocks. Tools are notrequired for installation.Specify a specific circuit,either line 1, 2, 3, or 4.Communication moduleis a metal housing thatsupports NEMA or modularfurniture faceplates. Faceplatesare located on oneside of the module.Tip: The communicationmodule can be attachedto a power module, mountingbracket, or directly ontounderside of worksurface..Convenience tri-receptaclewith modular harnessdraws power from theend of a power module ora power block. Above-worksurfaceclamp kit is includedfor attachment to the worksurface.Below-worksurfacemounting bracket can beordered separately. Specifya specific circuit, either line1, 2, 3, or 4.Convenience tri-receptaclewith optional beltwaypower outfeeddraws power from a receptacleopening in a 4" PathwaysTechnology Wall beltway.Above-worksurface clamp kitis included for attachment tothe worksurface. Below-worksurfacemounting bracketcan be ordered separately.Specify a specific circuit,either line 1, 2, 3, or 4.Convenience tri-receptaclewith cord andplug has an 8' cord to drawpower. Order mountinghardware separately..HousingFaceplateConvenience communicationoutlet housingsupports customer-suppliedmodular furniture faceplates.It is designed to siton a worksurface using theabove-worksurface clamp kit(accessory rail pins) orattach beneath the worksurfaceusing the below-worksurfacemounting bracket.Order mounting hardwareseparately.Modular harness mustbe specified to route powerbetween two powermodules.Power can branch in upto three directions from apower module.Harness-to-harnessconnector is available tojoin harnesses and extendthe length of a run. It canjoin up to four modularharnesses.Block-to-block connectorjoins adjacent powermodules..ConnectionsMounting bracketattaches power or communicationmodules to theunderside of a worksurface.Power module can beordered with or without amounting bracket. Communicationmodule is standardwithout a mounting bracket.Mounting bracket can beordered separately.Tip: Communication modulecan also be installed directlyto the underside of a worksurfacewithout using amounting bracket.Vertically stack powerand communication modulesto increase the numberof receptacles and communicationoutlets beneath aworksurface. Order a 22"modular harness to extendpower to the stackedmodule.Tip: Two communicationmodules can be attachedbeneath a power module.Tip: If two power modulesare stacked, it is recommendedthe communicationmodules are placed besidethe power modules insteadof adding them below.Horizontally connectpower and communicationmodules to increase thenumber of receptacles andcommunication outletsbeneath a worksurface.Order a block-to-blockconnector to join adjacentmodules..Attach conveniencetri-receptacles separatelyto worksurface withabove-worksurface clampkit.Cord and cable managerattaches to the undersideof a worksurface or themounting bracket to helporganize and store cordsand cables.Harness clip attachesto the underside of a worksurfaceto route and managemodular harnesses.Clips can also help keepexcess harness or multipurposepower infeed lengthoff the floor.Below-worksurfacemounting bracketmounts convenience trireceptacleor a conveniencecommunication outlethousing to the undersideof a worksurface.Multipurpose powerinfeed brings power fromthe ceiling, wall, column,or floor and connects to apower block..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cInternode Power and Communication Components, continued 209

Internode Power and Communication Components, continued.Wiring & CablingInternode floor power infeed includesflexible liquid-tight harness that brings powerfrom the monument in the floor of the buildingto an Internode power module.Tip: Floor power infeed cannot be used inNew York City. Use a multipurpose powerinfeed instead..Surface MaterialsPower block andhousing• 4793 Solar Black onlyPower module covers• 6653 Solar Black onlyCommunicationmodule• 4793 Solar Black onlyConveniencetri-receptacles• PlasticConvenience communicationoutlet housing• PlasticAbove-worksurfaceclamp kit• 6653 Solar Black onlyBelow-worksurfacemounting bracket• 4793 Solar Black onlyModular harnessconduit• MetalModular harnessconnector• Black plasticReceptacles• Plastic...210 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Internode Power andCommunicationComponentsWorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 211

Wiring and Cabling Accessories.Power and Communication Spheres and PortPower and communicationspheres and portprovide convenient desktopaccess to power outlets anddata jacks. Spheres andports are field installed only.Power spheres have fourelectrical outlets and two 6’cords with plug or conduitfor hardwired applications.cSpecifying, page 455Power and communicationspheres provide twoelectrical outlets, faceplatesfor two customer-suppliedvoice/data jacks, and a 6’cord with plug or conduit.cSpecifying, page 455Communication sphereincludes face plate forfour customer-suppliedvoice/data jacks.cSpecifying, page 456Power and communicationport has a low-profilecover that is almost flushwith worksurface.cSpecifying, page 456Power and communicationport includes twooutlets and two adaptersto accommodate customersuppliedstandard voice/data jacks..212 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring and CablingAccessories.Product DetailsPower and communicationspheres are fieldinstalled. Use a 3”-diameterdrill to cut mounting holeat desired location.Power and communicationport contains an openingin one side of lower portthat allows excess wire andcable cords to drop beneaththe worksurface, leaving theport clear.Port is field installed. Usea 3 1 ⁄2"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation..Lid of port in up positionallows low-profile routing.Lid can drop down whenport is not in use and concealoutlets. Twist lid untillegs line up with slots andpush down until lid is flushwith housing..Wiring & Cabling6’ power cord is includedon power and communicationspheres and port.Hardwired version ofpower and communicationsphere is availablewith 6’ Greenfield conduit.Tip: Hardwiring mustbe done by a licensedelectrician.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.Underwriters Laboratory(UL) and CanadianStandards Association(CSA) listed. These productshave been designedto meet U.S. and Canadiannational electrical andenergy codes and mostlocal building codes. Localelectrical codes vary.Consult a qualified electricianor electrical engineerfor proper installation of allelectrical equipment..Surface MaterialsPower spheres, communicationspheres,and round power andcommunication port• Black plastic only..WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cWiring and Cabling Accessories, continued 213

Wiring and Cabling Accessories, continuedPower StripscSpecifying, page 456Power/Data BoxescSpecifying, page 457Field-InstalledRound GrommetcSpecifying, page 457Answer WorksurfaceWire ManagercSpecifying, page 458.Product DetailsPower strips provideadditional receptacles andcan be attached to theunderside of the worksurface.TVSS version isavailable.Product DetailsPower data boxes,ordered separately, provideadditional electrical outletsand voice and data receptacleswhere needed.Power/power, power/data,and data/data versions areavailable. Boxes are fieldinstalledand can be mountedto the underside of worksurfaceanywhere access topower and data is needed.Product DetailsField-installed roundgrommet, ordered separately,provides wire andcable management forworksurfaces.Product DetailsWorksurface wiremanagers are availableto convert cable scallopsinto grommets in freestandingapplications. They areincluded with wood veneerworksurfaces.Surface MaterialsPower strip• Grey Value 5 paint onlySurface MaterialsBox• Black paintSurface MaterialsRound grommet• Black paint• 9201 Polished Chrome(option)• 9211 Nickel (option)Surface MaterialsAnswer worksurfacewire manager• 6000 Black• 6654 Sand (Vanadium)• 6695 Midnight• 6697 FogActual DimensionsDepth 3"Width 3"Height 1"Actual DimensionsDepth 2 1 ⁄2"Width 2 1 ⁄2".214 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring and CablingAccessoriesVertebral Cable Riserand Extension2 3 /4"31 1 /2"H6"2 3 /4"15 3 /4"HcSpecifying, page 458Skeleton BoneWire Manager3"cSpecifying, page 459.Product DetailsVertebral cable riser,ordered separately, attachesto underside of worksurfaceto accommodate wires vertically.Extension can beadded for increased wiremanagement. Extensiondoes not include attachmenthardware or floor plate.Product DetailsSkeleton bone wiremanager, ordered separately,attaches to undersideof worksurface to accommodatewires vertically.Extension can be addedfor increased wiremanagement.Surface Materials• Riser: black plastic• Floor plate: MetallicAluminum onlySurface MaterialsWire manager• Black plasticActual DimensionsLength 31 1 ⁄2"Extension length 15 3 ⁄4"Actual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄2"Width 1 3 ⁄8"Height 36" or 38".WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cWiring and Cabling Accessories, continued 215

Wiring and Cabling Accessories, continuedCable and fiber reelis available to store excessfiber-optic cable lengths. Itis also suitable for storingpower cables.cSpecifying, page 459Mounting slots allowinstallation of reel verticallybeneath worksurface.Inner reel accommodatescopper wire and othercables that can be woundtightly.Outer reel accommodatesthe preferred bend radius offiber-optic cables.Tabs prevent cables fromslipping off reel.Actual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄4"Width 8". Height 8 5 ⁄16"Cable and Fiber ReelKey-shaped mountinghole allows quick installationand removal of reelmounted horizontally tounderside of worksurface..Product DetailsCapacity of reel isapproximately 12' of standardpower or communicationcable on outer reel and18' of telephone-type cordon inner reel depending onthe specific cable used.Neatness of installation canaffect capacities. In criticalsituations, you should conducta test using the specificcable types yourinstallation requires..ConnectionsReel can be field installedvertically or horizontallyin the kneespace offreestanding desks orpanel- supported worksurfaces.Wiring & CablingChicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrician or electrical engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Surface MaterialsReel• Black plastic only.216 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring and CablingAccessoriesTermination plate isavailable for field installationto accommodate junctionboxes for connectionsof fiber-optic cables andother cable types.cSpecifying, page 459Bracket allows terminationplate to be connectedto worksurface.NEMA standard hole patternallows virtually all conventionalboxes andtermination devices to beconnected.Opening provides accessto a termination device.Actual DimensionsDepth 3 ⁄4"Width 7 1 ⁄8"Height 7 1 ⁄8". Center opening 2 3 ⁄4" diameterTermination Plate .. ..............................................................................................................................................Product DetailsFaceplates and junctionboxes can be addedto support fiber-optic orordinary voice/data networks.ConnectionsTermination plate isfield installed beneath theworksurface in any positionneeded. Usually, it islocated at the back of theworksurface so it doesn’tobstruct kneespace.Wiring & CablingChicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrician or electrical engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Surface MaterialsTermination plate• Black plastic only.WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cWiring and Cabling Accessories, continued 217

Wiring and Cabling Accessories, continuedCord ReelscSpecifying, page 460Cable Storage TrayscSpecifying, page 460Wire Guide Clips andWire ClipscSpecifying, pages 460–461Velcro Wire ClipcSpecifying, page 461Post Leg Wire ManagercSpecifying, page 461.Product DetailsCord reels, field installedunder the worksurface, takeup excess cord or cable.Product DetailsCable storage trays,field installed under theworksurface, hold cablesout of the way.Product DetailsWire guide clips andwire clips can be usedunder a worksurface forrouting and managing cords.Product DetailsVelcro wire clip, orderedseparately, attaches with ascrew to underside of worksurfaceto bundle wireshorizontally.Product DetailsPost leg wire managersnaps onto the legs of aworksurface and can beused to distribute and protectwires and cables belowthe worksurface.Post leg wire managercan be used with singlepost, single post with casters,and double post legs.Surface MaterialsCord reel• Black paintSurface MaterialsCable storage tray• Black paintSurface MaterialsWire guide clips andwire clips• Black plasticSurface MaterialsVelcro wire clip• Black plasticSurface MaterialsPost leg wire manager• Black plastic onlyActual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄2"Width 8"Height 1 ⁄2".218 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring and CablingAccessories.Wire ManagercSpecifying, page 462Ganging BracketcSpecifying, page 462Product DetailsWire manager, orderedseparately, organizescables routed vertically orhorizontally beneath theworksurface. It can be cuton site as needed.Product DetailsGanging bracket,ordered separately, maintains2" gap betweenworksurfaces for cablemanagement.Surface MaterialsWire manager• Black plasticSurface MaterialsGanging bracket• Black paintActual DimensionsDepth 1"Width 3⁄4"Height 25"Actual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄2"Width 9".WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 219

220 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

UnderstandingStorage ProductsProduct DetailsUniversal Storage Products 223Answer Storage Products 273StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 221

222 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

UnderstandingUniversal StorageProductsStatement of Line 224Universal PedestalsUniversal Fixed Pedestals 228Universal Mobile Pedestals 230Universal Pedestal Accessories 232Universal Lateral Files 234Universal TowersUniversal Open Side Towers 238Universal Full Front Towers 242Universal Vertical Drawer Towers 246Universal Workstation Verticals 250Universal Lockers 254Universal Bins and ShelvesUniversal Overhead Bin and Full-Height Shelf 256Bracket Application Rules for Universal Overhead Binand Universal Full-Height Shelf 258Accessories 259Universal Curved Front Bin 262Universal L-Shelf 264Bracket Application Rules for Universal Curved Front Binand Universal L-Shelf 266Accessories 267StorageApplication TopicsSafe Use of Storage Products 268Universal Storage Capacities and Dimensions 269Answer Solutions Specification Guide 223

Universal Storage ProductsStatement of Line17 1 /2"D,22 5 /8"D,or 28 5 /8"DFlush steelfront18 3 /8"D,23 1 /2"D,or 29 1 /2"DProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingcPage 228SpecifyingcPages 466–46917 1 /2"Dor 22 5 /8"DFlush steelfront18 3 /8"Dor 23 1 /2"DProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingcPage 230SpecifyingcPages 470–473Universal Fixed Pedestals15"W25 1 ⁄2"H •27"H •Universal Mobile Pedestals15"W21"H •27"H •23 1 /8"Dor29 1 /8"D24"Dor30"D18"D 18 7 /8"DUnderstandingcPage 234SpecifyingcPages 478–481Flush steelfrontProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingcPage 238SpecifyingcPages 482–485Universal Lateral Files30"W 36"W28"H • •Universal Open Side Towers24"W52"H •65 1 ⁄2"H •Drawings show door hinged left.Units are also available with door hinged right.18"Dor23 1 /8"D18 7 /8"Dor24"D23 1 /8"Dor29 1 /8"D24"Dor30"DFlush steelfrontProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingcPage 242SpecifyingcPages 486–501Flush steelfrontProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingcPage 246SpecifyingcPages 502–505Universal Full Front Towers18"W 24"W52"H • •65 1 ⁄2"H • •83 1 ⁄2"H • •Tip: 83 1 ⁄2"H towers are available18"D and 18 7 ⁄8"D only.Drawings show door hinged left.Units are also available with door hinged right.Universal Vertical Drawer Towers24"W52"H •65 1 ⁄2"H •Drawings show door hinged left.Units are also available with door hinged right.224 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Storage ProductsStatement of Line23 1 /8"Dor29 1 /8"D24"Dor30"D23 1 /8"Dor29 1 /8"D24"Dor30"DFlush steelfrontProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingcPage 250SpecifyingcPages 506–509Flush steelfrontProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingcPage 254SpecifyingcPages 510–513Universal Workstation Verticals15"W52"H •65 1 ⁄2"H •Universal Lockers9"W52"H •65 1 ⁄2"H •Drawings show door hinged left.Units are also available with door hinged right.StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 225

Universal Bins and ShelvesStatement of LineW15 5 /8"scale 5017 1 /8"UnderstandingcPage 256SpecifyingcPages 514–515Universal Overhead Bin24"30" 36" 42" 48" 60"72"W14 3 /4"16 1 /2"UnderstandingcPage 256SpecifyingcPage 516Full-Height Shelf24"30" 36" 42"48"60"72"W16 1 /2"15"UnderstandingcPage 262SpecifyingcPages 518–519Universal Curved Front Bin30" 36" 42" 45" 48"48" W30" Wscale 5036" Wscale 3042" Wscale 3045" Wscale 30scale 30226 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Bins and ShelvesStatement of LineW14"15"36" Wscale 50UnderstandingcPage 264SpecifyingcPage 520Universal L-Shelf30" 36" 42" 45" 48"48" W30" W36" W42" W45" Wscale 30scale 30scale 30scale 30scale 3014"36" Wscale 50WUnderstandingcPage 263SpecifyingcPage 521StorageStationary Shelf30" 36" 42" 45" 48"30" Wscale 3036" Wscale 3042" Wscale 3045" Wscale 3048" Wscale 3013"36" Wscale 5025"UnderstandingcPage 265SpecifyingcPage 521Display ShelfAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 227

Universal Fixed PedestalsFixed pedestals arefloor-standing and can supportworksurfaces at either27"H or 28 1 ⁄2"H.cSpecifying, pages 466–469Finished back andsides are standard.Top is open and accommodatesattachment to a worksurface.Attachmenthardware is included.Lock is standard onpedestals and securesall drawers. Lock is locatedin the top drawer. Lock cylindersmust be specified separately.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access to thecontents. Box and file drawersare available.Leveling glides adjust toinstall pedestals on unevenfloors. 25 1 ⁄2"H pedestalshave a 7 ⁄8" adjustable gliderange and 27"H pedestalshave a 1 7 ⁄8" adjustable gliderange.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 17 1 ⁄2", 22 5 ⁄8", and 28 5 ⁄8",Depth with proud steel or 18 3 ⁄8", 23 1 ⁄2", and 29 1 ⁄2"wood frontWidth 15"Height with 3"H base 27". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"base 25 1 ⁄2"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Drawer fronts are availablein steel or wood veneer.Pull on proud-frontpedestal is available ina variety of shapes.Base is integral to pedestalcase and accommodates twopedestal heights to allowalignment with adjacentUniversal Storage furniturecomponents.Pull on flush-frontpedestal is full-width andintegral. Full-width wood pullis available as an option..Product DetailsBox drawers are awelded steel constructionand available with proud orflush fronts. One divider isincluded with each boxdrawer.File drawers are a weldedsteel construction andavailable with proud or flushfronts. Drawer body sidesare full-height and accommodatefront-to-back filingof hanging letter-size filefolders. One rail is includedwith each file drawer toaccommodate side-to-sidefiling of letter-, A4- and legalsizehanging folders.Exception: Legal-size filefolders cannot be filed in18"D pedestals.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed in thefield to create a differentaesthetic or to replacedamaged drawer fronts..228 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Fixed Pedestals.Optional basic drawerinterior includes full-depthbox and file drawers on 18"Dand 24"D pedestals, while30"D pedestals have 3 ⁄4-depth drawers. All box drawersinclude 3 ⁄4-extensions,instead of the standard fullextension.All drawer accessoriesare omitted frompedestals with this option.Flush-front pull is fullwidthand integral with thedrawer. Pull is available onsteel drawer fronts only.Optional full-widthwood pull attaches to integralpull with double-sidedtape. Wood pull, if selected,ships separate from pedestaland is field installed.ContemporarypullHandlepullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in the followingstyles—Contemporary(standard), Handle, Jazz,and Bar. Each pull is 128 mmand available on steelor wood veneer drawers..Pencil tray to hold smalloffice supplies is includedwith each box/box/filepedestal.Label holders are availablefrom Customer ServiceParts. Label holder fitsinside the integral pull offlush-front mobile pedestalsand over the top edge ofdrawer front on proud-frontdrawers.Lock is standard and keyedrandom on all pedestals.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess.Non-locking pedestalis available as an option.1 1 /2"H25 1 ⁄2"H pedestals havebase alignment with otherUniversal Storage componentsthat have a 1 1 ⁄2"Hbase.3"H27"H pedestals havebase alignment with otherUniversal Storage componentsthat have a 3"H base.Connections18 3 /8"D23 1 /2"D29 1 /2"DFixed pedestals areintended to attach under aworksurface for security andsupport. Three pedestaldepths are available tocorrespond with UniversalWorksurface depths. Proudfrontpedestals exactlymatch the depth of UniversalWorksurfaces. Flush-frontpedestals are 7 ⁄8" shorter...Filler conceals the gap thatmay exist between the faceof a panel and the back of a27"H pedestal. Fillers arealso used to provide stabilityfor pedestal and worksurfaceconfigurations that arenot panel-wrapped.Tip: Fillers for proud frontpedestals conceal a 1 ⁄2"gap. Fillers for flush frontpedestals conceal a 1 3 ⁄8"gap.Freestanding applicationsthat don't requireattachment to a worksurfaceshould be used with a conversionkit that includes asteel top and counter-weightpackage.cPage 474Field-installed accessoriesare available, includingpencil trays, media trays,stationery trays, dividers,and rails.cPage 232Wiring & CablingFixed pedestals do notaccommodate cable-routing.Plan accordingly wheninstalling pedestals underneathworksurfaces withgrommets or other cableroutingaccessories..Surface MaterialsPedestal, steel drawerfronts, and integralpulls• PaintContemporary, Handle,Jazz, and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer drawerfronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• BlackApplication TopicsAlignment OverviewcSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Universal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 269Safe Use ofStorage ProductscPage 268ShippingPedestals are normallyshipped in heavy-duty, recyclablestretch wrap to reducethe amount of corrugatedboard needed..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 229

Universal Mobile PedestalsMobile pedestals fitFinished back andunder a worksurface andsides are standard.can be moved whereverstorage is needed. Theyprovide an auxiliary worksurfacewhen you needmore space to spread outyour work.cSpecifying, pages 470–473Lock is standard on mobilepedestals and secures alldrawers. Lock is locatedin the top drawer. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.Pull on flush-frontmobile pedestal is fullwidthand integral. Woodpull is available as an option.Casters are hard compositionand non-locking.Mobile pedestal cushion topprovides a temporary seat ideal forinformal gatherings. Handle can beextended to easily transport mobilepedestal. Available factory- or field-installed.cSpecifying, pages 471 and 473Actual DimensionsBox/FileBox/Box/File and File/FileDepth with flush steel front 17 1 ⁄2"and 22 5 ⁄8" 17 1 ⁄2"and 22 5 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 18 3 ⁄8"and 23 1 ⁄2" 18 3 ⁄8"and 23 1 ⁄2"wood frontWidth 15" 15". Overall height with 1 ⁄8"H top 21" 27"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Top is 1 ⁄8"H steel. Additionaltop options are available.Pull on proud-frontmobile pedestal isavailable in a variety ofshapes.Drawer fronts areavailable in steel orwood veneer.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access to thecontents. Box and filedrawers are available..Product DetailsBox drawer is a weldedsteel construction and isstandard in the top drawerposition. Proud or flushfronts are available and onedivider is included with eachbox drawer.File drawer is a weldedsteel construction and isstandard in the bottomdrawer position. Proud orflush fronts are available.Drawer body sides are fullheightand accommodatefront-to-back filing of hangingletter-size file folders.One rail is included witheach file drawer to accommodateside-to-side filing ofletter-, A4- and legal-sizehanging folders.Exception: Legal-size filefolders cannot be filed in18"D mobile pedestals.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed in thefield to create a differentaesthetic or to replacedamaged drawer fronts..230 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Mobile Pedestals.Optional basic drawerinterior includes boxdrawers with 3 ⁄4-extension,instead of the standard fullextension.All drawer accessoriesare omitted frommobile pedestals with thisoption.Flush-front pull is fullwidthand integral with thedrawer. Pull is available onsteel drawer fronts only.Optional full-widthwood pull attaches to integralpull with double sidedtape. Wood pull, if selected,ships separate from pedestaland is field installed.ContemporarypullHandlepullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in the followingstyles—Contemporary (standard),Handle, Jazz, andBar. Each pull is 128 mmand available on steelor wood veneer drawers..Pencil tray to hold smalloffice supplies is includedwith each mobile pedestal.Label holders are availablefrom Customer ServiceParts. Label holder fitsinside the integral pull offlush-front mobile pedestalsand over the top edge ofdrawer front on proud-frontdrawers.Steel top1"HLaminate topwith squareedge 1 3 /16"HLaminate topwith bullnose1 7 /16"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HSteel, laminate, andwood veneer tops areavailable in place of standard1 ⁄8"H steel tops. 1"Hsteel tops, 1 3 ⁄16"H laminatewith square edge profile,1 7 ⁄16"H laminate with bullnoseedge profile on thefront edge, and 1 3 ⁄16"H woodveneer with square edgeprofile..Handle of mobilepedestal cushion top isretractable and has threestages. In the stowed position,handle is flush withmobile pedestal front. In stationposition, handle extends3" to allow mobile pedestalto be easily moved. In thetravel position, handle iscompletely extended andarticulates upward for longerdistance transport.Tip: Cushion top is availablewith optional 9201 PolishedChrome handle.Mobile pedestal cushiontop for field-installationcan be used with mobilepedestals RPM2421CP,RPM2421CF, andRPM2421CW only.Safety interlocksystem allows only onedrawer to be opened at atime for added stability.Lock is standard andkeyed random on all mobilepedestals. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyed locksare also available. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinder installed onsite. Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616.Four non-lockingcasters have a full-rotationswivel mechanism and areexposed at the base of thepedestal. Mobile pedestalsmaintain drawer pull anddrawer front alignment withother storage componentsthat have a 3" base.Counter-weights areincluded to provide addedstability. All pedestals areshipped with a factoryinstalledcounter-weightpackage that meets orexceeds standards for theindustry.ConnectionsMobile pedestals are notintended to directly interfacewith panels or other furniturecomponentsField-installed accessoriesare available, includingpencil trays, media trays,stationary trays, dividers,and rails.cPage 232Wiring & CablingMobile pedestals do notaccommodate cable routing.Plan accordingly wheninstalling mobile pedestalsunderneath worksurfaceswith grommets or othercable-routing accessories..Surface MaterialsMobile pedestal, steeldrawer fronts, andintegral pulls• PaintContemporary, Handle,Jazz, and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer drawerfronts and top• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Square edge profileon laminate top• PVC edge defaultTip: Bullnose edge topshave a self-edgeLock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Cushion top• UpholsteryDrawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• BlackApplication TopicsUniversal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 269Safe Use ofStorage ProductscPage 268ShippingMobile pedestals arenormally shipped in heavyduty,recyclable stretch wrapto reduce the amount of corrugatedboard needed..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 231

Universal Pedestal AccessoriesRailscSpecifying, page 475DividerscSpecifying, page 475.Product DetailsRails accommodate bothfront-to-back and side-tosidefiling of letter-, A4international-, and legalsizehanging folders.Rail packages areavailable in quantities oftwo rails.Rails can be used for sideto-sidefiling in 12"H filedrawers of:• Fixed pedestals• Mobile pedestalsProduct DetailsDividers are available foruse in 6"H box drawers and12"H file drawers of:• Fixed pedestals• Mobile pedestalsSurface MaterialsRails• Black12"H drawer dividersare available in letter-width(15").Dividers ship in a packageof two.Tip: Dividers must be usedwith hanging folder bars tosupport side-to-side filing orwith rails to support front-tobackfiling. Hanging folderbars and rails are orderedseparately.Actual DimensionsFor use with drawersWidth 15"Surface MaterialsDividers• BlackActual DimensionsFor use in 6"H drawersWidth 15"For use in12"H drawersWidth 15".232 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal PedestalAccessoriesPencil Tray, Bi-LevelProduct DetailsTray, Media Tray, FileDrawer Stationery Insert, Pencil tray, bi-leveland Referencetray, media tray, fileShelfdrawer stationeryinserts, and referencecSpecifying, pages 475–477 shelf are used in:• Fixed pedestals• Mobile pedestalsPencil tray is available tohold small office supplies.Tip: Pencil trays are standardin box drawers ofpedestals. One pencil trayper pedestal is included.Bi-level tray is availableto hold small office suppliesand includes two traydividers for organizingmedia..Media tray is available tostore and organize media.Four tray dividers areincluded.File drawer stationeryinsert is for use in 12"H filedrawers only and includesthree pockets to store andorganize paper documentsand supplies such asenvelopes.Reference shelf protectsreference papers in boxdrawers. Shelf rests on topof drawer edges and canslide the entire depth of thedrawer. A clear plastic insertis standard with each referenceshelf.Surface MaterialsPencil tray, bi-leveltray, media tray, filedrawer stationeryinsert, dividers, andreference shelf• BlackInsert for referenceshelf• Clear plasticActual DimensionsPencil TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 1 1 ⁄2"Bi-level TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 3 ⁄8"Media TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 3 ⁄8"Vertical Stationery TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 8"Reference ShelfDepth 9 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3⁄8".StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 233

Universal Lateral FilesLateral files are ideal forworkstation storage.cSpecifying, pages 478–481Drawer fronts areavailable in steel orwood veneer.Finished back isstandard.Pull on proud-frontlateral file is availablein a variety of shapes.Lock is standard on lateralfiles. Drawer lock secures alldrawers and is located at topleft corner of top drawer.Base is available inalternative heights to permitalignment with adjacentfurniture components.Leveling glides adjust upto 7 ⁄8" to install lateral fileson uneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 18"Depth with proud steel or 18 7 ⁄8"wood frontWidth 30" and 36"Height with 3"H base 28"Height with 1 .1 ⁄2"H base 26 1 ⁄2"Label holders areincluded with each drawer.Label holder fits inside theintegral pull of flush-frontlateral files and over thetop edge of drawer fronton proud-front drawers.For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Pull on flush-frontlateral file is full-widthand integral.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access to thecontents..Product DetailsFlush-front pull is fullwidthand integral with thedrawer. Pull is available onsteel drawers only.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Each pull is192 mm and available onsteel or wood veneerdrawers.12"H12"HLateral file drawersare standard 12"H..234 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Lateral Files.Drawer interiors includeone hanging folder bar perdrawer in each 18"D case.Alternative interiors areavailable as options.Tip: Your specification foroptional drawer interiorswill apply to all the drawerswithin a single lateral file.Hanging folder baraccommodates side-tosidefiling of letter-, A4international-, and legal-sizehanging folders. Additionalbars are available and mustbe specified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Rails accommodate frontto-backfiling of letter-, A4international-, and legalsizehanging folders. Railpackages include two railsper drawer for 30"W and36"W drawers. Additionalrails are available and mustbe specified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..Divider packages areavailable as an option toaccommodate either sideto-sideor front-to-back filingof file folders in drawers.Safety interlocksystem allows only onedrawer to be opened ata time.Tip: If you reconfigure theunit in the field by adding,removing, or rotating components,you must reevaluateinterlock conditions. ContactSteelcase Service PartsGroup (1.888.783.3522)for assistance.Lock is standard and keyedrandom on all lateral files.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders are intendedfor installation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616.Individual drawerlocks are available forapplications where youwant to limit access to eachdrawer. Lateral files includea security shield aboveeach drawer to preventunauthorized access.No-top lateral files areavailable for installationswhere cases will be installedunder a worksurface orbeneath a common topshared among several lateralfiles. Select this optionwhen you plan to install alocally manufactured top.Hardware is included toattach case to worksurface.Steel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"HLaminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are available inplace of standard 1"H steeltops. Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan steel tops and will addthat dimension to the overallheight of the lateral file..Security top is availablefor installations where thefile will be installed beneatha worksurface, but not physicallyattached. Thin steeltop prevents unauthorizedaccess to the contents of thecabinet. Security top is notstructural.3"1 1 /2"28"26 1 /2".Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the lateral file, a 1 1 ⁄2"Hbase is available.Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases.Universallateral file900 Serieslateral fileAlignment bases areavailable to achieve anoverall lateral file heightthat matches the height of800 Series and 900 Serieslateral files.• 2"H base creates analignment with 27"Hlateral files• 3"H base creates analignment with 28 1 ⁄2"Hlateral filesTip: Some minor adjustmentof leveling glides may berequired to achieve alignmentbetween adjacentcases.cAlignment Overview, seeStorage Specification Guide.Counter-weight packagesmust be specifiedfor lateral files that are notganged to another case,attached to a worksurface,or bolted to the floor or wall.Counter-weights can alsobe ordered separately.Tip: If you reconfigure theunit in the field by adding,removing, or rotatingcomponents, you mustreevaluate counter-weightconditions. ContactSteelcase Service PartsGroup (1.888.783.3522)for assistance..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Lateral Files, continued 235

Universal Lateral Files, continued.ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts for makingthese attachments areincluded in the top. Lateralfiles can also be bolted tothe floor, attached to a worksurface,or to a wall forstability.Wood veneerwith squareedge profileLaminatewith squareedge profileLaminatewith bullnoseprofileField-installed tops areavailable in three choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile, laminate withsquare edge profile, andlaminate with bullnose edgeprofile on the front edge oron the front and back edge.Tops can be used on anindividual lateral file.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..3" cablerouting base1 1 /2" baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing. 2"H, 2 1 ⁄2"H,and 4 1 ⁄4"H alignment basesare also available.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Field-installed accessoriesare available, includingdrawer accessories andcounter-weight packages.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..Wiring & CablingLateral files do notaccommodate verticalcable-routing.Grommets in the cableroutingbase allow cables tobe routed beneath the case.Cable-routing topincludes a hole with plasticgrommet in the rear righthandcorner of the top toallow cords and cables toreach devices installedabove the lateral file..Wire manager, orderedseparately, is available tosecure cords or cablesrouted vertically inside acabinet. Wire manager isplastic and can be cut tothe length needed on site.Wire manager can be usedonly in lateral files, not instacked lateral files.Tip: Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment..Surface MaterialsLateral file, includingsteel top, base, drawerfronts, and integralpulls• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer top,and drawer fronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies, hangingfolder bars, rails,dividers, and grommets• Black.236 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Solutions Specification Guide 237Storage..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Universal Lateral FilesApplication TopicsAlignment OverviewcSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Universal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 269ShippingLateral files are normallyshipped in heavy-duty, recyclablestretch wrap to reducethe amount of corrugatedboard needed.Counter-weightpackages ship separatelyfrom case and must befield-installed.

Universal Open Side TowersOpen side towersprovide storage of a varietyof work and personal itemsfor an individual, includingpaper, binders, books, andcoats.cSpecifying, pages 482–485Finished back isstandard.Interior of tower isavailable in a variety of configurationscombining coatstorage, roll-out drawers,and adjustable shelves.Pull on flush-fronttower is integral and fullheighton doors and fullwidthon drawers.Locks are standard ondoor and drawers. Drawerlock secures all drawers inthe tower and lock positionvaries based on drawer configuration.Base is available in alternativeheights to permit alignmentwith adjacent furniturecomponents.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access tothe contents.Leveling glides adjustup to 7 ⁄8" to install tower onuneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 23 1 ⁄8" and 29 1 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 24" and 30"wood frontWidth 24"Height with 3"H base 52" and 65 1 ⁄2". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"H base 50 1 ⁄2" and 64"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Door is available in steel orwood veneer. Hinges areEuropean-style and allowdoors to open to 110° for fullaccess to the interior. Dooris available hinged on leftor right.Locker space is 9" wideand standard with a coatrod.Shelves adjust in 2 1 ⁄2"vertical increments.Pull on proud-fronttower is available in avariety of shapes.Drawer fronts are availablein steel or wood veneer..Product DetailsInterior of tower can beconfigured in different waysto meet the needs of theuser. Coat storage; 12"H,6"H and 3"H roll-outdrawers, and adjustableshelves are available.Flush-front pull is integraland full-height on the doorand full-width on the drawers.Pull is available on steeldoors and drawers only.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Door pull is192 mm and drawer pulls are128 mm. Proud-front pullsare available on steel orwood veneer doors..238 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Open Side Towers.Adjustable shelves canbe accessed from the frontand side of the tower.Frosted glass adjustableshelves are available as anoption.Tip: If glass shelves areselected, they will replaceall steel shelves in the unit.Post supports adjustableshelves and is painted tomatch the case. Optional9201 Polished Chrome finishis available..Drawer interiors includeone divider per each 3"Hand 6"H drawer. 12"H drawerscan accommodate frontto-backfiling of letter-sizehanging folders without theuse of additional accessories.Optional rails anddividers are availablefor 12"H drawers.Tip: Your specification foroptional 12"H drawer interiorswill apply to all the 12"Hdrawers within a singletower.Rails are available as anoption to accommodateside-to-side filing of letter-,A4 international-, and legalsizehanging folders. Railpackage includes one railper 12"H drawer on 24"Dunits and two rails per 12"Hdrawer on 30"D units.Divider packages areavailable as an option toaccommodate front-tobackfiling of file folders indrawers. Divider packageincludes one divider per12"H drawer..Doorhingedon leftDoorhingedon rightDoor on tower is fullheightand can be hingedon the left or right.Coat rod is included inthe locker space.Safety interlocksystem allows only onedrawer to be opened at atime. However, 3"H drawersdo not connect to the interlocksystem..Locks are standard andkeyed random on all towers.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders are intendedfor installation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Drawer lock positionvaries based on towerdrawer configuration.Drawer lock is located intop drawer of towers with6"H/12"H/12"H drawer configuration.Drawer lock islocated in top 12"H drawerof towers with 3"H/3"H/12"H/12"H drawer configuration.Drawer lock secures alldrawers in the tower..Skylight top is availableas an option to allowadditional ambient light toreach the interior of thetower. Skylight top includesa frosted glass insert witha steel frame painted tomatch the case.Laminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are available inplace of standard 1"H steeltops. Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan steel tops and will addthat dimension to the overallheight of the tower.Steel topSteel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"HProudwoodfrontTop will default to steel ontowers with proud woodfronts since the door overlapsand partially conceals thetop. Wood top is availableas an option..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Open Side Towers, continued 239

Universal Open Side Towers, continued.3"1 1 /2"52" or65 1 /2"50 1 /2"or 64"Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the tower, a 1 1 ⁄2"H baseis available.Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases.ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts for makingthese attachments areincluded in the top. Towerscan also be bolted to thefloor or wall for stability.Wood veneer Laminatewith square with squareedge profile edge profileSkylightField-installed tops areavailable in three choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile, laminate withsquare edge profile, andskylight. Tops can be usedon an individual tower.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.3" cable 1 1 /2" baserouting baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide...Field-installed accessoriesare available, includingdrawer accessories andshelf bookends.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..Wiring & CablingOpen side towers do notaccommodate vertical cablerouting.Grommets in cable-routingbase allow cables to berouted beneath the case..Surface MaterialsTower, including steeltop, base, hinged door,integral pulls, drawerfronts, adjustableshelf, and post• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer top,hinged doors, anddrawer fronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Glass adjustableshelves• Frosted tempered glassLock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies,rails, dividers, andgrommets• BlackCoat rod• 9201 Polished Chromewith black supports.240 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Solutions Specification Guide 241Storage..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Universal Open Side TowersApplication TopicsDetails containers fiton adjustable shelves.Packages including projectcontainers, file containers, ora combination of containersare available.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Universal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 269ShippingTowers are normallyshipped in heavy-duty, recyclablestretch wrap to reducethe amount of corrugatedboard needed.Steel or glass shelvesare shipped stacked on topof the fixed shelf above thedrawers and must be fieldinstalled.

Universal Full Front TowersFull front towers providesecure storageof a variety of work andpersonal items for anindividual, including paper,binders, books, and coats.cSpecifying, pages486–501Pull on flush-fronttower is full-height andintegral.Doors are available in steelor wood veneer. Hinges areEuropean-style and allowdoor to open to 110° for fullaccess to the interior. Dooris available hinged on leftor right.Roll-out shelves andfile frames extend theirfull depth for total access tothe contents.Base is available in alternativeheights to permit alignmentwith adjacent furniturecomponents.Leveling glides adjustup to 7 ⁄8" to install tower onuneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 18" and 23 1 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 18 7 ⁄8" and 24"wood frontWidth 18" and 24"Height with 3"H base 52", 65 1 ⁄2", and 83 1 ⁄2". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"H base 50 1 ⁄2", 64", and 82"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Interior of tower isavailable in a variety of configurationscombining coatstorage, adjustable shelves,roll-out shallow shelves,and roll-out file frames.Finished back isstandard.Pull on proud-fronttower is available in avariety of shapes.Lock is standard on door..Product DetailsInterior of tower can beconfigured in many differentways to meet the needs ofthe user. Adjustable shelves,roll-out shallow shelves,and file frames are availablewith and without an interiorpartition to create a separatecoat storage space.Flush-front pull is fullheightand integral with thedoor. Pull is available onsteel doors only.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Each pull is192 mm and available onsteel or wood veneer doors..242 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towers.Adjustable shelvescan be positioned in theinterior of the tower in 3 ⁄4"vertical increments using areversible bracket.Roll-out shallowshelves include a stay atthe front edge to preventbooks, binders, and otherobjects from sliding off theshelf as it is moved in andout of the tower. Back andsides of shelf are 3"H toprevent items from droppingover the edge.File frames include onehanging folder bar perframe. Rails are availableas an option.Tip: Your specification foroptional file frame interiorswill apply to all the fileframes within a single tower..Hanging folder baraccommodates side-to-sidefiling of letter-, A4 international-,and legal-sizehanging folders. Additionalbars are available and mustbe specified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Rails accommodate frontto-backfiling of letter-, A4international-, and legal-sizehanging folders. Rail packageincludes one rail per fileframe. Additional rails areavailable and must bespecified separately.Tip: Legal-size hangingfolders will not fit in 18"D x18"W or 24"D x 18"W fileframes with a rail.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Doorhingedon leftDoorhingedon rightDoor on tower is fullheightand can be hingedon the left or right..Coat hook is included withtowers that have an interiorpartition.Safety interlock systemallows only one roll-outshelf or roll-out file frame tobe opened at a time.Locks are standard andkeyed random on all towers.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders are intendedfor installation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616.Skylight top is availableas an option to allow additionalambient light to reachthe interior of the tower.Skylight top includes afrosted glass insert witha steel frame painted tomatch the case.Steel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"HLaminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are available inplace of standard 1"H steeltops. Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan steel tops and will addthat dimension to the overallheight of the tower.Cable-routing top isavailable as an option andincludes a hole with a plasticgrommet in the rear righthandcorner of the top toallow cords and cables toreach devices installed onthe tower..Steel topTop will default to steel ontowers with proud woodfronts since the door overlapsand conceals the top.Wood top is availableas an option.3"1 1 /2"Proudwoodfront52",65 1 /2",or83 1 /2"50 1 /2",64",or 81"Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the tower, a 1 1 ⁄2"H baseis available.Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Full Front Towers, continued 243

Universal Full Front Towers, continued.Counter-weight packagesmust be specified forcertain size towers that arenot ganged to another toweror bolted to the floor or wall.Counter-weights can also beordered separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts for makingthese attachments areincluded in the top. Towerscan also be bolted to thefloor or wall for stability.Wood veneer Laminatewith square with squareedge profile edge profileSkylight Cable-routingField-installed tops areavailable in four choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile, laminate withsquare edge profile, skylight,and cable-routing. Tops canbe used on an individualtower.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..3" cablerouting base1 1 /2" baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Field-installed accessoriesare available, includingroll-out shallow shelfstays, file frame accessories,shelf bookends, andcounter-weight packages.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..Wiring & CablingWire manager, orderedseparately, is available tosecure cords or cablesrouted vertically inside atower. Wire manager isplastic and can be cut to thelength needed on site.Tip: Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Grommets in the cableroutingbase and cableroutingtop allow cablesto be routed beneath thecase, through the case,and to reach devices ontop of the tower..Surface MaterialsTower, including steeltop, base, hinged door,integral pulls, andadjustable shelves• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer top andhinged door• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Roll-out shallowshelves, file frames,shallow shelf stay,and coat hook• BlackHanging folder bars,rails, and grommets• Black.Application TopicsDetails containersfit on standard shelves androll-out shallow shelves.Packages including projectcontainers, file containers, ora combination of containersare available.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Universal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 269.244 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Solutions Specification Guide 245Storage..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Universal Full Front TowersShippingTowers are normallyshipped in heavy-duty, recyclablestretch wrap to reducethe amount of corrugatedboard needed.Adjustable shelvesare shipped stacked in thebottom of the case and mustbe field-installed.Counter-weight packagesship separately fromcase and must be fieldinstalled.

Universal Vertical Drawer TowersVertical drawer towersprovide high-density storageof paper, plus coat and otherpersonal item storage for anindividual.cSpecifying, pages 502–505Finished back isstandard.Interior of tower isavailable in a variety of configurationscombining coatstorage, roll-out drawers,and a fixed shelf behind thelift-up door on 65 1 ⁄2"H units.Pull on flush-fronttower is integral and fullheighton doors and fullwidthon drawers.Base is available in alternativeheights to permit alignmentwith adjacent furniturecomponents.Leveling glides adjustup to 7 ⁄8" to install tower onuneven floors.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access tothe contents.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 23 1 ⁄8" and 29 1 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 24" and 30"wood frontWidth 24"Height with 3"H base 52" and 65 1 ⁄2". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"H base 50 1 ⁄2" and 64"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Lift-up door is standardon 65 1 ⁄2"H towers andincludes a fixed shelf. Flushfrontdoor recedes into thecase and proud-front doorlifts above case.Locker space is 9" wideand standard with a coatrod.Door is available in steelor wood veneer. Hinges areEuropean-style and allowdoor to open to 110° for fullaccess to the interior. Dooris available hinged on left orright.Drawer fronts are availablein steel or wood veneer.Locks are standard ondoor and drawers. Drawerlock secures all drawersand is located at the top leftcorner of drawer that is thirdup from the bottom. Drawerlock also secures lift-up dooron 65 1 ⁄2"H units.Pull on proud-fronttower is available in avariety of shapes..Product DetailsInterior of tower canbe configured in differentways to meet the needs ofthe user. Coat storage, 12"Hand 6"H roll-out drawers,and a fixed shelf behind alift-up door are available.Tip: Lift-up door with fixedshelf is available on 65 1 ⁄2"Htowers only.Flush-front pull is integraland full-height on the doorand full-width on the drawers.Pull is available on steeldoors and drawers only.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Door pull is192 mm and drawer pulls are128 mm. Proud-front pullsare available on steel orwood veneer doors..246 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal VerticalDrawer Towers.Drawer interiors includeone divider per 6"H drawer,while 12"H drawers canaccommodate front-to-backfiling of letter-size hangingfolders without the use ofadditional accessories.However, optional rails anddividers are available for12"H drawers.Tip: Your specification foroptional 12"H drawer interiorswill apply to all the12"H drawers within asingle tower.Rails are available as anoption to accommodateside-to-side filing of letter-,A4 international-, and legalsizehanging folders. Railpackage includes one railper 12"H drawer on 24"Dunits and two rails per 12"Hdrawer on 30"D units.Divider packages areavailable as an option toaccommodate front-tobackfiling of file folders indrawers. Divider packageincludes one divider per12"H drawer..Fixed shelf behind lift-updoor does not include filingaccessories; however, itwill accommodate standardsize binders. Bookendsare available and must bespecified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Doorhingedon leftDoorhingedon rightDoor on tower is fullheightand can be hingedon the left or right.Coat rod is includedin locker space.Safety interlock systemallows only one drawerto be opened at a time..Locks are standard andkeyed random on all towers.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders are intendedfor installation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Steel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"HLaminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are available inplace of standard 1"H steeltops. Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan steel tops and will addthat dimension to the overallheight of the tower..Steel topTop will default to steel ontowers with proud woodfronts since the door andtop drawer overlap and concealthe top. Wood topis available as an option.3"1 1 /2"Proudwoodfront52" or65 1 /2"50 1 /2"or 64"Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the tower, a 1 1 ⁄2"H baseis available.Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases..ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts for makingthese attachments areincluded in the top. Towerscan also be bolted to thefloor or wall for stability.Wood veneerwith squareedge profileField-installed tops areavailable in two choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile and laminatewith square edge profile.Tops can be used on anindividual tower.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.3" cablerouting baseLaminatewith squareedge profile1 1 /2" baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Vertical Drawer Towers, continued 247

Universal Vertical Drawer Towers, continued.Field-installed accessoriesare available, includingshelf bookends anddrawer accessories.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..Wiring & CablingVertical drawer towersdo not accommodate verticalcable-routing.Grommets in the cableroutingbase allow cables tobe routed beneath the case..Surface MaterialsTower, including steeltop, base, hinged door,lift-up door, integralpulls, drawer fronts,and fixed shelf• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer top,hinged door, lift-updoor, and drawer fronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies,rails, dividers, andgrommets• BlackCoat rod• 9201 Polished Chromewith black supports.Application TopicsUniversal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 269.ShippingTowers are normallyshipped in heavy-duty, recyclablestretch wrap to reducethe amount of corrugatedboard needed..248 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal VerticalDrawer TowersStorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 249

Universal Workstation VerticalsWorkstation verticalsprovide high-density storageof paper for an individual.cSpecifying, pages 506–509Finished back isstandard.Pull on flush-frontworkstation vertical isfull-width and integral.Lock is standard on drawer.Drawer lock secures alldrawers and is located at thetop left corner of drawer thatis third up from the bottom.Drawer lock also secureslift-up door on 65 1 ⁄2"H units.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access to thecontents.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 23 1 ⁄8" and 29 1 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 24" and 30"wood frontWidth 15"Height with 3"H base 52" and 65 1 ⁄2". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"H base 50 1 ⁄2" and 64"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Lift-up door is standardon 65 1 ⁄2"H workstationverticals and includes afixed shelf. Flush-front doorrecedes into the case andproud-front door lifts abovecase.Pull on proud-frontworkstation verticalis available in a variety ofshapes.Drawer fronts are availablein steel or wood veneer.Base is available in alternativeheights to permit alignmentwith adjacent furniturecomponents.Leveling glides adjust upto 7 ⁄8" to install workstationvertical on uneven floors..Product DetailsInterior of workstationvertical can be configuredin different ways to meet theneeds of the user. 12"H and6"H roll-out drawers, and afixed shelf behind a lift-updoor are available.Tip: Lift-up door with fixedshelf is available on 65 1 ⁄2"Hworkstation verticals only.Flush-front pull is fullwidthand integral with thedrawer front and lift-up door.Pull is available on steeldrawers and lift-up doorsonly.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Each pull is128 mm and available onsteel or wood veneer drawersand lift-up doors..250 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal WorkstationVerticals.Drawer interiors includeone divider per 6"H drawer,while 12"H drawers canaccommodate front-to-backfiling of letter-size hangingfolders without the use ofadditional accessories.However, optional rails anddividers are available for12"H drawers.Tip: Your specificationfor optional 12"H drawerinteriors will apply to all the12"H drawers within a singleworkstation vertical.Rails are available as anoption to accommodateside-to-side filing of letter-,A4 international-, and legalsizehanging folders. Railpackage includes one railper 12"H drawer on 24"Dunits and two rails per 12"Hdrawer on 30"D units.Divider packages areavailable as an option toaccommodate front-to-backfiling of file folders in 12"Hdrawers. Divider packageincludes one divider per12"H drawer..Fixed shelf behind lift-updoor does not include filingaccessories; however, itwill accommodate standardsize binders. Bookendsare available and must bespecified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Safety interlock systemallows only one drawerto be opened at a time.Locks are standard andkeyed random on all workstationverticals. Consecutiveand specific keying optionsare available. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders are intended forinstallation after the furnitureis installed in order to eliminatethe need to keep trackof each furniture unit’s locknumber during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Individual drawer locksare available for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Workstation verticals includea security shield above eachdrawer to prevent unauthorizedaccess. In 65 1 ⁄2"H towers,the lift-up door iscontrolled by the lock in thedrawer directly below.Exception: Individual drawerlocks are not available ontowers with 6"H drawers..Laminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are available inplace of standard 1"H steeltops. Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan steel tops and will addthat dimension to the overallheight of the workstationvertical.Steel topTop will default to steel onworkstation verticals withproud wood fronts sincethe drawer or lift-up dooroverlaps and conceals thetop. Wood top is availableas an option.3"1 1 /2"Steel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"HProudwoodfront52" or65 1 /2"50 1 /2"or 64"Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the workstation vertical,a 1 1 ⁄2"H base is available..Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases.ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts for makingthese attachments areincluded in the top.Workstation verticals canalso be bolted to the flooror wall for stability.Wood veneerwith squareedge profileLaminatewith squareedge profileField-installed tops areavailable in two choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile and laminatewith square edge profile.Tops can be used on an individualworkstation vertical.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..3" cablerouting base1 1 /2" baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Field-installed accessoriesare available, includingdrawer accessories andshelf bookends.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Workstation Verticals, continued 251

Universal Workstation Verticals, continued.Wiring & CablingWorkstation verticalsdo not accommodate verticalcable-routing.Grommets in the cableroutingbase allow cables tobe routed beneath the case..Surface MaterialsWorkstation vertical,including steel top,base, lift-up door,integral pulls, drawerfronts, and fixed shelf• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer top,lift-up doors, anddrawer fronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies,rails, dividers,and grommets• Black.Application TopicsUniversal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 269.ShippingWorkstation verticalsare normally shipped inheavy-duty, recyclablestretch wrap to reducethe amount of corrugatedboard needed...252 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal WorkstationVerticalsStorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 253

Universal LockersLockers offer coat andother personal item storagefor an individual within theirworkspace or remote.cSpecifying, pages 510–513Coat rod is included.Finished back isstandard.Pull on flush-frontlocker is full-height andintegral.Door is available in steel orwood veneer. Hinges areEuropean-style and allowdoor to open to 110° for fullaccess to the interior. Dooris available hinged on rightor left side.Leveling glides adjustup to 7 ⁄8" to install lockeron uneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 23 1 ⁄8" and 29 1 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 24" and 30"wood frontWidth 9"Height with 3"H base 52" and 65 1 ⁄2"Height with 1.1 ⁄2"H base 50 1 ⁄2" and 64"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Pull on proud-frontlocker is available in avariety of shapes.Lock is standard on alltowers.Base is available in alternativeheights to permit alignmentwith adjacent furniturecomponents..Product DetailsFlush-front pull is fullheightand integral with thedoor. Pull is available onsteel doors only.Proud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Each pull is192 mm and available onsteel or wood veneer doors.Doorhingedon leftDoorhingedon rightContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullDoor on locker is fullheightand can be hingedon the left or right..254 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Lockers.Lock is standard andkeyed random on all lockers.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders are intendedfor installation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Steel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"HLaminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are available inplace of standard 1"H steeltops. Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan steel tops and will addthat dimension to the overallheight of the locker..Steel topSteel top is standard onlockers with wood veneerdoors because the dooroverlaps the top. Wood topis available as an option onlockers with wood doors.3"1 1 /2"Proudwoodfront52" or65 1 /2"50 1 /2"or 64"Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the locker, a 1 1 ⁄2"H baseis available.Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases..ConnectionsLockers cannot standalone. They must beganged to another lockeror to a cabinet with thesame depth.Ganging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts for makingthese attachments areincluded in the top. Lockerscan also be bolted to thefloor or wall for additionalstability.Wood veneerwith squareedge profileLaminatewith squareedge profileField-installed tops areavailable in two choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile and laminatewith square edge profile.Tops can be used on anindividual locker.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..3" cablerouting base1 1 /2" baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height.Wiring & CablingLockers do not accommodatevertical cable-routing.Grommets in the cableroutingbase allow cables tobe routed beneath the case..Surface MaterialsLocker, including steeltop, base, hinged door,and integral pulls• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer top andhinged door• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Grommets• BlackCoat rod• 9201 Polished Chromewith black supportsApplication TopicsAlignment OverviewcSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Safe Use ofStorage ProductscPage 268ShippingLockers are normallyshipped in heavy-duty, recyclablestretch wrap to reducethe amount of corrugatedboard needed..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 255

Universal Overhead Bin and Full-Height ShelfShelves and bins,supported by frames, provideoverhead storage in thework space. Door is availablein steel or wood.cSpecifying, pages 514–516On-module brackets areused to mount shelves andbins on panels of the samewidth as shelves and binsand are included with theSafety catch locksshelf and bin as a standardoverhead storage unit tocomponent.frame to prevent accidentalremoval.Lift-up doors (steel orwood) recess into the overheadstorage bin.Metal backstop preventsnotebooks and equipmentfrom damaging panel surface.Actual DimensionsOverhead binFull-height shelfDepth 15 5 /8" 14 3 /4"Inside depth 13 5 /8" 13 5 /8"Width 23 3 /4", 29 3 /4", 35 3 /4", 41 3 /4", 23 3 /4", 29 3 /4", 35 3 /4", 41 3 /4",47 3 /4", 59 3 /4", and 71 3 /4" 47 3 /4", 59 3 /4", and 71 3 /4"Inside width 22 1 /2", 28 1 /2", 34 1 /2", 40 1 /2", and 22 1 /2", 28 1 /2", 34 1 /2", 40 1 /2", or46 1 /2" 46 1 /2"Height 17 1 /8" 16 1 /2". Inside height 14 1 /4" 13 1 /4"Locks are available tosecure an overhead storagebin door. Lock is centered onthe underside of the case sothat it is not visible from thefront. Products with locksship with a lock face ringand removable plastic plugto accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and KeyingOptions, page 616.256 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Overhead Bin andFull-Height Shelf.Product DetailsLock, if selected, isstandard keyed random.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Tip: Specify two lockcylinders for 60"W and72"W bins.Shelf lights are availablefor use beneath shelves andbins. Lights recess into thebottom of the overhead storageunit.cPage 296.Vertical wire managersconceal cords and cablesthat are routed verticallyoutside of the panels.cSee page 298Adjustable dividers areavailable for use on shelvesand bins.Back of storage bin isopen to allow panel surfaceto show. Metal backstop preventscontents of bin fromdamaging panel surface.Overhead storage binheight accepts standardand A4 binders.Top of bin cannot beloaded..ConnectionsBins and shelves mayspan up to two frames.Tip: A 72"W bin or shelf cannotspan three 24"W frames..Surface MaterialsOverhead bin• Paint• Wood door (optional)• Metallic paint (optional)Full-height shelf• Paint• Metallic paint (optional)Locks• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome.Application TopicsUniversal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 269.StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 257

Bracket Application Rulesfor Universal Overhead Bin and Universal Full-Height ShelfBracket Application MatrixOn-module Off-moduleAnswerKickMontageEnhanced Off-Module Montage Pathways Technology Wall • •On-Module BracketsOn-module brackets areused to mount bins andshelves to panels with verticalslot patterns.On-module attachmentbrackets install in panelseams.Width of overheadstorage unit must matchthe width of the panel orpanels that it is attached to.Additional support forstability may be requiredwhen shelves and overheadstorage bins are attachedto panels. Counterbalancingloads on opposite sides ofthe panels increasesstability.Tip: See Panel StabilityGuidelines...258 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

AccessoriesWall Hung Channels and Horizontal BracesAccessoriesWall Hung Channels andHorizontal BracesSlotted steel channelcan attach to wall of buildingto accept shelves or overheadstorage bins.cSpecifying, page 517Screw hole positions64 3 /8"H22 5 /8"22 5 /8"10 1 /4"Floor.Actual DimensionsWall Hang Channelsand Horizontal BracesDepth 1 1 ⁄8" (28 mm)Width 15⁄16" (24 mm). Height 66" (1676 mm)Product DetailsWall channel can bepositioned on wall at heightneeded.ConnectionsWall channels can beused to support shelves,overhead storage bins, ortackboards. Wall channelscan be shared.Field install:• Concrete walls with Hilti ®type anchors.• Drywall or plywood with5 ⁄8" thick Toggler ® R-type3⁄16" wall anchors withcountersunk flat headscrew.• Steel or wood studs with#10 sheet metal or woodscrews of appropriatelength with countersunkflat head screw.Anchors must be used ineach screw hole location onthe wall channel.screw positionComponents attach at1" increments, but screwsblock some slot locations..Limit load to two panelsupportedcomponents(maximum 150 pounds percomponent) for each pair ofwall channels.Horizontal brace isavailable to reinforce verticalwall channels that supportstorage bins and shelvesthat are attached to walls.Components that are 36"Wor less do not require ahorizontal brace.Up to two componentscan be supported with onehorizontal brace. The braceshould be positioned at thetop of the vertical wall channels.If more than two componentsmust be supported,an additional brace can beadded at the appropriateheight.Width of horizontalSurface Materialsbrace must match width ofshelf or storage bin. Brace isWall channelnot required for applications• Paintthat involve shelves and binsthat are 36"W or less.Horizontal brace• PaintWall hang channels forshelves, overhead storagebins, or tackboards cannotbe used with a wall startjunction.Attaching worksurfacesto wall channels isnot possible..Application TopicsReinforce wall by positioningstuds where wall channelswill be attached. Seedimensions below.Distance between center lines ofreinforced wall channels matcheswidth of overhead storage unit.Top viewTip: Wall channels can be shared...StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 259

Accessoriesfor Universal Overhead Bin and Universal Full-Height Shelf.Divider for UniversalOverhead Bin andUniversal Full-HeightShelfProduct DetailsDivides space in bins andshelves.Surface MaterialsDivider• Clear textured plastic onlyActual DimensionsDepth 10 3 ⁄4"WidthHeight 4 1 ⁄2"4" at the base1 ⁄2" at the top.260 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Accessories for UniversalOverhead Bin andFull-Height ShelfStorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 261

Universal Curved Front BinBins, supported by frames,provide overhead storage in thework space. Bin shelf, top, andback are steel. Side panels areplastic. Door is plastic or wood.Bins ship fully assembled.cSpecifying, pages 518–519Safety catches lockoverhead storage unit tobracket and frame to preventaccidental removal.Basic attachmentbrackets are used tomount bins on panels withvertical slot patterns.Bracket allows bin to beflush with the bracket or toextend beyond the bracketup to 12".Basic and open designupmount brackets areoptional. Brackets attach binnear the top of 54"H panel toenable overhead storage tobe used on lower panelheights.Actual DimensionsOverhead storage binDepth 16 1 ⁄2"Inside depth 13 3 ⁄4"Width 30", 36", 42", 45", or 48"Inside width27 1 ⁄4", 33 1 ⁄4", 39 1 ⁄4", 42 1 ⁄4", or45 1 ⁄4"Height 15"Height with door open 23". Inside height 13 3 ⁄4"150%Locks are standard on thebin. Lock is centered on theunderside of the case andangled forward to provide aclean aesthetic, yet it is easyto access. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and KeyingOptions, page 616Easy open AND easyclose doors open overthe top of the bin..262 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Curved Front Bin.Product DetailsLock is angled forward so itprovides a clean aesthetic,yet it is easy to access. Lockis standard keyed random.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Bin has access holes inbottom of bin for wire management.Bookends hold books andother materials upright inbin.Top of bin can align withthe top of the frame.Back of bin is closed.Bin height acceptsstandard and A4 binders.Top of bin cannot beloaded.Ganging bracket is recommendedon all panels. Itjoins adjacent overhead binsfor optimal visual alignment.Ganging bracket is orderedseparately...Add-on shelves can beadded to bins on site.Stationary shelf hangs5 1 ⁄2" from the bottom of thebin. Specify the same widthas corresponding bin. Shelfis steel with moldedendcaps.Tip: Stationary shelf cannothang from an upmountedbin or shelf.Display shelf hangs 5 1 ⁄2"from the bottom of the bin.Shelf angles down or restsflat. Shelf slides along rodglide to angle down. It willbe center-justified on the 30"and 36" Universal CurvedFront Bin or L-Shelf; andleft-, center-, or right-justifiedon 42", 45", and 48" version.Shelf is painted ABS withmolded endcaps.Tip: Display shelf will becenter-justified on anupmounted bin or shelf.Tip: Display shelf will notattach to an upmounted30"W bin or shelf..ConnectionsBin comes standard withbasic attachment bracket.Upmount brackets areoptional.cSee Bracket ApplicationRules, page 266.Underline task light’s3⁄4" profile makes it the idealtask lighting solution foruniversal bins and shelves.Underline task light includesthe lamp, ballast, and 9'cord. It virtually disappearswhen mounted beneaththese storage solutions.Underline mounts flush tothe bottom of Universal Binsand Shelves using screws.Task light is field-installedand pre-drilled holes areprovided. Spiral 9' cordoption is designed to dropstraight down from fixture.This option is an aestheticalternative to the traditionalcord. Housing is 24"W and3⁄4"H and is available in darkchampagne, pewter, andblack.For New York City,tool-free clips are requiredfor flush mount applicationswithin New York. Clips allowremoval of Underline withoutuse of a tool..Surface MaterialsBins• Paint• Metallic paint (optional)Side panel• Color molded plastic tomatch bin color if texturedpaint is specified for bin• Painted plastic to matchbin color if metallic paint isspecified for binFronts• Paint• Metallic paint (optional)• Wood (optional)Locks• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(optional)Basic attachmentbrackets• BlackBasic upmount bracket• Painted to match binOpen design upmountbracket• Shiny chromeStationary and displayshelves• Paint• Metallic paint (optional)Endcaps for stationaryshelf• 6695 Midnight onlyAttachment rods forstationary and displayshelves• Shiny chromeRod guide for displayshelf• 6695 Midnight only.StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 263

Universal L-ShelfL-shelf, supported by frames,provide overhead storage in thework space. L-shelf and backare steel. L-shelf is partiallyfield-assembled.cSpecifying, page 520Safety catches lockoverhead storage unit tobracket and frame to preventaccidental removal.Basic attachmentbrackets are used tomount bins on panelswith vertical slot patterns.Bracket allows bin to beflush with the bracket orto extend beyond the Endcaps are moldedbracket up to 12".plastic.Spacers on shelf attach backto shelf.Basic and open designupmount brackets areoptional. Brackets attachshelf near the top of 54"Hpanel to enable overheadstorage to be used on lowerpanel heights.Actual DimensionsShelfDepth 14 1 ⁄4"Width 29 7 ⁄8", 35 7 ⁄8", 41 7 ⁄8", 45 7 ⁄8", or 47 7 ⁄8"Inside width25 3 ⁄4", 31 3 ⁄4", 37 3 ⁄4", 41 3 ⁄4", or43 3 ⁄4"Height 15". Shelf thickness 5⁄8"36" Wscale 1505⁄16" diameter rodsprovide an open aestheticto the sides of theL-shelf..264 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal L-Shelf.Product Details1 /4" gapSpacerShelfSpacers on shelf provide1⁄4" gap between back andshelf. Back screws to shelfthrough spacers.Bookends hold books andother materials upright onshelf.Top of L-shelf can alignwith the top of the frame..Add-On shelves can beadded to bins on site.Stationary shelf hangs5 1 ⁄2" from the bottom of theL-shelf. Specify the samewidth as correspondingL-shelf. Shelf is steel withmolded endcaps.Tip: Stationary shelf cannothang from an upmountedbin or shelf.36" Wscale 50Display shelf hangs5 1 ⁄2" from the bottom of theL-shelf. Shelf angles downor rests flat. Shelf slidesalong rod glide to angledown. It will be centerjustifiedon the 30" and 36"Universal Curved Front Binor L-Shelf; and left-, center-,or right-justified on 42", 45",and 48" version.Shelf ispainted ABS with moldedendcaps.Tip: Display shelf will becenter-justified on anupmounted bin or shelf.Tip: Display shelf will notattach to an upmounted30"W bin or shelf.Ganging bracket isrecommended on all panels.It joins adjacent shelves foroptimal visual alignment.Ganging bracket is orderedseparately..ConnectionsL-shelves come standardwith basic attachmentbracket. Upmount bracketsare optional.cSee Bracket ApplicationRules, page 266.Underline task light’s3⁄4" profile makes it the idealtask lighting solution for universalbins and shelves.Underline task light includesthe lamp, ballast, and 9'cord. It virtually disappearswhen mounted beneaththese storage solutions.Underline mounts flush tothe bottom of universal binsand shelves using screws.Task light is field-installedand pre-drilled holes areprovided. Spiral 9' cordoption is designed to dropstraight down from fixture.This option is an aestheticalternative to the traditionalcord. Housing is 24"W and3⁄4"H and is available in darkchampagne, pewter, andblack.For New York City, toolfreeclips are required forflush mount applicationswithin New York. Clips allowremoval of Underline withoutuse of a tool..Surface MaterialsL-shelves• Paint• Metallic paint (optional)Endcaps for L-Shelfand Stationary Shelf• 6695 Midnight onlyBasic attachmentbrackets• BlackSpacers• Plastic: 6695 Midnight onlyRods• Shiny chromeBasic upmount bracket• Painted to match shelfOpen design upmountbracket• Shiny chromeStationary and displayshelves• Paint• Metallic paint (optional)Endcaps for stationaryshelf• 6695 Midnight onlyAttachment rods forstationary and displayshelves• Shiny chromeRod guide for displayshelf• 6695 Midnight only..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 265

Bracket Application Rulesfor Universal Curved Front Bin and Universal L-Shelf.Bracket Application MatrixBasic BracketsBasic brackets are usedto mount bins and shelvesto panels with vertical slotpatterns. Basic attachmentbrackets push bins andshelves 1 ⁄4" from frame.6"6"Width of overhead binor shelf must match or bewider than the width of thepanel or panels that it isattached to.Basic Full off-module UpmountAnswer •AvenirElective ElementsI-LineKick •MontageEnhanced Off-Module Montage Pathways Technology Wall • •Segment•Series 9000•12"Basic attachmentbrackets install in panelseams and allow bins andshelves that are wider to beattached. Total width of binor shelf can extend 12"beyond the bracket on oneside.Upmount BracketsBasic designOpen designBasic and open designupmount brackets,optional, attach bins andshelves near the top of 54"Hpanels.Tip: Stationary shelf cannothang from an upmountedbin or shelf.Tip: Display shelf will becenter-justified onupmounted bin or shelf.Tip: Display shelf will notattach to an upmounted30"W bin or shelf.Upmounted bin andshelf height is 66"H wheninstalled on 54"H panels.Upmount bin or shelfwidth must match the widthof the panel or panels that itattaches to. Upmounted binsand shelves cannot be supportedoff-module..266 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Accessoriesfor Universal Curved Front Bin and Universal L-ShelfAccessories forUniversal Curved Front Binand Universal L-Shelf.BookendsADA PullGanging Bracket36" Wscale 100Product DetailsDivides space in bins andshelves.Product DetailsADA pull mounts to insideof bin door and makes itpossible to close the binfrom a seated position. ADApull is ordered separately.Product DetailsGanging bracket is recommendedon all panels. Itjoins adjacent overhead binsfor optimal visual alignment.Ganging bracket is orderedseparately.Surface MaterialsBookend• 6695 Midnight onlySurface Materials• 6695 Midnight onlySurface Materials• Paint• Metallic paint (option)Actual DimensionsDepth 5 1 ⁄4"Width 6"Height 8".StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 267

11Safe Use of Storage Products.Universal StorageStability of unit isassured if they are properlyinstalled and loaded. Toavoid personal injury, eachunit with roll-out componentsis standard with an interlocksystem that allows only onedrawer or roll-out shelf to beopened at a time. In addition,there are steps thatmust be followed to preventthe tipping of a unit.Gang unit with adjacentunits, either side-bysideor back-to-back, or boltunit to the floor or wall forstability. Ganging hardwareis included with each unit.Order a counter-weightpackage if recommendedon specifying page and freestandingunit is not gangedto adjacent units or bolted tothe floor or wall..Counter-weight packagesprevent accidentaltipping when an upperdrawer or shelf is opened.They are ordered as anoption, shipped separatelyand field-installed.Load files starting with thebottom drawers or shelves.The upper drawers orshelves should be loadedlast. Load units with theheaviest contents at thebottom.Follow the instructionsthat are shipped with theunits to ensure that theyare properly installed to providesafe performance.Complete instructionsfor the safe installation anduse of universal storageproducts are taped to theinside of the unit.Instructions include informationabout:• Leveling files• Ganging files together• Counter-balancing files• Removing and reinstallingdrawers and shelves.A temporary, peel-offcaution label is affixed tothe front of the top drawer ordoor exterior.CAUTIONCAUTIONA permanent cautionlabel is affixed to the leftside of the top drawer or rolloutshelf and is visible whenthe drawer or shelfis opened.CAUTION...268 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Storage Capacities and DimensionsUniversal StorageCapacities and Dimensions.Drawersfor Universal Storage12"H Drawers Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-SizeD W H Storage Storage15"W drawer 19 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 12" + 7" 19" 12" N.A.*For use in Universal Towers25 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 24" 25" 12" N.A.15"W drawer 13 1 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 13" 12" + 1" N.A.*For use in Universal Pedestals18 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 18" 12" + 6" 12"24 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 24" 24" 12"30"W drawer 15 1 ⁄16" 26 7 ⁄8" 9 3 ⁄8" 26 1 ⁄2" 30" 26 1 ⁄2" 15" + 11"19 9 ⁄16" 26 7 ⁄8" 9 3 ⁄8" 26 1 ⁄2" 38" 26 1 ⁄2" 19"36"W drawer 15 1 ⁄16" 32 7 ⁄8" 9 3 ⁄8" 32 1 ⁄2" 30" 32 1 ⁄2" 30"19 9 ⁄16" 32 7 ⁄8" 9 3 ⁄8" 32 1 ⁄2" 38" 32 1 ⁄2" 38".StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued 269

Universal Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued.6"H Drawers Size Inside DimensionsD W H18"D drawer 13 19 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"*For use in Universal Pedestals24"D drawer 19 9 ⁄32" 12 1 ⁄16" 4 7 ⁄32"*For use in Universal Towers24"D drawer 18 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"*For use in Universal Pedestals30"D drawer 25 9 ⁄32" 12 1 ⁄16" 4 7 ⁄32"*For use in Universal Towers30"D drawer 24 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"*For use in Universal Pedestals3"H Drawers Size Inside DimensionsD W H24"D drawer 17 1 ⁄16" 11 7 ⁄8" 1 7 ⁄8"*For use in Universal Towers30"D drawer 23 1 ⁄16" 11 7 ⁄8" 1 7 ⁄8"*For use in Universal TowersFile Framesfor Universal StorageSize Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-SizeD W Storage Storage18"W File frame 15 1 ⁄8" 13 27 ⁄32" 13 1 ⁄2" 15" 13 1 ⁄2" N.A.19 9 ⁄32" 13 27 ⁄32" 13 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2" 13 1 ⁄2" N.A.24"W File frame 15 1 ⁄8" 19 27 ⁄32" 19 1 ⁄2" 15" 19 1 ⁄2" 15"19 9 ⁄32" 19 27 ⁄32" 19 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2".270 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal StorageCapacities and Dimensions.Roll-Out Shallow Shelvesfor Universal StorageAdjustable Shelvesfor Universal StorageAdjustable Shelvesfor Universal Storage Open Side TowersOpen Side Tower Shelf Spacefor Universal StorageShelfSpaceSizeInside DimensionsD W H18"D Shelves 13 13 ⁄16" 13 27 ⁄32" 3 5 ⁄32"13 13 ⁄16" 19 27 ⁄32" 3 5 ⁄32"13 13 ⁄16" 25 5 ⁄8" 3 5 ⁄32"13 13 ⁄16" 31 5 ⁄8" 3 5 ⁄32"13 13 ⁄16" 37 5 ⁄8" 3 5 ⁄32"24"D Shelves 18 13 ⁄16" 13 27 ⁄32" 3 5 ⁄32"18 13 ⁄16" 19 27 ⁄32" 3 5 ⁄32"18 13 ⁄16" 25 5 ⁄8" 3 5 ⁄32"18 13 ⁄16" 31 5 ⁄8" 3 5 ⁄32"SizeInside DimensionsD W15"D Shelves 13 5 ⁄8" 22 11 ⁄32"13 5 ⁄8" 28 11 ⁄32"13 5 ⁄8" 34 11 ⁄32"13 5 ⁄8" 40 11 ⁄32"18"D Shelves 15 3 ⁄8" 16 11 ⁄32"15 3 ⁄8" 22 11 ⁄32"15 3 ⁄8" 28 11 ⁄32"15 3 ⁄8" 34 11 ⁄32"15 3 ⁄8" 40 11 ⁄32"24"D Shelves 20 3 ⁄8" 16 11 ⁄32"20 3 ⁄8" 22 11 ⁄32"20 3 ⁄8" 28 11 ⁄32"20 3 ⁄8" 34 11 ⁄32"SizeInside DimensionsD W15"D Shelves 14 5 ⁄32" 22 1 ⁄4"14 5 ⁄32" 28 1 ⁄4"SizeInside DimensionsD W H52"H Tower 22 1 ⁄4" 14 5 ⁄32" 17 7 ⁄8"28 1 ⁄4" 14 5 ⁄32" 17 7 ⁄8"65 1 ⁄2" Tower 22 1 ⁄4" 14 5 ⁄32" 31 13 ⁄32"28 1 ⁄4" 14 5 ⁄32" 31 13 ⁄32".Tower Top Openingfor Universal StorageTopOpeningTopOpeningCasesfor Universal StorageSizeTop OpeningInterior of 65 1 ⁄2"HFlush Front UnitsD W H24"D Tower 22 7 ⁄8" 11 1 ⁄2" 11 11 ⁄16"30"D Tower 28 7 ⁄8" 11 1 ⁄2" 11 11 ⁄16"SizeTop OpeningInterior of 65 1 ⁄2"HProud Front UnitsD W H24"D Tower 22 7 ⁄8" 11 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄2"30"D Tower 28 7 ⁄8" 11 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄2"SizeInterior Depth15"D 14 15 ⁄16"18"D 17 15 ⁄16"24"D 23 1 ⁄16"30"D 29 1 ⁄16"SizeInterior Width9"W 7 1 ⁄2"15"W 13 1 ⁄2"18"W 16 1 ⁄2"24"W 22 1 ⁄2"30"W 28 1 ⁄2"36"W 34 1 ⁄2"42"W 40 1 ⁄2"SizeInterior Height*12"H 12"13 1 ⁄2"H 13 1 ⁄2"18"H 18"24"H 24"25 1 ⁄2"H 25 1 ⁄2"31 1 ⁄2"H 31 1 ⁄2"36"H 36"37 1 ⁄2"H 37 1 ⁄2"43 1 ⁄2"H 43 1 ⁄2"48"H 48"51"H 51"61 1 ⁄2"H 61 1 ⁄2"63"H 63"79 1 ⁄2"H 79 1 ⁄2"*Interior height is without any interior components.(Example: Fixed shelf, adjustable shelf, etc.).StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued 271

Universal Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued.Universal Bins and ShelvesOverhead Storage BinFull-Height ShelfCurved Front BinL-ShelfInside DimensionsD W H23 3 ⁄4"W bin 13 5 ⁄8" 22 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"29 3 ⁄4"W bin 13 5 ⁄8" 28 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"35 3 ⁄4"W bin 13 5 ⁄8" 34 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"41 3 ⁄4"W bin 13 5 ⁄8" 40 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"47 3 ⁄4"W bin 13 5 ⁄8" 46 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"59 3 ⁄4"W bin 13 5 ⁄8" 58 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"71 3 ⁄4"W bin 13 5 ⁄8" 70 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"Inside DimensionsD W H23 3 ⁄4"W shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 22 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"29 3 ⁄4"W shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 28 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"35 3 ⁄4"W shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 34 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"41 3 ⁄4"W shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 40 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"47 3 ⁄4"W shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 46 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"59 3 ⁄4"W shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 58 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"71 3 ⁄4"W shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 70 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4""Inside DimensionsD W H30"W bin 13 3 ⁄4" 27 1 ⁄4" 13 3 ⁄4"36"W bin 13 3 ⁄4" 33 1 ⁄4" 13 3 ⁄4"42"W bin 13 3 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" 13 3 ⁄4"45"W bin 13 3 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4" 13 3 ⁄4"48"W bin 13 3 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" 13 3 ⁄4"Inside DimensionsD W H29 7 ⁄8"W shelf 14" 25 3 ⁄4" 15"35 7 ⁄8"W shelf 14" 31 3 ⁄4" 15"41 7 ⁄8"W shelf 14" 37 3 ⁄4" 15"44 7 ⁄8"W shelf 14" 41 3 ⁄4" 15"47 7 ⁄8"W shelf 14" 43 3 ⁄4" 15".272 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

UnderstandingAnswer StorageProductsStatement of Line 274Answer PedestalsAnswer Fixed Pedestals 276Answer Mobile Pedestals 278Answer Underworksurface Lateral Files 280Answer Lateral Files 282Answer Overhead Bins and Shelves 284Answer Storage Accessories 286Wall Hang Channels and Horizontal Braces 287Application TopicsSafety Tips for Answer Lateral Files 288Answer Storage Capacities and Dimensions 289StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 273

Answer StorageStatement of Line27"HUnderstandingc Page 276Specifyingc Page 52621"H27"HUnderstandingc Page 278Specifyingc Page 528Answer Fixed PedestalsAnswer Mobile Pedestals15"W23 1 ⁄2"D •29 1 ⁄2"D •15"W23 1 ⁄2"D •27 1 /8"HUnderstandingc Page 280Specifyingc Page 530Answer Underworksurface Lateral File30"W 36"W18"D • •28 5 /8"H40 5 /8"H53 1 /4"H65 1 /4"HUnderstandingc Page 282Specifyingc Page 531Answer Lateral Files30"W 36"W 42"W18"D • • •274 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer StorageStatement of Line15 13 /16"H 15 13 /16"HUnderstandingc Page 284Specifyingc Page 532Answer Overhead Bins24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W16"D • • • • • • •Note: Oval pull, fabric-covered door,and wood door options are available.7 1 /2"H12 3 /4"HUnderstandingc Page 284Specifyingc Page 533StorageAnswer Shelves24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W15 1 ⁄4"D • • • • • • •Specifyingc Page 536Flexible Markerboard Surface for Answer Overhead Bin30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W15"H • • • •Answer Solutions Specification Guide 275

Answer Fixed PedestalsFixed pedestals arefloor-standing and cansupport worksurfaces at28 1 ⁄2"H.cSpecifying, page 526Finished back andsides are standard.Lock is standard onpedestals and secures alldrawers. Lock is located inthe top drawer. Lock cylindersmust be specifiedseparately.Leveling glides have a1 7 ⁄8" adjustable range foruneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth 20" or 26"(508 mm or 660 mm)Width15" (381 mm)Height27" (692 mm). Leveling glide range 1 15 ⁄32" (37 mm)Top is open but covered byworksurface when installed.Basic drawer interioris standard. Optional fulldrawer interior is available.Drawer fronts are standardin steel. Optional woodfronts are available.Pulls on steel drawer frontsare oval-shaped. Optionalcontemporary pulls are alsoavailable.Drawers are made ofsteel. Box and file drawersare available.Base is integral to pedestalcase and accommodatesalignment with adjacentUniversal Storage furniturecomponents that have a3"H base..Product DetailsBox drawers are awelded steel constructionwith proud fronts.File drawers are a weldedsteel construction with proudfronts. Drawer body sidesare full-height and accommodatefront-to-back filingof hanging letter-size filefolders. One rail is includedwith each file drawer toaccommodate side-to-sidefiling of letter-, A4- and legalsizehanging folders whenoptional full drawer interioris specified.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed in thefield to create a differentaesthetic or to replace damageddrawer fronts..276 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Fixed Pedestals.Standard basic drawerinterior includes full-depthbox and file drawers on24"D pedestals, while 30"Dpedestals have 3 ⁄4-depthdrawers. All box drawersinclude 3 ⁄4-extensions,instead of the standard fullextension.No drawer accessoriesare included.Optional full drawerinterior includes full-depthand full-extension box andfile drawers. One pencil trayper box/box/file drawer, boxdrawer dividers, and adjustablefile rails are alsoincluded.OvalpullContemporarypullHandlepullOval pull is standard onsteel drawer fronts.Contemporary and handlepulls are available on bothsteel and wood fronts..Lock is standard and keyedrandom on all pedestals.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess.Non-locking pedestalis available as an option.3"HAnswer pedestals havebase alignment with otherUniversal Storage componentsthat have a 3"H base.Answer pedestals willline up with Answer lateralfiles with open tops.Connections23 1 /2"D29 1 /2"D.Fixed pedestals areintended to attach under aworksurface for security andsupport. Two pedestaldepths are available to correspondwith UniversalWorksurface depths.Filler conceals the 1 ⁄2" gapthat may exist between theface of a panel and the backof a 27"H pedestal. Fillersare also used to provide stabilityfor pedestal and worksurfaceconfigurations thatare not panel-wrapped.Field-installed accessoriesare available, includingpencil trays, media trays,stationery trays, dividers,and rails.cPage 475.Wiring & CablingFixed pedestals do notaccommodate cable-routing.Plan accordingly wheninstalling pedestals underneathworksurfaces withgrommets or other cableroutingaccessories.Surface MaterialsPedestal and steeldrawer fronts• PaintOval pulls• 6000 Black• 6654 Sand• 6694 Slate• 6695 Midnight• 6697 Fog• 6698 FieldstoneContemporary andHandle pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer drawerfronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• Black.Application TopicsAnswer StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 289ShippingPedestals are normallyshipped in heavy-duty, recyclablestretch wrap to reducethe amount of corrugatedboard needed..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 277

Answer Mobile PedestalsMobile pedestals fitunder a worksurface andcan be moved whereverstorage is needed. Theyprovide an auxiliary worksurfacewhen you needmore space to spread outyour work.cSpecifying, page 528Casters are hard compositionand non-locking.Lock is standard on mobilepedestals and secures alldrawers. Lock is locatedin the top drawer. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.Mobile pedestal cushion topprovides a temporary seat ideal forinformal gatherings. Handle can beextended to easily transport mobilepedestal. Available factory- or field-installed.cSpecifying, page 529Actual DimensionsDepth23 1 ⁄2" (597 mm)Width15" (381 mm). Height27" (692 mm)Two box andone file drawerTwo file drawersTop is 1 ⁄8"H steel. Additionaltop options are available.Lock is standard on mobilepedestals. It controls all thedrawers in the pedestal.Products with locks ship witha lock face ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lock cylindersmust be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Pull is available in a varietyof shapes.Drawers are standard insteel. Box and file drawersare available. Basic drawerinterior is standard. Optionalfull drawer interior isavailable..Product DetailsBox drawers are awelded steel constructionwith proud fronts.File drawers are a weldedsteel construction and availablewith proud or flushfronts. Drawer body sidesare full-height and accommodatefront-to-back filingof hanging letter-size filefolders. One rail is includedwith each file drawer toaccommodate side-to-sidefiling of letter-, A4- and legalsizehanging folders whenoptional full drawer interioris specified.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed in thefield to create a differentaesthetic or to replace damageddrawer fronts..278 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Mobile Pedestals.Standard basic drawerinterior includes boxdrawers with 3 ⁄4-extension,instead of the standard fullextension.No drawer accessoriesare included.Optional full drawerinterior includes full-depthand full-extension box andfile drawers. One pencil trayper box/box/file drawer,box drawer dividers, andadjustable file rails are alsoincluded.OvalpullContemporarypullHandlepullOval pull is standardon steel drawer fronts.Contemporary and handlepulls are available on bothsteel and wood fronts..Steel top1"HLaminate topwith squareedge 1 3 /16"HLaminate topwith bullnose1 7 /16"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HSteel, laminate, andwood veneer tops areavailable in place of standard1 ⁄8"H steel tops. 1"Hsteel tops, 1 3 ⁄16"H laminatewith square edge profile,1 7 ⁄16"H laminate with bullnoseedge profile on thefront edge, and 1 3 ⁄16"H woodveneer with square edgeprofile.Handle of mobilepedestal cushion top isretractable and has threestages. In the stowed position,handle is flush withmobile pedestal front. In stationposition, handle extends3" to allow mobile pedestalto be easily moved. In thetravel position, handle iscompletely extended andarticulates upward for longerdistance transport.Tip: Cushion top is availablewith optional 9201 PolishedChrome handle.Mobile pedestal cushiontop for field-installationcan be used with mobilepedestal TU7MOBILE.Safety interlock systemallows only one drawerto be opened at a time foradded stability..Lock is standard andkeyed random on all mobilepedestals. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyed locksare also available. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinder installed onsite. Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Four non-lockingcasters have a full-rotationswivel mechanism and areexposed at the base of thepedestal. Mobile pedestalsmaintain drawer pull anddrawer front alignment withother storage componentsthat have a 3" base.Counter-weights areincluded to provide addedstability. All pedestals areshipped with a factoryinstalledcounter-weightpackage that meets orexceeds standards for theindustry..ConnectionsMobile pedestals are notintended to directly interfacewith panels or other furniturecomponentsField-installed accessoriesare available, includingpencil trays, media trays,stationary trays, dividers,and rails.cPage 475Wiring & CablingMobile pedestals do notaccommodate cable routing.Plan accordingly wheninstalling mobile pedestalsunderneath worksurfaceswith grommets or othercable-routing accessories..Surface MaterialsMobile pedestal andsteel drawer fronts• PaintOval pulls• 6000 Black• 6654 Sand• 6694 Slate• 6695 Midnight• 6697 Fog• 6698 FieldstoneContemporary andHandle pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer drawerfronts and top• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate (option)Square edge profileon laminate top• PVC edge defaultTip: Bullnose edge topshave a self-edgeLock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Cushion top• UpholsteryDrawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• BlackApplication TopicsAnswer StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 289Safe Use ofStorage ProductscStorage SpecificationGuideShippingMobile pedestals arenormally shipped in heavyduty,recyclable stretch wrapto reduce the amount of corrugatedboard needed..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 279

Answer Underworksurface Lateral FilesLateral files rest onthe floor and supportworksurfaces.cSpecifying, page 530Top is open but covered byworksurface when installed.Lock is standard on lateralfiles. It controls all thedrawers in the lateral file.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and KeyingOptions, page 616Actual DimensionsDepth18" (457 mm)Width 30" or 36"(762mm or 914 mm)Height27 1 ⁄8"(689 mm)Leveling glide range5⁄8" (16 mm).Leveling glides adjustto install lateral files onuneven floors.Backs and sides arefinished.Pulls on steel drawersare oval shaped. Handleand contemporary pulls areavailable as an option.Drawers are made ofsteel. Top drawer height inall open-top cabinets is10 5 ⁄8". All other drawers are12"H..Product DetailsHanging file folderframe is included in eachopening. Dividers are availablefor side-to-side filing,and rails are available toaccommodate front-to-backfiling. Due to the shortenedheight (10 5 ⁄8") of top drawerin underworksurface lateralfiles, filing options may belimited.Storage accessoriesare available to modifydrawer interiors whenneeded.OvalHandleContemporaryOval pulls are standard onsteel drawer fronts. Handleand contemporary pulls areavailable on both steel andwood fronts..280 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer UnderworksurfaceLateral Files.Lock and KeyingLock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyed locksare also available. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinder installed onsite. Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616.ConnectionsAnswer underworksurfacelateral files fit anywherebeneath a straight,transition, or extendedcorner worksurface andsupport the worksurfaceat 28 1 ⁄2"H. When worksurfacesupported by a lateralfile is panel-wrapped, anattachment cable is availableto tie the panel to theworksurface.Answer underworksurfacelateral files will lineup with the horizontal line ofAnswer fixed pedestals.Pathways filler is availablefor applications thatinclude an Answer panel orPathways Technology Wallwith Systems Worksurfaces,found in the UniversalWorksurface ProductsSpecification Guide, whichhave a 1 ⁄2" gap between theworksurface and panel..Surface MaterialsLateral file• Paint• Wood fronts (optional)• Customiz stain (optional)• Full-fill finish (optional)Oval pulls• 6000 Black• 6654 Sand (Vanadium)• 6694 Slate• 6695 Midnight• 6697 Fog• 6698 FieldstoneLock• 9201 Polished ChromeGlides• Black onlyHandle pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverContemporary pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverApplication TopicsAnswer StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 289...StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 281

Answer Lateral Fileswith Oval PullsLateral files rest onthe floor and can supportworksurfaces.cSpecifying, page 531Backs and sides arefinished.Leveling glides adjustto install lateral files onuneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth18" (457 mm)Width 30", 36", or 42"(762 mm, 914 mm, or 1067 mm)Height 28 5 ⁄8", 40 5 ⁄8", 53 1 ⁄4", or 65 1 ⁄4"(727 mm, 1032 mm, 1353 mm, or1657 mm)Leveling glide range 5 ⁄8" (16 mm).Lock is standard on lateralfiles. It controls all thedrawers in the lateral file.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and KeyingOptions, page 616Pulls on steel drawersare oval shaped.Drawers and shelvesopen their full depth, 17 5 ⁄8",for total access to contents..Product DetailsHanging file folderframe is included in eachopening. Dividers are availablefor side-to-side filing,and rails are available toaccommodate front-to-backfiling.Storage accessoriesare available to modifydrawer interiors whenneeded.One sticky label holderships with each file drawer.Five-high files withdrawers have four 12"Hdrawers in the lower openingsand a 12"H roll-outshelf with receding doorin the top opening. The rolloutshelf includes two hangingfile folder frames..282 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Lateral Files.Lock and KeyingLock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyed locksare also available. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinder installed onsite. Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616.ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to link the file toadjacent files, either sideby-sideor back-to-back, forstability. Files also can beanchored to the floor or wallfor stability..Surface MaterialsLateral file• PaintOval pulls• 6000 Black• 6654 Sand (Vanadium)• 6694 Slate• 6695 Midnight• 6697 Fog• 6698 FieldstoneLock• 9201 Polished ChromeGlides• Black only.Application TopicsAnswer StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 289..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 283

Answer Overhead Bins and ShelvesAnswer overhead binsand shelves are panelsupported.Lift-up doors open andcSpecifying, pages 532–533close quietly with resilientplastic bumpers. When up,the doors rest on top of thecase to provide more storagespace inside.Bin is steel and ships readyRecess beneath unit canto assemble. It does notaccommodate a shelf light.require screws or fasteners.cPage 296Once assembled, it can bemoved without taking itapart.Locks are standard on binsto secure the door(s). Lockis hidden underneath thedoor. Products with locksship with a lock face ringand removable plastic plugto accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,Half-height shelfpage 616Shelf is steel and shipsready to assemble. It doesnot require screws or fasteners.Once assembled, it canbe moved without taking itapart.Backstop prevents notebooksand equipment fromdamaging the surface of thepanels or walls.Full-height shelfActual DimensionsOverhead bin Half-height shelf Full-height shelfDepth 16" (406mm) 15" (387mm) 15" (387mm)Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 60", or 72" 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 60", or 72" 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 60", or 72"(610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, 1067 mm, (610 mm, 762 mm, 914 mm, 1067 mm, (610mm, 762mm, 914mm, 1067mm,1219 mm, 1524 mm, or 1829 mm) 1219 mm, 1524 mm, or 1829 mm) 1219mm, 1524mm, or 1829mm). Height 15 13 ⁄16" (401 mm) 7 1 ⁄2" (191 mm) 12 23 ⁄64" (314 mm).Product DetailsLock in bin is concealedfrom view beneath the frontedge. Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyed locksare also available. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinder installed onsite. Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 616Tip: Remember to specifytwo lock cylinders for 60"Wand 72"W bins.cLock Cylinders, page 617Shelf lights are availablefrom Steelcase to recessinto the bottom of Answeroverhead bins and shelves.cPage 296Adjustable divideris available to subdivideAnswer overhead bins andshelves.cPage 286.284 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Overhead Binsand Shelves.Oval pull can be specifiedas an option on overheadbin doors..ConnectionsSteel support hookson end supports insert intothe slotted channel of apanel or wall channel andlock into place with a safetycatch.Width of overhead binor shelf must match thewidth of the panel or panelsthat it is attached to.Additional support forstability may be requiredwhen overhead bins andshelves are attached topanels. Counterbalancingloads on opposite sides ofthe panels increasesstability.cPage 287.Wall channels are availableto attach shelves andbins to concrete or blockwalls. Wall channels can beused to attach shelves, bins,and tackboards to wood, drywall, or plaster walls if thewall is reinforced.cPage 287Horizontal brace isrequired with wall channelsto support shelves and binsthat are wider than 48".cPage 287.Wiring & CablingVertical wire managersare available to concealcords that are routed fromlight mounted beneathoverhead storage.cPage 298Surface MaterialsOverhead bin• PaintFronts• Wood (option)• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)• Fabric (option onsteel door)Oval pull (optionon steel door)• 6000 Black• 6654 Sand (Vanadium)• 6694 Slate• 6695 Midnight• 6697 Fog• 6698 FieldstoneLock• 9201 Polished ChromeShelves• Paint.Application TopicsClearance betweenworksurface and bottom ofoverhead bin is 20 5 ⁄8" whenstorage unit is installed inthe highest position on a66"H panel.Answer StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 289Brackets are availableto allow Avenir overheadbins, and half-height andfull-height shelves manufacturedsince May 1997, toconnect to Answer panels.Do not stack on top of Avenirbins when using thesebrackets..20 5 /8"ClearanceStorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 285

Answer Storage AccessoriesDividersFor use with Answer lateral filescSpecifying, page 534Adjustable RailsFor use with Answer lateral filescSpecifying, page 535Answer Shelf andOverhead Bin DividercSpecifying, page 537.Product DetailsSeparates the contentsof file drawers.Product DetailsDivides depth of filedrawer to allow side-to-sidefiling of letter-, A4- or legalsizehanging folders.Product DetailsDivides space on shelvesand overhead bins.SpecifyingMust be orderedseparately.Shipped in cartonsof three.SpecifyingOption can be specifiedto accommodate sideto-sidefiling in standard filedrawers or optional A4-widthfile drawers.SpecifyingMust be orderedseparately for use inshelves and overhead bins.Surface MaterialsDividers• Black paint onlySurface MaterialsRails• Black paint onlySurface MaterialsDivider• Clear textured plasticonlyActual DimensionsDepth 1"Width 12 1 ⁄4"Height 1 ⁄2"Actual DimensionsDepth 10 3 ⁄4"WidthHeight 4 1 ⁄2"4" at the base1⁄2" at the top.286 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wall Hang Channels and Horizontal BracesWall Hang Channels andHorizontal BracesSlotted steel channelcan attach to wall of buildingto accept shelves or overheadstorage bins.cSpecifying, page 538Screw hole positions64 3 /8"H22 5 /8"22 5 /8"10 1 /4"FloorActual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄8" (28 mm)Width 15⁄16" (24 mm). Height 66" (1676 mm)Wall Hang Channelsand Horizontal BracesProduct DetailsWall channel can bepositioned on wall at heightneeded.ConnectionsWall channels can beused to support shelves,overhead storage bins, ortackboards. Wall channelscan be shared.Field install:• Concrete walls with Hilti ®type anchors.• Drywall or plywood with5⁄8" thick Toggler ® R-type3⁄16" wall anchors.• Steel or wood studs with#10 sheet metal or woodscrews of appropriatelength.Anchors must be used ineach screw hole location onthe wall channel.screw positionComponents attach at1" increments, but screwsblock some slot locations...Limit to two bins orshelves for each pair ofwall channels.Horizontal brace isavailable to reinforce verticalwall channels that supportstorage bins and shelvesthat are attached to walls.Components that are 48"Wor less do not require ahorizontal brace.Horizontal brace isrequired for EACH componentthat is wider than 48".The brace should be placedat the position along thevertical wall channel wherethe top of the bin or shelfwill be placed.Width of horizontalbrace must match width ofshelf or storage bin. Brace isnot required for applicationsthat involve shelves and binsthat are 36"W or less..Horizontal brace isalso available in 42" and 48"widths and can be used inapplications where there isconcern regarding thestrength of the wall.Wall hang channels forshelves, overhead storagebins, or tackboards cannotbe used with a wall startjunction.Attaching worksurfacesto wall channels isnot possible.Application Topics.Distance between center lines ofreinforced wall channels matcheswidth of overhead storage unit.Top viewTip: Answer skins cannotattach to wall channels.Tackboards are available.Surface MaterialsWall channel• PaintHorizontal brace• Paint.StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 287

11Safety Tips for Answer Lateral Files.Stability of files isassured if they are properlyinstalled and loaded. Toavoid personal injury, eachfile is standard with an interlocksystem that allows onlyone drawer or roll-out shelfto be opened at a time. Inaddition, there are steps thatmust be followed to preventthe tipping of a file.Gang file with adjacentfiles, either side by side orback to back, or bolt file tothe floor or wall for stability.Ganging hardware isincluded with each file.Order a counterweightpackage if a 2-, 3-, or 4-high freestanding lateral fileis not ganged to adjacentfiles or bolted to the flooror wall.Tip: The 5-high lateral filedoes not require a counterweightpackage. However, ifa counterweight package isdesired, the weight for a 4-high lateral file can be used.Counterweight packagesprevent accidental tippingwhen an upper draweror shelf is opened. They areordered separately and fieldinstalled..Load files starting with thebottom drawers or shelves.The upper drawers orshelves should be loadedlast. Load files with theheaviest contents at thebottom.Common tops connectside-by-side files to add stabilityand to help preventaccidental tipping.cSee Steelcase StorageProducts SpecificationGuide for common tops..Follow the instructionsthat are shipped with thefiles to ensure that theyare properly installed toprovide safe performance.Complete instructionsfor the safe installation anduse of lateral files are tapedto the inside of the file.Instructions include informationabout:• Leveling files• Ganging files together• Counter-balancing files• Removing and reinstallingdrawers and shelves• Loading drawers andshelves in the correctsequence• Moving files.A temporary, peel-offcaution label is affixed tothe front of the top drawer ordoor exterior.CAUTION.CAUTIONCAUTIONA permanent cautionlabel is affixed to the leftside of the top drawer orshelf body and is visiblewhen the drawer or shelfis opened..288 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Storage Capacities and DimensionsAnswer Storage Capacitiesand DimensionsPedestalsFixed MobileTip: Drawer capacities formobile pedestals are thesame as the 23 1 ⁄2"D fixedpedestal drawer capacities.Box Drawers, Size Inside Dimensions6"H D W H23 1 ⁄2"D Pedestal 18 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"29 1 ⁄2"D Pedestal 24 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32".File Drawers, Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size12"H D W H Storage Storage23 1 ⁄2"D Pedestal 18 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 18 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄8"+ 12 1 ⁄8"7 1 ⁄4"29 1 ⁄2"D Pedestal 24 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 24 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄8"+ 12 1 ⁄8"13 1 ⁄4".StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cAnswer Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued 289

Answer Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued.Lateral Files Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-SizeD W H Storage StorageAnswer Overhead Bins and Shelves30"W Lateral File 15 1 ⁄8" 27" 10 5 ⁄8" 27" 30" 27" 15" + 10 1 ⁄2"36"W Lateral File 15 1 ⁄8" 33" 10 5 ⁄8" 33" 30" 33" 30"42"W Lateral File 15 1 ⁄8" 39" 10 5 ⁄8" 39" 45" 39" 30" + 6"Note: Top drawer height in open-top cabinets hasless clearance than all other drawers, and maylimit storage capacities.Shelves Size Half-Height Shelves Full-Height ShelvesInside Dimensions Inside DimensionsD W H D W H24"W Shelf 13 11 ⁄16" 23 3 ⁄4" 5 3 ⁄16" 13 11 ⁄16" 23 3 ⁄4" 10 7 ⁄16"30"W Shelf 13 11 ⁄16" 29 3 ⁄4" 5 3 ⁄16" 13 11 ⁄16" 29 3 ⁄4" 10 7 ⁄16"36"W Shelf 13 11 ⁄16" 35 3 ⁄4" 5 3 ⁄16" 13 11 ⁄16" 35 3 ⁄4" 10 7 ⁄16"42"W Shelf 13 11 ⁄16" 41 3 ⁄4" 5 3 ⁄16" 13 11 ⁄16" 41 3 ⁄4" 10 7 ⁄16"48"W Shelf 13 11 ⁄16" 47 3 ⁄4" 5 3 ⁄16" 13 11 ⁄16" 47 3 ⁄4" 10 7 ⁄16"60"W Shelf 13 11 ⁄16" 59 3 ⁄4" 5 3 ⁄16" 13 11 ⁄16" 59 3 ⁄4" 10 7 ⁄16"72"W Shelf 13 11 ⁄16" 71 3 ⁄4" 5 3 ⁄16" 13 11 ⁄16" 71 3 ⁄4" 10 7 ⁄16"Overhead Bins Size Inside DimensionsD W H24"W Bin 13 11 ⁄16" 23 3 ⁄4" 12 5 ⁄8"30"W Bin 13 11 ⁄16" 29 3 ⁄4" 12 5 ⁄8"36"W Bin 13 11 ⁄16" 35 3 ⁄4" 12 5 ⁄8"42"W Bin 13 11 ⁄16" 41 3 ⁄4" 12 5 ⁄8"48"W Bin 13 11 ⁄16" 47 3 ⁄4" 12 5 ⁄8"60"W Bin 13 11 ⁄16" 59 3 ⁄4" 12 5 ⁄8"72"W Bin 13 11 ⁄16" 71 3 ⁄4" 12 5 ⁄8".290 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

UnderstandingLightingProducts in this chapter areSteelcase, not Turnstone.They are included here tosimplify your planning.Remember that they havedifferent discounts andwarranty than Turnstoneproducts.Statement of Line and Comparison 292Product DetailsCanopy Lights 294Shelf Lights 296Application TopicsDaisy Chaining 297Related ProductsVertical Wire Manager 298LightingUnderwriters Laboratory(UL) listings are available forall Steelcase lights. Theselights have been designed tomeet all national electrical andenergy codes and most localbuilding codes. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of equipment.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 291

LightingStatement of Line and ComparisonCanopy lights are taskCanopy Lightslights that provide broadcoverage and evenly bal-Panel-Mounted Lightsanced light that significantlyminimizes glare. They offerWorksurface- Panel-Mounted Details Detailsa variety of mounting optionsMounted Canopy Light Slatwall- WorkFloindependent of overheadCanopy Lights Mounted Rail-Mountedstorage. Canopy lights areCanopy LightCanopy Lightdesigned to complement avariety of Steelcase systemsfurniture and manycompetitive furniture lines.Depth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24"36"Understanding Understanding Understanding48"cPage 294 cPage 295 cPage 295Specifying Specifying SpecifyingcPage 544 cPage 542 cPage 544OpticsTip: Specify panel-mounted canopy light, andPatented, crescent-shapedselect appropriate mounting options.lens with specular aluminumreflector.Answer Yes Yes Yes 6 Yes 1 5Scientifically designedCompetitive Yes Yes 2 3 Yes 6 Yes 1 5reflector and crescentshapedoptics lens for lowglare and broad distributionArchitectural No Yes 4 No Noof light.DrywallBallast1 Use rail-mounting riser. 3 Additional bracketsElectronicOrdered separately. can accommodate2 Competitive products panel-mounted canopyElectronic dimmerthat can accommodate lights on:Availablecanopy lights by using • Haworth Premisethe standard Answer, • Herman Miller ActionAvenir, and Series 9000 Office, Ethospacepanel-mounting bracket • Knoll System 6,include:System Z• All Steel 80004 Use optional architectural• American Seating drywall brackets.Framework5 Use Details WorkFlo rail.• Haworth Unigroup, Ordered separately.Places6 Use Details slatwall.• HONOrdered separately.• Kimball Cetra• Knoll Morrison,Equity, Rugby• K1 System 3000• La-Z-Boy Contract• Panel Concepts• Precision• SMED• Teknion• Trendway• Unicore• Xception...292 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

LightingStatement of Line andComparison.Shelf lights mount intothe recessed bottom ofstorage shelves and bins toilluminate the worksurface.Three types of shelf lightsare available to control thequality of light for specificapplications. Each type iscompatible with Steelcasesystems furniture and allmajor competitive furniturelines.Shelf LightsStorage-Mounted LightsAdvanced Shelf Light Standard Shelf Light Utility Shelf LightMounting • Universal mounting package • Universal mounting package • Universal mounting packageOptions (standard) (standard) (standard)• Competitive mounting package • Competitive mounting package • Competitive mounting packageUnderstanding Understanding UnderstandingcPage 296 cPage 296 cPage 296Specifying Specifying SpecifyingcPage 546 cPage 548 cPage 550Depth 9 1 ⁄4" 9 1 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄2"Width 25", 37", or 49" 25", 37", or 49" 19", 25", 37", or 49"Description Provides maximum glare control, The right choice for the majority Designed for use in display areas,which makes it the best light for of people in today’s workplace service centers, under transactionpeople who perform repetitive who switch frequently from task tops, and other applications wherefunctions, do critical visual tasks, to task throughout the day. glare control is not a primaryor have eyes that are particularlyconsideration.sensitive to light. Minimizingreflected glare is critical for theseworkers.Optics Faceted, specular aluminum Faceted, white reflector White reflectorreflectorOptics sleeve to reduce glare Contrast sleeve that can be Prismatic lens—and improve light distribution manually rotated to vary light flat acrylic diffuserintensityBallasts • Economizer electronic • Economizer electronic • Electronic ballastballast ballast • Magnetic normal-power-factor• Electronic ballast • Electronic ballast ballastElectronic • Available • Not available • Not availableDimmerLens None None • Bat-wing lens optionOptions.LightingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 293

Canopy Lightsfor Use with 3 ⁄4"- to 1 3 ⁄4"-Thick WorksurfacescSpecifying, page 544Actual DimensionsDepth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24 1 ⁄4", 36 1 ⁄16", or 47 7 ⁄8"Height 18"Worksurface. thickness range 3⁄4" to 1 3 ⁄4"On-off switch is centeredon the bottom of the controlbox in the front.Housing is painted orclear anodized aluminum.Riser supports light aboveworksurface. Power cordsnaps into vertical wiremanager in back of riser.Clamp mechanismsecures riser to anyworksurface from 3 ⁄4"- to1 3 ⁄4"-thick.Cord exits from underneaththe center of the control box.9' cord with grounded plugis factory installed. Lengthis maximum allowed byU.S. National ElectricalCode. Cord with circuitbreaker is available to meetthe requirements of theChicago code.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle..Product DetailsCanopy light includes thelamp, ballast, and either a9' cord with three-prongplug or Chicago plug.45°Plug configurationallows two canopy lights toengage adjacent outlets inone receptacle.Energy-saving T5lamps have triphosphorcoating for balanced colorand pleasing light.Optics include a crescentshapedlens with specularaluminum reflector that provideslow glare and broaddistribution of light.Connections1 /2" maximumEdge profile must not begreater than 1 ⁄2" thick toaccommodate clampmechanism.5 /16" minimumClearance betweenworksurface and panelmust be at least 5 ⁄16".Width Lamp Lamp Replacementwidth wattage lamps24 1 ⁄4" 21 3 ⁄5" 14 watts F14T5\83536 1 ⁄16" 33 2 ⁄5" 21 watts F21T5\83547 7 ⁄8" 45 1 ⁄5" 28 watts F28T5\835Surface MaterialsHousing• Paint• Clear anodized aluminum2 3 Clear/4"spaceReflector• Specular (reflective)aluminum2 3 /16"CordAt least 2 3 ⁄4"H and• Black vinyl only2 3 ⁄16"W of clear spaceunderneath the worksurfaceEnd caps, control box,is needed.and riser• Sterling plastic onlyWiring & CablingElectronic ballast ismore energy efficient thanT8 electronic ballasts.Electronic dimmingcontrol features slidingswitch, which allowscontinuous-range dimmingfrom 100% to 50% lightoutput.SlotSlot in back of riser securespower cord until it reachesthe access channel at theback of worksurface....294 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Canopy LightsCanopy Lights.cSpecifying, page 542Actual DimensionsDepth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24 1 ⁄4", 36 1 ⁄16", or 47 7 ⁄8"Height 3 13 ⁄16"Housing is paintedor clear anodizedaluminum.Bullet-shaped electronicdimming switch,when selected, is locatedon the left side, underneaththe control box.On-off switch is centeredon the bottom of the controlbox in the front.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle.Cord exits from underneaththe center of the control box.9' cord with grounded plugis factory installed. Lengthis maximum allowed byU.S. National ElectricalCode. Cord with circuitbreaker is available to meetthe requirements of theChicago code..Product DetailsCanopy light includes thelamp, ballast, and either a9' cord with three-prongplug or Chicago plug.45°Plug configurationallows two canopy lights toengage adjacent outlets inone receptacle.Energy-saving T5lamps have triphosphorcoating for balanced colorand pleasing light.Optics include a crescentshapedlens with specularaluminum reflector that provideslow glare and broaddistribution of light.ConnectionsStandardBracketsAnswer, Avenir, andSeries 9000 bracketsare provided for use on panels.These brackets also willattach to many competitors’systems as well.Elective Elementsbrackets are optionaland can be specified toattach canopy lights toElective Elements panels.Montage brackets areoptional and can be specifiedto attach canopy lightsto Montage frames in thesame position used foroverhead storage.Additional bracketsare optional for use onpanel-type competitiveproducts..Width Lamp Lamp Replacementwidth wattage lamps24 1 ⁄4" 21 3 ⁄5" 14 watts F14T5\83536 1 ⁄16" 33 2 ⁄5" 21 watts F21T5\83547 7 ⁄8" 45 1 ⁄5" 28 watts F28T5\835OptionalBracketsRiserSlatwall mountingRiser is available to attachbrackets are optional andcanopy lights to Detailscan be specified to attach toWorkFlo rail. For more infor-Answer slatwall, Montagemation about WorkFlo rails,slatwall tiles, and Pathwayscall Details Customerslatwall skins.Alliance at 1.800.833.0411.Riser may also be used withEllipse rail attached to aworksurface.Wiring & CablingElectronic ballast ismore energy efficient thanT8 electronic ballasts.Electronic dimmingcontrol features slidingswitch, which allows con-Architectural bracketstinuous-range dimming fromare optional for mounting100% to 50% light output.on drywall.Application TopicsCanopyLightPanelSeamCord manager clipsecures power cord alongback of fixture to allow it toreach a vertical wire manageror panel seam.Surface MaterialsHousing• Paint• Clear anodized aluminumBracket must always be Reflectorinstalled on panel seams. • Specular (reflective)Brackets can be flush with aluminumends of canopy light or light Cordcan extend past bracket on • Black vinyl onlyone side or both sides.End caps and control box• Sterling plastic onlyBrackets..• Sterling paint onlyLightingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 295

Shelf LightsAdvanced, Standard, and UtilitycSpecifying, pages 546–551End cap cord managers,molded into thedurable plastic end caps,allow you to route andmanage excess cord.Housing is painted black.Optional paint colors areavailable.On-off switch is centeredon the front edge of theshelf light.Cord exits from the centerof the back of the light.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle.9' cord with grounded plugis factory installed. Lengthis maximum allowed byU.S. National ElectricalCode. Cord with circuitbreaker is available to meetthe requirements of theChicago code.Daisy chain cords havemodular connectors to linkshelf lights together.Actual DimensionsAdvanced Standard UtilityDepth 9 1 ⁄4" (235mm) 9 1 ⁄4" (235mm) 5 1 ⁄2" (139mm)Width 24 5 ⁄8", 36 5 ⁄8", 24 5 ⁄8", 36 5 ⁄8", 18 5 ⁄8", 24 5 ⁄8",or 48 5 ⁄8" or 48 5 ⁄8" 36 5 ⁄8", or 48 5 ⁄8"(625mm, (625mm, (473mm,930mm, 930mm, 625mm,or 1235mm) or 1235mm) 930mm, or1235mm).Height 1 3 ⁄4" (44mm) 1 3 ⁄4" (44mm) 1 3 ⁄4" (44mm).Product DetailsShelf light includes thelamp, ballast, and either a9' cord with three-prongplug or daisy-chain cords.45°Plug configurationallows two shelf lights toengage adjacent outlets inone receptacle.Energy-saving T8lamps have triphosphorcoating for balanced colorand pleasing light.ConnectionsShelf light mountsrecessed or flushdepending on design of overheadstorage bin, shelf, orservice module. Installationis done in the field.Universal bracket allowsshelf light to be installed withouttools under most metaloverhead storage bins andshelves. The bracket snapsinto the end caps and thenshelf light snaps into place.Keyhole slots in housingof fixture allow shelf light tobe mounted beneath woodor laminate overhead storagebins, shelves, and servicemodules using screws provided.Keyhole slots are alsoused to mount lights tooverhead storage bins andshelves manufactured priorto August 1991.Width Lamp Lamp Replacementwidth wattage lamps18 5 ⁄8" 18" 15 watts F15T8-TL73524 5 ⁄8" 24" 17 watts F17T8-TL73536 5 ⁄8" 36" 25 watts F25T8-TL73548 5 ⁄8" 48" 32 watts F32T8-TL735Competitive mountingElectronic ballast that ispackage provides attach-roughly 30% more efficientment hardware to mountthan a magnetic ballast isSteelcase shelf lights onavailable. Electronic ballastsall major competitive furni-eliminate fluorescent lampture lines. Package includesflicker and computer screenscrews and installationinterference.instructions.Economizer electronicballast cuts power useby 25% and emits 50% ofthe light output of a regularelectronic ballast. It isavailable on Advanced andStandard shelf lights.Electronic dimmingcontrol features slidingswitch, which allows continuous-rangedimming from100% to 10% light output onShelf light can beAdvanced shelf lights.mounted anywhere from sideto side beneath overheadBat-wing lens is availablestorage bin, shelf, or serviceas an option on Utility shelfmodule. The cord length islights for applications wherethe only limitation.moderate improvement tolight distribution of regularWiring & Cablingprismatic lens is required,and low cost is critical.Power drawn is approximately1 ⁄2 amp.Surface MaterialsDaisy chaining permitsinterconnecting up to sixHousingshelf lights from a single• Black paint (standard)power outlet.• Paint colors (option)cPage 297ReflectorStarter cord powers first• Specular (reflective)light in a daisy chain andaluminum on Advancedallows you to convert anyshelf lightdaisy chain light for inde-• White on Standard andpendent operation.Utility shelf lightsMagnetic ballasts areCordavailable on Utility shelf• Black vinyl onlylights.Tip: Magnetic ballasts canEnd cap cord managercause interference with com-• Black plastic onlyputer monitors. An electronicballast is recommended forshelf lights in offices wherecomputers are used...296 Answer Solutions Specification Guide.

Daisy ChainingDaisy Chaining.Daisy chainingAdvanced, Standard,and Utility shelf lightstogether extends powerfrom one fixture to anotherwithin workstations to helpkeep receptacles clear forother uses.Starter cord is requiredon shelf lights with daisychain cords to bring powerto the first shelf light in adaisy chain so there’s noneed to designate whereeach fixture will be usedwithin the chain.Power will not be interruptedin a chain even ifone of the shelf lights isturned off or its lamp hasburned out. That’s becausethe path of power throughthe chain doesn’t passthrough the lamps orswitches.Additions to a chain arepossible at any time byadding a starter cord. Witha starter cord, any shelflight in the daisy chain canbe powered independentlyor can be the first shelf lightin a new daisy chain.StartercordDaisy chaincordsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Overhead cabinets andshelves provide a recessedarea for shelf lights. Theyare not designed to concealcords when daisy chaining..LightingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 297

Vertical Wire ManagerVertical wire managerconceals cords and cablesthat are routed verticallyoutside of the panels.cSpecifying, page 552Cover conceals cordsor cables.Hooks fit into verticalchannel at edge of panel.Actual DimensionsDepth 1" (25mm)Width 1 5 ⁄8" (41mm). Height 48" (1219mm).Product DetailsWire manager is availablefor use between the bottomof a shelf or overhead storagebin and a worksurface.Wire manager can be cut inthe field to suit specificapplication.Wire manager canalso be used below theworksurface.Plastic wire managercan be used to concealpower cord extending frompanel-mounted canopy lightto worksurface.Power cords andcables can be routed fromthe wire manager and the1 ⁄2" gap along the backedge of the worksurface..ConnectionsSnaps into the slottedchannel of the junction.Surface MaterialsCover• 6000 Black• 6654 Sand (Vanadium)• 6697 Fog.298 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

UnderstandingTurnstone FurnitureAdditional Turnstone products can be found inthe Turnstone Furniture Specification Guide.Refer to the Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide for the Understanding Turnstoneinformation.For support of Kick worksurfaces, referto Panel-Mounted Answer WorksurfaceSupports.cSee page 194Statement of Line 300TurnstoneTurnstone Specification Guide 299

TurnstoneStatement of LineKick or UniversalSliding Panel DoorcPage 554Straight WorksurfacescPage 555TransitionWorksurfacescPage 556Straight CornerWorksurfacescPage 557Curved CornerWorksurfacescPage 558LefthandRighthandSplit CornerWorksurfacecPage 559Extended CurvedCorner WorksurfacescPages 560–561120° CornerWorksurfacescPage 562PeninsulaWorksurfacescPage 563Angled PeninsulaWorksurfacescPage 564Spanner WorksurfacescPage 565Visitor and LinkingWorksurfacescPages 566–567Adjustable-HeightCorner WorksurfacecPage 570Adjustable-HeightBi-Level CornerWorksurfacecPage 570Adjustable-HeightStraight WorksurfacecPage 570LefthandRighthandAdjustable-HeightExtension LinkWorksurfacescPage 571Laminate CommonShelvescPage 572300 Turnstone Specification Guide

TurnstoneStatement of LineDesk ShellscPage 574Single-PedestalReturnscPage 584Single-Pedestal DeskscPage 576BridgescPage 586Double-Pedestal DeskscPage 578PeninsulaWorksurfacescPage 587Curved Corner DeskscPage 580Overhead StorageCabinetscPage 588ReturnscPage 582See Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.Turnstone Specification Guide cTurnstone Statement of Line, continued 301

Turnstone Statement of Line, continued22"D28"DSpecifyingc Page 59022"DSpecifyingc Page 591Turnstone Value PedestalsMobile Pedestals with Steel Top15 1 ⁄4"W27"H •15 1 ⁄4"W21"H •26 5 ⁄8"H •18"DSpecifyingc Page 59224"DSpecifyingc Page 596Under-Worksurface Lateral FilesTower Too31"W 36"W27"H • •24"W54"H •66"H •302 Turnstone Specification Guide

SpecifyingAnswerPanelsPanelsIn-Line Base Panel Junctions 304L, T, and X Base Panel Junctions 305End-of-Run Base Panel Junctions 306V and Y Base Panel Junctions 307Wall-Start Junctions 308Off-Module Panel Connectors 309Stacking In-Line Panel Junctions 310Stacking L, T, and X Panel Junctions 311Stacking End-of-Run Panel Junctions 312Stacking V and Y Panel Junctions 313Stacking Wall-Start Junctions 314Junctions with Utility Pole 315Standard Change-of-Height Trims 316Stacking Change-of-Height Trims 317Base Horizontal Frame Packages 318Stacking Horizontal Frame Packages 319Adjustable Brace 320Fabric-Covered Panel Skins 321Steel Panel Skins 322Marker Board Surface for Steel Skin 323Slatwall Skins 324Glass Windows 325Pass-Thru Windows 326Panel Top Screen 327Technology Skins and Covers 328Panel Packages 330Buttress 332Fence Connector 333Panel Wiring and Cabling 334PanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 303

In-Line Base Panel JunctionscNeed help?Product details,page 18Standard Includes• Junction• AlignersRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationTip: In-line base panel junctionsdo not require junctioncap and trim.DCorresponding DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dPricedHeight d dd d dIn-Line Base Panel Junctions30" TS730IPJ $5142" TS742IPJ $5154" TS754IPJ $5166" TS766IPJ $5178" TS778IPJ $73d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.304 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

L, T, and X Base Panel JunctionsL, T, and X Base PanelJunctionscNeed help?Product details,page 18Standard Includes• Junction• Upright vertical trim on L and T junction:paint price group 1• Junction cap on L, T, and X junction: plastic or wood• AlignersRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for uprightvertical trim3 Plastic or wood color number forjunction cap4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: 78"H panel trim canhave only Belgrade fabric.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 19 Specify paint color number.Upright vertical trim on L and T junctions• Fabric price group 1, 2, 3, +$ 60 Specify fabric color number for upright4, or 5 and paint color number for base trim.• Wood on junctions with woodSpecify wood color number for uprightjunction capand paint color number for base trim.–54"H panel height or smaller +$143–66"H panel height or larger +$183• Customiz stain on wood +$ 15 Specify with Customiz stain.Specification InformationL Base Panel Junctions T Base Panel Junctions X Base Panel JunctionsDCorresponding DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBasedHeight d dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d dPlastic Junction Cap30" TS730LPJ $116 TS730TPJ $116 TS730XPJ $11642" TS742LPJ $116 TS742TPJ $116 TS742XPJ $11654" TS754LPJ $116 TS754TPJ $116 TS754XPJ $11666" TS766LPJ $116 TS766TPJ $116 TS766XPJ $11678" TS778LPJ $161 TS778TPJ $161 TS778XPJ $161d d d d d d dWood Junction Cap30" TS730LPJW $148 TS730TPJW $148 TS730XPJW $14842" TS742LPJW $148 TS742TPJW $148 TS742XPJW $14854" TS754LPJW $148 TS754TPJW $148 TS754XPJW $14866" TS766LPJW $148 TS766TPJW $148 TS766XPJW $14878" TS778LPJW $193 TS778TPJW $193 TS778XPJW $193d d d d d d dPanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 305

End-of-Run Base Panel JunctionscNeed help?Product details,page 18Standard Includes• Junction• Upright vertical trim and base trim on end-of-runjunction: paint price group 1• Junction cap on end-of-run junction: plastic or woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for upright verticaltrim and base trim3 Plastic or wood color number forjunction cap4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: 78"H panel trim canhave only Belgrade fabric.Tip: End-of-run trim adds1" to footprint.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 19 Specify paint color number.Upright vertical trim• Fabric price group 1, 2, 3, +$ 60 Specify fabric color number for upright4, or 5 and paint color number for base trim.• Wood on junctions with woodSpecify wood color number for uprightjunction capand paint color number for base trim.–54"H panel height or smaller +$143–66"H panel height or larger +$183• Customiz stain on wood +$ 15 Specify with Customiz stain.Specification InformationDCorresponding DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dBasedHeight d dPriced d dPlastic Junction Cap30" TS730EPJ $ 7342" TS742EPJ $ 7354" TS754EPJ $ 7366" TS766EPJ $ 7378" TS778EPJ $106d d dWood Junction Cap30" TS730EPJW $10542" TS742EPJW $10554" TS754EPJW $10566" TS766EPJW $10578" TS778EPJW $138d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.306 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

V and Y Base Panel JunctionsV and Y BasePanel JunctionsTip: 78"H panel trim canhave only Belgrade fabric.cNeed help?Product details,page 18Standard Includes• Junction• Upright vertical trim on V junction:paint price group 1• Junction cap on V and Y junction: plastic or wood• AlignersRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for uprightvertical trim3 Plastic or wood color number forjunction cap4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 19 Specify paint color number.Upright vertical trim on V junctions• Fabric price group 1, 2, 3, +$ 60 Specify fabric color number for upright4, or 5 and paint color number for base trim.• Wood on junctions with woodSpecify wood color number for uprightjunction capand paint color number for base trim.–54"H panel height or smaller +$143–66"H panel height or larger +$183• Customiz stain on wood +$ 15 Specify with Customiz stain.Specification InformationV Base Panel JunctionsY Base Panel JunctionsDCorresponding DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dBase dNumber dBasedHeight d dPrice d dPriced d d d dPlastic Junction Cap30" TS730VPJ $176 TS730YPJ $17642" TS742VPJ $176 TS742YPJ $17654" TS754VPJ $176 TS754YPJ $17666" TS766VPJ $176 TS766YPJ $17678" TS778VPJ $244 TS778YPJ $244d d d d dWood Junction Cap30" TS730VPJW $208 TS730YPJW $20842" TS742VPJW $208 TS742YPJW $20854" TS754VPJW $208 TS754YPJW $20866" TS766VPJW $208 TS766YPJW $20878" TS778VPJW $276 TS778YPJW $276d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 307

Wall-Start JunctionscNeed help?Product details,page 18Standard Includes• Junction: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dTip: Must be used with offmodulebracket, orderedseparately.cPage 30942" TS742WPJ $11654" TS754WPJ $11666" TS766WPJ $11678" TS778WPJ $161d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.308 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Off-Module Panel ConnectorsOff-Module PanelConnectorsStandard Includes• Top and bottom bracket• Bottom channel• Top cap filler: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for fillercSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationTip: Must be used withwall-start junctions, orderedseparately.cPage 308Tip: Wall start junctionsmanufactured beforeOctober 2002 will not workwith off-module panelconnectors.DWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d24" TS724BKT $18930" TS730BKT $18936" TS736BKT $18942" TS742BKT $18948" TS748BKT $18960" TS760BKT $18972" TS772BKT $189d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 309

Stacking In-Line Panel JunctionscNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Junction: black paint only• Fork connectors: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationTip: Stacking in-line junctionsdo not require junctioncap and trim.DHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d12" TS712IPJS $8824" TS724IPJS $88d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.310 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stacking L, T, and X Panel JunctionsStacking L, T, and X PanelJunctionscNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Junction: black paint only• Upright vertical trim on L and T junctions:paint price group 1 or wood• Fork connectors: black paint only• Stacking trim aligner on L and T junctions:black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint or wood color number for uprightvertical trim3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Junction cap is notincluded. Use the junctioncap from the base junctionyou are stacking on.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Upright vertical trim on L and T junctions• Fabric price group 1, 2, 3, +$60 Specify fabric color number.4, or 5• Customiz stain on wood +$10 Specify with Customiz stain.Specification InformationL Panel Junctions T Panel Junctions X Panel JunctionsDHeight DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d dSteel Trim12" TS712LPJS $221 TS712TPJS $221 TS712XPJS $22124" TS724LPJS $221 TS724TPJS $221 TS724XPJS $221d d d d d d dWood Trim12" TS712LPJSW $300 TS712TPJSW $300 N.A.24" TS724LPJSW $300 TS724TPJSW $300 N.A.d d d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 311

Stacking End-of-Run Panel JunctionscNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Junction: black paint only• Upright vertical trim on end-of-run junction:paint price group 1 or wood• Fork connectors: black paint only• Stacking trim aligner: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint or wood color number for uprightvertical trim3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Junction cap is notincluded. Use the junctioncap from the base junctionyou are stacking on.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Upright vertical trim• Fabric price group 1, 2, 3, +$60 Specify fabric color number.4, or 5• Customiz stain on wood +$10 Specify with Customiz stain.Specification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dSteel Trim12" TS712EPJS $11824" TS724EPJS $118d d dWood Trim12" TS712EPJSW $19724" TS724EPJSW $197d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.312 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stacking V and Y Panel JunctionsStacking V and Y PanelJunctionscNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Junction: black paint only• Upright vertical trim on V junctions:paint price group 1 or wood• Fork connectors: black paint only• Stacking trim aligner on V junctions: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint or wood color number for uprightvertical trim3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Junction cap is notincluded. Use the junctioncap from the base junctionyou are stacking on.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Upright vertical trim on V junctions• Fabric price group 1, 2, 3, +$60 Specify fabric color number.4, or 5• Customiz stain on wood +$10 Specify with Customiz stain.Specification InformationV Panel JunctionsY Panel JunctionsDHeight DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d dSteel Trim12" TS712VPJS $279 TS712YPJS $27924" TS724VPJS $279 TS724YPJS $279d d d d dWood Trim12" TS712VPJSW $358 N.A.24" TS724VPJSW $358 N.A.d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 313

Stacking Wall-Start JunctionsStandard Includes• Junction: black paint only• Fork connector: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d12" TS712WPJS $22124" TS724WPJS $221d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.314 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Junctions with Utility PoleJunctions with Utility PolecNeed help?Product details,page 78Standard Includes• Junction• Upright vertical trim on L and In-line: paint price group 1• Junction cap on L, In-line, and T junctions: plastic• Utility pole: paint price group 1• Ceiling trim plate: white paint only• Mounting bracketsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for upright and utilitypole3 Plastic color number for junction cap4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Order multipurposepower infeed separately.cPage 339Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDCorresponding DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dBasedHeight d dPriced d dL and In-Line Panel Junctions with Utility Pole42" TS742LUP $41754" TS754LUP $41766" TS766LUP $41778" TS778LUP $460d d dT Panel Junctions with Utility Pole42" TS742TUP $41754" TS754TUP $41766" TS766TUP $41778" TS778TUP $460d d dEnd-of-Run Junctions with Utility Pole42" TS742ERUP $25354" TS754ERUP $25366" TS766ERUP $25378" TS778ERUP $266d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 315

Standard Change-of-Height TrimscNeed help?Product details,page 40Standard Includes• Upright change-of-height trim: paint price group 1• One L, T, and X change-of-height junction cap andone in-line change-of-height junction cap on plasticjunction cap style number: plastic• One L, T, and X change-of-height junction cap on woodjunction cap style number: wood• One bottom filler: plastic or woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for upright3 Plastic or wood color number forjunction caps and bottom filler4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceUpright change-of-height trimMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 19 Specify paint color number.• Fabric price group 1, 2, 3, +$ 40 Specify fabric color number.4, or 5• Wood +$117 Specify wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 10 Specify with Customiz stain.Tip: Cable-routing trim onlyprovides vertical cable routingcapacity.cSee page 72 forcapacities.Tip: Remember to specifythe shortened top capoption for the lower panelsin change-of-height configurationswhen using eithertype of change-of-heighttrim.cPage 40Tip: Wood junction cap forin-line change-of-heightapplications is available asan option.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Specification InformationIn-line change-of-height junction cap• Wood No cost Specify with wood in-line change-ofheightjunction cap.• Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.DCorresponding DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dBasedHeight d dPriced d dPlastic Junction CapSlim Profile12" TS712CHS $4224" TS724CHS $4836" TS736CHS $58Cable-Routing Capability12" TS712CH $4224" TS724CH $4836" TS736CH $58d d dWood Junction CapSlim Profile12" TS712CHSW $7424" TS724CHSW $8036" TS736CHSW $90Cable-Routing Capability12" TS712CHW $7424" TS724CHW $8036" TS736CHW $90d d d316 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stacking Change-of-Height TrimsStacking Change-of-HeightTrimsStackingchangeof-heighttrimStandardchangeof-heighttrimStackingchangeof-heighttrimStandardchangeof-heighttrimTip: Stacking change-ofheighttrim is only used onthe second tier in a changeof-heightconfiguration.Tip: Change-of-height junctioncap is not included withstacking change-of-heighttrim. Use the change-ofheightjunction cap from thestandard change-of-heighttrim you are stacking on.Tip: Cable-routing trim onlyprovides vertical cable routingcapacity.cNeed help?Product details,page 40Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceUpright change-of-height trimMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Specification Information• Fabric price group 1, 2, 3, +$40 Specify fabric color number.4, or 5Wood upright change-of-height trim• Customiz stain on wood +$10 Specify with Customiz stain.DCorresponding DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dBasedHeight d dPriced d d d dPlastic TrimStacking Change-of-Height Trim with Slim Profile12" TS712CHST $ 4024" TS724CHST $ 44Stacking Change-of-Height Trim with Cable Routing Capability12" TS712CHT $ 4024" TS724CHT $ 44d d dWood TrimStandard Includes• Upright change-of-height trim: paint price group 1or wood• Stacking trim aligner: black plastic onlyStacking Change-of-Height Trim with Slim Profile12" TS712CHSTW $11924" TS724CHSTW $123Stacking Change-of-Height Trim with Cable Routing Capability12" TS712CHTW $11924" TS724CHTW $123d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint or wood color number for trim3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.PanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 317

Base Horizontal Frame Packagesfor Panel BuildupscNeed help?Product details,page 20Standard Includes• Standard length top cap: color default determinedby base trim paint color• Cable lay-in tray: black paint only• Base trim: paint price group 1• Two horizontal connecting bars: black paint only• One adjustable brace on 60"W and 72"W: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for base trim3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.scale 75Tip: You must order verticaljunctions separately to completeyour frame.cPage 304Tip: Remember to orderskins to complete the panel.Tip: One adjustable braceis included with 60"W and72"W horizontal framepackages to stabilize 60"Wand 72"W panels withsegmented skins.cPage 320Tip: Remember to specifyan optional shortenedchange-of-height top cap onany panel in a change-ofheightconfiguration.Exception: The tallest panelin the configuration neverneeds a shortened changeof-heighttop cap.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Top cap• Wood Prices below Specify with wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$13 Specify with Customiz stain.Change- • Change-of-height at one end +$ 5 Specify with change-of-height, one end.of-Heightof top capShortened • Change-of-height at both ends +$ 5 Specify with change-of-height, both ends.Top Capof top cap on 36"W and widerframe packagesSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptiond dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWoodd d d dTop Cap18" TS718HF $ 50 +$14124" TS724HF $ 53 +$14130" TS730HF $ 58 +$14136" TS736HF $ 61 +$14142" TS742HF $ 70 +$14148" TS748HF $ 75 +$14160" TS760HF $ 95 +$18972" TS772HF $131 +$189d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.318 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Stacking Horizontal Frame Packagesfor Panel BuildupsStacking HorizontalFrame PackagesStandard IncludesRequired to Specifyscale 50cNeed help?Product details,page 25• Cable lay-in tray: black paint only• One horizontal connecting bar: black paint onlyStyle numberTip: You must order verticalstacking junctions separatelyto complete yourframe.cPage 304Tip: Top cap is not included.Use the top cap from thebase panel you are stackingon.Tip: If stacking a window kitor pass-through, stackinghorizontal frame package isnot needed.Tip: Remember to orderskins to complete the panel.Specification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d18" TS718HFS $1424" TS724HFS $1530" TS730HFS $1636" TS736HFS $1742" TS742HFS $1948" TS748HFS $2160" TS760HFS $2672" TS772HFS $37d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 319

Adjustable BracecNeed help?Product details,page 21Standard Includes• Package of 12 adjustable braces: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationTip: Adjustable brace isrequired to provide additionalsupport for the segmentedskins on 60"W and 72"Wpanels.DStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7AB $127ddTip: Adjustable braces arestandard in 60"W and 72"Wsegmented panel packages.One adjustable brace isstandard on 60"W and 72"Whorizontal frame packages.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.320 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Fabric-Covered Panel Skinsfor Panel BuildupsFabric-Covered Panel SkinscNeed help?Product details,page 28Standard Includes• Tackable acoustical panel skin, if selected:fabric price group 1• Performance tackable acoustical panel skin, if selected:fabric price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for skin surface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to orderskins for both sides of thepanel, a horizontal framepackage to complete thepanel, junctions to connectadjacent panels and adjustablebraces for 60"Wand 72"W panels withsegmented skins.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface 12"H 24"H 36"H toMaterials 60"H• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$13 +$17 +$ 22 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$22 +$30 +$ 40 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$32 +$46 +$ 64 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$50 +$72 +$100 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$30 +$30 +$ 30 Specify fabric color number.Specification Information12"H 24"H 36"H 48"H 60"HDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPrice d dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d d d d d dTackable Acoustical Skins18" TS71218TK $ 58 TS72418TK $ 79 TS73618TK $114 TS74818TK $119 TS76018TK $14524" TS71224TK $ 63 TS72424TK $ 86 TS73624TK $122 TS74824TK $128 TS76024TK $15430" TS71230TK $ 67 TS72430TK $ 92 TS73630TK $131 TS74830TK $137 TS76030TK $16236" TS71236TK $ 71 TS72436TK $ 98 TS73636TK $140 TS74836TK $147 TS76036TK $17142" TS71242TK $ 76 TS72442TK $105 TS73642TK $154 TS74842TK $159 TS76042TK $18548" TS71248TK $ 82 TS72448TK $113 TS73648TK $180 TS74848TK $187 TS76048TK $21160" TS71260TK $ 93 TS72460TK $127 TS73660TK $206 TS74860TK $215 TS76060TK $23872" TS71272TK $104 TS72472TK $143 TS73672TK $228 TS74872TK $238 TS76072TK $259d d d d d d d d d d dPerformance Tackable Acoustical Skins18" TS71218TA $ 60 TS72418TA $ 83 TS73618TA $125 TS74818TA $132 TS76018TA $15924" TS71224TA $ 65 TS72424TA $ 89 TS73624TA $135 TS74824TA $142 TS76024TA $16930" TS71230TA $ 70 TS72430TA $ 96 TS73630TA $145 TS74830TA $151 TS76030TA $17936" TS71236TA $ 75 TS72436TA $102 TS73636TA $155 TS74836TA $161 TS76036TA $18842" TS71242TA $ 79 TS72442TA $108 TS73642TA $169 TS74842TA $176 TS76042TA $20448" TS71248TA $ 86 TS72448TA $117 TS73648TA $198 TS74848TA $206 TS76048TA $23360" TS71260TA $ 96 TS72460TA $133 TS73660TA $227 TS74860TA $237 TS76060TA $26272" TS71272TA $107 TS72472TA $148 TS73672TA $251 TS74872TA $261 TS76072TA $286d d d d d d d d d d dPanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 321

Steel Panel Skinsfor Panel BuildupscNeed help?Product details,page 29Standard Includes• Steel panel skin: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for skin surface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to orderskins for both sides of thepanel, a horizontal framepackage to complete thepanel, and panel-to-paneljunctions to connect adjacentpanels.Tip: Steel skins cannotaccommodate power receptaclesor communicationoutlets. Use the base or fabricskin for power access.Tip: Horizontal beam andback of opposite skin isvisible through perforatedskin.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface 12"H 24"H 36"H toMaterials 60"H• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$20 +$20 +$41 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$35 +$35 +$69 Specify paint color number.• Ribbed steel +$18 +$18 N.A. Specify with ribbed steel.• Perforated steel Prices below Specify with perforated steel.Specification Information12"H 24"H 36"HDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOption DStyle DU.S. DOption DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase d(Add $ to dNumber dBase d(Add $ to dNumber dBased d dPrice dBase Price) d dPrice dBase Price) d dPriced d d d d d d d dd d d dPerforated d d dPerforated d dd d d dSteel d d dSteel d d18" TS71218HS $ 45 +$29 TS72418HS $ 72 +$46 TS73618HS $10624" TS71224HS $ 48 +$31 TS72424HS $ 77 +$50 TS73624HS $11530" TS71230HS $ 52 +$34 TS72430HS $ 84 +$54 TS73630HS $12436" TS71236HS $ 56 +$36 TS72436HS $ 89 +$58 TS73636HS $13342" TS71242HS $ 59 +$38 TS72442HS $ 95 +$61 TS73642HS $14248" TS71248HS $ 65 +$42 TS72448HS $103 +$67 TS73648HS $15660" TS71260HS $ 73 +$47 TS72460HS $117 +$76 TS73660HS $17372" TS71272HS $ 82 +$53 TS72472HS $131 +$85 TS73672HS $195d d d d d d d d d48"H 60"HDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d18" TS74818HS $116 TS76018HS $13624" TS74824HS $125 TS76024HS $14530" TS74830HS $134 TS76030HS $153For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.36" TS74836HS $143 TS76036HS $162d d d d d322 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Marker Board Surface for Steel Skinfor Panel BuildupsMarker Board Surface forSteel SkincNeed help?Product details,page 30Standard Includes• Flexible, magnetic marker board panel surface toattach to steel skin: white plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Remember to ordersteel skin of the same sizeto support marker boardsurface.cPage 322Specification Information12"H 24"H 36"HDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPrice dNumber dPrice dNumber dPriced d d d d d d24" TS71224MBS $64 TS72424MBS $80 TS73624MBS $ 9930" TS71230MBS $67 TS72430MBS $84 TS73630MBS $10536" TS71236MBS $70 TS72436MBS $87 TS73636MBS $11042" TS71242MBS $74 TS72442MBS $92 TS73642MBS $11648" TS71248MBS $77 TS72448MBS $96 TS73648MBS $121d d d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 323

Slatwall SkinscNeed help?Product details,page 31Standard Includes• Skin with slatwall channels to accommodate work tools:paint• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number:4750 Champagne4799 Platinum7207 BlackSpecification Information12"H 24"HDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPrice dNumber dPriced d d d d24" TS71224SW $174 TS72424SW $25230" TS71230SW $200 TS72430SW $28036" TS71236SW $240 TS72436SW $32142" TS71242SW $254 TS72442SW $33448" TS71248SW $268 TS72448SW $348d d d d dDetails SlatwallWork ToolsTip: Details work toolsare available for use onAnswer slatwall skins.Contact: Details25 Ottawa Avenue SW4th Floor, Arena StationGrand Rapids, MI 49503Telephone 1.800.833.0411.Fax 1.256.230.6551Binder HolderLetter Tray Universal Shelf Side Access Hanging BracketsFolderScale 400Work Tag TackStrip Office in a File WorkboardFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.324 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Glass Windowsfor Panel BuildupsGlass WindowscNeed help?Product details,page 32Standard Includes• Glass window: 6500 Clear Glass• Frame and trim: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for glass:6500 Clear Glass3 Plastic color number for frame and trim:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6697 FogcSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification Information12"H 24"H 36"H 48"HDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPrice dNumber dPrice dNumber dPrice dNumber dPriced d d d d d d d d24" TS71224WG $300 TS72424WG $400 TS73624WG $580 TS74824WG $ 87030" TS71230WG $323 TS72430WG $424 TS73630WG $623 TS74830WG $ 93536" TS71236WG $346 TS72436WG $449 TS73636WG $666 TS74836WG $100042" TS71242WG $369 TS72442WG $476 TS73642WG $709 TS74842WG $106548" TS71248WG $390 TS72448WG $520 TS73648WG $754 TS74848WG $113160" TS71260WG $450 N.A. N.A. N.A.72" TS71272WG $504 N.A. N.A. N.A.d d d d d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 325

Pass-Thru Windowsfor Panel BuildupscNeed help?Product details,page 34Standard Includes• Pass-thru window• Frame and trim: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for frame and trim:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6697 FogcSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Field-installed insertcan be added.cSee page 34 for thedimensions of inserts.Specification Information12"H 24"H 36"HDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPrice dNumber dPrice dNumber dPriced d d d d d d24" TS71224WP $198 TS72424WP $264 TS73624WP $38330" TS71230WP $213 TS72430WP $280 TS73630WP $41136" TS71236WP $228 TS72436WP $296 TS73636WP $44042" TS71242WP $243 TS72442WP $314 TS73642WP $46848" TS71248WP $257 TS72448WP $343 TS73648WP $49860" TS71260WP $302 N.A. N.A.72" TS71272WP $338 N.A. N.A.d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.326 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel Top Screen12"HPanel Top ScreencNeed help?Product details,page 36Standard Includes• Screen: 6625 Translucent• Supports: 6623 MetallicRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d30" TS71230PTS $12436" TS71236PTS $13042" TS71242PTS $13748" TS71248PTS $143d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 327

Technology Skins and CoversTechnology Skins for Panel BuildupscNeed help?Product details,page 38Standard Includes• Technology skin: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for skin surface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to ordertechnology covers to fill thepre-cut openings.Tip: Remember to orderskins for both sides of thepanel, a horizontal framepackage to complete thepanel, and panel-to-paneljunctions to connect adjacentpanels.Tip: Ribbed steel technologyskins cannot be fabriccovered.Tip: A powerkit must alwaysbe located behind the technologyskin.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$20 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$35 Specify paint color number.• Fabric price group 1 +$40 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$53 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$62 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$90 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$70 Specify fabric color number.• Ribbed steel +$18 Specify with ribbed steel.Specification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d d24" TS71224TS $ 7730" TS71230TS $ 9136" TS71236TS $ 9642" TS71242TS $10048" TS71248TS $10960" TS71260TS $12772" TS71272TS $137d d dTechnology CoverscNeed help?Product details,page 38Standard Includes• Technology cover and trim ring: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for technology coverand trim ringTip: Receptacle filler to closeunused openings is availablethrough Customer Serviceparts (891500350MP, packageof 20).Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPower and CommunicationTS7PCTC $3ddPower OnlyTS7PTC $3dd328 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Technology Skins andCoversPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 329

Panel PackagesSide 1 Side 2Tip: You must order junctionsseparately to connect adjacentpanels.cPage 304Tip: Remember to orderreceptacles and face plates.cPages 336–337Tip: 18"W panels canaccommodate pass-throughpower only.cNeed help?Product details,page 42Standard Includes• Full tackable acoustical skins on both sides of panel,if selected: fabric price group 1• Full performance tackable acoustical skins on bothsides of panel, if selected: fabric price group 1• Standard length top cap: color default determined bytrim paint color• Base covers: painted steel• Cable lay-in tray• Two horizontal connecting barsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for side 13 Fabric color number for side 24 Paint color number for trim5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceSkin surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 each side No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 each side +$ 22 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 each side +$ 40 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 each side +$ 64 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 each side +$100 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 Specify fabric color number.each sideTrim• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 19 Specify paint color number.Top cap• Wood Prices at right Specify with wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 13 Specify with Customiz stain.Change- • Change-of-height at one end +$ 5 Specify with change-of-height, one end.of-Heightof top capShortened • Change-of-height at both +$ 5 Specify with change-of-height, both ends.Top Capends of top cap on 36"W andwider panelsTip: Remember to specifyan optional shortenedchange-of-height top cap onany panel in a change-ofheightconfiguration.Exception: The tallest panelin the configuration neverneeds a shortened changeof-heighttop cap.cPage 40Power with • One pass-through power +$117 Specify with one pass-through harness3+1, 2+2, or harness 18"W to 48"W and indicate wiring schematic typethree separate(3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).neutrals (3SN) • One pass-through power +$130 Specify with one pass-through harnesswiring harness 60"W or 72"W and indicate wiring schematic typeschematics(3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).• One powerkit 24"W to 48"W +$145 Specify with one powerkit and indicatewiring schematic type (3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).• One powerkit 60"W or 72"W +$218 Specify with one powerkit and indicatewiring schematic type (3+1, 2+2, or 3SN).For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.330 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel PackagesSpecification Information42"H 54"H 66"HDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOption DStyle DU.S. DOption DStyle DU.S. DOptiond dNumber dBase d(Add $ to dNumber dBase d(Add $ to dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) d dPrice dBase Price) d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d d d d d d dd d d dWood d d dWood d d dWoodd d d dTop Cap d d dTop Cap d d dTop CapFull Skin Tackable Acoustical Panel Packages18" TS74218TF $278 +$141 TS75418TF $288 +$141 TS76618TF $340 +$14124" TS74224TF $297 +$141 TS75424TF $309 +$141 TS76624TF $361 +$14130" TS74230TF $320 +$141 TS75430TF $332 +$141 TS76630TF $382 +$14136" TS74236TF $341 +$141 TS75436TF $355 +$141 TS76636TF $403 +$14142" TS74242TF $378 +$141 TS75442TF $388 +$141 TS76642TF $440 +$14148" TS74248TF $435 +$141 TS75448TF $449 +$141 TS76648TF $497 +$14160" TS74260TF $507 +$189 TS75460TF $525 +$189 TS76660TF $571 +$18972" TS74272TF $587 +$189 TS75472TF $607 +$189 TS76672TF $649 +$189d d d d d d d d d dFull Skin Performance Tackable Acoustical Panel Packages18" TS74218PF $300 +$141 TS75418PF $314 +$141 TS76618PF $368 +$14124" TS74224PF $323 +$141 TS75424PF $337 +$141 TS76624PF $391 +$14130" TS74230PF $348 +$141 TS75430PF $360 +$141 TS76630PF $416 +$14136" TS74236PF $371 +$141 TS75436PF $383 +$141 TS76636PF $437 +$14142" TS74242PF $408 +$141 TS75442PF $422 +$141 TS76642PF $478 +$14148" TS74248PF $471 +$141 TS75448PF $487 +$141 TS76648PF $541 +$14160" TS74260PF $549 +$189 TS75460PF $569 +$189 TS76660PF $619 +$18972" TS74272PF $633 +$189 TS75472PF $653 +$189 TS76672PF $703 +$189d d d d d d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 331

ButtresscNeed help?Product details,page 44Standard Includes• Buttress: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for buttress3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDStyledNumberddDU.S.dBasedPricedCBUTTRESSL $248CBUTTRESSR $248ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.332 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Fence ConnectorsFence ConnectorsTip: Refer to PathwaysPost and Beam SolutionsSpecification Guide for postand beam information.cNeed help?Product details,page 45Standard Includes• Fence connector: 8043 Clear Anodized aluminum• Post top cap: 6694 Slate plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedLeft-Hand Fence ConnectorCFENCELC $90ddRight-Hand Fence ConnectorCFENCERC $90ddPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 333

Panel Wiring and CablingCable TrayscNeed help?Product details,page 84Standard Includes• Cable tray: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationTip: One cable tray is standardwith every panel.Tip: Cables may also berouted in top of powerkit.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dPriced d d18" 2" TS718CT $1724" 2" TS724CT $2030" 2" TS730CT $2236" 2" TS736CT $2742" 2" TS742CT $3048" 2" TS748CT $3560" 2" TS760CT $3972" 2" TS772CT $46d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.334 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingPowerkits and Pass-Through PowerkitscNeed help?Product details,page 84Standard Includes• Powerkit to accommodate modular receptacleson both sides: black plastic• Supporting powertray: black paint• Harness with modular connectorsRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Remember to orderreceptacles and face plates.cPages 336–337Specification InformationPowerkitsPass-Through PowerkitsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.DWidth DNumber of Duplex DStyle DU.S. DNumber of Duplex DStyle DU.S.d dReceptacles Per Side dNumber dPrice dReceptacles Per Side dNumber dPriced d d d d d d4-Circuit, 3+1 Wiring Schematic18" N.A. 0 TS7PT18X $11724" 1 TS7PK24X $145 0 TS7PT24X $11730" 2 TS7PK30X $145 0 TS7PT30X $11736" 2 TS7PK36X $145 0 TS7PT36X $11742" 2 TS7PK42X $145 0 TS7PT42X $11748" 2 TS7PK48X $145 0 TS7PT48X $11760" 4 TS7PK60X $218 0 TS7PT60X $13072" 4 TS7PK72X $218 0 TS7PT72X $130d d d d d d d4-Circuit, 2+2 Wiring Schematic18" N.A. 0 TS7PT18Y $11724" 1 TS7PK24Y $145 0 TS7PT24Y $11730" 2 TS7PK30Y $145 0 TS7PT30Y $11736" 2 TS7PK36Y $145 0 TS7PT36Y $11742" 2 TS7PK42Y $145 0 TS7PT42Y $11748" 2 TS7PK48Y $145 0 TS7PT48Y $11760" 4 TS7PK60Y $218 0 TS7PT60Y $13072" 4 TS7PK72Y $218 0 TS7PT72Y $130d d d d d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals (3SN) Wiring Schematic18" N.A. 0 TS7PT18Z $11724" 1 TS7PK24Z $145 0 TS7PT24Z $11730" 2 TS7PK30Z $145 0 TS7PT30Z $11736" 2 TS7PK36Z $145 0 TS7PT36Z $11742" 2 TS7PK42Z $145 0 TS7PT42Z $11748" 2 TS7PK48Z $145 0 TS7PT48Z $11760" 4 TS7PK60Z $218 0 TS7PT60Z $13072" 4 TS7PK72Z $218 0 TS7PT72Z $130d d d d d d dPanelsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued 335

Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedDuplex ReceptaclescNeed help?Product details,page 88Standard Includes• Receptacle: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptacle:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6697 FogcSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification Information15-Amp Receptacles20-Amp ReceptaclesDLine DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPrice dNumber dPrice dNumber dPrice dNumber dPriced d d d d d d d d4-Circuit, 3+1 Wiring SchematicSystem Ground Isolated Ground System Ground Isolated GroundLine 1 TS71SSX $31 TS71SGX $39 ZB1R1SGH $47 ZB1R1IGH $60Line 2 TS72SSX $31 TS72SGX $39 ZB1R2SGH $47 ZB1R2IGH $60Line 3 TS73SSX $31 TS73SGX $39 ZB1R3SGH $47 ZB1R3IGH $60Line 4 TS74SSX $31 TS74SGX $39 ZB1R4SGH $47 ZB1R4IGH $60d d d d d d d d d4-Circuit, 2+2 Wiring SchematicSystem Ground Isolated Ground System Ground Isolated GroundLine 1 TS71SSY $31 TS71SGY $39 ZB2R1SGH $47 ZB2R1IGH $60Line 2 TS72SSY $31 TS72SGY $39 ZB2R2SGH $47 ZB2R2IGH $60Line 3 TS73SSY $31 TS73SGY $39 ZB2R3SGH $47 ZB2R3IGH $60Line 4 TS74SSY $31 TS74SGY $39 ZB2R4SGH $47 ZB2R4IGH $60d d d d d d d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals (3SN) Wiring SchematicSystem Ground Isolated Ground System Ground Isolated GroundLine 1 TS71SSZ $31 TS71SGZ $39 ZB3R1SGH $47 ZB3R1IGH $60Line 2 TS72SSZ $31 TS72SGZ $39 ZB3R2SGH $47 ZB3R2IGH $60Line 3 TS73SSZ $31 TS73SGZ $39 ZB3R3SGH $47 ZB3R3IGH $60d d d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.336 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingFace PlatecNeed help?Product details,page 88Standard Includes• One face plate: plastic• Ordered individuallyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for face plate:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6697 FogcSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedFace Plate for Duplex Receptacle and CommunicationsTS7UFPLATE $3ddPower InfeedsTip: Power infeed occupiesone receptacle location onpowerkit.cNeed help?Product details,page 80Standard IncludesSpecification InformationDLength DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d• Power infeed cover: plastic• 1 ⁄2"-diameter conduit: black plastic only4-Circuit, 3+1 Wiring Schematic6' TS76BPX $18212' TS712BPX $195d d d4-Circuit, 2+2 Wiring Schematic6' TS76BPY $18212' TS712BPY $195d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals (3SN) Wiring Schematic6' TS76BPZ $18212' TS712BPZ $195d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for power infeedassembly cover:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6697 FogPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued 337

Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedPower Infeeds for Use in New York CitycNeed help?Product details,page 81Standard Includes• Power infeed assembly• 1 ⁄2"-diameter conduit• Power infeed tray: black paint only• Power infeed cover: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDCorresponding DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dPricedWidth d dd d d4-Circuit, 3+1 Wiring Schematic24" TS7BPNY24X $18230" TS7BPNY30X $18236" TS7BPNY36X $18242" TS7BPNY42X $18248" TS7BPNY48X $18260" TS7BPNY60X $18272" TS7BPNY72X $182d d d4-Circuit, 2+2 Wiring Schematic24" TS7BPNY24Y $18230" TS7BPNY30Y $18236" TS7BPNY36Y $18242" TS7BPNY42Y $18248" TS7BPNY48Y $18260" TS7BPNY60Y $18272" TS7BPNY72Y $182d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals (3SN) Wiring Schematic24" TS7BPNY24Z $18230" TS7BPNY30Z $18236" TS7BPNY36Z $18242" TS7BPNY42Z $18248" TS7BPNY48Z $18260" TS7BPNY60Z $18272" TS7BPNY72Z $182d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.338 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingHardwired PowerkitscNeed help?Product details,page 87Standard Includes• Power tray• Junction box(es)• Cover plate(s)Required to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDCorresponding DNumber of DStyle DU.S.dPanel dJunction dNumber dPricedWidth dBoxes d dd d d d24" 1 TS7CPK24 $14530" 2 TS7CPK30 $14536" 2 TS7CPK36 $14542" 2 TS7CPK42 $14548" 2 TS7CPK48 $14560" 2 TS7CPK60 $21872" 2 TS7CPK72 $218d d d dMultipurpose Power InfeedcNeed help?Product details,page 86Standard Includes• Multipurpose power infeed with modular connector• Insulated color-coded wires for hardwired connection tobuilding power sourceRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Utility poles must bespecified separately.cPage 315Specification InformationDLength DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d4-Circuit, 3+1 Wiring Schematic12' TS712UPHX $23424' TS724UPHX $338d d d4-Circuit, 2+2 Wiring Schematic12' TS712UPHY $23424' TS724UPHY $338d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals (3SN) Wiring Schematic12' TS712UPHZ $23424' TS724UPHZ $338d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued 339

Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedModular HarnessescNeed help?Product details,page 86Standard Includes• Conduit with two modular connectors: blackRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDLength DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d4-Circuit, 3+1 Wiring Schematic43" TS743MHX $ 9180" TS780MHX $130d d d4-Circuit, 2+2 Wiring Schematic43" TS743MHY $ 9180" TS780MHY $130d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals (3SN) Wiring Schematic43" TS743MHZ $ 9180" TS780MHZ $130d d dLay-In Junction Cable SleevecNeed help?Product details,page 89Standard Includes• 5' roll of lay-in junction cable sleeveRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7LSLVE $69ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.340 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingFeed-Through Horizontal Cable SleeveStandard IncludesRequired to Specify500cNeed help?Product details,page 89• Package of 25: black plasticStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7FSLVE $69ddGrommet for Horizontal Bar and JunctioncNeed help?Product details,page 89Standard Includes• Package of 25: black plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Grommets can be usedon power trays and cabletrays.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7HSLVE $69ddGrommet for JunctioncNeed help?Product details,page 90Standard Includes• Package of 25: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7JSLVE $69ddPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued 341

Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedSeries 9000 Duplex Cable GrommetcNeed help?Product details,page 90Standard Includes• Carton of five cable grommets: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number:6000 BlackcSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98863 $17ddConsolidation Point Locking Door SkinsStandard IncludesRequired to Specify50%cNeed help?Product details,page 82• Skin: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Mounting hardware1 Style number2 Paint color number for skin3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 6 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$11 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d30" 24" TS730CP $26436" 24" TS736CP $297d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.342 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingConsolidation Point KitcNeed help?Product details,page 82Standard Includes• Back panel: black paint• Mounting hardware• Two pairs of consolidation point mounting brackets:black only• Two cable managers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7CPK $249ddConsolidation Point Mounting BracketscNeed help?Product details,page 82Standard Includes• Carton of two pairs of mounting brackets: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationTip: Order these mountingbrackets to meet additionalcabling needs whennecessary.DStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7CPMB $46ddConsolidation Point Cable ManagercNeed help?Product details,page 83Standard Includes• Two cable managers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Order these cablemanagers to meet additionalcabling needs whennecessary.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7CPCM $43ddPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued 343

Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedCeiling-Access Lay-In Utility PackagecNeed help?Product details,page 74Standard Includes• Utility carrier and cover, one top cap, and two standardbase trims: paint price group 1• Two lay-in horizontal connecting bars: black paint only• Ceiling attachment hardware• Junction cap for end-of-run applications: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for utility carrier andcover, top cap, and base trim3 Plastic color number for junction cap4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.scale 75Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Top cap• Wood Prices below Specify with wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$13 Specify with Customiz stain.Tip: Order multipurposepower infeed separately.cPage 339Change- • Change-of-height cable +$ 5 Specify with change-of-height, one end.of-Heightrouting at one end of topShortened capTop CapSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptiond dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWoodd d d dTop Cap30" TS730SUC $575 +$13436" TS736SUC $610 +$13442" TS742SUC $664 +$13448" TS748SUC $724 +$134d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.344 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingFloor-Access Lay-In Utility PackageStandard IncludesRequired to Specifyscale 75cNeed help?Product details,page 76• One top cap, one standard base trim, one modifiedbase trim, and one base utility box: paint price group 1• Two lay-in horizontal connecting bars: black paint only1 Style number2 Paint color number for top cap, base trim,and base utility box3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Top cap• Wood Prices below Specify with wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$13 Specify with Customiz stain.Tip: 30"W lay-in utilitypackage with floor-access isonly available with changeof-heightshortened top capat one end.Tip: Order multipurposepower infeed separately.cPage 339Change- • Change-of-height cable +$ 5 Specify with change-of-height, one end.of-Heightrouting at one end of topShortenedcapTop Cap • Change-of-height cable +$ 5 Specify with change-of-height, both ends.routing at both ends of topcap on 36", 42", and 48"WpackagesSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptiond dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWoodd d d dTop Cap30" TS730SUF $350 +$13436" TS736SUF $371 +$13442" TS742SUF $404 +$13448" TS748SUF $441 +$134d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 345

346 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

SpecifyingWorksurfaces andRelated ProductsWorksurfacesWorksurfacesSystems Worksurfaces 349Freestanding Worksurfaces 391Answer Worksurfaces 419Worksurface Screens 441Worksurface Power and Communication 443Answer Solutions Specification Guide 347

348 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesSpecifyingSystemsWorksurfacesWorksurfacesTo make specifying easier, some Universalstyle numbers changed effective January 12, 2004.New style numbers are shown on these Specifyingpages. For a complete listing of old and new stylenumbers, see page 618.WorksurfacesStraight Worksurfaces 350Transition Worksurfaces 352Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces 354Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces withAdjustable Keyboard Shelf 355Corner, Curved-Front Worksurfaces 356Extended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces 358Extended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces withAdjustable Keyboard Shelf 360Extended Corner, Curved-Front Worksurfaces 362Corner, 120° Worksurfaces 364Corner, 120° Worksurfaces with Adjustable Keyboard Shelf 365Spanner Worksurfaces 366Bullet Peninsula, Straight-Front Worksurfaces 367Bullet Peninsula, Curved-Front Worksurfaces 368Angled Peninsula, Straight-Front Worksurfaces 369Angled Peninsula, Curved-Front Worksurfaces 370Jetty, Straight-Front Worksurfaces 371Jetty, Curved-Front Worksurfaces 372Bubble Jetty Worksurfaces 373Visitor and Linking, Straight-Front Worksurfaces 374Visitor and Linking, Curved-Front Worksurfaces 376Transaction Worksurfaces 378Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 380Panel-Mounted Worksurface Supports 386Legs and Supports for Systems Worksurfaces 389Answer Solutions Specification Guide 349

Universal Systems WorksurfacesStraight WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerTip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.Tip: Reinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is recommendedto add support toworksurfaces that have 60"or more of unsupported kneespace.Must be specifiedseparately.c Page 387cNeed help?Product details,page 108Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallop on back edge: plastic defaultOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallop No cost Specify omit scallop.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Reinforcing channel cPage 387• Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Required to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.350 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesStraight WorksurfacesTip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ABSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood d18" 30" US1830__ $132 $152 $342 +$12 +$3218" 36" US1836__ $140 $160 $350 +$12 +$3318" 42" US1842__ $153 $178 $393 +$12 +$3718" 48" US1848__ $183 $208 $423 +$12 +$3818" 54" US1854__ $197 $222 $437 +$20 +$4018" 60" US1860__ $212 $242 $482 +$20 +$4324" 24" US2424__ $135 $155 $345 +$12 +$3224" 30" US2430__ $145 $165 $355 +$12 +$3224" 36" US2436__ $153 $173 $363 +$20 +$3324" 42" US2442__ $166 $191 $406 +$20 +$3724" 48" US2448__ $196 $221 $436 +$20 +$3824" 54" US2454__ $210 $235 $450 +$20 +$4024" 60" US2460__ $224 $254 $494 +$30 +$4324" 66" US2466__ $250 $280 $520 +$30 +$4424" 72" US2472__ $280 $310 $550 +$30 +$4630" 24" US3024__ $191 $211 $401 +$12 +$3230" 30" US3030__ $199 $219 $409 +$20 +$3330" 36" US3036__ $212 $232 $422 +$20 +$3530" 42" US3042__ $224 $249 $464 +$20 +$3830" 48" US3048__ $254 $279 $494 +$20 +$4030" 54" US3054__ $271 $296 $511 +$30 +$4130" 60" US3060__ $288 $318 $558 +$30 +$4430" 66" US3066__ $314 $344 $584 +$30 +$4630" 72" US3072__ $343 $373 $613 +$30 +$47d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 351

Universal Systems WorksurfacesTransition WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerStandard IncludesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Illustration above showsa left-hand worksurface.Tip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.cNeed help?Product details,page 108• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallop on back edge: plastic defaultOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallop No cost Specify omit scallop.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.352 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfaceTransition WorksurfacesTip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).AACCBBSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dLeft-Hand Worksurfaces24" 18" 36" UT2136L__ $254 $279 $524 +$20 +$3324" 18" 42" UT2142L__ $268 $298 $538 +$20 +$3724" 18" 48" UT2148L__ $312 $342 $582 +$20 +$3824" 18" 54" UT2154L__ $334 $364 $604 +$20 +$4024" 18" 60" UT2160L__ $356 $391 $626 +$20 +$4330" 24" 36" UT3236L__ $299 $324 $569 +$20 +$3730" 24" 42" UT3242L__ $315 $345 $585 +$20 +$3830" 24" 48" UT3248L__ $367 $397 $637 +$20 +$4030" 24" 54" UT3254L__ $393 $423 $663 +$30 +$4330" 24" 60" UT3260L__ $419 $454 $689 +$30 +$47d d d d d d dRight-Hand Worksurfaces18" 24" 36" UT1236R__ $254 $279 $524 +$20 +$3318" 24" 42" UT1242R__ $268 $298 $538 +$20 +$3718" 24" 48" UT1248R__ $312 $342 $582 +$20 +$3818" 24" 54" UT1254R__ $334 $364 $604 +$20 +$4018" 24" 60" UT1260R__ $356 $391 $626 +$20 +$4324" 30" 36" UT2336R__ $299 $324 $569 +$20 +$3724" 30" 42" UT2342R__ $315 $345 $585 +$20 +$3824" 30" 48" UT2348R__ $367 $397 $637 +$20 +$4024" 30" 54" UT2354R__ $393 $423 $663 +$30 +$4324" 30" 60" UT2360R__ $419 $454 $689 +$30 +$47d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 353

Universal Systems WorksurfacesCorner, Straight-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Supports must be specifiedseparately, includingside support brackets forrear corner support in panelmountedapplications.cNeed help?Product details,page 110• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallops on back edges: plastic default1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallops No cost Specify omit scallops.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ACDBSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C D d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood d18" 18" 42" 42" UC114242__ $281 $313 $506 +$20 +$4818" 24" 42" 42" UC124242__ $306 $338 $531 +$20 +$4824" 18" 42" 42" UC214242__ $306 $338 $531 +$20 +$4824" 24" 36" 36" UC223636__ $266 $298 $491 +$20 +$4824" 24" 42" 42" UC224242__ $293 $325 $518 +$20 +$4824" 24" 48" 48" UC224848__ $331 $363 $556 +$20 +$5024" 24" 60" 60" UC226060__ $615 $677 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" 42" 42" UC334242__ $323 $355 $548 +$20 +$4930" 30" 48" 48" UC334848__ $364 $396 $589 +$20 +$52d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.354 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesCorner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces withAdjustable Keyboard ShelfLaminate or Wood VeneerCorner, Straight-FrontWorksurfaces withAdjustable Keyboard ShelfTip: Supports must be specifiedseparately, includingside support brackets forrear corner support in panelmountedapplications.Tip: Keyboard mechanismrequires field attachment tothe worksurface and keyboardshelf.cNeed help?Product details,page 110Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon all edges of keyboard shelf• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges–Wood 3 mm edge profile on all edges of keyboard shelf• Cable scallops on back edges: plastic default• Keyboard mechanismRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for edges onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWorksurfacesWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallops No cost Specify omit scallops.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ACDBSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C D d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood d24" 24" 48" 48" UC224848K__ $ 756 $ 840 $996 +$20 +$5024" 24" 60" 60" UC226060K__ $1040 $1144 N.A. N.A. N.A.d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 355

Universal Systems WorksurfacesCorner, Curved-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Supports must be specifiedseparately, includingside support brackets forrear corner support in panelmountedapplications.cNeed help?Product details,page 110• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallop on back edge: plastic default1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallop No cost Specify omit scallop.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ACDBSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C D d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood d18" 18" 42" 42" UCC114242__ $331 $363 $581 +$20 +$4818" 24" 42" 42" UCC124242__ $356 $388 $606 +$20 +$4824" 18" 42" 42" UCC214242__ $356 $388 $606 +$20 +$4824" 24" 36" 36" UCC223636__ $316 $348 $566 +$20 +$4824" 24" 42" 42" UCC224242__ $343 $375 $593 +$20 +$4824" 24" 48" 48" UCC224848__ $381 $413 $631 +$20 +$5024" 24" 60" 60" UCC226060__ $615 $677 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" 42" 42" UCC334242__ $373 $405 $623 +$20 +$4930" 30" 48" 48" UCC334848__ $414 $446 $664 +$20 +$52d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.356 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesCorner, Curved-FrontWorksurfacesWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 357

Universal Systems WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerTip: Illustration above showsa left-hand worksurface.Tip: Supports must be specifiedseparately, includingside support brackets forrear corner support in panelmountedapplications.Tip: Reinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is recommendedto add support toworksurfaces that have 60"or more of unsupported kneespace.Must be specifiedseparately.c Page 387cNeed help?Product details,page 112Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallops on back edges: plastic defaultOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallops No cost Specify omit scallops.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Reinforcing channel cPage 387• Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Required to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.358 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front WorksurfacesTip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ACCDABDFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.BSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C D d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dLeft-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" 60" 42" UE2202L__ $507 $562 $777 +$30 +$5424" 24" 66" 42" UE2262L__ $553 $608 $823 +$30 +$6824" 24" 72" 42" UE2222L__ $599 $654 $869 +$30 +$6924" 24" 60" 48" UE2208L__ $516 $571 $786 +$42 +$6824" 24" 66" 48" UE2268L__ $564 $619 $834 +$42 +$6924" 24" 72" 48" UE2228L__ $610 $665 $880 +$42 +$7124" 30" 60" 48" UE2308L__ $569 $624 $839 +$42 +$6924" 30" 66" 48" UE2368L__ $615 $670 $885 +$42 +$7124" 30" 72" 48" UE2328L__ $662 $717 $932 +$42 +$7230" 24" 60" 48" UE3208L__ $569 $624 $839 +$42 +$6930" 24" 66" 48" UE3268L__ $615 $670 $885 +$42 +$7130" 24" 72" 48" UE3228L__ $662 $717 $932 +$42 +$7230" 30" 60" 48" UE3308L__ $595 $650 $865 +$42 +$7130" 30" 66" 48" UE3368L__ $642 $697 $912 +$42 +$7230" 30" 72" 48" UE3328L__ $688 $743 $958 +$42 +$74d d d d d d dRight-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" 42" 60" UE2220R__ $507 $562 $777 +$30 +$5424" 24" 42" 66" UE2226R__ $553 $608 $823 +$30 +$6824" 24" 42" 72" UE2222R__ $599 $654 $869 +$30 +$6924" 24" 48" 60" UE2280R__ $516 $571 $786 +$42 +$6824" 24" 48" 66" UE2286R__ $564 $619 $834 +$42 +$6924" 24" 48" 72" UE2282R__ $610 $665 $880 +$42 +$7124" 30" 48" 60" UE2380R__ $569 $624 $839 +$42 +$6924" 30" 48" 66" UE2386R__ $615 $670 $885 +$42 +$7124" 30" 48" 72" UE2382R__ $662 $717 $932 +$42 +$7230" 24" 48" 60" UE3280R__ $569 $624 $839 +$42 +$6930" 24" 48" 66" UE3286R__ $615 $670 $885 +$42 +$7130" 24" 48" 72" UE3282R__ $662 $717 $932 +$42 +$7230" 30" 48" 60" UE3380R__ $595 $650 $865 +$42 +$7130" 30" 48" 66" UE3386R__ $642 $697 $912 +$42 +$7230" 30" 48" 72" UE3382R__ $688 $743 $958 +$42 +$74d d d d d d dWorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 359

Universal Systems WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces withAdjustable Keyboard ShelfLaminate or Wood VeneerTip: Illustration above showsa left-hand worksurface.Tip: Supports must be specifiedseparately, includingside support brackets forrear corner support in panelmountedapplications.cNeed help?Product details,page 112Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon all edges of keyboard shelf• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges–Wood 3 mm edge profile on all edges of keyboard shelf• Cable scallops on back edges: plastic default• Keyboard mechanismRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for edges onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Keyboard mechanismrequires field attachment tothe worksurface and keyboardshelf.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallops No cost Specify omit scallops.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ACCDABDBSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C D d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dLeft-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" 60" 48" UE2208KL__ $ 941 $1045 $1211 +$42 +$6824" 24" 66" 48" UE2268KL__ $ 989 $1093 $1259 +$42 +$6924" 24" 72" 48" UE2228KL__ $1035 $1139 $1305 +$42 +$71d d d d d d dRight-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" 48" 60" UE2280KR__ $ 941 $1045 $1211 +$42 +$6824" 24" 48" 66" UE2286KR__ $ 989 $1093 $1259 +$42 +$6924" 24" 48" 72" UE2282KR__ $1035 $1139 $1305 +$42 +$71d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.360 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces withAdjustable Keyboard ShelfWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 361

Universal Systems WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Curved-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerTip: Illustration above showsa left-hand worksurface.Tip: Supports must be specifiedseparately, includingside support brackets forrear corner support in panelmountedapplications.Tip: Reinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is recommendedto add support toworksurfaces that have 60"or more of unsupported kneespace.Must be specifiedseparately.c Page 387cNeed help?Product details,page 112Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallops on back edges: plastic defaultOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallops No cost Specify omit scallops.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Reinforcing channel cPage 387• Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Required to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.362 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Curved-Front WorksurfacesTip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ACCDABDBFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C D d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dLeft-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" 60" 42" UEC2202L__ $507 $562 $802 +$30 +$5424" 24" 66" 42" UEC2262L__ $553 $608 $848 +$30 +$6824" 24" 72" 42" UEC2222L__ $599 $654 $894 +$30 +$6924" 24" 60" 48" UEC2208L__ $516 $571 $811 +$42 +$6824" 24" 66" 48" UEC2268L__ $564 $619 $859 +$42 +$6924" 24" 72" 48" UEC2228L__ $610 $665 $905 +$42 +$7124" 30" 60" 48" UEC2308L__ $569 $624 $864 +$42 +$6924" 30" 66" 48" UEC2368L__ $615 $670 $910 +$42 +$7124" 30" 72" 48" UEC2328L__ $662 $717 $957 +$42 +$7230" 24" 60" 48" UEC3208L__ $569 $624 $864 +$42 +$6930" 24" 66" 48" UEC3268L__ $615 $670 $910 +$42 +$7130" 24" 72" 48" UEC3228L__ $662 $717 $957 +$42 +$7230" 30" 60" 48" UEC3308L__ $595 $650 $890 +$42 +$7130" 30" 66" 48" UEC3368L__ $642 $697 $937 +$42 +$7230" 30" 72" 48" UEC3328L__ $688 $743 $983 +$42 +$74d d d d d d dRight-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" 42" 60" UEC2220R__ $507 $562 $802 +$30 +$5424" 24" 42" 66" UEC2226R__ $553 $608 $848 +$30 +$6824" 24" 42" 72" UEC2222R__ $599 $654 $894 +$30 +$6924" 24" 48" 60" UEC2280R__ $516 $571 $811 +$42 +$6824" 24" 48" 66" UEC2286R__ $564 $619 $859 +$42 +$6924" 24" 48" 72" UEC2282R__ $610 $665 $905 +$42 +$7124" 30" 48" 60" UEC2380R__ $569 $624 $864 +$42 +$6924" 30" 48" 66" UEC2386R__ $615 $670 $910 +$42 +$7124" 30" 48" 72" UEC2382R__ $662 $717 $957 +$42 +$7230" 24" 48" 60" UEC3280R__ $569 $624 $864 +$42 +$6930" 24" 48" 66" UEC3286R__ $615 $670 $910 +$42 +$7130" 24" 48" 72" UEC3282R__ $662 $717 $957 +$42 +$7230" 30" 48" 60" UEC3380R__ $595 $650 $890 +$42 +$7130" 30" 48" 66" UEC3386R__ $642 $697 $937 +$42 +$7230" 30" 48" 72" UEC3382R__ $688 $743 $983 +$42 +$74d d d d d d dWorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 363

Universal Systems WorksurfacesCorner, 120° WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Supports must be specifiedseparately, includingside support brackets forrear corner support in panelmountedapplications.cNeed help?Product details,page 116• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallop on back edge: plastic default1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallop No cost Specify omit scallop.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386• Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ACDBSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C D d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dFreestanding or Panel-Mounted24" 24" 36" 36" UB223636__ $540 $602 $785 +$20 +$6924" 24" 42" 42" UB224242__ $561 $623 $806 +$20 +$7124" 24" 48" 48" UB224848__ $582 $644 $827 +$20 +$7230" 30" 36" 36" UB333636__ $561 $623 $806 +$20 +$7130" 30" 42" 42" UB334242__ $582 $644 $827 +$20 +$7230" 30" 48" 48" UB334848__ $604 $666 $849 +$20 +$74d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.364 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesCorner, 120° Worksurfaces withAdjustable Keyboard ShelfLaminate or Wood VeneerCorner, 120° Worksurfaceswith Adjustable KeyboardShelfTip: Supports must be specifiedseparately, includingside support brackets forrear corner support in panelmountedapplications.Tip: Keyboard mechanismrequires field attachment tothe worksurface and keyboardshelf.cNeed help?Product details,page 116Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon all edges of keyboard shelf• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges–Wood 3 mm edge profile on all edges of keyboard shelf• Cable scallops on back edges: plastic default• Keyboard mechanismRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for edges onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallops No cost Specify omit scallops.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ACDBSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C D d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dFreestanding or Panel-Mounted24" 24" 42" 42" UB224242K__ $ 986 $1086 $1231 +$20 +$7124" 24" 48" 48" UB224848K__ $1007 $1107 $1252 +$20 +$7230" 30" 42" 42" UB334242K__ $1007 $1107 $1327 +$20 +$7230" 30" 48" 48" UB334848K__ $1029 $1129 $1274 +$20 +$74d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 365

Universal Systems WorksurfacesSpanner WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.cNeed help?Product details,page 118• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: P-edge profile andwood veneer spanner worksurfacesinclude alignmentslots to accept two cabbylegs or two elliptical legs forcolumn support in panelmountedapplications orfour cabby legs or four ellipticallegs for freestandingworksurfaces.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Adjustable column cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ABBSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dFor Freestanding Applications without Panels29 1 ⁄2" 47" USPC47__ $301 $333 $571 +$30 +$5335 1 ⁄2" 59" USPC59__ $383 $415 $653 +$30 +$57With 3" Notch for Use with Answer Panels31 1 ⁄2" 51" USPC51__ $301 $333 $571 +$30 +$5337 1 ⁄2" 63" USPC63__ $383 $415 $653 +$30 +$57d d d d d d dAFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.366 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesBullet Peninsula, Straight-Front WorksurfacesLaminateBullet Peninsula,Straight-Front WorksurfacesTip: Bullet peninsula,straight-front worksurfacesare available in laminateonly.Tip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.cNeed help?Product details,page 120Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge• Plastic default flat profile on back edge• Cable scallop on back edge: plastic defaultRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWorksurfacesTip: P-edge profile andwood veneer bullet peninsula,straight-front worksurfacesinclude alignment slotsto accept two cabby legs ortwo elliptical legs for columnsupport in panel-mountedapplications.Tip: Bullet peninsula, straightfrontworksurfaces are recommendedfor use with otherstraight-front shapes suchas corner, straight-frontworksurfaces.cPage 354BATip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).Scallops • Omit scallop No cost Specify omit scallop.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Adjustable column cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood d30" 60" UPB3060__ $417 $459 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 66" UPB3066__ $427 $469 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 72" UPB3072__ $435 $477 N.A. N.A. N.A.d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 367

Universal Systems WorksurfacesBullet Peninsula, Curved-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerTip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.Tip: P-edge profile andwood veneer bullet peninsula,curved-front worksurfacesinclude alignment slots toaccept two cabby legs or twoelliptical legs for support inpanel-mounted applications.Tip: Bullet peninsula, curvedfrontworksurfaces are recommendedfor use with othercurved-front shapes suchas corner, curved-frontworksurfaces.cPage 356cNeed help?Product details,page 120Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallop on back edge: plastic defaultOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallop No cost Specify omit scallop.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Adjustable column cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Required to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).BASpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood d30" 60" UPBC3060__ $417 $459 $687 +$42 +$5030" 66" UPBC3066__ $427 $469 $697 +$42 +$5230" 72" UPBC3072__ $435 $477 $705 +$42 +$54d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.368 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAngled Peninsula, Straight-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerAngled Peninsula,Straight-Front WorksurfacesTip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.Tip: P-edge profile andwood veneer angled peninsula,straight-front worksurfacesinclude alignmentslots to accept two cabbylegs or two elliptical legs forsupport in panel-mountedapplications.Tip: Angled peninsula,straight-front worksurfacesare recommended for usewith other straight-frontshapes such as corner,straight-front worksurfaces.cPage 354cNeed help?Product details,page 122Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edgesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Adjustable column cPage 389• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Required to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesTip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).A24"24" BSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dWith 3" Notch for Use with Answer Panels27" 27" 50" UPA2748__ $447 $489 $717 +$30 +$48d d d d d d d30"CFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 369

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAngled Peninsula, Curved-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerTip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.Tip: P-edge profile andwood veneer angled peninsula,curved-front worksurfacesinclude alignmentslots to accept two cabbylegs or two elliptical legs forsupport in panel-mountedapplications.Tip: Angled peninsula,curved-front worksurfaces arerecommended for use withother curved-front shapessuch as corner, curved-frontworksurfaces.cPage 356cNeed help?Product details,page 122Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edgesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Adjustable column cPage 389• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Required to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).A24"24" BSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B C d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dWith 3" Notch for Use with Answer Panels27" 27" 50" UPAC2748__ $447 $489 $717 +$30 +$48d d d d d d d30" CFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.370 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesJetty, Straight-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerJetty, Straight-FrontWorksurfacesTip: Illustration above showsa left-hand worksurface.Tip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.Tip: P-edge profile andwood veneer jetty, straightfrontworksurfaces includealignment slots to accepttwo cabby legs or two ellipticallegs for support in panelmountedapplications.Tip: Jetty, straight-front worksurfacesare recommendedfor use with other straightfrontshapes such as corner,straight-front worksurfaces.cPage 354cNeed help?Product details,page 124Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallop on back edge: plastic defaultOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallop No cost Specify omit scallop.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPages 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Adjustable column cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Required to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesTip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ACCDABDBSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ to Base Price)DPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood ddDimensions dNumber d3 mm Edge dP-Edge dSquare Edge dCustomiz dFull-FilldA B C D d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dLeft-Hand Worksurfaces30" 24" 66" 48" UJ3268L__ $594 $656 $864 +$42 +$6830" 24" 72" 48" UJ3228L__ $615 $677 $895 +$42 +$7030" 24" 78" 48" UJ3288L__ $635 $697 $925 +$42 +$7430" 30" 66" 48" UJ3368L__ $614 $676 $884 +$42 +$6830" 30" 72" 48" UJ3328L__ $635 $697 $915 +$42 +$7030" 30" 78" 48" UJ3388L__ $656 $718 $946 +$42 +$74d d d d d d dRight-Hand Worksurfaces24" 30" 48" 66" UJ2386R__ $594 $656 $864 +$42 +$6824" 30" 48" 72" UJ2382R__ $615 $677 $895 +$42 +$7024" 30" 48" 78" UJ2388R__ $635 $697 $925 +$42 +$7430" 30" 48" 66" UJ3386R__ $614 $676 $884 +$42 +$6830" 30" 48" 72" UJ3382R__ $635 $697 $915 +$42 +$7030" 30" 48" 78" UJ3388R__ $656 $718 $946 +$30 +$74d d d d d d dAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 371

Universal Systems WorksurfacesJetty, Curved-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerTip: Illustration above showsa left-hand worksurface.Tip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.Tip: P-edge profile andwood veneer jetty, curvedfrontworksurfaces includealignment slots to accepttwo cabby legs or two ellipticallegs for support in panelmountedapplications.Tip: Jetty, curved-front worksurfacesare recommendedfor use with other curvedfrontshapes such as corner,curved-front worksurfaces.cPage 356Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ACCDABDBcNeed help?Product details,page 124Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallop No cost Specify omit scallop.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Adjustable column cPage 389• Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ to Base Price)DPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood ddDimensions dNumber d3 mm Edge dP-Edge dSquare Edge dCustomiz dFull-FilldA B C D d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dLeft-Hand WorksurfacesStandard Includes30" 24" 66" 48" UJC3268L__ $594 $656 $864 +$42 +$6830" 24" 72" 48" UJC3228L__ $615 $677 $895 +$42 +$7030" 24" 78" 48" UJC3288L__ $635 $697 $925 +$42 +$7430" 30" 66" 48" UJC3368L__ $614 $676 $884 +$42 +$6830" 30" 72" 48" UJC3328L__ $635 $697 $915 +$42 +$7030" 30" 78" 48" UJC3388L__ $656 $718 $946 +$42 +$74d d d d d d dRight-Hand Worksurfaces• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallop on back edge: plastic defaultRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.24" 30" 48" 66" UJC2386R__ $594 $656 $864 +$42 +$6824" 30" 48" 72" UJC2382R__ $615 $677 $895 +$42 +$7024" 30" 48" 78" UJC2388R__ $635 $697 $925 +$42 +$7430" 30" 48" 66" UJC3386R__ $614 $676 $884 +$42 +$6830" 30" 48" 72" UJC3382R__ $635 $697 $915 +$42 +$7030" 30" 48" 78" UJC3388R__ $656 $718 $946 +$42 +$74d d d d d d d372 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesBubble Jetty WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerBubble Jetty WorksurfacesTip: Illustration above showsa left-hand worksurface.Tip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.Tip: P-edge profile andwood veneer bubble jettyworksurfaces include alignmentslots to accept twocabby legs or two ellipticallegs for support in panelmountedapplications.cNeed help?Product details,page 126Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edgesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.WorksurfacesRelated • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389• Adjustable column cPage 389• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).ABBASpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dLeft-Hand Worksurfaces24" 30" UJBC2430L__ $557 $619 $827 +$30 +$3524" 36" UJBC2436L__ $591 $653 $861 +$30 +$3724" 42" UJBC2442L__ $625 $687 $895 +$21 +$4124" 48" UJBC2448L__ $659 $721 $929 +$30 +$47d d d d d d dRight-Hand Worksurfaces24" 30" UJBC2430R__ $557 $619 $827 +$30 +$3524" 36" UJBC2436R__ $591 $653 $861 +$30 +$3724" 42" UJBC2442R__ $625 $687 $895 +$21 +$4124" 48" UJBC2448R__ $659 $721 $929 +$30 +$47d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 373

Universal Systems WorksurfacesVisitor and Linking, Straight-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerTip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.Tip: P-edge profile andwood veneer visitor and linking,straight-front worksurfacesinclude alignment slotsto accept one cabby leg orone elliptical leg for columnsupport in panel-mountedapplications.Tip: Visitor and linking,straight-front worksurfacesare recommended for use withother straight-front shapessuch as corner, straight-frontworksurfaces.cPage 354Tip: Scallops are availableonly on visitor worksurfaces36"W and wider.cNeed help?Product details,page 128Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallop on back edge of visitor worksurfaces36"W and wider: plastic defaultOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallop No cost Specify omit scallop.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389Required to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.374 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesVisitor and Linking,Straight-Front WorksurfacesTip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).AABBA24"B24"Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dVisitor, Straight-Front WorksurfacesLeft-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" UV2424L__ $289 $321 $559 +$12 +$3224" 30" UV2430L__ $310 $342 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 36" UV2436L__ $332 $364 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 42" UV2442L__ $353 $385 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 48" UV2448L__ $374 $406 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" UV3030L__ $321 $353 $596 +$12 +$3230" 36" UV3036L__ $343 $375 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 42" UV3042L__ $364 $396 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 48" UV3048L__ $385 $417 N.A. N.A. N.A.Right-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" UV2424R__ $289 $321 $559 +$12 +$3224" 30" UV2430R__ $310 $342 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 36" UV2436R__ $332 $364 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 42" UV2442R__ $353 $385 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 48" UV2448R__ $374 $406 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" UV3030R__ $321 $353 $596 +$12 +$3230" 36" UV3036R__ $343 $375 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 42" UV3042R__ $364 $396 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 48" UV3048R__ $385 $417 N.A. N.A. N.A.d d d d d d dLinking, Straight-Front WorksurfacesWith 3" Notch for Use with Answer Panels27" 27" UL2727__ $376 $408 $646 +$12 +$32d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 375

Universal Systems WorksurfacesVisitor and Linking, Curved-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerTip: Supports for freestandingand panel-mountedapplications must be specifiedseparately.Tip: P-edge profile andwood veneer visitor and linking,curved-front worksurfacesinclude alignment slotsto accept one cabby leg orone elliptical leg for columnsupport in panel-mountedapplications.Tip: Visitor and linking,curved-front worksurfaces arerecommended for use withother curved-front shapessuch as corner, curved-frontworksurfaces.cPage 356Tip: Scallops are availableonly on visitor worksurfaces36"W and wider.cNeed help?Product details,page 128Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:–Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon front edge–Plastic default flat profile on side and back edges• Wood worksurface:–Wood 3 mm edge profile on front edge–Matching veneer flat profile on side and back edges• Cable scallop on back edge of visitor worksurfaces36"W and wider: plastic defaultOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify full-fill finish number.Scallops • Omit scallop No cost Specify omit scallop.Related • Panel-mounted worksurface supports cPage 386Products • Legs and supports for Systems Worksurfaces cPage 389Required to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.376 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesVisitor and Linking,Curved-Front WorksurfacesTip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).AABBA24"B24"Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dVisitor, Curved-Front WorksurfacesLeft-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" UVC2424L__ $289 $321 $559 +$12 +$3224" 30" UVC2430L__ $310 $342 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 36" UVC2436L__ $332 $364 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 42" UVC2442L__ $353 $385 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 48" UVC2448L__ $374 $406 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" UVC3030L__ $321 $353 $596 +$12 +$3230" 36" UVC3036L__ $343 $375 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 42" UVC3042L__ $364 $396 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 48" UVC3048L__ $385 $417 N.A. N.A. N.A.Right-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" UVC2424R__ $289 $321 $559 +$12 +$3224" 30" UVC2430R__ $310 $342 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 36" UVC2436R__ $332 $364 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 42" UVC2442R__ $353 $385 N.A. N.A. N.A.24" 48" UVC2448R__ $374 $406 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" UVC3030R__ $321 $353 $596 +$12 +$3230" 36" UVC3036R__ $343 $375 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 42" UVC3042R__ $364 $396 N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 48" UVC3048R__ $385 $417 N.A. N.A. N.A.d d d d d d dLinking, Curved-Front WorksurfacesWith 3" Notch for Use with Answer Panels27" 27" ULC2727__ $376 $408 $646 +$12 +$32d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 377

Universal Systems WorksurfacesTransaction WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneercNeed help?Product details,pages 130Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface:– Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or plastic P-edge profileon all edges• Wood worksurface:– Wood 3 mm edge profile on all edges• Top caps for use with Answer panels, if selected: paint• Support brackets: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for edges onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Paint color number for top caps,if selected5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Top caps on laminate worksurfaces for use with Answer panels• Wood +$88 Specify with wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).BATip: Actual width of Answertransaction worksurface is 7"shorter than the nominalplanning dimension toaccommodate change ofpanel height applications.Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge dSquare ddA B d dEdge d dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dNo Suffix dSuffix P dSuffix SW dWood dWith Brackets and Top Caps for Use with Answer Panels16" 30" UTR1630A__ $230 $255 N.A. N.A. N.A.16" 36" UTR1636A__ $248 $273 $518 +$21 +$4116" 42" UTR1642A__ $267 $292 $537 +$21 +$4116" 48" UTR1648A__ $285 $315 $555 +$21 +$4116" 60" UTR1660A__ $308 $338 $608 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.378 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesTransaction WorksurfacesWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 379

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesLaminate, with CrankTip: Adjustable-height worksurfacesare available inlaminate only.Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assemblyand attachment to theworksurface.Tip: 48"W dual corner andbi-level corner worksurfacescan support both a keyboardand a mouse pad on thesame surface.Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).BAcNeed help?Product details,page 132Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$58 Specify paint color number.Specification Information• Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateU.S. Base PricesLaminateDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyldDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-EdgedA B d dEdge dd d d dd d dNo Suffix dSuffix PCorner WorksurfacesStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or P-edge profileon front edge of worksurface: plastic• Flat profile on side and back edges of worksurface:plastic default• Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or P-edge profile on all sidesof keyboard shelf: plastic• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shrouds and feet: paint price group 1• Crank handle• Attachment hardware24" 42" UCKSC42__ $1694 $174824" 48" UCKSC48__ $1742 $1796d d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for edges4 Paint color number for leg shroudsand feet5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.BADual Corner Worksurfaces24" 42" UCKDC42__ $2336 $242224" 48" UCKDC48__ $2384 $2470d d d dBABi-Level Corner Worksurfaces24" 42" UCKBC42__ $2336 $242224" 48" UCKBC48__ $2384 $2470d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.380 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable-HeightWorksurfaces, with CrankTip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).BAcSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyldDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-EdgedA B d dEdge dd d d dd d dNo Suffix dSuffix PStraight Worksurfaces30" 42" UCKSS42__ $1598 $162530" 48" UCKSS48__ $1650 $1677d d d dWorksurfacesBADual Straight Worksurfaces36" 42" UCKDS42__ $2240 $228336" 48" UCKDS48__ $2292 $2335d d d dBABi-Level Straight Worksurfaces36" 42" UCKBS42__ $2240 $228336" 48" UCKBS48__ $2292 $2335d d d dTip: Gas cylinder packagecan be field-installed tosingle and dual crankadjustableworksurfaces toprovide additional lift.Pair of Gas CylindersUGC N.A. $ 161d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 381

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height Extension Link WorksurfacesLaminate, with CrankTip: Adjustable-height extensionlink worksurfaces areavailable in laminate only.Tip: Extension-link worksurfacesmay be attached tocorner or bi-level worksurfacesonly. They cannotbe attached to dualworksurfaces.Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assemblyand attachment to theworksurface.Tip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).BAcNeed help?Product details,page 132Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.Specification Information• Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateU.S. Base PricesLaminateDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyldDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-EdgedA B d dEdge dd d d dd d dNo Suffix dSuffix PLeft-Hand WorksurfacesStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or P-edge profileon front edge: plastic• Flat profile on side and back edges: plastic default• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shrouds and feet: paint price group 1• Gas cylinder• Attachment hardware24" 24" UCKEL24__ $1316 $134324" 36" UCKEL36__ $1435 $1462d d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge4 Paint color number for leg shroudsand feet5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.BARight-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" UCKER24__ $1316 $134324" 36" UCKER36__ $1435 $1462d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.382 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable-HeightExtension LinkWorksurfaces, with CrankWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 383

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesLaminate, with Electrically Adjustable Column SupportTip: Adjustable-height worksurfacesare available inlaminate only.Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assemblyand attachment to theworksurface.Tip: 48"W dual corner worksurfacescan support both akeyboard and a mouse padon the same surface.cNeed help?Product details,page 134Standard Includes• Worksurface with 150 lb weight capacity: laminate• Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or P-edge profileon front edge of worksurface: plastic• Flat profile on side and back edges of worksurface:plastic default• Vinyl 3 mm edge profile or P-edge profile on all sidesof keyboard shelf: plastic• Drawer-mounted two-button controller• Adjustable-height column mechanism and base:paint price group 1• 9' power cord: black vinyl only• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge4 Paint color number for column and base5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 58 Specify paint color number.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateProgrammable • Drawer-mounted six-button +$299 Specify with SSM.Memorycontroller with 3x3programmable memoryand soft-start/soft-stopHigh-Performance • 250 pound weight capacity +$699 Specify with 250SSM.Adjustable-Height and drawer-mountedWorksurface with six-button controller withProgrammable 3x3 programmable memoryMemoryand soft-start/soft-stopFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.384 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesAdjustable-HeightWorksurfaces, withElectrically AdjustableColumn SupportTip: To specify 3 mm edgeprofile, no suffix is required.For all other edge profiles,add a suffix to the style number(for example, US1830__becomes US1830SW forwood with square edgeprofile).BASpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyldDimensions dNumber d3 mm dP-EdgedA B d dEdge dd d d dd d dNo Suffix dSuffix PCorner Worksurfaces24" 42" UECSC42__ $2043 $209724" 48" UECSC48__ $2092 $2146d d d dWorksurfacesBADual Corner Worksurfaces24" 42" UECDC42__ $2685 $277124" 48" UECDC48__ $2734 $2820d d d dBAStraight Worksurfaces30" 42" UECSS42__ $1947 $197430" 48" UECSS48__ $1999 $2026d d d dBADual Straight Worksurfaces36" 42" UECDS42__ $2589 $263236" 48" UECDS48__ $2641 $2684d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 385

Universal Systems WorksurfacesPanel-Mounted Worksurface Supportsfor Use with Answer PanelsCantileverscNeed help?Product details,pages 136Standard Includes• Cantilever: paint• Tie plate• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedOn-Module CantileverUCANT $ 85ddTip: Answer panel junctionscan accommodate only onecantilever at a seam.Tip: 30"D straight and transitioncantilevered worksurfacesrequire additionalfloor support along the frontedge, such as a pedestal,end panel, post leg, sidesupport bracket, or an adjacentreturn worksurface.Side Support BracketsTip: Side support bracketincludes a pair of handedbrackets, only one of whichis required for rear cornersupport of panel-mountedcorner worksurfaces. Specifyone for every two cornerworksurfaces in on-moduleapplications. Order an additionalsupply for off-modulefin wall applications.cNeed help?Product details,page 136Standard IncludesSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedUSSBR $30dd• Pair of handed side support brackets: black paint only• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.386 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesPanel-MountedWorksurface Supports forUse with Answer PanelsSupport PlatecNeed help?Product details,pages 136Standard Includes• Support plate: black paint only• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyStyle numberWorksurfacesTip: Support plate can alsobe used in freestandingapplications.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d14"D TS714WSP $5320"D TS720WSP $53d d dTie PlatescNeed help?Product details,pages 136Standard Includes• Package of six tie plates: black paint only• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d3 3 ⁄4"L TS7TIEPLATE $78d d dReinforcing ChannelcNeed help?Product details,pages 137Standard Includes• Reinforcing channel: black paint only• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Reinforcing channel isrecommended to add supportto worksurfaces thathave 60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.Tip: Reinforcing channel canalso be used in freestandingapplications.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d57"W TS7WKSPT $40d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cPanel-Mounted Worksurface Supports, continued 387

Universal Systems WorksurfacesPanel-Mounted Worksurface Supports, continuedfor Use With Answer PanelsCenter Support PanelscNeed help?Product details,pages 136Standard Includes• Center support panel: paint price group 1• Tie plate• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for center supportpanel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$12 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$18 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDPlanning DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedD H d dPriced d dOn-Module Center Support Panel11" 28 1 ⁄2" UCSP $ 95Standing Height11" 41 1 ⁄2" UCSPS $112d d dEnd PanelscNeed help?Product details,pages 136Standard Includes• End panel: paint price group 1• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$25 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$43 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.DPlanning DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedD H d dPriced d dOn-Module End Panel24" 28 1 ⁄2" UEP24 $30530" 28 1 ⁄2" UEP30 $345Standing Height24" 41 1 ⁄2" UEP24S $35930" 41 1 ⁄2" UEP30S $405d d d388 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Systems WorksurfacesLegs and Supports for Systems Worksurfaceswithout Alignment TabLegs and Supports forSystems WorksurfacesTip: Height dimensionslisted are nominal andinclude the thickness of aworksurface.cNeed help?Product details,pages 138Standard IncludesSpecification InformationDPlanning DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dPriced d d• Legs and column: paint• Attachment hardware• Caster, if selected: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for leg or columncSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesSingle Post Legs28 1 ⁄2" TS7SPL $105Standing Height41 1 ⁄2" TS7SPLS $124d d dNesting Post Leg26" TS7NPL $ 97d d dSingle Post Leg with Caster28 1 ⁄2" TS7SPLC $126d d dNesting Post Leg with Caster26" TS7NPLC $118d d dDouble Post Legs28 1 ⁄2" TS7DPL $279Standing HeightTip: Double post legs can beused as a shared or columnsupport in applications withother post legs.41 1 ⁄2" TS7DPLS $328d d dDouble Post C-Leg28 1 ⁄2" TS7CL $318d d dAdjustable Column28 1 ⁄2" ZAP $279d d dTip: Adjustable column hasa different aesthetic thanpost legs (round vs. elliptical).Adjustable column can beused as column support inapplications without post legs.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 389

Universal Systems Worksurfaces390 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesSpecifyingFreestandingWorksurfacesWorksurfacesTo make specifying easier, some Universalstyle numbers changed effective January 12, 2004.New style numbers are shown on these Specifyingpages. For a complete listing of old and new stylenumbers, see page 618.WorksurfacesStraight Worksurfaces 392Transition Worksurfaces 394Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces 396Corner, Curved-Front Worksurfaces 39730" Radius Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces 39830" Radius Corner, Curved-Front Worksurfaces 399Extended Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces 400Corner, 120° Worksurfaces 402Capsule Worksurfaces 403Spanner Worksurfaces 404Peninsula Worksurfaces 405Tapered Peninsula Worksurfaces 406Bubble Jetty Worksurfaces 407Round Worksurfaces 408Square Worksurfaces 409Rectangle Worksurfaces 410Hub Spanner Worksurfaces 411Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 412Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces 416Answer Solutions Specification Guide 391

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesStraight WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneercNeed help?Product details,page 150Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Reinforcing brace for worksurfaces wider than 60"WRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.392 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesStraight WorksurfacesTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).ABSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood d24" 30" BFS2430__ $186 $396 $376 $501 +$12 +$3224" 36" BFS2436__ $196 $406 $386 $511 +$20 +$3324" 42" BFS2442__ $216 $456 $431 $566 +$20 +$3724" 48" BFS2448__ $250 $490 $465 $600 +$20 +$3824" 54" BFS2454__ $266 $506 $481 $616 +$20 +$4024" 60" BFS2460__ $288 $558 $528 $673 +$30 +$4324" 66" BFS2466__ $317 $587 $557 $702 +$30 +$4424" 72" BFS2472__ $352 $622 $592 $737 +$30 +$4624" 78" BFS2478__ $382 $652 $622 $767 +$30 +$4730" 36" BFS3036__ $263 $473 $453 $578 +$20 +$3530" 42" BFS3042__ $283 $523 $498 $623 +$20 +$3830" 48" BFS3048__ $317 $557 $532 $667 +$20 +$4030" 54" BFS3054__ $337 $577 $552 $687 +$30 +$4130" 60" BFS3060__ $361 $631 $601 $736 +$30 +$4430" 66" BFS3066__ $391 $661 $631 $776 +$30 +$4630" 72" BFS3072__ $424 $694 $664 $809 +$30 +$4730" 78" BFS3078__ $454 $724 $694 $839 +$30 +$49d d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 393

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesTransition WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Illustration above showsa left-hand worksurface.cNeed help?Product details,page 150• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Reinforcing brace for worksurfaces wider than 60"W1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.394 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesTransition WorksurfacesTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).AACCBBSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B C d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood dLeft-Hand Worksurfaces30" 24" 60" BZC302460__ $527 $822 $777 $ 962 +$30 +$4730" 24" 66" BZC302466__ $547 $842 $798 $ 982 +$30 +$4930" 24" 72" BZC302472__ $568 $863 $818 $1003 +$30 +$5030" 24" 78" BZC302478__ $588 $883 $836 $1023 +$30 +$5236" 30" 60" BZC363060__ $588 $883 $836 $1023 +$30 +$5936" 30" 66" BZC363066__ $608 $903 $854 $1043 +$30 +$5236" 30" 72" BZC363072__ $628 $923 $873 $1063 +$30 +$5336" 30" 78" BZC363078__ $649 $944 $892 $1084 +$30 +$55d d d d d d d dRight-Hand Worksurfaces24" 30" 60" BZC243060__ $527 $822 $777 $ 962 +$30 +$4724" 30" 66" BZC243066__ $547 $842 $798 $ 982 +$30 +$4924" 30" 72" BZC243072__ $568 $863 $818 $1003 +$30 +$5024" 30" 78" BZC243078__ $588 $883 $836 $1023 +$30 +$5230" 36" 60" BZC303660__ $588 $883 $836 $1023 +$30 +$5930" 36" 66" BZC303666__ $608 $903 $854 $1043 +$30 +$5230" 36" 72" BZC303672__ $628 $923 $873 $1063 +$30 +$5330" 36" 78" BZC303678__ $649 $944 $892 $1084 +$30 +$55d d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 395

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesCorner, Straight-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneercNeed help?Product details,page 154Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminate WoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B C D d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood dACDBTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).24" 24" 42" 42" BFC224242__ $399 $599 $537 $682 +$20 +$4824" 24" 48" 48" BFC224848__ $443 $643 $581 $726 +$20 +$5030" 24" 48" 48" BFC324848__ N.A. $662 $601 $751 +$20 +$4924" 30" 48" 48" BFC234848__ N.A. $662 $601 $751 +$20 +$4930" 30" 48" 48" BFC334848__ $481 $681 $619 $764 +$20 +$52d d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.396 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesCorner, Curved-Front WorksurfacesLaminateCorner, Curved-FrontWorksurfacesTip: Corner, curved-frontworksurfaces are availablein laminate only.cNeed help?Product details,page 154Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Vinyl P-edge profile on all sides: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateTip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateDPlanning DStyle DVinyldDimensions dNumber dP-EdgedA B C D d dd d dSuffix PACDBTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).24" 24" 42" 42" BCC224242__ $39924" 24" 48" 48" BCC224848__ $44330" 30" 48" 48" BCC334848__ $481d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 397

Universal Freestanding Worksurfaces30" Radius Corner, Straight-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneercNeed help?Product details,page 156Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminate WoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B C D d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood dACDBTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).24" 24" 42" 42" BBC224242__ $399 $624 $592 $707 +$20 +$4824" 24" 48" 48" BBC224848__ $443 $668 $636 $751 +$20 +$5030" 30" 48" 48" BBC334848__ $481 $706 $674 $789 +$20 +$52d d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.398 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding Worksurfaces30" Radius Corner, Curved-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood Veneer30" Radius Corner,Curved-Front WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 156Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminate WoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B C D d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood dACDBTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).24" 24" 42" 42" BRC224242__ $399 $624 $592 $707 +$20 +$4824" 24" 48" 48" BRC224848__ $443 $668 $636 $751 +$20 +$5030" 30" 48" 48" BRC334848__ $481 $706 $674 $789 +$20 +$53d d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 399

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesExtended Corner, Straight-Front WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Illustration above showsa left-hand worksurface.cNeed help?Product details,page 158• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Reinforcing brace for worksurfaces wider than 60"W1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles at right2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.400 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesExtended Corner,Straight-Front WorksurfacesTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).ACCDABDBFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminate WoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B C D d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood dLeft-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" 60" 42" BE226042L__ $638 $1063 $1008 $1188 +$30 +$5424" 24" 66" 42" BE226642L__ $691 $1116 $1061 $1241 +$30 +$6824" 24" 72" 42" BE227242L__ $744 $1194 $1139 $1319 +$30 +$6924" 24" 78" 42" BE227842L__ $797 $1247 $1192 $1372 +$30 +$7124" 24" 60" 48" BE226048L__ $648 $1073 $1018 $1198 +$42 +$6824" 24" 66" 48" BE226648L__ $703 $1128 $1073 $1253 +$42 +$6924" 24" 72" 48" BE227248L__ $757 $1207 $1152 $1332 +$42 +$7124" 24" 78" 48" BE227848L__ $812 $1262 $1207 $1387 +$42 +$7230" 24" 60" 48" BE326048L__ N.A. $1133 $1079 $1258 +$42 +$6930" 24" 66" 48" BE326648L__ N.A. $1188 $1133 $1313 +$42 +$7130" 24" 72" 48" BE327248L__ N.A. $1267 $1211 $1392 +$42 +$7230" 24" 78" 48" BE327848L__ N.A. $1322 $1264 $1447 +$42 +$7430" 30" 60" 48" BE336048L__ $749 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" 66" 48" BE336648L__ $803 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" 72" 48" BE337248L__ $856 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" 78" 48" BE337848L__ $911 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.d d d d d d d dRight-Hand Worksurfaces24" 24" 42" 60" BE224260R__ $638 $1063 $1008 $1188 +$30 +$5424" 24" 42" 66" BE224266R__ $691 $1116 $1061 $1241 +$30 +$6824" 24" 42" 72" BE224272R__ $744 $1194 $1139 $1319 +$30 +$6924" 24" 42" 78" BE224278R__ $797 $1247 $1152 $1372 +$30 +$7124" 24" 48" 60" BE224860R__ $648 $1073 $1018 $1198 +$42 +$6824" 24" 48" 66" BE224866R__ $703 $1128 $1073 $1253 +$42 +$6924" 24" 48" 72" BE224872R__ $757 $1207 $1192 $1332 +$42 +$7124" 24" 48" 78" BE224878R__ $812 $1262 $1207 $1387 +$42 +$7224" 30" 48" 60" BE234860R__ N.A. $1133 $1079 $1258 +$42 +$6924" 30" 48" 66" BE234866R__ N.A. $1188 $1133 $1313 +$42 +$7124" 30" 48" 72" BE234872R__ N.A. $1267 $1211 $1392 +$42 +$7224" 30" 48" 78" BE234878R__ N.A. $1322 $1264 $1447 +$42 +$7430" 30" 60" 48" BE334860R__ $749 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" 66" 48" BE334866R__ $803 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" 72" 48" BE334872R__ $856 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" 78" 48" BE334878R__ $911 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.d d d d d d d dAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 401Worksurfaces

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesCorner, 120° WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneercNeed help?Product details,page 158Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).ACEDTip: Screens can be used oncorner, 120° worksurfaces.• 24"W screens can beused on worksurfaces withdimensions C and D eachequal to 43".• 24"W and 30"W screenscan be used on worksurfaceswith dimensionsC and D each equal to 49".Tip: Corner, 120° worksurfaceswith dimensionsC and D each equal to 37"cannot accommodatescreens.BRelated • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminate WoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B C D E d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood d24" 24" 36" 36" 62" BFB223636__ $658 $908 $846 $1011 +$20 +$6924" 24" 42" 42" 73" BFB224242__ $683 $932 $870 $1035 +$20 +$7124" 24" 48" 48" 83" BFB224848__ $707 $968 $895 $1072 +$20 +$7230" 30" 42" 42" 73" BFB334242__ $707 $957 $895 $1060 +$20 +$7230" 30" 48" 48" 83" BFB334848__ $732 $993 $919 $1108 +$20 +$74d d d d d d d d402 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesCapsule WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerCapsule WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 162Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Reinforcing brace for worksurfaces wider than 60"WRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood d24" 48" BFK2448__ $425 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.ABTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).30" 60" BFK3060__ $555 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.36" 72" BFK3672__ $798 $1098 $1043 $1268 +$42 +$8042" 84" BFK4284__ $861 $1191 $1156 $1371 +$42 +$8448" 96" BFK4896__ $892 $1252 $1272 $1432 +$68 +$86d d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 403

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesSpanner WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneercNeed help?Product details,page 164Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood dABTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).30" 48" BFSP48__ $378 $628 $596 $810 +$30 +$5330" 52" BFSP52__ $398 $648 $596 $830 +$30 +$5536" 60" BFSP60__ $418 $718 $740 $900 +$30 +$5636" 64" BFSP64__ $438 $738 $740 $920 +$30 +$57d d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.404 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesPeninsula WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerPeninsula WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 166Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood dA27" 36" BFP2736__ $358 $608 $556 $790 +$20 +$51d d d d d d d dBTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 405

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesTapered Peninsula WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneercNeed help?Product details,page 166Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodCBDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B C d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood d27" 32" 48" BFTP48__ $511 $811 $752 $1014 +$20 +$4733" 40" 60" BFTP60__ $522 $822 $780 $1025 +$30 +$50d d d d d d d dATip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.406 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesBubble Jetty WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerTip: Illustration aboveshows a left-hand unit.cNeed help?Product details,page 166Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).ABBARelated • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood dLeft-Hand Worksurfaces24" 72" BFJ2472L__ $770 $1120 $1058 $1333 +$42 +$7024" 78" BFJ2478L__ $792 $1192 $1130 $1405 +$42 +$7430" 72" BFJ3072L__ $792 $1142 $1080 $1355 +$42 +$7430" 78" BFJ3078L__ $817 $1217 $1155 $1430 +$42 +$79d d d d d d d dRight-Hand Worksurfaces24" 72" BFJ2472R__ $770 $1120 $1058 $1333 +$42 +$7024" 78" BFJ2478R__ $792 $1192 $1130 $1405 +$42 +$7430" 72" BFJ3072R__ $792 $1142 $1080 $1355 +$42 +$7430" 78" BFJ3078R__ $817 $1217 $1155 $1430 +$42 +$79d d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 407

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesRound WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneercNeed help?Product details,page 168Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416ProductsSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).DOptionsd(Add $ toDDiameter DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)d dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered dd d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood d36" BFR36__ $402 $ 777 $747 $ 927 +$20 +$3842" BFR42__ $440 $ 815 $785 $ 965 +$20 +$4148" BFR48__ $480 $ 905 $875 $1055 +$30 +$4654" BFR54__ $580 $1005 $965 $1165 +$30 +$49d d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.408 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesSquare WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneerSquare WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 168Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood dBATip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).24" 24" BFRQ24__ $175 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.30" 30" BFRQ30__ $249 $469 $449 $579 +$20 +$3336" 36" BFRQ36__ $358 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.42" 42" BFRQ42__ $392 $642 $612 $762 +$30 +$4148" 48" BFRQ48__ $437 $717 $677 $827 +$30 +$4654" 54" BFRQ54__ $517 $797 $757 $927 +$42 +$49d d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 409

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesRectangle WorksurfacesLaminate or Wood VeneercNeed help?Product details,page 168Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood veneer• Laminate worksurface: plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Wood worksurface: wood square 3 mm, wood tapered,or 6000 Black plastic P-edge profile on all sides• Reinforcing brace for worksurfaces wider than 60"WRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgeV Wood with vinyl P-edgeSW Wood with square edgeBW Wood with tapered edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate or wood color number forworksurface3 Plastic color number for P-edge onlaminate worksurface, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLaminate worksurfacesMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWood veneer worksurfaces• Customiz stain Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify full-fill finish number.Tip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416Products • Worksurface screens cPage 441• Worksurface power and communication components cPage 443Specification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateWoodDOptionsd(Add $ toDPlanning DStyle DVinyl DVinyl DWood DWood dBase Price)dDimensions dNumber dP-Edge dP-Edge dSquare dTapered ddA B d d d dEdge dEdge dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d d dStain on dFinishd d dSuffix P dSuffix V dSuffix SW dSuffix BW dWood dABTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).36" 72" BFRR3672__ $808 $1143 $1078 $1333 +$42 +$8242" 84" BFRR4284__ $861 $1226 $1161 $1416 +$42 +$8448" 96" BFRR4896__ $892 $1257 $1192 $1447 +$68 +$86d d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.410 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesHub Spanner WorksurfacesLaminateHub Spanner WorksurfacesTip: Hub spannerworksurfaces are availablein laminate only.cNeed help?Product details,page 170Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Vinyl P-edge profile on all sides: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate edgeprofile suffix in the space providedP Laminate with vinyl P-edgecSee edge profiles below2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateTip: Legs to support freestandingworksurfaces mustbe specified separately.Tip: Hub spanner worksurfaceis a single surface.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the edge profile(for example, BZC302460__becomes BZC302460V forwood with vinyl P-edgeprofile).Related • Legs for Freestanding Worksurfaces cPage 416ProductsSpecification InformationU.S. Base PricesLaminateDDiameter DStyle DVinyld dNumber dP-Edged d dd d dSuffix P52" BFSPF52__ $52264" BFSPF64__ $537d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 411

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesLaminate, with CrankStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyBAcNeed help?Product details,page 172• Worksurface: laminate• Vinyl P-edge profile on all sides: plastic• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shrouds and feet: paint price group 1• Crank handle1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for edge4 Paint color number for leg shrouds andfeet5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Adjustable-height worksurfacesare available inlaminate only.Tip: Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresassembly and attachmentto the worksurface.Tip: 45 1 ⁄4" dual corner andbi-level corner worksurfacescan support both a keyboardand a mouse pad on thesame surface.BAOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$58 Specify paint color number.• Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDPlanning DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedA B d dPriced d dCorner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces24" 42" BCKSC42P $180424" 48" BCKSC48P $1847d d dBADual Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces24" 42" BCKDC42P $244624" 48" BCKDC48P $2489d d dBABi-Level Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces24" 42" BCKBC42P $244624" 48" BCKBC48P $2489d d dBA30" Radius Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces24" 42" BBCKSC42P $180424" 48" BBCKSC48P $1847d d dcSpecification information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.412 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesAdjustable-HeightWorksurfaces with CrankcSpecification information continuedBASpecification InformationDPlanning DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedA B d dPriced d dStraight WorksurfacesWorksurfaces30" 42" BCKSS42P $166530" 48" BCKSS48P $1692d d dBADual Straight Worksurfaces36" 42" BCKDS42P $230736" 48" BCKDS48P $2334d d dBABi-Level Straight Worksurfaces36" 42" BCKBS42P $230736" 48" BCKBS48P $2334d d dTip: Gas cylinder packagecan be field-installed tosingle and dual crankadjustable worksurfaces toprovide additional lift.cPage 173Pair of Gas CylindersADJHTGASCYL $160d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 413

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesLaminate, with Electrically Adjustable Column SupportStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyBAcNeed help?Product details,page 174• Worksurface: laminate• Vinyl P-edge profile on all sides: plastic• Drawer-mounted two-button controller• Adjustable-height column mechanism and base:paint price group 1• 9' power cord: black vinyl only• Attachment hardware1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for edge4 Paint color number for column and base5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Adjustable-height worksurfacesare available inlaminate only.Tip: Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresassembly and attachmentto the worksurface.Tip: 48" dual corner worksurfacescan support both akeyboard and a mouse padon the same surface.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 58 Specify paint color number.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateProgrammable • Drawer-mounted six-button +$299 Specify with SSM.Memorycontroller with 3x3programmable memoryand soft-start/soft-stopHigh-Performance • 250 pound weight capacity +$699 Specify with 250SSM.Adjustable-Height and drawer-mountedWorksurface with six-button controller withProgrammable 3x3 programmable memoryMemoryand soft-start/soft-stopFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.414 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesAdjustable-HeightWorksurfaces withElectrically AdjustableColumn SupportBASpecification InformationDPlanning DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedA B d dPriced d dCorner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces24" 42" BECSC42P $217624" 48" BECSC48P $2219d d dWorksurfacesBADual Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces24" 42" BECDC42P $281524" 48" BECDC48P $2861d d dBA30" Radius Corner, Straight-Front Worksurfaces24" 42" BBECSC42P $217624" 48" BBECSC48P $2219d d dBAStraight Worksurfaces30" 42" BECSS42P $203730" 48" BECSS48P $2064d d dBADual Straight Worksurfaces36" 42" BECDS42P $267936" 48" BECDS48P $2706d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 415

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesLegs for Freestanding WorksurfacesCabby LegsTip: Illustration above showslegs with casters.Tip: Illustration above showslegs with optional glides.Tip: Corner worksurfacesrequire a leg in the backcorner. Be sure to order fifthleg if specifying a packageof four.Tip: See Worksurface andLeg Combinations page fornumber of legs required perworksurface.cPage 178Tip: Height of leg includesworksurface thickness.cNeed help?Product details,page 176Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 17 Specify paint color number.per leg• Polished Chrome +$104 Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome.per legCastersOne cabby legand • One glide No cost Specify with glide.Glides • One non-locking caster No cost Specify with non-locking caster.Specification InformationPackage of four cabby legs• Four glides No cost Specify with four glides.• Two glides and two No cost Specify with two glides and twonon-locking castersnon-locking casters.• Four non-locking casters No cost Specify with four non-locking casters.• Four locking casters No cost Specify with four locking casters.DPlanning DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dBased d dPriced d dOne Cabby LegStandard Includes26" DLNCAB26S $12528 1 ⁄2" DLNCAB28S $125d d dPackage of Four Cabby Legs26" DLNCAB264 $50028 1 ⁄2" DLNCAB284 $500d d d• Worksurface legs: paint or metal• Casters: paint or metal default—One cabby leg: one locking caster—Package of four cabby legs: two locking andtwo non-locking casters• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint or metal color number for leg andcaster3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.416 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesLegs for FreestandingWorksurfacesElliptical Legswith Alignment TabTip: Use 26"H legs for nestingcapabilities and use28 1 ⁄2"H legs to achieve standardheight worksurfaces.cNeed help?Product details,page 176Standard Includes• Worksurface leg: paint or metal• Glides: paint or metal• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint or metal color number for leg3 Paint or metal color number for glides4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceElliptical legsMaterials • Black No cost Specify with 7207 Black paint.• Platinum No cost Specify with 7604 Platinum.• Polished Chrome +$70 Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome.WorksurfacesGlides• Black No cost Specify with 7207 Black paint.• Brushed Aluminum No cost Specify with 8042 Brushed Aluminum.• Polished Aluminum No cost Specify with 8046 Polished Aluminum.Tip: Height of leg includesworksurface thickness.Specification InformationDPlanning DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dBased d dPriced d d26" BEL25 $14028 1 ⁄2" BEL27 $158d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cLegs for Freestanding Worksurfaces, continued 417

Universal Freestanding WorksurfacesLegs for Freestanding Worksurfaces, continuedPost Legs and Double Post C-Legwith Alignment TabTip: See Worksurface andLeg Combinations page fornumber of legs required perworksurface.cPage 178cNeed help?Product details,page 176Standard Includes• Worksurface legs: paint• Attachment hardware• Caster, if selected: black plastic only—One post leg: non-locking caster—Package of four post legs: four non-locking castersRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for legs.3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.per legSpecification InformationTip: Height of leg includesworksurface thickness.DHeight DStyle DU.S. DHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase d dNumber dBased d dPrice d d dPriced d d d d dSingle Post Leg with Alignment TabOne Post LegPackages of Four26" DLNANPS $105 26" DLNANP4 $42028 1 ⁄2" DLNAPS $110 28 1 ⁄2" DLNAP4 $440d d d d d dSingle Post Leg with Caster with Alignment TabOne Post LegPackages of Four26" DLNANPSC $116 26" DLNANP4C $46428 1 ⁄2" DLNAPSC $121 28 1 ⁄2" DLNAP4C $484d d d d d dDouble Post C-Leg with Alignment Tab28 1 ⁄2" DLNAC $332d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.418 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

SpecifyingAnswerWorksurfacesWorksurfacesWorksurfacesStraight Worksurfaces 420Transition Worksurfaces 421Straight Corner Worksurfaces 422Curved Corner Worksurfaces 423Straight Corner and Curved Corner Worksurfaces 424with Adjustable Keyboard ShelfExtended Curved Corner Worksurfaces 425Peninsula and Bullet Peninsula Worksurfaces 427Angled Peninsula Worksurfaces 428Spanner Worksurfaces 429Trapezoid and Spanner Tables 430Oval Worksurfaces 431Visitor and Curved Linking Worksurfaces 432Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 433Panel-Mounted Answer Worksurface Supports 436Legs and Supports for Answer Worksurfaces 439Modesty Panels 440Answer Solutions Specification Guide 419

Straight WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to Specify24" and 30"cNeed help?Product details,page 188• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Cable scallops in the back edge1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.36" to 60"66" and 72"Tip: Reinforcing channel(TS7WKSPT) is available toadd support to worksurfacesthat have 60" or more ofunsupported kneespace andwhich will be heavily loadedmust be ordered separately.cPage 437Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Wood veneer worksurface Specify with wood worksurface andMaterials with wood edge select wood color number.—24" x 24" to 24" x 48" +$210—24" x 60" to 30" x 48" +$250—30" x 60" to 30" x 72" +$300• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Reinforcing channel cPage 437Products • Legs and supports for Answer Worksurfaces cPage 439• Modesty panels cPage 440• Worksurface power and communication cPage 443Specification InformationDDepth DWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA dB dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d dStain on dFinishd d d d dWood d24" 24" TS72424S $135 +$12 +$2424" 30" TS72430S $145 +$12 +$2424" 36" TS72436S $153 +$12 +$2424" 42" TS72442S $166 +$20 +$4124" 48" TS72448S $196 +$20 +$4124" 60" TS72460S $224 +$20 +$4124" 66" TS72466S $250 +$30 +$6024" 72" TS72472S $280 +$30 +$6030" 24" TS73024S $191 +$12 +$2430" 30" TS73030S $199 +$20 +$4130" 36" TS73036S $212 +$20 +$4130" 42" TS73042S $224 +$20 +$4130" 48" TS73048S $254 +$20 +$4130" 60" TS73060S $288 +$30 +$6030" 66" TS73066S $314 +$30 +$6030" 72" TS73072S $343 +$30 +$60d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.420 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Transition WorksurfacesTransition WorksurfacesAWBcNeed help?Product details,page 188Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Cable scallops in the back edgeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Wood veneer worksurface Specify with wood worksurface andMaterials with wood edge select wood color number.—24" x 30" x 36" to +$235—24" x 30" x 48"—24" x 30" x 60" +$300—30" x 24" x 36" to +$235—30" x 24" x 48"—30" x 24" x 60" +$300• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Legs and supports for Answer Worksurfaces cPage 439Products • Modesty panels cPage 440• Worksurface power and communication cPage 443Specification InformationDDepth DWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B d dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d dStain on dFinishd d d d dWood d24" 30" 36" TS7243036T $299 +$20 +$4124" 30" 42" TS7243042T $315 +$20 +$4124" 30" 48" TS7243048T $367 +$20 +$4124" 30" 60" TS7243060T $419 +$30 +$6030" 24" 36" TS7302436T $299 +$20 +$4130" 24" 42" TS7302442T $315 +$20 +$4130" 24" 48" TS7302448T $367 +$20 +$4130" 24" 60" TS7302460T $419 +$30 +$60d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 421

Straight Corner WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyDWWDcNeed help?Product details,page 188• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Cable scallops in the back edges• Corner bracket: black paint only1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Wood veneer worksurface +$210 Specify with wood worksurface andMaterials with wood edge select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 20 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish +$ 41 Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Legs and supports for Answer Worksurfaces cPage 439Products • Modesty panels cPage 440• Worksurface power and communication cPage 443Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d24" 36" TS72436SC $26624" 42" TS72442SC $29324" 48" TS72448SC $33230" 42" TS73042SC $32430" 48" TS73048SC $365d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.422 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Curved Corner WorksurfacesCurved CornerWorksurfacesDWWDcNeed help?Product details,page 188Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Cable scallops in the back edges• Corner bracket: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Wood veneer worksurface +$225 Specify with wood worksurface andMaterials with wood edge select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 20 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish +$ 41 Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Legs and supports for Answer Worksurfaces cPage 439Products • Modesty panels cPage 440• Worksurface power and communication cPage 443Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d24" 36" TS72436CC $29224" 42" TS72442CC $31924" 48" TS72448CC $35730" 42" TS73042CC $34930" 48" TS73048CC $390d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 423

Straight Corner and Curved Corner Worksurfaces withAdjustable Keyboard ShelfPanel SupportedcNeed help?Product details,page 188Standard Includes• Monitor and keyboard worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Cable scallops in the back edges• Corner bracket: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for monitorand keyboard worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Keyboard surfaceadjusts 6" higher or 5" lowerthan worksurface height.Tip: Curved corner worksurfaceswith adjustable keyboardshelf must be panelhung.Tip: 24"D curved cornerworksurface with adjustablekeyboard shelf must be supportedwith a center supporton each side.Tip: 30"D curved cornerworksurface with adjustablekeyboard shelf can be supportedwith a cantilever orcenter support.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Wood veneer worksurface +$225 Specify with wood worksurface andMaterials with wood edge select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 20 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish +$ 41 Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Legs and supports for Answer Worksurfaces cPage 439Products • Worksurface power and communication cPage 443Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dStraight Corner24" 42" TS72442SCP $71824" 48" TS72448SCP $75730" 48" TS73048SCP $790d d dCurved Corner24" 42" TS72442CCP $74424" 48" TS72448CCP $78230" 48" TS73048CCP $815d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.424 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Extended Curved Corner WorksurfacesLeft-Hand UnitsExtended Curved CornerWorksurfaces,Left-Hand UnitscNeed help?Product details,page 188Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Cable scallops in the back edges• Corner bracket: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Legs and supports for Answer Worksurfaces cPage 439Products • Modesty panels cPage 440• Worksurface power and communication cPage 443Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCD24" 24" 60" 42" TS7226042EL $50724" 24" 60" 48" TS7226048EL $516AB24" 24" 72" 42" TS7227242EL $59924" 24" 72" 48" TS7227248EL $61024" 30" 60" 42" TS7236042EL $56224" 30" 60" 48" TS7236048EL $56924" 30" 72" 42" TS7237242EL $65824" 30" 72" 48" TS7237248EL $66230" 24" 60" 42" TS7326042EL $56230" 24" 60" 48" TS7326048EL $56930" 24" 72" 42" TS7327242EL $65830" 24" 72" 48" TS7327248EL $66230" 30" 60" 42" TS7336042EL $58930" 30" 60" 48" TS7336048EL $59530" 30" 72" 42" TS7337242EL $68330" 30" 72" 48" TS7337248EL $688d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 425

Extended Curved Corner WorksurfacesRight-Hand UnitscNeed help?Product details,page 188Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Cable scallops in the back edges• Corner bracket: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Legs and supports for Answer Worksurfaces cPage 439Products • Modesty panels cPage 440• Worksurface power and communication cPage 443ACDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d d24" 24" 42" 60" TS7224260ER $50724" 24" 42" 72" TS7224272ER $59924" 24" 48" 60" TS7224860ER $51624" 24" 48" 72" TS7224872ER $61024" 30" 42" 60" TS7234260ER $56224" 30" 42" 72" TS7234272ER $65824" 30" 48" 60" TS7234860ER $56924" 30" 48" 72" TS7234872ER $66230" 24" 42" 60" TS7324260ER $56230" 24" 42" 72" TS7324272ER $65830" 24" 48" 60" TS7324860ER $56930" 24" 48" 72" TS7324872ER $66230" 30" 42" 60" TS7334260ER $58930" 30" 42" 72" TS7334272ER $68330" 30" 48" 60" TS7334860ER $59530" 30" 48" 72" TS7334872ER $688d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.426 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Peninsula and Bullet Peninsula WorksurfacesPeninsula andBullet PeninsulaWorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 188Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Double post leg: paint• Attachment hardware: black paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for double post leg4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminatePeninsula worksurface• Wood veneer worksurface +$300 Specify with wood worksurface andwith wood edgeselect wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 42 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish +$ 84 Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Bullet peninsula worksurface• Wood veneer worksurface +$300 Specify with wood worksurface andwith wood edgeselect wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 42 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish +$ 84 Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Legs • Standing-height double +$ 49 Specify with standing-height doublepost legspost legs.Related • Cantilever cPage 436Products • Side-support bracket cPage 436DWS Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dPeninsula Worksurfaces30" 48" TS73048P $67830" 60" TS73060P $696d d dDW30X60Bullet Peninsula Worksurfaces30" 60" TS73060BP $69630" 66" TS73066BP $70630" 72" TS73072BP $714d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 427

Angled Peninsula WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 189Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Double post leg: paint• Conference end support for use on 24"D or 30"D left orright side of angled peninsula worksurface: paint• Attachment hardware: black paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for double post legand conference end support, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Wood veneer worksurface +$300 Specify with wood worksurface andMaterials with wood edge select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 42 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish +$ 84 Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSupports • Standing-height double +$ 66 Specify with standing-height double postpost legs and standing-heightlegs and standing-height conference endconference end supports forsupports.24"D and 30"DRelated • Cantilever cPage 436Products • Side-support bracket cPage 436Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dDDWWith Double Post Leg and Conference End Support24" 48" TS72448AP $83824" 60" TS72460AP $85930" 48" TS73048AP $83830" 60" TS73060AP $859d d dDDWWith Double Post Leg Only27" 48" TS72748AP $72627" 60" TS72760AP $74733" 48" TS73348AP $72633" 60" TS73360AP $747d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.428 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Spanner WorksurfacesSpanner WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 189Standard Includes\• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Double-post leg: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for leg4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesTip: Remember to specifycantilevers to attach spannerworksurface to adjacentworksurfaces on 51" and63" spanner tops.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Wood veneer worksurface +$300 Specify with wood worksurface andMaterials with wood edge select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 30 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish +$ 60 Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateLegs • Standing-height double +$ 49 Specify with standing-height doublepost legpost leg.• Substitute leg package with +$183 Specify with post legs.two post legs and two postlegs with casters to makefreestanding spanner tablein the field on 51"W and 63"WRelated • Legs and supports for Answer Worksurfaces cPage 439ProductsWDSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dSpanner Worksurfaces with One Double Post Leg25 1 ⁄2" 51" TS751HR $58031 1 ⁄2" 63" TS763HR $662d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 429

Trapezoid and Spanner TablescNeed help?Product details,page 189Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Two post legs and two post legs with casters: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for legs4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Wood veneer worksurface +$300 Specify with wood worksurface andMaterials with wood edge on spanner select wood color number.worksurface only• Customiz stain on wood +$ 30 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish +$ 60 Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWDSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dTrapezoid Table24" 72" TS772TR $841d d dWDSpanner Worksurfaces with Two Post Legs and Two Post Legs with Casters24" 48" TS748HR $76330" 60" TS760HR $845d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.430 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Oval WorksurfacesOval WorksurfacesWDcNeed help?Product details,page 189Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Slight radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl defaultRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Wood veneer worksurface Specify with wood worksurface andMaterials with wood edge select wood color number.—42"W +$250—60"W to 72"W +$300• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateLegsLegs on 42"W oval worksurface• Two post legs and two post +$462 Specify with two post legs and two postlegs with casterslegs with casters and indicate paintcolor number for legs.• Four single post legs with +$504 Specify with four single post legs withcasterscasters and indicate paint color numberfor legs.• Four single post legs +$470 Specify with four single post legs andindicate paint color number for legs.• Four nesting post legs with +$472 Specify with four nesting post legs withcasterscasters and indicate paint color numberfor legs.Legs on 60"W and 72"W oval worksurfaces• Two post legs and two post +$462 Specify with two post legs and two postlegs with casterslegs with casters and indicate paint colornumber for legs.• Four single post legs +$470 Specify with four single post legs andindicate paint color number for legs.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain on dFinishd d d dWood d21" 42" TS72142WT $341 +$20 +$4130" 60" TS73060WT $627 +$30 +$6036" 72" TS73672WT $693 +$42 +$84d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 431

Visitor and Curved Linking WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 189Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Single post leg on curved linking worksurface: paint• Center support panel for use on left or right side ofvisitor worksurface: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for leg or centersupport panel4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Wood veneer worksurface +$235 Specify with wood worksurface andMaterials with wood edge select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish +$ 24 Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSupportsVisitor worksurfaces• Standing-height center +$ 10 Specify with standing-height centersupport panelsupport panel.Curved linking worksurfaces• Standing-height single +$ 17 Specify with standing-height singlepost legpost leg.Specification InformationLLRRTip: Remember to ordercantilevers to connectcurved linking worksurfacesto adjacent worksurfaces.cPage 241DDepth DDepth DStyle DU.S.dLeft dRight dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dVisitor Worksurfaces24" 24" TS72424V $40124" 30" TS72430V $42230" 24" TS73024V $42230" 30" TS73030V $422d d d dCurved Linking Worksurfaces27" 27" TS72727L $48127" 33" TS72733L $50233" 27" TS73327L $50233" 33" TS73333L $502d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.432 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Adjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith CrankAdjustable-HeightWorksurfacesTip: Gas cylinder packagecan be field installed tosingle and dual crankadjustable worksurfaces toprovide additional lift.cPage 191Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assembly.Also, worksurface requiresassembly to mechanism.Tip: Extension link worksurfacesmay be attachedonly to corner or bi-levelworksurfaces. They cannotbe attached to dualworksurfaces.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.cNeed help?Product details,page 190Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$58 Specify paint color number.• Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCorner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" TS7CKSC42 $169422 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" TS7CKSC48 $1742d d dDual Corner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" TS7CKDC42 $233622 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" TS7CKDC48 $2384d d dBi-Level Corner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" TS7CKBC42 $233622 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" TS7CKBC48 $2384d d dStraight Worksurfaces281⁄4" 40" TS7CKSS42 $159828 1 ⁄4" 46" TS7CKSS48 $1650d d dDual Straight Worksurfaces34 1 ⁄4" 40" TS7CKDS42 $224034 1 ⁄4" 46" TS7CKDS48 $2292d d dBi-Level Straight Worksurfaces341⁄4" 40" TS7CKBS42 $224034 1 ⁄4" 46" TS7CKBS48 $2292d d dPair of Gas CylindersStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge profile on user’s side: vinyl (PVC) default• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shrouds and feet: paint price group 1• Crank handleTS7GC $ 160d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for leg shroudsand feet4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 433

Adjustable-Height Extension Link Worksurfaceswith CrankTip: Extension link worksurfacesmay be attachedonly to corner or bi-levelworksurfaces. They cannotbe attached to dualworksurfaces.Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assembly.Also, worksurface requiresassembly to mechanism.cNeed help?Product details,page 191Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.• Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open Line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-HandStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius edge profile on user’s side: vinyl (PVC) default• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shroud and foot: paint price group 1• Gas cylinder22 1 ⁄4" 24" TS7CKEL24 $131622 1 ⁄4" 36" TS7CKEL36 $1435d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for leg shroudand foot4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Right-Hand22 1 ⁄4" 24" TS7CKER24 $131622 1 ⁄4" 36" TS7CKER36 $1435d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.434 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Adjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith Electrically Adjustable Column SupportAdjustable-HeightWorksurfaces withElectrically AdjustableColumn SupportTip: Adjustable-heightmechanism requires attachmentto the base andworksurface.cNeed help?Product details,page 192Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius edge profile on user’s side: vinyl (PVC) default• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Drawer-mounted two-button controller• Adjustable-height column mechanism and base:paint price group 2• 9' power cord: black vinyl only• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for column and base4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 58 Specify paint color number.• Customer’s own laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.WorksurfacesProgrammable • Drawer-mounted six-button +$299 Specify with SSM.Memorycontroller with 3x3programmable memoryand soft-start/soft-stopHigh-Performance • 250 pound weight capacity +$699 Specify with 250SSM.Adjustable-Height and drawer-mountedWorksurface with six-button controller withProgrammable 3x3 programmable memoryMemoryand soft-start/soft-stopSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCorner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" TS7ECSC42 $204322 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" TS7ECSC48 $2091d d dDual Corner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" TS7ECDC42 $268522 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" TS7ECDC48 $2733d d dStraight Worksurfaces28 1 ⁄4" 40" TS7ECSS42 $194728 1 ⁄4" 46" TS7ECSS48 $1999d d dDual Straight Worksurfaces34 1 ⁄4" 40" TS7ECDS42 $258934 1 ⁄4" 46" TS7ECDS48 $2641d d dAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 435

Panel-Mounted Answer Worksurface SupportsOn-Module CantilevercNeed help?Product details,pages 194Standard Includes• Cantilever: paint• Tie plate• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for cantilevercSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Answer panel junctionscan accommodate only onecantilever at a seam.Tip: 30"D straight and transitioncantilevered worksurfacesrequire additionalfloor support along the frontedge, such as a pedestal,end panel, post leg, sidesupport bracket, or an adjacentreturn worksurface.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7CANT $85ddSide Support BracketsTip: Side support bracketincludes a pair of handedbrackets, only one of whichis required for rear cornersupport of panel-mountedcorner worksurfaces. Specifyone for every two cornerworksurfaces in on-moduleapplications. Order an additionalsupply for off-modulefin wall applications.cNeed help?Product details,page 194Standard IncludesSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedUSSBR $30dd• Pair of handed side support brackets: black paint only• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSupport PlateTip: Support plate can alsobe used in freestandingapplications.cNeed help?Product details,pages 194Standard Includes• Support plate: black paint only• Attachment hardwareSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d14"D TS714WSP $5320"D TS720WSP $53d d dRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.436 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Panel-Mounted AnswerWorksurface SupportsTie PlatescNeed help?Product details,page 194Standard Includes• Package of six tie plates: black paint only• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyStyle numberWorksurfacesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d3 3 ⁄4"L TS7TIEPLATE $78d d dReinforcing ChannelcNeed help?Product details,page 195Standard Includes• Reinforcing channel: black paint only• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Reinforcing channel isrecommended to add supportto worksurfaces thathave 60" or more of unsupportedkneespace.Tip: Reinforcing channel canalso be used in freestandingapplications.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d57"W TS7WKSPT $40d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cPanel-Mounted Answer Worksurface Supports, continued 437

Panel-Mounted Answer Worksurface Supports, continuedCenter Support PanelcNeed help?Product details,page 194Standard Includes• Center support panel: paint price group 1• Tie plate• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for center supportpanel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$12 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$18 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDPlanning DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedD H d dPriced d d11" 28 1 ⁄2" TS7CTRPNL $ 95Standing Height11" 41 1 ⁄2" TS7CPS $112d d dEnd PanelcNeed help?Product details,page 194Standard Includes• End panel: paint price group 1• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$25 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$43 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDPlanning DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedD H d dPriced d d24" 28 1 ⁄2" TS724EPNL $30530" 28 1 ⁄2" TS730EPNL $345Standing Height24" 41 1 ⁄2" TS724EPS $35930" 41 1 ⁄2" TS730EPS $405d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.438 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Legs and Supports for Answer WorksurfacesLegs and Supports forAnswer WorksurfacesTip: Height dimensionslisted are nominal andinclude the thickness of aworksurface.cNeed help?Product details,pages 196Standard IncludesSpecification InformationDPlanning DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dPriced d d• Legs and column: paint• Attachment hardware• Caster, if selected: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for leg or columncSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesSingle Post Legs28 1 ⁄2" TS7SPL $105Standing Height41 1 ⁄2" TS7SPLS $124d d dNesting Post Leg26" TS7NPL $ 97d d dSingle Post Leg with Caster28 1 ⁄2" TS7SPLC $126d d dNesting Post Leg with Caster26" TS7NPLC $118d d dDouble Post Legs28 1 ⁄2" TS7DPL $279Standing HeightTip: Double post legs can beused as a shared or columnsupport in applications withother post legs.41 1 ⁄2" TS7DPLS $328d d dDouble Post C-Leg28 1 ⁄2" TS7CL $318d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 439

Modesty PanelsWTip: Use two modestypanels stacked to achieve afull-height modesty panel.Tip: Order additional bracketwhen modesty panels areused with C-leg.cNeed help?Product details,page 198Standard Includes• Ribbed-steel modesty panel: paint price group 1• C-leg bracket, if selected: paint• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for panel3 Paint color number for C-leg bracket,if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$25 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$43 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dModesty Panels24" 11" TS724MP $16430" 11" TS730MP $17336" 11" TS736MP $18342" 11" TS742MP $19248" 11" TS748MP $20160" 11" TS760MP $22472" 11" TS772MP $246d d dC-Leg Bracket to Connect Modesty Panel to C-Leg (package of 2)TS7CLB $ 49d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.440 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

SpecifyingWorksurface ScreensWorksurfacesSpecifyingWorksurface Screens 442Answer Solutions Specification Guide 441

Worksurface ScreensStandard IncludesRequired to Specify50%50%cNeed help?Product details,page 202• Screen: laminae or vertical surface fabric• Back plate for 24"H screen: 4799 Platinum only• Foot for 15"H laminae screen: 4799 Platinum only• Frame and foot for 15"H knit screen: 4799 Platinum only• Attachment clamps: 4799 Platinum only• Adjustment knob for clamp: 7237 Slate only• Cover for clamp: 7237 Slate only1 Style number2 Laminae or vertical surface fabric colornumber for screencSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification Information50%50%50%42"WTip: Attachment clamps arenot included with screens.Clamps must be specifiedseparately.DWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d24"H Laminae Screen36" DAP36 $26042" DAP42 $28048" DAP48 $30054" DAP54 $320d d d15"H Laminae Screen24" DALP24 $17330" DALP30 $18836" DALP36 $20342" DALP42 $218d d d15"H Knit Screen24" DALK24 $17330" DALK30 $18836" DALK36 $20342" DALK42 $218d d dPair of Attachment Clamps for WorksurfaceDSCLAMP $100d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.442 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

SpecifyingWorksurface Power andCommunicationIncludes Internode and Wiring and Cabling AccessoriesWorksurfacesSpecifyingInternode Power and Communication ComponentsFloor Power Infeeds 444Multipurpose Power Infeeds 445Beltway Power Outfeed 446Power Modules 447Modular Harnesses 448Receptacles 450Convenience Tri-Receptacles with Modular Harness 451Convenience Tri-Receptacle with Power Cord and Plug 452Communication Module 452Convenience Communication Outlet Housing 452Above-Worksurface Clamp Kit 453Below-Worksurface Mounting Bracket 453Mounting Bracket 454Cord and Cable Manager 454Harness Clips 454Wiring and Cabling AccessoriesPower Spheres 455Power and Communication Spheres 455Communication Sphere 456Power and Communication Port 456Power Strip 456Power/Data Boxes 457Field-Installed Round Grommet 457Answer Worksurface Wire Manager 458Vertebral Cable Riser and Extension 458Skeleton Bone Wire Managers 459Cable and Fiber Reel 459Termination Plate 459Cord Reel 460Cable Storage Tray 460Wire Guide Clip 460Wire Clip 461Velcro Wire Clip 461Post Leg Wire Manager 461Wire Manager 462Ganging Bracket for Tables 462Answer Solutions Specification Guide 443

Internode Power and Communication ComponentsFloor Power InfeedscNeed help?Product details,page 210Standard Includes• Junction box fittings for hardwired connection• Liquid-tight flexible conduit: black vinylRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Floor power infeedcannot be used in New YorkCity. Use a multipurposepower infeed instead.Specification InformationDLength DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d4-Circuit, 3+16' GFUFFH6X $16212' GFUFFH12X $216d d d4-Circuit, 2+26' GFUFFH6Y $16212' GFUFFH12Y $216d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals6' GFUFFH6Z $16212' GFUFFH12Z $216d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.444 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Internode Powerand CommunicationComponentsMultipurpose Power InfeedsHardwirecNeed help?Product details,page 209Standard Includes• Junction box fittings for hardwired connection, if selected• Modular connector, if selected• Modular connector receptacle included withmodular option• Modular infeed cover, if selected: plastic• Conduit: metalRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for modular infeedcover, if selectedcSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesModularTip: Modular connectorreceptacle covers a standard4 9 ⁄16" square junctionbox.Tip: Municipal buildingcodes vary. Reviewinstallation requirementswith local inspector priorto installation to ensure allguidelines are met.Specification InformationDLength and DStyle DU.S.dConnection dNumber dPriced d d4-Circuit, 3+112' Hardwire GSGUFMH12X $24312' Modular GSGUFMM12X $31124' Hardwire GSGUFMH24X $35224' Modular GSGUFMM24X $419d d d4-Circuit, 2+212' Hardwire GSGUFMH12Y $24312' Modular GSGUFMM12Y $31124' Hardwire GSGUFMH24Y $35224' Modular GSGUFMM24Y $419d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals12' Hardwire GSGUFMH12Z $24312' Modular GSGUFMM12Z $31124' Hardwire GSGUFMH24Z $35224' Modular GSGUFMM24Z $419d d dModular Infeed CoverN.A. GSGUFC $ 31d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cInternode Power and Communication Components, continued 445

Internode Power and Communication Components, continuedBeltway Power OutfeedcNeed help?Product details,page 209Standard Includes• 72" harness: metallic• Modular connector to attach to receptacle locationin beltway: plastic• Modular connector to attach to power moduleRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for modularconnectorcSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Beltway power outfeedcover and tri-receptacle arealways the same color.Specification InformationDStyledNumberd4-Circuit, 3+1DU.S.dPricedGFUBFM6X $189dd4-Circuit, 2+2GFUBFM6Y $189dd3-Circuit, Separate NeutralsGFUBFM6Z $189ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.446 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Internode Powerand CommunicationComponentsPower ModulescNeed help?Product details,page 208Standard Includes• Power block and enclosing housing: 4793 Solar Black only• Four modular receptacle attachment points• Mounting bracket, if selected: 6653 Solar Black only• Two covers: 6653 Solar Black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberWorksurfacesTip: Remember to specifyreceptacles separately.cPage 450Related Products• Receptacles cPage 450• Mounting bracket cPage 454Specification Information1 15 /16"1 5 /8" 1 3 /16"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.DDimensions DIncludes DStyle DU.S.dD W H dMounting dNumber dPriced dBracket d dd d d d4-Circuit, 3+13" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBX $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMX $176Block-to-Block Connector1 7 ⁄8" 1 5 ⁄8" 1 15 ⁄16" N.A. GSGUBCX $ 41For Use in New York City3" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBXNYC $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMXNYC $176d d d d4-Circuit, 2+23" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBY $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMY $176Block-to-Block Connector1 3 ⁄16" 1 5 ⁄8" 1 15 ⁄16" N.A. GSGUBCY $ 41For Use in New York City3" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBYNYC $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMYNYC $176d d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals3" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBZ $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMZ $176Block-to-Block Connector1 3 ⁄16" 1 5 ⁄8" 1 15 ⁄16" N.A. GSGUBCZ $ 41For Use in New York City3" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBZNYC $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMZNYC $176d d d dAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cInternode Power and Communication Components, continued 447

Internode Power and Communication Components, continuedModular HarnessescNeed help?Product details,page 208Standard Includes• HarnessRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Modular-to-hardwireharnesses, modular lightingharnesses, and in-lineswitch harnesses work onLine 1 only.Specification InformationDLength DDescription DStyle DU.S.d d dNumber dPriced d d d4-Circuit, 3+112" GSGUH12X $ 9522" GSGUH22X $ 9528" GSGUH28X $ 9532" GSGUH32X $ 9538" GSGUH38X $ 9544" GSGUH44X $10850" GSGUH50X $10854" GSGUH54X $10864" GSGUH64X $12276" GSGUH76X $13588" GSGUH88X $149100" GSGUH100X $162120" GSGUH120X $189144" GSGUH144X $216Harness-to-Harness ConnectorModular-to-Hardwire HarnessesGSGUHCX $ 4172" Modular/Hardwire GSGUHHX $122In-Line Switch Harnesses72" Switch GSGUHSX $135d d d d4-Circuit, 2+212" GSGUH12Y $ 9522" GSGUH22Y $ 9528" GSGUH28Y $ 9532" GSGUH32Y $ 9538" GSGUH38Y $ 9544" GSGUH44Y $108d d d dcSpecification Information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.448 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Internode Powerand CommunicationComponentsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.cSpecification Information, continuedSpecification InformationDLength DDescription DStyle DU.S.d d dNumber dPriced d d d4-Circuit, 2+2, continued50" GSGUH50Y $10854" GSGUH54Y $10864" GSGUH64Y $12276" GSGUH76Y $13588" GSGUH88Y $149100" GSGUH100Y $162120" GSGUH120Y $189144" GSGUH144Y $216Harness-to-Harness ConnectorModular-to-Hardwire HarnessesGSGUHCY $ 4172" Modular/Hardwire GSGUHHY $122In-Line Switch Harnesses72" Switch GSGUHSY $135d d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals12" GSGUH12Z $ 9522" GSGUH22Z $ 9528" GSGUH28Z $ 9532" GSGUH32Z $ 9538" GSGUH38Z $ 9544" GSGUH44Z $10850" GSGUH50Z $10854" GSGUH54Z $10864" GSGUH64Z $12276" GSGUH76Z $13588" GSGUH88Z $149100" GSGUH100Z $162120" GSGUH120Z $189144" GSGUH144Z $216Harness-to-Harness ConnectorModular-to-Hardwire HarnessesGSGUHCZ $ 4172" Modular/Hardwire GSGUHHZ $122In-Line Switch Harnesses72" Switch GSGUHSZ $135d d d dWorksurfacesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cInternode Power and Communication Components, continued 449

Internode Power and Communication Components, continuedReceptaclescNeed help?Product details,page 208Standard Includes• Individual receptacles: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptaclecSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Receptacles are specifiedindividually so you canorder exactly the quantityyou need.Specification InformationSystem GroundIsolated GroundDLine DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPrice dNumber dPriced d d d d4-Circuit, 3+115-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1SSX $32 GSGUR1SGX $41Line 2 GSGUR2SSX $32 GSGUR2SGX $41Line 3 GSGUR3SSX $32 GSGUR3SGX $41Line 4 GSGUR4SSX $32 GSGUR4SGX $4120-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1TSX $49 GSGUR1TGX $62Line 2 GSGUR2TSX $49 GSGUR2TGX $62Line 3 GSGUR3TSX $49 GSGUR3TGX $62Line 4 GSGUR4TSX $49 GSGUR4TGX $62d d d d d4-Circuit, 2+215-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1SSY $32 GSGUR1SGY $41Line 2 GSGUR2SSY $32 GSGUR2SGY $41Line 3 GSGUR3SSY $32 GSGUR3SGY $41Line 4 GSGUR4SSY $32 GSGUR4SGY $4120-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1TSY $49 GSGUR1TGY $62Line 2 GSGUR2TSY $49 GSGUR2TGY $62Line 3 GSGUR3TSY $49 GSGUR3TGY $62Line 4 GSGUR4TSY $49 GSGUR4TGY $62d d d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals15-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1SSZ $32 GSGUR1SGZ $41Line 2 GSGUR2SSZ $32 GSGUR2SGZ $41Line 3 GSGUR3SSZ $32 GSGUR3SGZ $4120-amp ReceptaclesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Line 1Line 2GSGUR1TSZGSGUR2TSZ$49$49GSGUR1TGZGSGUR2TGZ$62$62Line 3 GSGUR3TSZ $49 GSGUR3TGZ $62450d d d d dAnswer Solutions Specification Guide

Internode Powerand CommunicationComponentsConvenience Tri-Receptacle with Modular HarnesscNeed help?Product details,page 209Standard Includes• Convenience tri-receptacle with three outlets: plastic• Harness with modular connector for attachment to endof power module• Conduit: metallic• Mounting clamp kitRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptacle3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.WorksurfacesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyOutfeed • Beltway power outfeed +$21 Specify with beltway power outfeedconnector with cover thatconnector.matches receptacle colorSpecification InformationDHarness DLine DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dLength d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d4-Circuit, 3+1With System GroundWith Isolated Ground72" Line 1 GFUT1S72X $149 GFUT1G72X $149Line 2 GFUT2S72X $149 GFUT2G72X $149Line 3 GFUT3S72X $149 GFUT3G72X $149Line 4 GFUT4S72X $149 GFUT4G72X $149d d d d d d4-Circuit, 2+2With System GroundWith Isolated Ground72" Line 1 GFUT1S72Y $149 GFUT1G72Y $149Line 2 GFUT2S72Y $149 GFUT2G72Y $149Line 3 GFUT3S72Y $149 GFUT3G72Y $149Line 4 GFUT4S72Y $149 GFUT4G72Y $149d d d d d d3-Circuit, Separate NeutralsWith System GroundWith Isolated Ground72" Line 1 GFUT1S72Z $149 GFUT1G72Z $149Line 2 GFUT2S72Z $149 GFUT2G72Z $149Line 3 GFUT3S72Z $149 GFUT3G72Z $149d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cInternode Power and Communication Components, continued 451

Internode Power and Communication Components, continuedConvenience Tri-Receptacle with Power Cord and PlugcNeed help?Product details,page 209Standard Includes• Convenience receptacle with three outlets: plastic• 96" power cord with grounded plug: black onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptaclecSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: This unit does notinclude clamp kit.cPage 453Related Products• Above-worksurface clamp kit cPage 453• Below-worksurface mounting bracket cPage 453Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d2 3 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄4" 2 1 ⁄2" GFUTP96 $81d d dCommunication ModulecNeed help?Product details,page 209Standard Includes• Two-piece communication module: 4793 Solar Black only• One cover, used to adapt NEMA opening to modularfurniture faceplate openingRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Communication modulecan be attached to a powermodule, mounting bracket,or directly onto the undersideof a worksurface.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3" 5" 4" GFUSCM $41d d dConvenience Communication Outlet HousingTip: This unit does notinclude clamp kit.cPage 453Tip: Convenience communicationoutlet housing can beconnected to conveniencetri-receptacles side by side.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.cNeed help?Product details,page 209Standard IncludesRelated ProductsSpecification Information• Housing for field-installed modular communicationsfaceplate: plastic• Above-worksurface clamp kit cPage 453• Below-worksurface mounting bracket cPage 453DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d2 3 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄4" 2 1 ⁄2" GFUCH $41d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for housingcSee Surface Materials, page 600.452 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Internode Powerand CommunicationComponentsAbove-Worksurface Clamp KitcNeed help?Product details,page 210Standard Includes• Mounting clamp to secure convenience tri-receptacleto worksurface: 6653 Solar Black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberWorksurfacesRelated Products• Convenience tri-receptacles with modular harness cPage 451• Convenience tri-receptacles with power cord and plug cPage 452• Convenience communication outlet housing cPage 452Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedGFUTMC $14ddBelow-Worksurface Mounting BracketTip: Mounting bracket supportsconvenience tri-receptaclesand conveniencecommunication outlet housingbelow the worksurface.Tip: Each tri-receptacle,whether power or communications,should have itsown mounting bracket forbelow-worksurface mountingapplications.cNeed help?Product details,page 209Related ProductsSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedGFUTMB $10ddStandard Includes• Mounting bracket: 4793 Solar Black only• Convenience tri-receptacles with modular harness cPage 451• Convenience tri-receptacles with power cord and plug cPage 452• Convenience communication outlet housing cPage 452Required to SpecifyStyle numberFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cInternode Power and Communication Components, continued 453

Internode Power and Communication Components, continuedMounting BracketcNeed help?Product details,page 209Standard Includes• Mounting bracket: 4793 Solar Black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Mounting bracket supportseither a communicationmodule or a powermodule.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedGFUMB $27ddCord and Cable ManagercNeed help?Product details,page 209Standard Includes• Cord and cable manager: 6653 Solar Black only• Package of fourRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 1 ⁄2" 10" 1 3 ⁄4" GFUCCM $81d d dHarness ClipscNeed help?Product details,page 209Standard Includes• Package of 25 harness clips with screws: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDiameter DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d1 1 ⁄4" GFUCMC $27d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.454 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring and Cabling AccessoriesWiring and CablingAccessoriesPower SpherescNeed help?Product details,page 212Standard Includes• Sphere with four simplex electrical outlets:black plastic only• Two 6' power cords (each rated at 15 amps), if selected:black plastic only• Two 6' Greenfield conduits (each rated at 15 amps),if selected: metal onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberWorksurfacesTip: Sphere is field installed.Use 3"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dFour Electrical Outlets with Two 6' Power Cords3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB1 $164d d dFour Electrical Outlets with Two 6' Greenfield Conduits for Hardwiring3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB2 $283d d dPower and Communication SpheresTip: Sphere is field installed.Use 3"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation.Tip: Face plates in sphereaccommodates standardvoice/data jacks.cNeed help?Product details,page 212Standard IncludesSpecification Information• Sphere with two simplex electrical outlets:black plastic only• Face plates to accommodate two customer-suppliedvoice/data jacks: black plastic only• 6' power cord with plug rated at 15 amps, if selected:black plastic only• 6' Greenfield conduit for hardwiring, if selected: metal onlyDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dSphere with One 6' Power Cord3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB3 $164d d dSphere with One 6' Greenfield Conduit for Hardwiring3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB4 $232d d dRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cWiring and Cabling Accessories, continued 455

Wiring and Cabling Accessories, continuedCommunication SpherecNeed help?Product details,page 212Standard Includes• Sphere with face plates to accommodate four customersuppliedvoice/data jacks: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Sphere is field installed.Use 3"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation.Tip: Face plates in sphereaccommodates standardvoice/data jacks.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB5 $164d d dPower and Communication PortcNeed help?Product details,page 212Standard Includes• Port with two electrical outlets: black plastic only• 6' power cord with plug rated at 15 amps: black plastic only• Adapters for two customer-supplied data couplers/jacksRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationTip: Port is field installed.Use a 3 1 ⁄2"-diameter drill tocut mounting hole at desiredlocation.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d4 1 ⁄4" 4 1 ⁄4" 4 5 ⁄16" PTRSGB1 $256d d dPower StripcNeed help?Product details,page 214Standard Includes• Power strip with 6' cord and three-prong plug:Grey Value 5 paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedWithout Line Conditioner88PS $ 68With Line Conditioner88PSLC $171ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.456 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring and CablingAccessoriesPower/Data BoxescNeed help?Product details,page 214Standard Includes• Power/data box• Power/power box• Data/data boxRequired to SpecifyStyle numberWorksurfacesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dPower/Data Box3" 3" 1" GVPDBOX $180d d dPower/Power Box3" 3" 1" GVPPBOX $180d d dData/Data Box3" 3" 1" GVDDBOX $180d d dField-Installed Round GrommetTip: Grommet PTGRMT isfor use on worksurfacesonly.cNeed help?Product details,page 214Standard Includes• Grommet: paint or metal• Installation instructionsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPriced d d2 1 ⁄2" 2 1 ⁄2" PTGRMT $50d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint or metal color numbercSee Surface Materials, page 600.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cWiring and Cabling Accessories, continued 457

Wiring and Cabling Accessories, continuedAnswer Worksurface Wire ManagercNeed help?Product details,page 214Standard Includes• Set of six field installed worksurface wire managers:plastic• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for worksurfacewire manager:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6695 Midnight6697 FogSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7WWM $100ddVertebral Cable Riser and ExtensioncNeed help?Product details,page 215Standard Includes• Vertebral cable riser: black plastic only• Attachment hardware• Floor plate: Metallic Aluminum onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationTip: 15 3 ⁄4"L cable riser is anextension only. Extensiondoes not include attachmenthardware or floor plate.DLength DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dVertebral Cable Riser31 1 ⁄2" DAVC $97d d dVertebral Cable Riser Extension15 3 ⁄4" DAVCE $28d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.458 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring and CablingAccessoriesSkeleton Bone Wire ManagerscNeed help?Product details,page 215Standard Includes• Wire manager: black plastic• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyStyle numberWorksurfacesSpecification Information3"Note: This product isTurnstone, NOT Steelcase.It is included here to simplifyyour planning. Rememberthat Steelcase has differentpricing terms than Turnstoneproducts.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dSkeleton Bone Wire Manager1 1 ⁄2 " 1 3 ⁄8 " 38" TS5SKLBNE $115Skeleton Bone Wire Manager Extension1 1 ⁄2 " 1 3 ⁄8 " 36" TS5SKEXT $ 98d d dCable and Fiber ReelcNeed help?Product details,page 216Standard Includes• Package of four reels: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98766 $87ddTermination PlatecNeed help?Product details,page 217Standard Includes• Termination plate: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 ⁄4" 7 1 ⁄8" 7 1 ⁄8" 98765 $14d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cWiring and Cabling Accessories, continued 459

Wiring and Cabling Accessories, continuedCord ReelcNeed help?Product details,page 218Standard Includes• Carton of six cord reels: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98767 $37ddCable Storage TraycNeed help?Product details,page 218Standard Includes• Cable storage tray: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d2" 24" 2 1 ⁄2" 98768 $28d d dWire Guide ClipcNeed help?Product details,page 218Standard Includes• Carton of 20 adhesive-backed wire guide clips:black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced32WCP $21ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.460 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Wiring and CablingAccessoriesWire ClipcNeed help?Product details,page 218Standard Includes• Carton of six: black plastic only• Foam tape• Mounting screwsRequired to SpecifyStyle numberWorksurfacesSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced999CHT $37ddVelcro Wire ClipTip: Attaches under worksurfaceswith screws oraround leg.Note: This product isTurnstone, NOT Steelcase.It is included here to simplifyyour planning. Rememberthat Steelcase has differentpricing terms than Turnstoneproducts.cNeed help?Product details,page 218Standard Includes• Package of six wire clips: velcro• Attachment hardwareSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1⁄2 " 8" 1⁄2 " TS5LEGCLP $33d d dRequired to SpecifyStyle numberPost Leg Wire ManagercNeed help?Product details,page 218Standard Includes• Package of 20 wire managers: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS7LWM $30ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cWiring and Cabling Accessories, continued 461

Wiring and Cabling Accessories, continuedWire ManagercNeed help?Product details,page 219Standard Includes• 25" wire manager with double-sided tape: black plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1" 3 ⁄4" 25" PTWM25 $12d d dGanging Bracket for TablescNeed help?Product details,page 219Standard Includes• Ganging bracket: black paintRequired to SpecifyStyle numberNote: This product isTurnstone, NOT Steelcase.It is included here to simplifyyour planning. Rememberthat Steelcase has differentpricing terms from Turnstoneproducts.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPriced d d1 1 ⁄2 " 9" TS5GANGBKT $14d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.462 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

SpecifyingStorageUniversal Storage Products 465Answer Storage Products 525StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 463

464 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

SpecifyingUniversal StorageProductsUniversal PedestalsUniversal Fixed Pedestals 466Universal Mobile Pedestals 470Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion Kits 474Universal Pedestal Accessories 475Universal Lateral Files 478Universal TowersUniversal Open Side Towers 482Universal Full Front Towers 486Universal Vertical Drawer Towers 502Universal Workstation Verticals 506Universal Lockers 510Universal Bins and ShelvesUniversal Overhead Bins 514Universal Overhead Bins with Wood Door 515Universal Full-Height Shelf 516Accessories 517Universal Curved Front Bins 518Universal Curved Front Bins with Wood Door 519Universal L-Shelf 520Stationary Shelf 521Display Shelf 521Accessories 522StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 465

Universal Fixed Pedestalswith Flush Steel FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 228Standard Includes• Pedestal and filler, if selected: paint price group 1• Removable drawer fronts with integral pulls:paint to match pedestal• Full drawer interiors: black only– Full-depth drawer bodies– Full-extension drawer suspensions– One pencil tray per box/box/file, box drawer dividersand adjustable file rails• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Mounting hardware• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal and filler,if selected3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Pulls • Full-width wood veneer pull +$115 Specify with wood pull and indicatewood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer pullcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic Drawer 18"D and 24"D box/box/file pedestalsInteriors • Full-depth drawers, box –$ 35 Specify with basic drawers.drawers with 3 ⁄4-extensions,and no drawer accessories30"D box/box/file pedestals• 3 ⁄4-depth drawers, box drawers –$ 65with 3 ⁄4-extensions, and nodrawer accessoriesSpecify with basic drawers.18"D and 24"D file/file pedestals• Full depth drawers and no –$ 20 Specify with basic drawers.drawer accessories30"D file/file pedestals• 3 ⁄4-depth drawer and no –$ 50 Specify with basic drawers.drawer accessoriesLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• No lock –$ 50 Specify with no lock.• Individual locking drawers on +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.file/file pedestals onlyRelated • Pedestal conversion kits cPage 474Products • Universal pedestal accessories cPage 475For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.466 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Fixed Pedestalswith Flush Steel FrontSpecification InformationTip: Use 27"H pedestals toalign with Universal Storagewith 3" base. 27"H pedestalssupport worksurfaces at28 1 ⁄2"H.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d27"H Fixed Pedestals with 3" BaseTwo Box Drawers and One File Drawer17 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPF1827AF $43022 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPF2427AF $46528 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPF3027AF $555Two File Drawers17 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPF1827BF $41522 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPF2427BF $45028 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPF3027BF $540d d dStoragePedestal Fillers (for 27"H Fixed Pedestals with Flush Fronts)On-Module Filler for Use with Answer Panels1 3 ⁄8" N.A. 27" RPXFTAKFP $ 45d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 467

Universal Fixed Pedestalswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 228Standard Includes• Pedestal and filler, if selected: paint price group 1• Removable drawer fronts: paint to match pedestal orwood veneer if proud wood front selected• Contemporary pulls: metal• Full drawer interiors: black only– Full-depth drawer bodies– Full-extension drawer suspensions– One pencil tray per box/box/file, box drawer dividersand adjustable file rails• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Mounting hardware• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for pedestal and filler,if selected3 Wood color number for drawer fronts,if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$12 Specify with Customiz stain.wood drawer frontscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Pulls • Handle pull No cost Specify with handle pull.• Jazz pull +$40 Specify with jazz pull.• Bar pull +$50 Specify with bar pull.Basic Drawer 18"D and 24"D box/box/file pedestalsInteriors • Full-depth drawers, box –$35 Specify with basic drawers.drawers with 3 ⁄4-extensions,and no drawer accessories30"D box/box/file pedestals• 3 ⁄4-depth drawers, box drawers –$65with 3 ⁄4-extensions, and nodrawer accessoriesSpecify with basic drawers.18"D and 24"D file/file pedestals• Full depth drawers and no –$20 Specify with basic drawers.drawer accessories30"D file/file pedestals• 3 ⁄4-depth drawer and no –$50 Specify with basic drawers.drawer accessoriesLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• No lock –$50 Specify with no lock.• Individual locking drawers on +$95 Specify with individual drawer lock.file/file pedestals onlyRelated • Pedestal conversion kits cPage 474Products • Universal pedestal accessories cPage 475For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.468 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Fixed Pedestalswith Proud Steel orWood FrontTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RPF1825A__becomes RPF1825AP forproud steel front).Tip: Use 27"H pedestals toalign with Universal Storagewith 3" base. 27"H pedestalssupport worksurfaces at28 1 ⁄2"H.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dNumber dSteel dWoodd d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix W27"H Fixed Pedestals with 3" BaseTwo Box Drawers and One File Drawer18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPF1827A__ $430 $60523 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPF2427A__ $465 $64029 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPF3027A__ $555 $730Two File Drawers18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPF1827B__ $415 $59023 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPF2427B__ $450 $62529 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPF3027B__ $540 $715d d d dStoragePedestal Fillers (for 27"H Fixed Pedestals with Proud Fronts)DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dOn-Module Filler for Use with Answer Panels1 ⁄2" N.A. 27" RPXFTAKPP $ 45d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 469

Universal Mobile Pedestalswith Flush Steel FrontStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: 1 ⁄8"H steel top is nonstructural.cNeed help?Product details,page 230• Pedestal: paint price group 1• 1 ⁄8"H steel top: paint to match pedestal• Removable drawer fronts with integral pulls:paint to match pedestal• Full drawer interiors: black only– Full-depth drawer bodies– Full-extension drawer suspensions– One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file rails• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four hard-composition, non-locking casters: black only• Safety interlock mechanism• Counter-weight package1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Tip: Optional tops willincrease the overallpedestal height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, finishesmust be selected for boththe wood veneer top and thewood veneer fronts.Tops • 1"H square edge steel top +$ 45 Specify with steel square top.Laminate top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Square edge +$195 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate toplaminate color number.• 1 7 ⁄16"H Bullnose laminate top +$215 Specify with bullnose laminate top andindicate laminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Wood veneer top +$285 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Full-fill finish on wood +$ 15 Specify with full-fill finish.veneer top• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.cOptions, continued on next pageCushion top for factory installation on RPM2421CF only• Cushion top without handle +$230 Specify with cushion top and indicatefabric color number.• Cushion top with 9201 +$300 Specify with cushion top and handle andPolished Chrome handleindicate fabric color number.Upholstery on cushion top• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 33 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 50 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 85 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$125 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$195 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$500 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Customer’s own material +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual(COM) or Customer’s ownto specify.leather (COL)For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.470 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Mobile Pedestalswith Flush Steel FrontcOptions, continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyPulls • Full-width wood pull +$115 Specify with wood pull and indicatewood color number.• Customiz stain on wood pull +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic Drawer Box/file and box/box/file pedestalsInteriors • Full-depth drawers, box –$ 35 Specify with basic drawers.drawers with 3 ⁄4-extensions,and no drawer accessoriesFile/file pedestals• Full depth drawers and no –$ 20 Specify with basic drawers.drawer accessoriesStorageLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers on +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.file/file pedestals onlyRelated • Universal pedestal accessories cPage 475ProductsSpecification InformationDActual DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedD W H d dPriced d dBox/File17 1 ⁄2" 15" 21" RPM1821CF $60022 5 ⁄8" 15" 21" RPM2421CF $625d d dBox/Box/File17 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPM1827AF $65522 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPM2427AF $695d d dFile/File17 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPM1827BF $64022 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPM2427BF $680d d dPedestal Cushion Top for Field Installation on RPM2421CFCushion Top without Handle22 5 ⁄8" 15" 2 1 ⁄4" RPXTC24F $230Cushion Top with 9201 Polished Chrome Handle22 5 ⁄8" 15" 2 1 ⁄4" RPXTCH24F $300d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 471

Universal Mobile Pedestalswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: 1 ⁄8"H steel top is nonstructural.cNeed help?Product details,page 230• Pedestal: paint price group 1• 1 ⁄8"H steel top: paint to match pedestal• Removable drawer fronts: paint to match pedestal orwood veneer if proud wood front selected• Contemporary pulls: metal• Full drawer interiors: black only– Full-depth drawer bodies– Full-extension drawer suspensions– One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file rails• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four hard-composition, non-locking casters: black only• Safety interlock mechanism• Counter-weight package1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Wood color number for drawer fronts,if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.wood drawer frontscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: Optional tops willincrease the overallpedestal height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, finishesmust be selected for boththe wood veneer top and thewood veneer fronts.Tops • 1"H square edge steel top +$ 45 Specify with steel square top.Laminate top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Square edge +$195 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate toplaminate color number.• 1 7 ⁄16"H Bullnose laminate top +$215 Specify with bullnose laminate top andindicate laminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Wood veneer top +$285 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Full-fill finish on wood +$ 15 Specify with full-fill finish.veneer top• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Cushion top for factory installation on RPM2421CP and RPM2421CW only• Cushion top without handle +$230 Specify with cushion top and indicatefabric color number.• Cushion top with 9201 +$300 Specify with cushion top and handle andPolished Chrome handleindicate fabric color number.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.cOptions, continued on next pageUpholstery on pedestal cushion top• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 33 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 50 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 85 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$125 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$195 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$500 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Customer’s own material +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual(COM) or Customer’s ownto specify.leather (COL)472 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Mobile Pedestalswith Proud Steel orWood FrontcOptions, continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyPulls • Handle pull No cost Specify with handle pull.• Jazz pull +$40 Specify with jazz pull.• Bar pull +$50 Specify with bar pull.Basic Drawer Box/file and box/box/file pedestalsInteriors • Full-depth drawers, box –$35 Specify with basic drawers.drawers with 3 ⁄4-extensions,and no drawer accessoriesFile/file pedestals• Full depth drawers and no –$20 Specify with basic drawers.drawer accessoriesStorageLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers on +$95 Specify with individual drawer lock.file/file pedestals onlyRelated • Universal pedestal accessories cPage 475ProductsTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RPF1825A__becomes RPF1825AP forproud steel front).Specification InformationDActual DStyle DProud DProuddDimensions dNumber dSteel dWooddD W H d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix WBox/File18 3 ⁄8" 15" 21" RPM1821C__ $600 $77523 1 ⁄2" 15" 21" RPM2421C__ $625 $800d d d dBox/Box/File18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPM1827A__ $655 $83023 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPM2427A__ $695 $870d d d dFile/File18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPM1827B__ $640 $81523 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPM2427B__ $680 $855d d d dPedestal Cushion Top for Field Installation on RPM2421CP and RPM2421CW onlyDActual DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedD W H d dPriced d dCushion Top without Handle23 1 ⁄2" 15" 2 1 ⁄4" RPXTC24P $230Cushion Top with 9201 Polished Chrome Handle23 1 ⁄2" 15" 2 1 ⁄4" RPXTCH24P $300d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 473

Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion KitscNeed help?Product details,page 229Standard Includes• 1 ⁄8"H steel top: all paint price groups• Counter-weight package• Installation hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for topcSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationTip: Flush and proud frontpedestals require differentconversion kits. Be sure toorder the correct stylenumber for your application.Tip: When converting afile/file pedestal withindividual drawer locks, aninterlocking bar is requiredto provide stability to unit.Order Service Part Number1043924SR.DStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced18"D Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion KitFor Proud Steel or Proud Wood Front PedestalsRPXCKFFS18P $130For Flush Steel Front PedestalsRPXCKFFS18F $130dd24"D Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion KitFor Proud Steel or Proud Wood Front PedestalsRPXCKFFS24P $145For Flush Steel Front PedestalsRPXCKFFS24F $145dd30"D Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion KitFor Proud Steel or Proud Wood Front PedestalsRPXCKFFS30P $160For Flush Steel Front PedestalsRPXCKFFS30F $160ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.474 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Pedestal AccessoriesUniversal PedestalAccessoriesRailscNeed help?Product details,page 232Standard Includes• Package of two rails: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dFor Use with DrawersPackage of Two15" RXADRL15 $16d d dStorageDividerscNeed help?Product details,page 232Standard Includes• Package of two dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dFor Use in 6"H Drawers15" RXADV1506 $26ddFor Use in 12"H Drawers15" RXADV1212 $26d d dPencil TraycNeed help?Product details,page 233Standard Includes• Pencil tray: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Pedestals with boxdrawers include one penciltray per pedestal.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDPT $22ddAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Pedestal Accessories, continued 475

Universal Pedestal Accessories, continuedBi-Level TraycNeed help?Product details,page 233Standard Includes• Bi-level tray: black only• Two tray dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDBT $26ddMedia TraycNeed help?Product details,page 233Standard Includes• Media tray: black only• Four tray dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDMT $26ddReference ShelfcNeed help?Product details,page 233Standard Includes• Reference shelf: black only• Insert: clear plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDRS $30ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.476 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal PedestalAccessoriesFile Drawer Stationery Insert (Three-Pocket)cNeed help?Product details,page 233Standard Includes• Stationery insert: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Stationery insertcan be used in 12"H filedrawers only.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXFST $38ddStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 477

Universal Lateral Fileswith Flush Steel FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 234Standard Includes• Lateral file with integral pulls: paint price group 1• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match file• Drawer body: black only• One label holder per drawer: clear plastic• Drawer suspensions: black only• One hanging file bar per drawer• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for file3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface 28"HMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 46 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 78 Specify paint color number.Tip: Security top reducesoverall height byapproximately 1".Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Tops • Security top No cost Specify with security top.• Cable-routing top +$ 20 Specify with cable-routing top.No top• On 18"D x 30"W file –$ 71 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 36"W file –$ 77 Specify with no top.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 2"H base No cost Specify with 2" base.• 2 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 2 1 ⁄2" base.• 4 1 ⁄4"H base No cost Specify with 4 1 ⁄4" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Drawer • Rails for use on 18"D No cost Specify with rails.Interiorsunits only• Front-to-back divider package Prices at right Specify with front-to-back dividerpackage.Side-to-side divider package• On files with two drawers +$ 52 Specify with side-to-side divider package.Tip: Counter-weight packagesare recommendedbased on case size andinterior options.cSee SpecificationInformation at right.Tip: Counter-weight optionshould be specified if thecabinet is not ganged toadjacent cabinets or boltedto the floor or wall.Tip: Counter-weights shipseparately from case andmust be installed on site.Counter- • Package 3 +$ 58 Specify with counter-weight.WeightsLockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Individual locking drawers on 18"D file• With two drawers +$100 Specify with individual lock.Related • Drawer accessories cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Field-installed tops cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Counter-weightscSee Storage Specification Guide.478 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Lateral Fileswith Flush Steel FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1"H topand standard 3"H base.Specification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dPackage d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dFront-to-Backd d d d dDivider PkgTwo 12"H Drawers18" 30" 28" Package 3 RLN183024F $631 +$6218" 36" 28" Package 3 RLN183624F $730 +$62d d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 479

Universal Lateral Fileswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 234Standard Includes• Lateral file: paint price group 1• Contemporary pulls: metal• 1"H top on unit with proud steel front: paint to match file• Drawer fronts and 1"H top on unit with proud wood front:wood veneer• 3"H base: paint to match file• Drawer body: black only• One label holder per drawer: clear plastic• Drawer suspensions: black only• One hanging file bar per drawer• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for file3 Wood color number for drawer fronts andtop, if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface 28"HMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 46 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 78 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 32 Specify with Customiz stain.wood fronts and topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: Security top reducesoverall height byapproximately 1".Tops with Proud • Security top for use on 28"H No cost Specify with security top.Steel Front• Cable-routing top +$ 20 Specify with cable-routing top.No top• On 18"D x 30"W file –$ 71 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 36"W file –$ 77 Specify with no top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.Tip: Security top reducesoverall height byapproximately 1".Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tops with Proud • Security top for use on 28"H –$300 Specify with security top.Wood Front• Cable-routing top +$ 20 Specify with cable-routing top.No top• On 18"D x 30"W file –$371 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 36"W file –$377 Specify with no top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.cOptions, continued on next pageLaminate top• Square edge laminate top –$120 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminate480 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Lateral Fileswith Proud Steelor Wood FrontcOptions, continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyBases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 2"H base No cost Specify with 2" base.• 2 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 2 1 ⁄2" base.• 4 1 ⁄4"H base No cost Specify with 4 1 ⁄4" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Drawer • Rails for use on 18"D No cost Specify with rails.Interiorsunits only• Front-to-back divider package Prices below Specify with front-to-back dividerpackage.Side-to-side divider package• On files with two drawers +$ 52 Specify with side-to-side divider package.StorageTip: Counter-weight packagesare recommendedbased on case size andinterior options.cSee SpecificationInformation below.Tip: Counter-weight optionshould be specified if thecabinet is not ganged toadjacent cabinets or boltedto the floor or wall.Tip: Counter-weights shipseparately from case andmust be installed on site.Tip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1"H topand standard 3"H base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Pulls • Jazz pull +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar pull +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.Counter- • Package 3 +$ 58 Specify with counter-weight.WeightsLockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Individual locking drawers on 18"D file• With two drawers +$100 Specify with individual lock.Related • Drawer accessories cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Field-installed tops cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Counter-weightscSee Storage Specification Guide.Specification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProud DOptiondD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWood d(Add $ tod dPackage d dFront dFront dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W dFront-to-Backd d d d d dDivider PkgTwo 12"H Drawers18 7 ⁄8" 30" 28" Package 3 RLN183024__ $631 $1411 +$6218 7 ⁄8" 36" 28" Package 3 RLN183624__ $730 $1510 +$62d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 481

Universal Open Side Towerswith Flush Steel FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 238Standard Includes• Tower with integral pulls: paint price group 1• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match tower• Adjustable shelves, if selected: paint to match tower• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black• Post to support adjustable shelf: paint to match tower• Drawer body: black only• Drawer suspensions: black only• One divider per 3"H or 6"H drawer, if selected• Coat rod: 9201 Polished Chrome• Two lock face rings with plastic plugs to accommodatelock cylinders: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for tower3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.TopsSkylight top• Skylight top +$150 Specify with skylight top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3 ⁄16" to overall case height.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Glass • On 52"H towers +$ 12 Specify with glass shelves.Shelves • On 65 1 ⁄2"H towers +$ 24 Specify with glass shelves.Post • 9201 Polished Chrome +$ 20 Specify with chrome post.Tip: Drawer interior optionwill apply to all 12"H drawersin a unit.12"H Drawer • Rails +$ 8 Specify with rails.Interiorsper 12"H drawer• Dividers +$ 13 Specify with dividers.per 12"H drawerLockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Adjustable tower shelves cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Shelf bookends cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Details containerscSee Details Specification Guide.• Field-installed topscSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Drawer accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.482 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Open Side Towerswith Flush Steel FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dTower with Door Hinged on LeftOne Adjustable Shelf, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTB24244LAF $153229 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTB30244LAF $1684One Adjustable Shelf, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTB24244LBF $164229 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTB30244LBF $1819StorageTwo Adjustable Shelves, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245LCF $180029 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245LCF $1977Two Adjustable Shelves, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245LDF $191029 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245LDF $2113d d dTower with Door Hinged on RightOne Adjustable Shelf, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTB24244RAF $153229 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTB30244RAF $1684One Adjustable Shelf, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTB24244RBF $164229 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTB30244RBF $1819Two Adjustable Shelves, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245RCF $180029 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245RCF $1977Two Adjustable Shelves, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245RDF $191029 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245RDF $2113d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 483

Universal Open Side Towerswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 238Standard Includes• Tower: paint price group 1• Hinged door and drawer fronts on unit with proud woodfront: wood veneer• Contemporary pulls: metal• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match tower• Adjustable shelves, if selected: paint to match tower• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black• Post to support adjustable shelf: paint to match tower• Drawer body: black only• Drawer suspensions: black only• One divider per 3"H or 6"H drawer, if selected• Coat rod: 9201 Polished Chrome• Two lock face rings with plastic plugs to accommodatelock cylinders: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for tower3 Wood color number for door and drawerfronts, if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 30 Specify with Customiz stain.wood frontTopsSkylight top• Skylight top +$150 Specify with skylight top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3 ⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Glass • On 52"H towers +$ 12 Specify with glass shelves.Shelves • On 65 1 ⁄2"H towers +$ 24 Specify with glass shelves.Post • 9201 Polished Chrome +$ 20 Specify with chrome post.Tip: Drawer interior optionwill apply to all 12"H drawersin a unit.12"H Drawer • Rails +$ 8 per 12"H drawer Specify with rails.Interiors • Dividers +$ 13 per 12"H drawer Specify with dividers.Pulls • Jazz +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Related • Adjustable tower shelves cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Shelf bookends cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Details containerscSee Details Specification Guide.• Field-installed topscSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Drawer accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.484 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Open Side Towerswith Proud Steel orWood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dNumber dSteel dWoodd d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix WTower with Door Hinged on LeftOne Adjustable Shelf, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTB24244LA__ $1532 $200224" 24" 52" RTB30244LA__ $1684 $2154One Adjustable Shelf, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTB24244LB__ $1642 $211230" 24" 52" RTB30244LB__ $1819 $2289StorageTwo Adjustable Shelves, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245LC__ $1800 $227030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245LC__ $1977 $2447Two Adjustable Shelves, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245LD__ $1910 $238030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245LD__ $2113 $2583d d d dTower with Door Hinged on RightOne Adjustable Shelf, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTB24244RA__ $1532 $200230" 24" 52" RTB30244RA__ $1684 $2154One Adjustable Shelf, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTB24244RB__ $1642 $211230" 24" 52" RTB30244RB__ $1819 $2289Two Adjustable Shelves, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245RC__ $1800 $227030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245RC__ $1977 $2447Two Adjustable Shelves, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245RD__ $1910 $238030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245RD__ $2113 $2583d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 485

Universal Full Front Towerswith Flush Steel FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 242Standard Includes• Tower with hinged door and integral pull:paint price group 1• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match tower• Adjustable shelves, if selected: paint to match tower• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black• Roll-out shallow shelves, if selected: black• Roll-out shallow shelf suspension: black• One shelf stay per roll-out shallow shelf• File frames, if selected: black• File frame suspensions: black• One hanging file bar per file frame• Coat hook, if selected: black• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for tower3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.Tops • Cable routing top +$ 20 Specify with cable routing top.Skylight top• On 18"D x 18"W tower +$150 Specify with skylight top.• On 18"D x 24"W or +$150 Specify with skylight top.24"D x 18"W tower• On 24"D x 24"W tower +$150 Specify with skylight top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3 ⁄16" to overall case height.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.File Frame • Rails No cost Specify with rails.AccessoriesTip: Counter-weightpackages are recommendedbased on case sizeand interior options.cSee SpecificationInformation to the right.Tip: Counter-weight optionshould be specified if thecabinet is not ganged toadjacent cabinets or boltedto the floor or wall.Counter- • Package 2 +$ 39 Specify with counter-weight.Weights • Package 3 +$ 58 Specify with counter-weight.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Shelf bookends cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Details containers cSee Details Specification Guide.• Field-installed topscSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Roll-out shallow shelf accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.• File frame accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.Tip: Counter-weights shipseparately from case andmust be installed on site.486 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towerswith Flush Steel FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Specification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DU.S.dD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dBased dPackage d dPriced d d d52"H Tower with Door Hinged on LeftThree Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and One File Frame18" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184LAF $151618" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LAF $156123 1 ⁄8" 18" 52" N.A. RTA24184LAF $169423 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244LAF $1739Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Two File Frames18" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184LBF $154218" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LBF $158423 1 ⁄8" 18" 52" N.A. RTA24184LBF $171323 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244LBF $1761Two Adjustable Shelves and Two File Frames18" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184LCF $134218" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LCF $1377StoragePartition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and One File Frame18" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LDF $166123 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244LDF $1819Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LEF $168723 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244LEF $1839Partition with Coat Hook, Two Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LFF $1500d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Full Front Towers, continued 487

Universal Full Front Towers with Flush Steel Front, continuedTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DU.S.dD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dBased dPackage d dPriced d d d52"H Tower with Door Hinged on RightThree Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and One File Frame18" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184RAF $151618" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RAF $156123 1 ⁄8" 18" 52" N.A. RTA24184RAF $169423 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244RAF $1739Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Two File Frames18" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184RBF $154218" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RBF $158423 1 ⁄8" 18" 52" N.A. RTA24184RBF $171323 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244RBF $1761Two Adjustable Shelves and Two File Frames18" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184RCF $134218" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RCF $1377Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and One File Frame18" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RDF $166123 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244RDF $1819Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244REF $168723 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244REF $1839Partition with Coat Hook, Two Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RFF $1500d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.488 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towerswith Flush Steel FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DU.S.dD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dBased dPackage d dPriced d d d65 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on LeftThree Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Two File Frames18" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LGF $172618" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LGF $177723 1 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185LGF $192623 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LGF $1977Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Three File Frames18" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LHF $175218" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LHF $180023 1 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185LHF $194523 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LHF $2000One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LJF $162618" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LJF $1674Three Adjustable Shelves and Two File Frames18" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LKF $142618" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LKF $1468StoragePartition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frame18" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LLF $189723 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LLF $2068Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LMF $192323 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LMF $2087Partition with Coat Hook, One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LNF $1797Partition with Coat Hook, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LPF $1597d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Full Front Towers, continued 489

Universal Full Front Towers with Flush Steel Front, continuedTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DU.S.dD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dBased dPackage d dPriced d d d65 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on RightThree Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Two File Frames18" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RGF $172618" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RGF $177723 1 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185RGF $192623 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RGF $1977Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Three File Frames18" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RHF $175218" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RHF $180023 1 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185RHF $194523 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RHF $2000One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RJF $162618" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RJF $1674Three Adjustable Shelves and Two File Frames18" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RKF $142618" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RKF $1468Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frame18" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RLF $189723 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RLF $2068Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RMF $192323 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RMF $2087Partition with Coat Hook, One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RNF $1797Partition with Coat Hook, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RPF $1597d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next page490 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towerswith Flush Steel FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DU.S.dD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dBased dPackage d dPriced d d d83 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on LeftOne Adjustable Shelf, Four Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186LQF $219718" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LQF $2261One Adjustable Shelf, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186LRF $222318" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LRF $2284StorageTwo Adjustable Shelves, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186LSF $196118" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LSF $2016Four Adjustable Shelves and Three File Frames18" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186LTF $192318" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LTF $1974Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frame18" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LUF $2361Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LVF $2387Partition with Coat Hook, One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LWF $2261Partition with Coat Hook, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LXF $2061d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageTip: 83 1 ⁄2"H towers withpartition also include a fixedshelf positioned approximately18" from top.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Full Front Towers, continued 491

Universal Full Front Towers with Flush Steel Front, continuedTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DU.S.dD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dBased dPackage d dPriced d d d83 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on RightOne Adjustable Shelf, Four Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186RQF $219718" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RQF $2261One Adjustable Shelf, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186RRF $222318" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RRF $2284Two Adjustable Shelves, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186RSF $196118" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RSF $2016Four Adjustable Shelves and Three File Frames18" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186RTF $192318" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RTF $1974Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frame18" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RUF $2361Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RVF $2387Partition with Coat Hook, One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RWF $2261Partition with Coat Hook, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RXF $2061d d d dTip: 83 1 ⁄2"H towers withpartition also include a fixedshelf positioned approximately18" from top.492 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towerswith Flush Steel FrontStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 493

Universal Full Front Towerswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 242Standard Includes• Tower with hinged door: paint price group 1• Hinged door on unit with proud wood front: wood veneer• Contemporary pulls: metal• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match tower• Adjustable shelves, if selected: paint to match tower• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black• Roll-out shallow shelves, if selected: black• Roll-out shallow shelf suspension: black• One shelf stay per roll-out shallow shelf• File frames, if selected: black• File frame suspensions: black• One hanging file bar per file frame• Coat hook, if selected: black• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for tower3 Wood color number for door, if proudwood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 30 Specify with Customiz stain.wood frontTops • Cable routing top +$ 20 Specify with cable routing top.Skylight top• Skylight top +$150 Specify with skylight top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on laminate top +$ 60cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.File Frame • Rails No cost Specify with rails.AccessoriesTip: Counter-weightpackages are recommendedbased on case size andinterior options.cSee SpecificationInformation to the right.Tip: Counter-weight optionshould be specified if thecabinet is not ganged toadjacent cabinets or boltedto the floor or wall.Tip: Counter-weights shipseparately from case andmust be installed on site.Counter- • Package 2 +$ 39 Specify with counter-weight.Weights • Package 3 +$ 58 Specify with counter-weight.Pulls • Jazz +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Shelf bookends cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Details containers cSee Details Specification Guide.• Field-installed topscSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Roll-out shallow shelf accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.• File frame accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.494 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towerswith Proud Steel orWood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Specification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWoodd dPackage d dFront dFrontd d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W52"H Tower with Door Hinged on LeftThree Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and One File Frame18 7 ⁄8" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184LA__ $1516 $198618 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LA__ $1561 $203124" 18" 52" N.A. RTA24184LA__ $1694 $216424" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244LA__ $1739 $2209StorageTwo Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184LB__ $1542 $201218 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LB__ $1584 $205424" 18" 52" N.A. RTA24184LB__ $1713 $218324" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244LB__ $1761 $2231Two Adjustable Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184LC__ $1342 $181218 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LC__ $1377 $1847Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and One File Frame18 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LD__ $1661 $213124" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244LD__ $1819 $2289Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LE__ $1687 $215724" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244LE__ $1839 $2309Partition with Coat Hook, Two Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244LF__ $1500 $1970d d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Full Front Towers, continued 495

Universal Full Front Towers with Proud Steel or Wood Front, continuedTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWoodd dPackage d dFront dFrontd d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W52"H Tower with Door Hinged on RightThree Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and One File Frame18 7 ⁄8" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184RA__ $1516 $198618 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RA__ $1561 $203124" 18" 52" N.A. RTA24184RA__ $1694 $216424" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244RA__ $1739 $2209Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184RB__ $1542 $201218 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RB__ $1584 $205424" 18" 52" N.A. RTA24184RB__ $1713 $218324" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244RB__ $1761 $2231Two Adjustable Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 52" Package 2 RTA18184RC__ $1342 $181218 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RC__ $1377 $1847Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and One File Frame18 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RD__ $1661 $213124" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244RD__ $1819 $2289Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RE__ $1687 $215724" 24" 52" Package 2 RTA24244RE__ $1839 $2309Partition with Coat Hook, Two Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 52" Package 3 RTA18244RF__ $1500 $1970d d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.496 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towerswith Proud Steel orWood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWoodd dPackage d dFront dFrontd d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W65 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on LeftThree Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LG__ $1726 $219618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LG__ $1777 $224724" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185LG__ $1926 $239624" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LG__ $1977 $2447Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LH__ $1752 $222218 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LH__ $1800 $227024" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185LH__ $1945 $241524" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LH__ $2000 $2470One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LJ__ $1626 $209618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LJ__ $1674 $2144StorageThree Adjustable Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LK__ $1426 $189618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LK__ $1468 $1938Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frame18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LL__ $1897 $236724" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LL__ $2068 $2538Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LM__ $1923 $239324" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LM__ $2087 $2557Partition with Coat Hook, One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LN__ $1797 $2267Partition with Coat Hook, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LP__ $1597 $2067d d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Full Front Towers, continued 497

Universal Full Front Towers with Proud Steel or Wood Front, continuedTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWoodd dPackage d dFront dFrontd d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W65 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on RightThree Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RG__ $1726 $219618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RG__ $1777 $224724" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185RG__ $1926 $239624" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RG__ $1977 $2447Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RH__ $1752 $222218 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RH__ $1800 $227024" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185RH__ $1945 $241524" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RH__ $2000 $2470One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RJ__ $1626 $209618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RJ__ $1674 $2144Three Adjustable Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RK__ $1426 $189618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RK__ $1468 $1938Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frame18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RL__ $1897 $236724" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RL__ $2068 $2538Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RM__ $1923 $239324" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RM__ $2087 $2557Partition with Coat Hook, One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RN__ $1797 $2267Partition with Coat Hook, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RP__ $1597 $2067d d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next page498 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towerswith Proud Steel orWood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWoodd dPackage d dFront dFrontd d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W83 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on LeftOne Adjustable Shelf, Four Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186LQ__ $2197 $266718 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LQ__ $2261 $2731StorageOne Adjustable Shelf, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186LR__ $2223 $269318 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LR__ $2284 $2754Two Adjustable Shelves, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186LS__ $1961 $243118 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LS__ $2016 $2486Four Adjustable Shelves and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186LT__ $1923 $239318 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LT__ $1974 $2444Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frame18 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LU__ $2361 $2831Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LV__ $2387 $2857Partition with Coat Hook, One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LW__ $2261 $2731Partition with Coat Hook, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246LX__ $2061 $2531d d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageTip: 83 1 ⁄2"H towers withpartition also include afixed shelf positionedapproximately 18" from top.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Full Front Towers, continued 499

Universal Full Front Towers with Proud Steel or Wood Front, continuedTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWoodd dPackage d dFront dFrontd d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W83 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on RightOne Adjustable Shelf, Four Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186RQ__ $2197 $266718 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RQ__ $2261 $2731One Adjustable Shelf, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186RR__ $2223 $269318 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RR__ $2284 $2754Two Adjustable Shelves, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186RS__ $1961 $243118 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RS__ $2016 $2486Four Adjustable Shelves and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18186RT__ $1923 $239318 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RT__ $1974 $2444d d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageTip: 83 1 ⁄2"H towers withpartition also include a fixedshelf positioned approximately18" from top.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.500 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towerswith Proud Steel orWood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWoodd dPackage d dFront dFrontd d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W83 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on Right, continuedPartition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frame18 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RU__ $2361 $2831StoragePartition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RV__ $2387 $2857Partition with Coat Hook, One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RW__ $2261 $2731Partition with Coat Hook, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 83 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18246RX__ $2061 $2531d d d d dTip: 83 1 ⁄2"H towers withpartition also include a fixedshelf positioned approximately18" from top.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 501

Universal Vertical Drawer Towerswith Flush Steel FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 246Standard Includes• Tower with integral pulls: paint price group 1• Lift-up door on 65 1 ⁄2"H units: paint to match tower• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match tower• Drawer body: black only• Drawer suspensions: black only• One divider per 6"H drawer, if selected• Coat rod: 9201 Polished Chrome• Two lock face rings with plastic plugs to accommodatelock cylinders: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for tower3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3 ⁄16" to overall case height.TopsLaminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Tip: Drawer interior optionwill apply to all 12"H drawersin a unit.12"H Drawer • Rails +$ 8 Specify with rails.Interiorsper 12"H drawer• Dividers +$ 13 Specify with dividers.per 12"H drawerLockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Details containers cSee Details Specification Guide.Products • Field-installed tops cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Drawer accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.502 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal VerticalDrawer Towers withFlush Steel FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dTower with Door Hinged on LeftFour 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTC24244LAF $160629 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTC30244LAF $1768StorageThree 12"H Drawers and Two 6"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTC24244LBF $171629 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTC30244LBF $1903Four 12"H Drawers and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf23 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245LCF $189029 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245LCF $2081Three 12"H Drawers, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf23 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245LDF $200029 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245LDF $2216d d dTower with Door Hinged on RightFour 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTC24244RAF $160629 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTC30244RAF $1768Three 12"H Drawers and Two 6"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTC24244RBF $171629 1 ⁄8" 24" 52" RTC30244RBF $1903Four 12"H Drawers and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf23 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245RCF $189029 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245RCF $2081Three 12"H Drawers, Two 6"H Drawers, and with Fixed Shelf23 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245RDF $200029 1 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245RDF $2216d d dAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 503

Universal Vertical Drawer Towerswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 246Standard Includes• Tower: paint price group 1• Hinged door and drawer fronts on unit with proud woodfront: wood veneer• Lift-up door on 65 1 ⁄2"H units: paint to match tower,or wood veneer if proud wood front selected• Contemporary pulls: metal• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match tower• Drawer body: black only• Drawer suspensions: black only• One divider per 6"H drawer, if selected• Coat rod: 9201 Polished Chrome• Two lock face rings with plastic plugs to accommodatelock cylinders: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for tower3 Wood color number for door and drawerfronts, if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 30 Specify with Customiz stain.wood frontTip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.TopsLaminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Tip: Drawer interior optionwill apply to all 12"H drawersin a unit.12"H Drawer • Rails +$ 8 per 12"H drawer Specify with rails.• Dividers +$ 13 per 12"H drawer Specify with dividers.Pulls • Jazz +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Details containers cSee Details Specification Guide.Products • Field-installed tops cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Drawer accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.504 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Vertical DrawerTowers with Proud Steel orWood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dNumber dSteel dWoodd d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix WTower with Door Hinged on LeftFour 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTC24244LA__ $1606 $207630" 24" 52" RTC30244LA__ $1768 $2238StorageThree 12"H Drawers and Two 6"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTC24244LB__ $1716 $218630" 24" 52" RTC30244LB__ $1903 $2373Four 12"H Drawers and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245LC__ $1980 $236030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245LC__ $2171 $2551Three 12"H Drawers, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245LD__ $2090 $247030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245LD__ $2306 $2686d d d dTower with Door Hinged on RightFour 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTC24244RA__ $1606 $207630" 24" 52" RTC30244RA__ $1768 $2238Three 12"H Drawers and Two 6"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTC24244RB__ $1716 $218630"24" 52" RTC30244RB__ $1903 $2373Four 12"H Drawers and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245RC__ $1980 $236030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245RC__ $2171 $2551Three 12"H Drawers, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245RD__ $2090 $247030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245RD__ $2306 $2686d d d dAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 505

Universal Workstation Verticalswith Flush Steel FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 250Standard Includes• Vertical with integral pulls: paint price group 1• Lift-up door on 65 1 ⁄2"H units: paint to match vertical• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match vertical• Drawer body: black only• Drawer suspensions: black only• One divider per 6"H drawer, if selected• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for vertical3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3 ⁄16" to overall case height.TopsLaminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Tip: Drawer interior optionwill apply to all 12"H drawersin a unit.12"H Drawer • Rails +$ 8 Specify with rails.Interiorsper 12"H drawer• Dividers +$ 13 Specify with dividers.per 12"H drawerLockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Tip: Individual lockingdrawer option is notavailable on verticals with6"H drawers.Individual locking drawers• On 24"D vertical +$285 Specify with individual lock.• On 30"D vertical +$315 Specify with individual lock.Related • Details containers cSee Details Specification Guide.Products • Field-installed tops cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Drawer accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.506 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal WorkstationVerticals with Flush SteelFrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFour 12"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 15" 52" RTV24154AF $117029 1 ⁄8" 15" 52" RTV30154AF $1289d d dStorageThree 12"H Drawers and Two 6"H Drawers23 1 ⁄8" 15" 52" RTV24154BF $130529 1 ⁄8" 15" 52" RTV30154BF $1424d d dFour 12"H Drawers and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf23 1 ⁄8" 15" 65 1 ⁄2" RTV24155CF $138629 1 ⁄8" 15" 65 1 ⁄2" RTV30155CF $1525d d dThree 12"H Drawers, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf23 1 ⁄8" 15" 65 1 ⁄2" RTV24155DF $152129 1 ⁄8" 15" 65 1 ⁄2" RTV30155DF $1660d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 507

Universal Workstation Verticalswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 250Standard Includes• Vertical: paint price group 1• Drawer fronts on unit with proud wood fronts:wood veneer• Lift-up door on 65 1 ⁄2"H units: paint to match verticalor wood veneer if proud wood front selected• Contemporary pulls: metal• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match vertical• Drawer body: black only• Drawer suspensions: black only• One divider per 6"H drawer, if selected• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for vertical3 Wood color number for drawer front,if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 30 Specify with Customiz stain.wood frontTip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.TopsLaminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Tip: Drawer interior optionwill apply to all 12"H drawersin a unit.12"H Drawer • Rails +$ 8 per 12"H drawer Specify with rails.Interiors • Dividers +$ 13 per 12"H drawer Specify with dividers.Pulls • Jazz +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Tip: Individual locking draweroption is not available onverticals with 6"H drawers.Individual locking drawers• On 24"D vertical +$285 Specify with individual lock.• On 30"D vertical +$315 Specify with individual lock.Related • Details containers cSee Details Specification Guide.Products • Field-installed tops cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Drawer accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.508 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal WorkstationVerticals with Proud Steel orWood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dNumber dSteel dWoodd d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix WFour 12"H Drawers24" 15" 52" RTV24154A__ $1170 $162530" 15" 52" RTV30154A__ $1289 $1744d d d dStorageThree 12"H Drawers and Two 6"H Drawers24" 15" 52" RTV24154B__ $1305 $176030" 15" 52" RTV30154B__ $1424 $1879d d d dFour 12"H Drawers and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf24" 15" 65 1 ⁄2" RTV24155C__ $1476 $193130" 15" 65 1 ⁄2" RTV30155C__ $1615 $2070d d d dThree 12"H Drawers, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf24" 15" 65 1 ⁄2" RTV24155D__ $1611 $206630" 15" 65 1 ⁄2" RTV30155D__ $1750 $2205d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 509

Universal Lockerswith Flush Steel FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 254Standard Includes• Locker with hinged door and integral pull:paint price group 1• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match locker• Two ganging plates: black only• Coat rod: 9201 Polished Chrome• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for locker3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 46 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 78 Specify paint color number.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.TopsLaminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Field-installed tops cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Field-installed bases cSee Storage Specification Guide.Tip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dDoor Hinged on Left23 1 ⁄8" 9" 52" RTL24094LF $55029 1 ⁄8" 9" 52" RTL30094LF $61023 1 ⁄8" 9" 65 1 ⁄2" RTL24095LF $64029 1 ⁄8" 9" 65 1 ⁄2" RTL30095LF $700d d dDoor Hinged on Right23 1 ⁄8" 9" 52" RTL24094RF $55029 1 ⁄8" 9" 52" RTL30094RF $61023 1 ⁄8" 9" 65 1 ⁄2" RTL24095RF $64029 1 ⁄8" 9" 65 1 ⁄2" RTL30095RF $700d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.510 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Lockers withFlush Steel FrontStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 511

Universal Lockerswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 254Standard Includes• Locker with hinged door: paint price group 1• Hinged door on unit with proud wood fronts:wood veneer• Contemporary pull: metal• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match locker• Two ganging plates: black only• Coat rod: 9201 Polished Chrome• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for locker3 Wood color number for door, if proudwood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 46 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 78 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 30 Specify with Customiz stain.wood frontTip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.TopsLaminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Pulls • Jazz +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Field-installed tops cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Field-installed bases cSee Storage Specification Guide.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.512 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Lockers withProud Steel or Wood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dNumber dSteel dWoodd d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix WDoor Hinged on Left24" 9" 52" RTL24094L__ $550 $81030" 9" 52" RTL30094L__ $610 $87024" 9" 65 1 ⁄2" RTL24095L__ $640 $90030" 9" 65 1 ⁄2" RTL30095L__ $700 $960d d d dStorageDoor Hinged on Right24" 9" 52" RTL24094R__ $550 $81030" 9" 52" RTL30094R__ $610 $87024" 9" 65 1 ⁄2" RTL24095R__ $640 $90030" 9" 65 1 ⁄2" RTL30095R__ $700 $960d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 513

Universal Overhead BinsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Specify lock cylinder foreach lock location.cNeed help?Product details,page 256• Overhead storage bin: paint price group 1• On-module brackets: black only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome1 Style number2 Paint color number for storage bin, andoff-module brackets, if selected3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceBin with one doorMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Bin with two doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 53 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 90 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Dividers cPage 517Products • Wall channels cPage 517• Shelf lighting cPages 546–551Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFor Use With AnswerBin Without Lock15 5 ⁄8" 24" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN24TAK $34015 5 ⁄8" 30" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN30TAK $35515 5 ⁄8" 36" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN36TAK $37515 5 ⁄8" 42" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN42TAK $39015 5 ⁄8" 48" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN48TAK $405With Two Doors15 5 ⁄8" 60" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN60TAK $63015 5 ⁄8" 72" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN72TAK $695Bin With Lock15 5 ⁄8" 24" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN24LTAK $39015 5 ⁄8" 30" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN30LTAK $40515 5 ⁄8" 36" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN36LTAK $42515 5 ⁄8" 42" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN42LTAK $44015 5 ⁄8" 48" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN48LTAK $455With Two DoorsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.15 5 ⁄8" 60" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN60LTAK $73015 5 ⁄8" 72" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN72LTAK $795d d d514 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Overhead Bins with Wood DoorUniversal Overhead Binswith Wood DoorTip: Only the door is wood.Cabinet is painted metal withstandard finishes.Tip: Veneer is natural flat cut.Tip: Specify lock cylinder foreach lock location.cNeed help?Product details,page 256Standard Includes• Overhead storage bin: paint price group 1• One door for 24", 30", 36", 42", and 48" bins: wood• Two doors for 60" and 72" bins: wood• On-module brackets: black only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for storage binand off-module brackets, if selected3 Wood color number for door4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceBin with one wood doorMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$58 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on +$32 Specify with Customiz stain.wood veneercSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.StorageBin with two wood doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$53 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$80 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on +$32 Specify with Customiz stain.wood veneercSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Dividers cPage 517Products • Wall channels cPage 517• Shelf lighting cPages 546–551Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFor Use With AnswerBin With Lock15 5 ⁄8" 24" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN24LWTAK $ 66515 5 ⁄8" 30" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN30LWTAK $ 68015 5 ⁄8" 36" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN36LWTAK $ 70015 5 ⁄8" 42" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN42LWTAK $ 71515 5 ⁄8" 48" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN48LWTAK $ 730With Two Doors15 5 ⁄8" 60" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN60LWTAK $121015 5 ⁄8" 72" 17 1 ⁄8" JBIN72LWTAK $1275d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 515

Universal Full-Height ShelfcNeed help?Product details,page 256Standard Includes• Shelf: paint price group 1• On-module brackets: black onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shelf andoff-module brackets, if selected3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$13 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$21 Specify paint color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Related • Dividers cPage 517Products • Wall channels cPage 517• Shelf lighting cPages 546–551Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFor Use With Answer14 3 ⁄4" 24" 16 1 ⁄2" JSHF24TAK $14214 3 ⁄4" 30" 16 1 ⁄2" JSHF30TAK $15214 3 ⁄4" 36" 16 1 ⁄2" JSHF36TAK $16614 3 ⁄4" 42" 16 1 ⁄2" JSHF42TAK $17614 3 ⁄4" 48" 16 1 ⁄2" JSHF48TAK $18614 3 ⁄4" 60" 16 1 ⁄2" JSHF60TAK $20814 3 ⁄4" 72" 16 1 ⁄2" JSHF72TAK $220d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.516 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

AccessoriesAccessoriesWall Channels for Universal Bins and ShelvescNeed help?Product details,page 259Standard Includes• Pair of channels: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for channelscSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d66" TS7BSWHC $65d d dStorageHorizontal BracescNeed help?Product details,page 259Standard Includes• Brace: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for horizontalbracecSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d42" TS742HB $5648" TS748HB $5660" TS760HB $5672" TS772HB $56d d dDivider for Overhead Bin and Full-Height ShelfcNeed help?Product details,page 260Standard Includes• Carton of four dividers: clear textured plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d10 3 ⁄4" 4" 4 1 ⁄2" TS7STDIV $35d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 517

Universal Curved Front BinsStandard IncludesRequired to Specify36" Wscale 50cNeed help?Product details,page 262• Overhead storage bin: paint price group 1• Basic attachment bracket: black only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome1 Style number with appropriate bracketsuffix:ANS = AnswerNON = NO BASIC BRACKET(see bracket options below)2 Paint color number for storage bin3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$43 Specify paint color number.Tip: Basic attachmentbracket allows only 12" offmoduleconfigurations onpanels with vertical attachment.Bin must be the samewidth or up to 12" wider thanthe panel.Tip: Bin is upmountable onAnswer panel. Specify withsuffix “NON” and choosethe upmount bracket option.BracketsUpmount• Basic upmount bracket +$30 Specify with basic upmount bracket.• Open design upmount bracket +$95 Specify with open design upmountbracket.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Stationary shelf cPage 521Products • Display shelf cPage 521• Bookends cPage 522• ADA pull cPage 522• Underline task light from Details cPage 523Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d16 1 ⁄2" 30" 15" KBIN30L__ $60516 1 ⁄2" 36" 15" KBIN36L__ $69516 1 ⁄2" 42" 15" KBIN42L__ $79516 1 ⁄2" 45" 15" KBIN45L__ $88516 1 ⁄2" 48" 15" KBIN48L__ $885d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.518 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal Curved Front Bins with Wood DoorUniversal Curved Front Binswith Wood DoorStandard IncludesRequired to Specify36" Wscale 50Tip: Only the door is wood.Cabinet is painted metal andend panels are ABS.cNeed help?Product details,page 262• Overhead storage bin: paint price group 1• Door: wood• Basic attachment bracket: black only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome1 Style number with appropriate bracketsuffix:ANS = AnswerNON = NO BASIC BRACKET(see bracket options below)2 Paint color number for storage bin3 Wood color number for door4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617StorageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$28 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on wood door +$20 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: Basic attachmentbracket allows only 12" offmoduleconfigurations onpanels with vertical attachment.Bin must be the samewidth or up to 12" wider thanthe panel.Tip: Bin is upmountable onAnswer panel. Specify withsuffix “NON” and choosethe upmount bracket option.BracketsUpmount• Basic upmount bracket +$30 Specify with basic upmount bracket.• Open design upmount bracket +$95 Specify with open design upmountbracket.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Stationary shelf cPage 521Products • Display shelf cPage 521• Bookends cPage 522• ADA pull cPage 522• Underline task light from Details cPage 523Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d16 1 ⁄2" 30" 15" KBIN30LW__ $ 95516 1 ⁄2" 36" 15" KBIN36LW__ $104516 1 ⁄2" 42" 15" KBIN42LW__ $114516 1 ⁄2" 45" 15" KBIN45LW__ $123516 1 ⁄2" 48" 15" KBIN48LW__ $1235d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 519

Universal L-ShelfStandard IncludesRequired to Specify36" Wscale 50cNeed help?Product details,page 264• Shelf: paint price group 1• Basic attachment bracket: black only• Rods: shiny chrome• Spacers: 6695 Midnight only• Endcaps: 6695 Midnight only1 Style number with appropriate bracketsuffix:ANS = AnswerNON = NO BASIC BRACKET(see bracket options below)2 Paint color number for shelf andattachment bracket3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$25 Specify paint color number.Tip: Basic attachmentbracket allows only 12" offmoduleconfigurations onpanels with vertical attachment.L-shelf must be thesame width or up to 12"wider than the panel.Tip: L-shelf is upmountableon Answer panel. Specifywith suffix “NON” andchoose the upmount bracketoption.BracketsUpmount• Basic upmount bracket +$30 Specify with basic upmount bracket.• Open design upmount bracket +$95 Specify with open design upmountbracket.Related • Stationary shelf cPage 521Products • Display shelf cPage 521• Bookends cPage 522• Underline task light from Details cPage 523Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d14 1 ⁄4" 30" 15" KLSHF30__ $26414 1 ⁄4" 36" 15" KLSHF36__ $28014 1 ⁄4" 42" 15" KLSHF42__ $31514 1 ⁄4" 45" 15" KLSHF45__ $32014 1 ⁄4" 48" 15" KLSHF48__ $320d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.520 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Add-On Shelvesfor Universal Curved Front Bin and L-ShelfAdd-On Shelves forUniversal Curved Front Binand L-ShelfStationary Shelf36" Wscale 50Tip: Stationary shelf hangs5 1 ⁄2" from the bottom ofcurved front bins andL-shelves. Specify the samewidth as corresponding binor L-shelf.cNeed help?Product details,page 265Standard Includes• Shelf: paint price group 1• Attachment rods: shiny chromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shelf3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$13 Specify paint color number.Related • Universal curved front bin cPage 518Products • Universal L-shelf cPage 520• Underline task light from Details cPage 523StorageTip: Stationary shelf cannothang from an upmountedbin or shelf.Tip: Shelf is steel withmolded endcaps.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d14" 30" KSSHF30 $14414" 36" KSSHF36 $15814" 42" KSSHF42 $17214" 45" KSSHF45 $18614" 48" KSSHF48 $186d d dDisplay Shelf36" Wscale 50cNeed help?Product details,page 265Standard Includes• Shelf: paint price group 1• Attachment rods: shiny chromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shelf3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyTip: Display shelf hangs5 1 ⁄2" from the bottom ofcurved front bins and L-shelves.Tip: Display shelf will becenter-justified onupmounted bin or shelf.Tip: Display shelf will notattach to an upmounted30"W bin or shelf.Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$13 Specify paint color number.Related • Universal curved front bin cPage 518Products • Universal L-shelf cPage 520Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d13" 25" KDISPLAY24 $186d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 521

Accessoriesfor Universal Curved Front Bin and Universal L-ShelfBookendscNeed help?Product details,page 267Standard Includes• Package of two or twenty dividers: 6695 Midnight onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyle DQuantity DU.S.dNumber d dPriced d dKDIV02 2 $ 19KDIV20 20 $185d d dADA PullcNeed help?Product details,page 267Standard Includes• ADA pull: 6695 Midnight onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedKPULL $34ddGanging BracketcNeed help?Product details,page 267Standard Includes• Package of one or twenty ganging brackets: all paintprice groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number number2 Paint color numbercSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationDStyle DQuantity DU.S.dNumber d dPriced d dKGANG 1 $ 12KGANG20 20 $200d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.522 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Details WorkFlo Tools and AccessoriesDetails WorkFlo Toolsand AccessoriesUnderline task light is aDetails product. Order theseand other accessories fromDetails through yourSteelcase dealer or contactDetails at 1.800.833.0411. InCanada, contact a CustomerCare Representative at905.475.6333 (phone) or905.475.2654 (fax).Underline Task Light9' Straight Cord LT29' Spiral Cord LT2S9' Straight Cordwith ChicagoPlugLT2CHI9' Spiral Cordwith ChicagoPlugLT2SCHI9' Straight Cordwith New YorkClipsLT2NY9' Spiral Cordwith New YorkClipsLT2NYS..StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 523

524 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

SpecifyingAnswer StorageProductsAnswer PedestalsAnswer Fixed Pedestals 526Answer Mobile Pedestals 528Answer Underworksurface Lateral Files 530Answer Lateral Files 531Answer Overhead Bins 532Answer Shelves 533Answer Storage Accessories 534StorageAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 525

Answer Fixed PedestalscNeed help?Product details,page 276Standard Includes• Pedestal and filler, when specified: paint price group 1• Oval pulls: plastic• Basic drawer interiors: black only—24"D drawer bodies—Box drawers with 3 ⁄4-extensions—File drawers with full-extensions—No drawer accessories• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glides: black onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal andfiller, if selected3 Plastic color number for oval pulls:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6694 Slate6695 Midnight6697 Fog6698 Fieldstone4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Tip: Oval pulls are not availableon pedestals with wooddrawer fronts.Pulls • Contemporary pulls +$ 20 Specify with contemporary pulls andselect metal pull color number:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver• Handle pulls +$ 20 Specify with handle pulls and selectmetal pull color number:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 SilverWood Drawer • Wood drawer fronts +$195 Specify with wood drawer fronts andFrontsselect wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Full Drawer 24"D box/box/file pedestalsInteriors • Full-depth drawers, full +$ 35 Specify with full drawers.drawer extensions, penciltray, box drawer dividers,and adjustable file railscOptions continued on next page30"D box/box/file pedestals• Full depth drawers, full +$ 65 Specify with full drawers.drawer extensions, penciltray, box drawer dividers,and adjustable file rails24"D file/file pedestals• Full depth drawers, full +$ 20 Specify with full drawers.drawer extensions, andadjustable file rails30"D file/file pedestals• Full depth drawer, full +$ 50 Specify with full drawers.drawer extensions, andadjustable file railsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.526 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Fixed PedestalscOptions continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• No lock –$50 Specify with no lock.• Individual locking drawers on +$95 Specify with individual drawer lock.file/file pedestals onlyRelated • Universal pedestal accessories cPage 475ProductsSpecification InformationDDimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dTwo Box and One File Drawer23 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" TS720BBFL TU720BBFL $41129 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" TS726BBFL TU726BBFL $478d d d dTwo File Drawers23 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" TS720FFL TU720FFL $41129 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" TS726FFL TU726FFL $478d d d dStorageTip: Pedestal fillers can beused to aesthetically closethe 1 ⁄2" gap that may existbehind the pedestal or structurallyconnect the pedestalto the panel.Pedestal FillersDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d1 ⁄2" N.A. 27" RPXFTAKPP $45d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 527

Answer Mobile PedestalsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: 1 ⁄8"H steel top is nonstructural.cNeed help?Product details,page 278• Pedestal: paint price group 1• 1 ⁄8"H steel top: paint to match pedestal• Oval pulls: plastic• Basic drawer interiors: black only—24"D drawer bodies—Box drawers with 3 ⁄4-extensions—File drawers with full-extensions—No drawer accessories• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four hard-composition, non-locking, casters: black only• Counter-weight package1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Plastic color number for oval pulls:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6694 Slate6695 Midnight6697 Fog6698 Fieldstone4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Tip: Oval pulls are notavailable on pedestals withwood drawer fronts.Pulls • Contemporary pulls +$ 20 Specify with contemporary pulls andselect metal pull color number:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver• Handle pulls +$ 20 Specify with handle pulls and selectmetal pull color number:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 SilverWood Drawer • Wood drawer fronts +$195 Specify with wood drawer fronts andFrontsselect wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Full Drawer 24"D box/file and box/box/file pedestalsInteriors • Full-depth drawers, full +$ 35 Specify with full drawers.drawer extensions, penciltray, box drawer dividers,and adjustable file rails24"D file/file pedestals• Full depth drawers, full +$ 20 Specify with full drawers.drawer extensions, andadjustable file railsLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.cOptions continued on next page• Individual locking drawers on +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.file/file pedestals onlyFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.528 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Mobile PedestalscOptions continued from previous pageTopsOptions U.S. Price Required to Specify• Cushion top for factory installation on TU7MOBILE only• Cushion top without handle +$230 Specify with cushion top and indicatefabric color number.• Cushion top with 9201 +$300 Specify with cushion top and handle andPolished Chrome handleindicate fabric color number.Upholstery on pedestal cushion top• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 33 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 50 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 85 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$125 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$195 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$500 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.• Customer’s own material +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual(COM) or Customer’s ownto specify.leather (COL)StorageRelated • Universal pedestal accessories cPage 475ProductsSpecification InformationDDimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dOne Box and One File Drawer with Laminate Top23 1 ⁄2" 15" 21" TS7MOBILE TU7MOBILE $590d d d dTwo Box and One File Drawer with Steel Top23 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" TS7BBFM TU7BBFM $660d d d dTwo File Drawers with Steel Top23 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" TS7FFM TU7FFM $660d d d dPedestal Cushion Top for Field Installation on TU7MOBILE onlyDActual DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedD W H d dPriced d dCushion Top without Handle23 1 ⁄2" 15" 2 1 ⁄4" RPXTC24P $230Cushion Top with 9201 Polished Chrome Handle23 1 ⁄2" 15" 2 1 ⁄4" RPXTCH24P $300d d dAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 529

Answer Underworksurface Lateral FilesTip: Lateral files must beinstalled beneath worksurface.Tip: Oval pulls are not availableon lateral files withwood drawer fronts.Tip: The top drawer hasless clearance than all otherdrawers, which may limitfiling options.cNeed help?Product details,page 280Standard Includes• Underworksurface lateral file: paint price group 1• Oval pulls: plastic• Two hanging file folder frames per opening:black paint only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Adjustable leveling glidesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 46 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 78 Specify paint color number.Wood Drawer • Wood drawer fronts +$190 Specify with wood drawer fronts.Fronts • Customiz stain +$ 41 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Pulls • Handle +$ 20 Specify with handle pulls and selectmetal color number:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver• Contemporary +$ 20 Specify with contemporary pulls andselect metal color number:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 SilverRelated • Answer storage accessories cPage 534ProductsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for lateral file3 Plastic color number for oval pulls:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6694 Slate6695 Midnight6697 Fog6698 Fieldstone4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DNumber of DU.S.dD W H dNumber dDrawers/ dBased d dShelves dPriced d d d18" 30" 27" TS730LFL 2 $54418" 36" 27" TS736LFL 2 $612d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.530 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Lateral FilesAnswer Lateral FilesTip: Order a counterweightpackage if a 2-, 3-, or 4-highfreestanding lateral file is notganged to adjacent files orbolted to the floor or wall.The 5-high lateral file doesnot require a counterweightpackage. However, if a counterweightpackage is desired,the weight for a 4-highlateral file can be used.Tip: 5-high files have fourdrawers and a roll-out shelfwith a receding door in thetop opening.* Top opening is a roll-outshelf with receding door.cNeed help?Product details,page 282Standard IncludesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.Related • Answer storage accessories cPage 534ProductsSpecification Information• Lateral file: paint price group 1• Oval pulls: plastic• Two hanging file folder frames per opening:black paint only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• One label holder per drawer• Adjustable leveling glidesDDimensions DStyle DNumber of DU.S.dD W H dNumber dDrawers/ dBased d dShelves dPriced d d d18" 30" 28 5 ⁄8" TS700230L 2 $ 50818" 36" 28 5 ⁄8" TS700236L 2 $ 57118" 42" 28 5 ⁄8" TS700242L 2 $ 65818" 30" 40 5 ⁄8" TS700330L 3 $ 66518" 36" 40 5 ⁄8" TS700336L 3 $ 75818" 42" 40 5 ⁄8" TS700342L 3 $ 85918" 30" 53 1 ⁄4" TS700430L 4 $ 84018" 36" 53 1 ⁄4" TS700436L 4 $ 96518" 42" 53 1 ⁄4" TS700442L 4 $109618" 30" 65 1 ⁄4" TS700530L 5* $102118" 36" 65 1 ⁄4" TS700536L 5* $117218" 42" 65 1 ⁄4" TS700542L 5* $1328d d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for lateral file3 Plastic color number for oval pulls:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6694 Slate6695 Midnight6697 Fog6698 Fieldstone4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617StorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 531

Answer Overhead BinsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Specify lock cylindersfor each lock location.cNeed help?Product details,page 284• Overhead bin: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome1 Style number2 Paint color number for overhead bin3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceOverhead binMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.24"W 60"WDoor surface to 48"W to 72"W• Fabric price group 1 +$120 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$133 +$206 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$142 +$224 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$152 +$244 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$170 +$280 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$150 +$240 Specify fabric color number.Wood door front• Units 24"W to 48"W +$250 Specify with wood door fronts and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood on +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.units 24"W to 48"WcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Units 60"W and 72"W +$350 Specify with wood door fronts and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood on +$ 20 Specify with Customiz stain.units 60"W and 72"WcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: Oval pull is not availableon fabric-covered orwood doors.Oval Pull • Oval pull centered on width +$ 18 Specify with oval pull and indicate plasticof each door: plastic price per door color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Dividers • Four dividers: clear plastic +$ 35 Specify with divider.Related • Dividers cPage 537Products • Wall hanging kit cPage 539Specification InformationDDimensions DNumber DNumber DStyle DU.S.dD W H dof Doors dof Locks dNumber dBased d d d dPriced d d d d16" 24" 15 13 ⁄16" 1 1 TS7024BL $34616" 30" 15 13 ⁄16" 1 1 TS7030BL $36216" 36" 15 13 ⁄16" 1 1 TS7036BL $37716" 42" 15 13 ⁄16" 1 1 TS7042BL $39116" 48" 15 13 ⁄16" 1 1 TS7048BL $41316" 60" 15 13 ⁄16" 2 2 TS7060BL $63516" 72" 15 13 ⁄16" 2 2 TS7072BL $714d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.532 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer ShelvesAnswer ShelvescNeed help?Product details,page 284Standard Includes• Shelf: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shelf3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$13 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$21 Specify paint color number.Dividers • Four dividers: clear plastic +$35 Specify with divider.StorageRelated • Dividers cPage 537Products • Wall hanging kit cPage 539Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dHalf-Height Shelves15 1 ⁄4" 24" 7 1 ⁄2" TS7024SH $12915 1 ⁄4" 30" 7 1 ⁄2" TS7030SH $13215 1 ⁄4" 36" 7 1 ⁄2" TS7036SH $14215 1 ⁄4" 42" 7 1 ⁄2" TS7042SH $15115 1 ⁄4" 48" 7 1 ⁄2" TS7048SH $16315 1 ⁄4" 60" 7 1 ⁄2" TS7060SH $18315 1 ⁄4" 72" 7 1 ⁄2" TS7072SH $205d d dFull-Height Shelves15 1 ⁄4" 24" 12 3 ⁄4" TS7024S $12915 1 ⁄4" 30" 12 3 ⁄4" TS7030S $13215 1 ⁄4" 36" 12 3 ⁄4" TS7036S $14215 1 ⁄4" 42" 12 3 ⁄4" TS7042S $15115 1 ⁄4" 48" 12 3 ⁄4" TS7048S $16315 1 ⁄4" 60" 12 3 ⁄4" TS7060S $18315 1 ⁄4" 72" 12 3 ⁄4" TS7072S $205d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 533

Answer Storage AccessoriesPathways FillerStandard Includes• Filler: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for fillercSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationTip: For use with Answerunderworksurface lateralfiles.DDepth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dOn-Module24" UPF24 $3630" UPF30 $36d d dAttachment CableStandard Includes• Attachment cable• Package of 1 or 25Required to SpecifyStyle numberTip: For use with Answerunderworksurface lateralfiles.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPAB12 (package of 1) $ 9PAB12M (package of 25) $195ddDividersFor Use with Answer Lateral FilescNeed help?Product details,page 286Standard Includes• Carton of three dividers: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS200DV12 $17ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.534 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer StorageAccessoriesAdjustable RailsFor Use with Answer Lateral FilescNeed help?Product details,page 286Standard Includes• Pair of adjustable rails to accommodate front-to-backfiling: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberNote: This product isTurnstone, not Steelcase.It is included here to simplifyyour planning. Rememberthat Steelcase has differentpricing terms than Turnstoneproducts.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedTS200RW $20ddStorageCounterweight PackagesFor Use with Answer Lateral FilesStandard Includes• Front and back counterweight plates• Attachment hardware• Installation directionsRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationTip: Order a counterweightpackage if a 2-, 3-, or 4-highfreestanding lateral file isnot ganged to adjacent filesor bolted to the floor or wall.The 5-high lateral file doesnot require a counterweightpackage. However, if acounterweight package isdesired, the weight for a 4-high lateral file can be used.Note: This product isTurnstone, not Steelcase.It is included here to simplifyyour planning. Rememberthat Steelcase has differentpricing terms than Turnstoneproducts.DCabinet DStyle DU.S.dWidth dNumber dPriced d dFor Use in 27 1 /4"H (2-Drawer) Files Without TopAll widths GSCLCW $ 95For Use in 28 5 /8"H (2-Drawer) Closed Top Lateral Files30" TS200847CW $10536" or 42" TS200858CW $116For Use in 40 5 /8"H (3-Drawer) Closed Top Lateral Files30" TS200837CW $ 9536" TS200847CW $10542" TS200858CW $116For Use in 53 1 /4"H (4-Drawer) Closed Top Lateral Files30" TS200827CW $ 8536" TS200837CW $ 9542" TS200847CW $105d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cAnswer Storage Accessories, continued 535

Answer Storage Accessories, continuedHanging File Folder FramesFor Use with Answer Lateral FilesStandard Includes• Hanging file folder frame: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDrawer DStyle DU.S.dWidth dNumber dPriced d dNote: This product isTurnstone, not Steelcase.It is included here to simplifyyour planning. Rememberthat Steelcase has differentpricing terms than Turnstoneproducts.30" TS200130HF $1036" TS200136HF $1042" TS200142HF $10d d dFlexible Markerboard Surface for Binder BinStandard Includes• Flexible, magnetic markerboard surface to attachto door of overhead storage bin: white plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dPriced d d30" 15" TS71530MBB $7436" 15" TS71536MBB $7742" 15" TS71542MBB $8148" 15" TS71548MBB $86d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.536 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer StorageAccessoriesBrackets to Attach Avenir Bins and Shelves to Answer PanelscNeed help?Product details,page 285Standard Includes• Pair of brackets: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for bracketscSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Brackets only workon Avenir bins and shelvesmanufactured since May1997. Bins and shelvesmanufactured prior to thisdate would require bracketsmanufactured throughSpecials.Tip: Avenir binder binscannot hang on a stackedsegment of an Answerpanel.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedFor Use with Avenir Bin with Flush DoorTS7AV $125For Use with Avenir Bin with Integral Door and Avenir Full-Height Shelves withRadius and Square End SupportsTS7BM $125For Use with Avenir Half-Height Shelves with Square End SupportsTS7AVH $125For Use with Avenir Half-Height Shelves with Radius End SupportsTS7BMH $125ddStorageDividers for Shelves and Overhead BinscNeed help?Product details,page 286Standard Includes• Carton of four dividers: clear textured plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d10 3 ⁄4" 4" 4 1 ⁄2" TS7STDIV $35d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide cAnswer Storage Accessories, continued 537

Answer Storage Accessories, continuedWall Channels for Shelves, Overhead Bins, and TackboardscNeed help?Product details,page 287Standard Includes• Pair of channels: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for channelscSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d66" TS7BSWHC $65d d dHorizontal BracescNeed help?Product details,page 287Standard Includes• Brace: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for horizontal bracecSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d42" TS742HB $5648" TS748HB $5660" TS760HB $5672" TS772HB $56d d dMarkerboardStandard Includes• Markerboard: white laminateRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationNote: This product isTurnstone, not Steelcase.It is included here to simplifyyour planning. Rememberthat Steelcase has differentpricing terms than Turnstoneproducts.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1" 28" 35" TS40007 $195d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.538 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer StorageAccessoriesTackboardStandard Includes• Tackboard: black fabricRequired to SpecifyStyle numberNote: This product isTurnstone, not Steelcase.It is included here to simplifyyour planning. Rememberthat Steelcase has differentpricing terms than Turnstoneproducts.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1" 28" 35" TS40008 $169d d dStorageHanging Kit for Markerboard or TackboardStandard Includes• Hanging kit: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d17 3 ⁄4" TS7MTPK $23d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 539

540 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

SpecifyingLightingLightingCanopy Lights 542Rail-Mounting Riser 545Advanced Shelf Lights 546Standard Shelf Lights 548Utility Shelf Lights 550Related ProductsVertical Wire Manager 552LightingAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 541

Canopy LightscNeed help?Product details,page 295Standard Includes• Light housing: all paint price groups or clearanodized aluminum• Light control box and end caps: Sterling plastic only• On-off switch centered in control box• 9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only• Precision optics tube• Reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T5 3500K lamp• Electronic ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: Sterling plastic only• Pair of Answer, Avenir, and Series 9000 panel-mountingbrackets: Sterling paint only• Pair of cord manager clips: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number or 8043 ClearAnodized Aluminum for light housing3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Tip: Panel-mounted canopylights are standard withbrackets that attach toAnswer, Avenir, and Series9000 panels. You mustselect the correct bracketsfor use on Elective Elements,Montage, slatwall, architecturaldrywall, or competitiveproducts.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyPanel • Pair of Elective Elements No cost Specify with Elective Elements brackets.Bracketspanel-mounting brackets:Sterling paint only• Pair of Montage frame- No cost Specify with Montage brackets.mounting brackets: Sterlingpaint onlySlatwall • Pair of slatwall-mounting No cost Specify with slatwall brackets.Bracketsbrackets: Sterling paint onlyArchitectural • Pair of architectural drywall No cost Specify with drywall brackets.Drywallbrackets: Sterling paint onlyBracketsCompetitive • Pair of panel-mounted No cost Specify with Haworth Premise brackets.Bracketsbrackets for use with HaworthPremise: Sterling paint only• Pair of panel-mounted No cost Specify with Herman Miller Action Officebrackets for use with Hermanbrackets.Miller Action Office: Sterlingpaint only• Pair of panel-mounted No cost Specify with Herman Miller Ethospacebrackets for use with Hermanbrackets.Miller Ethospace: Sterlingpaint only• Pair of panel-mounted No cost Specify with Knoll System 6 andbrackets for use with KnollSystem Z brackets.System 6 and System Z:Sterling paint onlyRelated • Rail-mounting riser cPage 545ProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.542 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Canopy LightsSpecification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24KR $4707 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36KR $5017 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48KR $533With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24KRC $5177 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36KRC $5487 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48KRC $580d d d dElectronic Ballast7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24K $3957 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36K $4267 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48K $458With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24KC $4427 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36KC $4737 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48KC $505d d d dLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 543

Canopy Lightsfor Use with 3 ⁄4"- to 1 3 ⁄4"-Thick WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 294Standard Includes• Light housing: all paint price groups or clearanodized aluminum• Light control box and end caps: Sterling plastic only• On-off switch centered in control box• 9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only• Precision optics tube• Reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T5 3500K lamp• Electronic ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: Sterling plastic only• Clamp mechanism• Pair of cord manager clips: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number or 8043 ClearAnodized Aluminum for light housingcSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24KR $5647 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36KR $5967 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48KR $629With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24KRC $6117 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36KRC $6437 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48KRC $676d d d dElectronic Ballast7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24K $4897 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36K $5217 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48K $554With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24KC $5367 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36KC $5687 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48KC $601d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.544 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Rail-Mounting RiserRail-Mounting RisercNeed help?Product details,page 295Standard Includes• Riser to attach to Details Workflo: Sterling plastic only• Pair of cord manager clips: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: For more informationabout Details Workflo rail,call Details CustomerAlliance at 1.800.833.0411.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1" 6" 6 1 ⁄2" LCWRIS $55d d dLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 545

Advanced Shelf LightsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Because shelf lightsare usually recessed, blackis the standard paint color.Paint colors other than blackhave an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.cNeed help?Product details,page 296Standard Includes• Light housing with centered on-off switch:black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Precision optics tube around lamp• Faceted reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: black plastic only• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing other +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materialsthan blackBracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOption package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting package andpaint color number for end cap covers.Specification InformationTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.DDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dEconomizer Electronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KF $4259 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KF $4529 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KF $472With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KFC $4739 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KFC $5009 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KFC $520With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KFD $4509 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KFD $4779 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KFD $497d d d dcSpecification information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.546 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Advanced Shelf LightsTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.cContinued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24K $3859 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36K $4129 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48K $432With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KC $4339 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KC $4609 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KC $480With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KD $4109 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KD $4379 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KD $457d d d dLightingTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.Electronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KR $4809 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KR $5079 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KR $527With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KRC $5289 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KRC $5559 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KRC $575With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KDR $5059 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KDR $5329 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KDR $552d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $ 416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 547

Standard Shelf LightsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Because shelf lightsare usually recessed, blackis the standard paint color.Paint colors other than blackhave an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.cNeed help?Product details,page 296Standard Includes• Light housing with centered on-off switch:black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Contrast sleeve around lamp• Faceted reflector: white only• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing other +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materialsthan blackBracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOption package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting package andpaint color number for end cap covers.Specification InformationTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.DDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24K $2969 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36K $3179 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48K $342With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KC $3449 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KC $3659 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KC $390With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KD $3219 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KD $3429 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KD $367d d d dcSpecification information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.548 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Standard Shelf LightsTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.cContinued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dEconomizer Electronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KF $3369 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KF $3579 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KF $382With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KFC $3849 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KFC $4059 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KFC $430With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KFD $3619 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KFD $3829 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KFD $407d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $ 416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 549

Utility Shelf LightsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Because shelf lightsare usually recessed, blackis the standard paint color.Paint colors other than blackhave an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.cNeed help?Product details,page 296Standard Includes• Light housing with centered on-off switch:black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Prismatic lens• Angled reflector: white only• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 600.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing other +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materialsthan blackLens • Bat-wing lens +$22 Specify with bat-wing lens.Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOption package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting package andpaint color number for end cap covers.Specification InformationTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.DDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24K $2025 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36K $2395 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48K $263With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24KC $2505 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36KC $2875 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48KC $311With Daisy Chain Cords5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24KD $2275 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36KD $2645 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48KD $288d d d dcSpecification information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.550 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Utility Shelf LightsTip: Magnetic ballasts cancause interference with computermonitors. An electronicballast is recommended forshelf lights in offices wherecomputers are used.Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.cContinued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dMagnetic Normal-Power-Factor Ballast5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18M $1635 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24M $1435 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36M $1805 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48M $204With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18MC $2115 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24MC $1915 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36MC $2285 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48MC $252With Daisy Chain Cords5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18MD $1885 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24MD $1685 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36MD $2055 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48MD $229d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $ 416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLighting* Because lamps andballasts for 19"W shelf lightsare more expensive thanthose for 24"W shelf lights,use 19"W shelf lights only inapplications where largersizes will not fit.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 551

Vertical Wire ManagercNeed help?Product details,page 298Standard Includes• Vertical wire manager: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number:6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6697 FogcSee Surface Materials, page 600.Specification InformationTip: Wire manager can becut in the field to the specificlength needed.DHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d48" TS7PVWM $21d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.552 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

SpecifyingTurnstone FurnitureUniversal Sliding Panel Doors 554Kick SystemWorksurfaces 555Laminate Common Shelves 572Kick Freestanding Metal Desk 574StoragePedestals 590Under-Worksurface Lateral Files 592Tower Too 596Surface Materials 598TurnstoneTurnstone Specification Guide 553

Kick SystemUniversal Sliding Panel DoorscNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Panel door frame: paint• Door panel: 6625 Translucent plastic• Floor track• Attachment bracket for Kick, Answer, and PathwaysTechnology WallRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for panel door frame,floor track, and attachment bracket3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 11 Specify paint color number.Door panel• 6500 Tempered glass +$225 Specify with 6500 Tempered glass.• 6541 White glass +$350 Specify with 6541 White glass.Lock • Lock for sliding panel door +$250 Specify with door lock.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d1 1 ⁄4" 36" 66" TSAPDSU6636 $17001 1 ⁄4" 42" 66" TSAPDSU6642 $18001 1 ⁄4" 36" 78" TSAPDSU7836 $18501 1 ⁄4" 42" 78" TSAPDSU7842 $1950d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.554 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick SystemStraight WorksurfacesStraight WorksurfacesDWTip: Reinforcing channel(TSATRC57) is available toadd support to worksurfacesthat have 60" or more ofunsupported kneespace andwhich will be heavily loaded.Must be ordered separately.cPage 568cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl defaultRelated ProductsSpecification InformationRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.• Worksurface-height power and communication access cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.• Worksurface legs and supportscSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.• Reinforcing channel cPage 568• Grommet package cPage 569DDimensions DStyle DU.S. DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPrice dD W dNumber dPriced d d d d d18" 24" TSAWS1824 $102 30" 24" TSAWS3024 $12818" 30" TSAWS1830 $106 30" 30" TSAWS3030 $14218" 36" TSAWS1836 $118 30" 36" TSAWS3036 $15318" 42" TSAWS1842 $130 30" 42" TSAWS3042 $17518" 48" TSAWS1848 $150 30" 48" TSAWS3048 $19218" 54" TSAWS1854 $175 30" 54" TSAWS3054 $21918" 60" TSAWS1860 $187 30" 60" TSAWS3060 $24118" 66" TSAWS1866 $203 30" 66" TSAWS3066 $26018" 72" TSAWS1872 $211 30" 72" TSAWS3072 $28324" 24" TSAWS2424 $11424" 30" TSAWS2430 $11924" 36" TSAWS2436 $13224" 42" TSAWS2442 $14624" 48" TSAWS2448 $16924" 54" TSAWS2454 $19624" 60" TSAWS2460 $21024" 66" TSAWS2466 $22824" 72" TSAWS2472 $237d d dSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.Straight Worksurfaces24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66"72"18"432 sq. in. 540 sq. in. 648 sq. in. 756 sq. in. 864 sq. in. 972 sq. in. 1080 sq. in. 1188 sq. in. 1296 sq. in.24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66"72"24"576 sq. in. 720 sq. in. 864 sq. in. 1008 sq. in. 1152 sq. in. 1296 sq. in. 1440 sq. in. 1584 sq. in. 1728 sq. in.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.30"24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66"72"720 sq. in. 900 sq. in. 1080 sq. in. 1260 sq. in. 1440 sq. in. 1620 sq. in. 1800 sq. in. 1980 sq. in. 2160 sq. in.Turnstone Specification Guide 555

Kick SystemTransition WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyAWBcNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification Guide• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.Related Products• Worksurface-height power and communication access cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.• Worksurface legs and supportscSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.• Grommet package cPage 569Specification InformationDDepth DWidth DStyle DU.S.dA B d dNumber dPriced d d d18" 24" 36" TSAWX182436 $22618" 24" 42" TSAWX182442 $24818" 24" 48" TSAWX182448 $29624" 18" 36" TSAWX241836 $22624" 18" 42" TSAWX241842 $24824" 18" 48" TSAWX241848 $29624" 30" 36" TSAWX243036 $25324" 30" 42" TSAWX243042 $27924" 30" 48" TSAWX243048 $33330" 24" 36" TSAWX302436 $25330" 24" 42" TSAWX302442 $27930" 24" 48" TSAWX302448 $333d d d dTransition Worksurfaces36" 42" 48"18" 24" 18" 24" 18"24"808 sq. in. 952 sq. in. 1096 sq. in.36" 42" 48"24" 18" 24" 18" 24"18"808 sq. in. 952 sq. in. 1096 sq. in.36" 42" 48"24"30"24"30"24"30"1024 sq. in. 1204 sq. in. 1384 sq. in.36" 42" 48"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.30" 24" 30" 24" 30"24"1024 sq. in. 1204 sq. in. 1384 sq. in.556 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick SystemStraight Corner WorksurfacesStraight CornerWorksurfacesDWWDcNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Grommet: black plastic only• Corner bracket: black paint onlyRelated Products• Worksurface-height power and communication access• Worksurface legs and supportsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPriced d d24" 36" TSAWCS2436 $24624" 42" TSAWCS2442 $28324" 48" TSAWCS2448 $301Required to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.See Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.30" 48" TSAWCS3048 $328d d dStraight Corner Worksurfaces36" 42"48"48"36"24"42"24"17" 25 1 /2"24"1221 sq. in.24"1599 sq. in.24"48" 48"30"34" 25 1 /2"24"30"2013 sq. in. 2139 sq. in.Turnstone Specification Guide 557

Kick SystemCurved Corner WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyDWWDcNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification Guide• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Grommet: black plastic only• Corner bracket: black paint only1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.Related Products• Worksurface-height power and communication access• Worksurface legs and supportscSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPriced d d18" 36" TSAWCC1836 $27918" 42" TSAWCC1842 $30918" 48" TSAWCC1848 $33924" 36" TSAWCC2436 $26924" 42" TSAWCC2442 $29624" 48" TSAWCC2448 $32830" 48" TSAWCC3048 $378d d dCurved Corner Worksurfaces36"36"42"48"36"18"36"24"42"18"48"18"18"r18"1042 sq. in.12"r24"1180 sq. in.18"r 18"r18"18"1258 sq. in.1474 sq. in.42"48"48"42"24"24"48" 48"30"18"r24"1506 sq. in.18"r24"30"1794 sq. in. 2046 sq. in.18"rFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.558 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick SystemSplit Corner WorksurfaceSplit Corner Worksurface24"48"48"24"Tip: Keyboard surfaceadjusts 6 1 ⁄2" higher or 4 1 ⁄2"lower than worksurfaceheight.Tip: Keyboard mechanismrequires field attachment tothe worksurface and keyboardshelf.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Grommet: black plastic only• Corner bracket: black paint only• Mechanism: black paint onlyRelated Products• Worksurface-height power and communication access• Worksurface legs and supportsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPriced d d24" 48" TSAWCSS2448 $797d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.See Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 559

Kick SystemLeft-Hand Extended Curved CornerWorksurfacesLefthand28%Tip: Reinforcing channel(TSATRC57) is available toadd support to worksurfacesthat have 60" or more ofunsupported kneespace andwhich will be heavily loaded.Must be ordered separately.cPage 568cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Grommet: black plastic only• Corner bracket: black paint onlyRelated ProductsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.• Worksurface-height power and communication access cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.• Worksurface legs and supportscSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.• Reinforcing channel cPage 568Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dPriced d dDB24" 24" 60" 48" TSAWE226048 $44224" 24" 72" 48" TSAWE227248 $52830" 30" 60" 48" TSAWE336048 $469CA30" 30" 72" 48" TSAWE337248 $55624" 30" 60" 48" TSAWE236048 $45524" 30" 72" 48" TSAWE237248 $54230" 24" 60" 48" TSAWE326048 $45530" 24" 72" 48" TSAWE327248 $542d d dLeft-Hand Extended Curved Corner Worksurfaces48"48" 48"48"60"24"24"72"18"r 18"r60"30"30"72"18"r 18"r24"2082 sq. in.TSAWE22604824"2370 sq. in.TSAWE22724830"2406 sq. in.TSAWE33604830"2766 sq. in.TSAWE33724848"48"48"48"60"18"r30"72"18"r30"60"18"r24"72"18"r24"24"2217 sq. in.TSAWE23604824"2504 sq. in.TSAWE23724830"2289 sq. in.TSAWE32604830"2648 sq. in.TSAWE327248For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.560 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick SystemRight-Hand Extended CurvedCorner WorksurfacesRight-Hand Extended CurvedCorner Worksurfaces28%RighthandTip: Reinforcing channel(TSATRC57) is available toadd support to worksurfacesthat have 60" or more ofunsupported kneespace andwhich will be heavily loaded.Must be ordered separately.cPage 568ACDBcNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Grommet: black plastic only• Corner bracket: black paint onlyRelated ProductsSpecification Information1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.• Worksurface-height power and communication access cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.• Worksurface legs and supportscSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.• Reinforcing channel cPage 568DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dPriced d d24" 24" 48" 60" TSAWE224860 $44224" 24" 48" 72" TSAWE224872 $52830" 30" 48" 60" TSAWE334860 $46930" 30" 48" 72" TSAWE334872 $55624" 30" 48" 60" TSAWE234860 $45524" 30" 48" 72" TSAWE234872 $54230" 24" 48" 60" TSAWE324860 $45530" 24" 48" 72" TSAWE324872 $542d d dRequired to SpecifySee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.Right-Hand Extended Curved Corner Worksurfaces48"48" 48"48"24"24"60"18"r 18"r72"30"30"60"18"r 18"r72"24"2082 sq. in.TSAWE22486048"24"2370 sq. in.TSAWE22487230"2406 sq. in.TSAWE33486030"2766 sq. in.TSAWE33487248" 48"48"24"24"60"18"r 18"r72"30"30"60"18"r 18"r72"30"2289 sq. in.TSAWE23486030"2648 sq. in.TSAWE23487224"2217 sq. in.TSAWE32486024"2504 sq. in.TSAWE324872For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 561

Kick System120° Corner WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification Guide• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Grommet: black plastic only• Corner bracket: black paint only1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.ABCBARelated Products• Worksurface-height power and communication access• Worksurface legs and supportscSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.DSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dPriced d d24" 36" 30 1 ⁄2" 63 11 ⁄32" TSAWY2436 $45524" 42" 30 1 ⁄2" 72 3 ⁄4" TSAWY2442 $48724" 48" 30 1 ⁄2" 85 5 ⁄32" TSAWY2448 $53730" 36" 37 7 ⁄16" 63 11 ⁄32" TSAWY3036 $49230" 42" 37 7 ⁄16" 72 3 ⁄4" TSAWY3042 $537d d d120° Corner Worksurfaces36" 36"42" 42"48" 48"30 1 /2" 30 1 /2" 30 1 /2"24"24"24"24"24"24"62 11 /32"72 3 /4"83 5 /32"36" 36"42" 42"30"37 7 /16" 37 7 /16"30"30"30"62 11 /32"72 3 /4"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.562 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick SystemPeninsula WorksurfacesPeninsula WorksurfacesDWTip: Reinforcing channel(TSATRC57) is available toadd support to worksurfacesthat have 60" or more ofunsupported kneespaceand which will be heavilyloaded. Must be orderedseparately.cPage 568cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side edge: vinyl defaultRelated ProductsSpecification InformationRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.• Worksurface legs and supportscSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.• Reinforcing channel cPage 568DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPriced d d30" 48" TSAWP3048 $42830" 60" TSAWP3060 $43730" 72" TSAWP3072 $446d d dSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.Peninsula Worksurfaces48" 60" 72"30" 30" 30"1246 sq. in. 1606 sq. in. 1966 sq. in.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 563

Kick SystemAngled Peninsula WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyDDWcNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification Guide• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side edge: vinyl default1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.Related Products• Worksurface legs and supportscSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.S Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPriced d d24" 48" TSAWPA2448 $41930" 48" TSAWPA3048 $433d d dAngled Peninsula Worksurfaces48" 48"24"1147 sq. in.30"1288 sq. in.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.564 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick SystemSpanner Worksurfacesfor Use with 3" Panel SystemsSpanner WorksurfacesDWTip: Remember to specifytwo cantilevers and a postleg to attach spanner worksurfaceto adjacent worksurfaceson 51" and 63"spanner tops.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideSpanner WorksurfacesStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side edge: vinyl default• CutoutRelated Products• Worksurface legs and supportsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPriced d d25" 51" TSAWN51A $29131" 63" TSAWN63A $373d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.See Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.51" 63"25" 31"1017 sq. in.1554 sq. in.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 565

Kick SystemVisitor WorksurfacesLRcNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side edge: vinyl default• Cutout on linking worksurfaceRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.Related Products• Worksurface-height power and communication access• Worksurface legs and supportscSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.Specification InformationDDepth DDepth DStyle DU.S.dLeft dRight dNumber dPriced d d d24" 24" TSAWV2424 $23524" 30" TSAWV2430 $26330" 24" TSAWV3024 $26330" 30" TSAWV3030 $296d d d dVisitor Worksurfaces24"30" 24"30"24"24"540 sq. in. 684 sq. in.30" 30"684 sq. in. 822 sq. in.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.566 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick SystemLinking Worksurfacesfor Use with 3" Panel SystemsLinking WorksurfacesRLTip: Remember to ordercantilevers to connectlinking worksurfaces toadjacent worksurfaces.cSee Turnstone FurnitureSpecification Guide.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• CutoutRelated Products• Worksurface legs and supportsSpecification InformationDDepth DDepth DStyle DU.S.dLeft dRight dNumber dPriced d d d27" 27" TSAWL2727A $29527" 33" TSAWL2733A $31433" 27" TSAWL3327A $31433" 33" TSAWL3333A $328d d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page 598.cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationGuide.See Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.Linking Worksurfaces27"33" 27"33"27" 27"33"33"678 sq. in.840 sq. in.840 sq. in.996 sq. in.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 567

Kick SystemWorksurface SupportscNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface support: black paint• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dReinforcing Channels57" TSATRC57 $4072" TSATRC72 $90d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.568 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick SystemGrommet PackageGrommet PackagecNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard IncludesSpecification InformationDStyledNumberd• Package of 10 grommets: black plasticDU.S.dPricedTSAEGROM $40ddRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 569

Kick SystemAdjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith CrankTip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assemblyand attachment to worksurface.Tip: Extension link worksurfacescan be attached tocorner or bi-level cornerworksurfaces only.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge profile on user’s side: vinyl (PVC) default• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Adjustable-height mechanism, legs, and feet:0835 Black paint• Shroud, if selected: paint• Crank handleRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceShroudMaterials • Paint price group 1 +$200 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$234 Specify paint color number.Tip: Feet will be painted to match.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCorner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" TSACKSC42 $118822 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" TSACKSC48 $1232d d dBi-Level Corner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" TSACKBC42 $154022 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" TSACKBC48 $1617d d dStraight Worksurfaces28 1 ⁄4" 40" TSACKSS42 $103028 1 ⁄4" 46" TSACKSS48 $1070d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.570 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick SystemAdjustable-Height ExtensionLink Worksurfaceswith CrankAdjustable-HeightExtension LinkWorksurfacesTip: Adjustable-heightmechanism requires assemblyand attachment toworksurface.Tip: Extension link worksurfacescan be attached tocorner or bi-level cornerworksurfaces only.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceShroudMaterials • Paint price group 1 +$200 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$234 Specify paint color number.Tip: Feet will be painted to match.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-HandStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius edge profile on user’s side: vinyl (PVC) default• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Adjustable-height mechanism, legs, and feet:0835 Black paint• Gas cylinder22 1 ⁄4" 24" TSACKEL24 $82022 1 ⁄4" 36" TSACKEL36 $915d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.See Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.Right-Hand22 1 ⁄4" 24" TSACKER24 $82022 1 ⁄4" 36" TSACKER36 $915d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 571

Kick SystemLaminate Common ShelvescNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Shelf: laminate• Support brackets: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for shelf3 Paint color number for support bracket4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$13 Specify paint color number.Related • Underline task lights from cSee Details electronic catalog or DetailsProducts Details market manager to place an order.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d15" 24" 1" TSASLCL24 $ 9315" 30" 1" TSASLCL30 $ 9715" 36" 1" TSASLCL36 $10315" 42" 1" TSASLCL42 $10915" 48" 1" TSASLCL48 $118d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.572 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick SystemLaminate CommonShelvesSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 573

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskDesk ShellscNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Two full end panels: paint• Partial-height or full-height modesty panel, if selected:paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels andmodesty panel, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Tip: See edgeband matrixfor Universal laminateworksurface for defaultedgeband.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 25 Specify paint color number.Worksurface • Universal laminate +$ 93 Specify laminate color number.worksurface, no scallops• Universal wood worksurface, +$365 Specify wood color number.no scallopsRelated • Worksurface-height power and cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationProducts communication access Guide.• Grommet package, field-installed cPage 569For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.574 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskDesk ShellsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dDesk Shells24" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2448 $58324" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2460 $62824" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2466 $64824" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2472 $65830" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF3060 $70230" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF3066 $72330" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF3072 $748d d dDesk Shells with Partial-Height Modesty Panel24" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2448M $65324" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2460M $69824" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2466M $71824" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2472M $72830" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF3060M $77230" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF3066M $79330" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF3072M $818d d dDesk Shells with Full-Height Modesty Panel24" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2448F $67324" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2460F $71824" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2466F $73824" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF2472F $74830" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF3060F $79230" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF3066F $81330" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAF3072F $838d d dSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 575

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskSingle-Pedestal DesksTip: Turnstone under-worksurfacepedestals are usedwith Kick Freestanding metaldesk.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• One full end panel: paint• Partial-height or full-height modesty panel, if selected:paint• One file/file pedestal: paint• Handle pulls on drawers: 0835 Black or 9211 Nickel• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel,pedestal, and modesty panel, if selected4 Finish color number for handle pulls:0835 Black9211 Nickel5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Tip: See edgeband matrixfor Universal laminateworksurface for defaultedgeband.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.Worksurface • Universal laminate +$ 93 Specify laminate color number.worksurface, no scallops• Universal wood worksurface, +$365 Specify wood color number.no scallopsPedestals • One box/box/file pedestal +$ 20 Specify with box/box/file pedestal.Related • Worksurface-height power and cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationProducts communication access Guide.• Grommet package, field-installed cPage 569• Box drawer divider cPage 593• File drawer divider cPage 593• Pencil tray cPage 593For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.576 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskSingle-Pedestal DesksSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dSingle-Pedestal Desk24" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP2460 $ 83824" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP2466 $ 85824" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP2472 $ 86830" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP3060 $ 93230" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP3066 $ 95330" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP3072 $ 978d d dSingle-Pedestal Desk with Partial-Height Modesty Panel24" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP2460M $ 87824" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP2466M $ 89824" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP2472M $ 90830" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP3060M $ 97230" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP3066M $ 99330" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP3072M $1018d d dSingle-Pedestal Desk with Full-Height Modesty Panel24" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP2460F $ 89824" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP2466F $ 91824" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP2472F $ 92830" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP3060F $ 99230" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP3066F $101330" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFSP3072F $1038d d dSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 577

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskDouble-Pedestal DesksTip: Turnstone under-worksurfacepedestals are usedwith Kick Freestanding metaldesk.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Partial-height or full height modesty panel, if selected:paint• Two file/file pedestals: paint• Handle pull on drawers: 0835 Black or 9211 Nickel• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for pedestals andmodesty panel, if selected4 Finish color number for handle pulls:0835 Black9211 Nickel5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Tip: See edgeband matrixfor Universal laminateworksurface for defaultedgeband.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 58 Specify paint color number.Worksurface • Universal laminate +$ 93 Specify laminate color number.worksurface, no scallops• Universal wood worksurface, +$365 Specify wood color number.no scallopsPedestals • Two box/box/file pedestals +$ 40 Specify with two box/box/file pedestals.• One box/box/file pedestal +$ 20 Specify with one box/box/file pedestaland one file/file pedestaland one file/file pedestal.Related • Worksurface-height power and cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationProducts communication access Guide.• Grommet package, field-installed cPage 569• Box drawer divider cPage 593• File drawer divider cPage 593• Pencil tray cPage 593For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.578 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskDouble-Pedestal DesksSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dDouble-Pedestal Desks24" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP2460 $100824" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP2466 $102824" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP2472 $103830" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP3060 $112230" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP3066 $114330" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP3072 $1168d d dDouble-Pedestal Desks with Partial-Height Modesty Panel24" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP2460M $105824" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP2466M $107824" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP2472M $108830" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP3060M $117230" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP3066M $119330" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP3072M $1218d d dDouble-Pedestal Desks with Full-Height Modesty Panel24" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP2460F $107824" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP2466F $109824" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP2472F $110830" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP3060F $119230" 66" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP3066F $121330" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFDP3072F $1238d d dSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 579

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskCurved Corner DesksTip: See edgeband matrixfor Universal laminateworksurface for defaultedgeband.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Two full end panels: paint• Two partial-height or full-height modesty panels,if selected: paint• Rear corner support: paint• Grommet: black plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,rear corner support, and modesty panels,if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.Worksurface • Universal laminate +$ 60 Specify laminate color number.worksurface, no scallops• Universal wood worksurface, +$310 Specify wood color number.no scallopsEnd Panels • One full end panel and one No cost Specify with one full and one clearclear-accesssupportaccess end panel.• Two clear-access supports No cost Specify with two clear-access end panels.Related • Worksurface-height power and cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationProducts communication access Guide.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCorner Desks24" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFC2436 $73524" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFC2442 $76524" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFC2448 $800d d dCorner Desks with Partial-Height Modesty Panels24" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFC2436M $81524" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFC2442M $84524" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFC2448M $880d d dCorner Desks with Full-Height Modesty Panels24" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFC2436F $85524" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFC2442F $88524" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFC2448F $920d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.580 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskCurved Corner DesksSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 581

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskReturnsTip: See edgeband matrixfor Universal laminateworksurface for defaultedgeband.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• One full end panel: paint• Partial-height or full-height modesty panel, if selected:paint• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel andmodesty panel, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 15 Specify paint color number.Worksurface • Universal laminate +$ 93 Specify laminate color number.worksurface, no scallops• Universal wood worksurface, +$365 Specify wood color number.no scallopsRelated • Worksurface-height power and cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationProducts communication access Guide.• Reinforcing channel cPage 568• Grommet package, field-installed cPage 569For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.582 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskReturnsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dReturns24" 24" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2424 $38924" 30" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2430 $39424" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2436 $40924" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2442 $42424" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2448 $44924" 54" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2454 $47924" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2460 $494d d dReturns with Partial-Height Modesty Panel24" 24" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2424M $42924" 30" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2430M $43424" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2436M $44924" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2442M $46424" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2448M $48924" 54" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2454M $51924" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2460M $534d d dReturns with Full-Height Modesty Panel24" 24" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2424F $44924" 30" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2430F $45424" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2436F $46924" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2442F $48424" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2448F $50924" 54" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2454F $53924" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFR2460F $554d d dSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 583

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskSingle-Pedestal ReturnsTip: Turnstone under-worksurfacepedestals are usedwith Kick Freestanding metaldesk.Tip: See edgeband matrixfor Universal laminateworksurface for defaultedgeband.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• One full end panel: paint• Partial-height or full-height modesty panel, if selected:paint• One file/file pedestal: paint• Handle pulls on drawers: 0835 Black or 9211 Nickel• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel,pedestal, and modesty panel, if selected4 Finish color number for handle pulls:0835 Black9211 Nickel5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 29 Specify paint color number.Worksurface • Universal laminate +$ 93 Specify laminate color number.worksurface, no scallops• Universal wood worksurface, +$365 Specify wood color number.no scallopsPedestals • One box/box/file pedestal +$ 20 Specify with box/box/file pedestal.Related • Worksurface-height power and cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationProducts communication access Guide.• Grommet package, field-installed cPage 569• Box drawer divider cPage 593• File drawer divider cPage 593• Pencil tray cPage 593For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.584 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskSingle-Pedestal ReturnsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dSingle-Pedestal Returns24" 24" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2424 $56924" 30" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2430 $57424" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2436 $58924" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2442 $60424" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2448 $62924" 54" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2454 $65924" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2460 $674d d dSingle-Pedestal Returns with Partial-Height Modesty Panel24" 24" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2424M $60924" 30" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2430M $61424" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2436M $62924" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2442M $64424" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2448M $66924" 54" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2454M $69924" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2460M $714d d dSingle-Pedestal Returns with Full-Height Modesty Panel24" 24" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2424F $62924" 30" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2430F $63424" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2436F $64924" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2442F $66424" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2448F $68924" 54" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2454F $71924" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFRP2460F $734d d dSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 585

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskBridgesTip: See edgeband matrixfor Universal laminateworksurface for defaultedgeband.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Partial-height or full-height modesty panel, if selected:paint• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for modesty panel,if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 10 Specify paint color number.Worksurface • Universal laminate +$ 93 Specify laminate color number.worksurface, no scallops• Universal wood worksurface, +$365 Specify wood color number.no scallopsRelated • Worksurface-height power and cSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationProducts communication access Guide.• Reinforcing channel cPage 568• Grommet package, field-installed cPage 569Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dBridges24" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2436 $20024" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2442 $22024" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2448 $24524" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2460 $290d d dBridges with Partial-Height Modesty Panel24" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2436M $28024" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2442M $30024" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2448M $32524" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2460M $370d d dBridges with Full-Height Modesty Panel24" 36" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2436F $30024" 42" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2442F $32024" 48" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2448F $34524" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFB2460F $390d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.586 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskPeninsula WorksurfacesPeninsula WorksurfacesTip: See edgeband matrixfor Universal laminateworksurface for defaultedgeband.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 10 Specify paint color number.Worksurface • Universal laminate +$ 25 Specify laminate color number.worksurface, no scallops• Universal wood worksurface, +$295 Specify wood color number.no scallopsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dPeninsulasStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: vinyl default• Side and back edges: vinyl default• Post leg: paint• Full end panel: paint• Partial-height or full-height modesty panel, if selected:paint• Attachment hardware30" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFP3060 $84830" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFP3072 $858d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for post leg, endpanel, and modesty panel, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.See Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.Peninsulas with Partial-Height Modesty Panel30" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFP3060M $88830" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFP3072M $898d d dPeninsulas with Full-Height Modesty Panel30" 60" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFP3060F $93830" 72" 28 1 ⁄2" TSAFP3072F $948d d dTurnstone Specification Guide 587

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskOverhead Storage CabinetscNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Overhead storage cabinet with finished back: paint• Two hinged doors, if selected: paint• Grommet in middle on 60"W or wider cabinets withhinged doorsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for cabinet3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceOverhead storage with shelvesMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$35 Specify paint color number.Overhead storage cabinet with hinged doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$40 Specify paint color number.Tip: Middle door doesnot lock.Cabinet • Back panel removed –$45 Specify with back panel removed.• Two cable managers +$40 Specify with two cable managers.• Middle door for 72" overhead +$80 Specify with middle door.storage cabinetSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dOverhead Storage with Shelves14 1 ⁄2" 48" 30 3 ⁄4" TSAFSS48 $36414 1 ⁄2" 60" 30 3 ⁄4" TSAFSS60 $36914 1 ⁄2" 66" 30 3 ⁄4" TSAFSS66 $37214 1 ⁄2" 72" 30 3 ⁄4" TSAFSS72 $375d d dOverhead Storage Cabinets with Hinged Doors14 1 ⁄2" 48" 38" TSAFSD48 $70514 1 ⁄2" 60" 38" TSAFSD60 $74014 1 ⁄2" 66" 38" TSAFSD66 $76814 1 ⁄2" 72" 38" TSAFSD72 $784d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.588 Turnstone Specification Guide

Kick Freestanding Metal DeskTackboardsTackboardsTip: Tackboards requireoverhead storage cabinetswith back panels.Tip: For use with Kickfreestanding metal deskonly.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard IncludesOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Kick standard fabric price No cost Specify fabric color number.Materialsgroup A• Fabric price group 1 +$ 5 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$17 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$27 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$71 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$70 cSee Turnstone’s Specification Guide(COM)Understanding Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM).Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d48" 19" TSAFTB48 $20560" 19" TSAFTB60 $22566" 19" TSAFTB66 $23072" 19" TSAFTB72 $250d d d• Tackboard: Kick standard fabric price group ARequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for tackboard3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.See Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 589

StorageTurnstone Value PedestalscNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Pedestal: paint• Handle drawer pulls: 0835 Black or 9211 Nickel• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Attachment hardware• Adjustable glides: black plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Paint color number for handle pulls:0835 Black9211 Nickel4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.Tip: When using a TurnstoneValue Pedestal to anchorthe end of a panel run, youmust use a pedestal filler.Value Pedestal filler for usewith Answer available April2004.Related • Box drawer divider cPage 593Products • File drawer divider cPage 593• Pencil tray cPage 593Specification InformationDDimensions DFile DStyle DU.S.dD W H dDrawers dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d d22" 15 1 ⁄4" 27" File, File TS2VP22FF $30022" 15 1 ⁄4" 27" Box, Box, File TS2VP22BBF $31528" 15 1 ⁄4" 27" File, File TS2VP28FF $33028" 15 1 ⁄4" 27" Box, Box, File TS2VP28BBF $345d d d dTip: For legal or side-to-sidefiling on 28"D pedestals, use15" universal storage rails,style number RXADRL15.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.590 Turnstone Specification Guide

StorageMobile Pedestalswith Steel TopMobile PedestalscNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Pedestal: paint• Handle drawer pulls: 0835 Black or 9211 Nickel• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 1 1 ⁄2"-diameter, front-locking, hard castersRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Paint color number for handle pulls:0835 Black9211 Nickel4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.Perforation • Large perforation on drawer +$130 Specify with large perforationfrontson drawer fronts.Pedestal • Extra handle pull on trim strip +$ 25 Specify with extra handle pullHandle Pull of mobile pedestals only on trim strip.Related • Box drawer divider cPage 593Products • File drawer divider cPage 593• Pencil tray cPage 593See Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.Specification InformationDDimensions DFile DStyle DU.S.dD W H dDrawers dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d d22" 15 1 ⁄4" 21" Box, File TS2PBF22M $36022" 15 1 ⁄4" 26 5 ⁄8" File, File TS2PFF22M $40522" 15 1 ⁄4" 26 5 ⁄8" Box, Box, File TS2PBBF22M $445d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 591

StorageUnder-Worksurface Lateral FilescNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Lateral file: paint• Handle pulls: 0835 Black or 9211 Nickel• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Adjustable glides: black plastic• Hanging file frames for letter, legal, and A-4 filing:Black• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for lateral file3 Paint color number for handle pulls:0835 Black9211 Nickel4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 46 Specify paint color number.Perforation • Large perforation on drawer +$200 Specify with large perforationfronts of 31"W file onlyon drawer fronts.Related • Under-worksurface lateral file drawer dividers cPage 594Products • Under-worksurface lateral file front-to-back rails cPage 594• Under-worksurface lateral file side-to-side hanging cPage 595file framesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased dd dPriced d d18" 31" 27" TS2F230UL $49518" 36" 27" TS2F236UL $545d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.592 Turnstone Specification Guide

StoragePedestal and Under-WorksurfaceLateral File AccessoriesPedestal and Under-Worksurface Lateral FileAccessoriesBox Drawer DividerFile Drawer DividercNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard IncludesSpecification Information• Box drawer divider: black plasticDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 ⁄4" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 3 ⁄8" TS2PBDD $5d d dStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyStyle numberRequired to SpecifySee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification Guide• File drawer divider: black plasticStyle numberTip: File drawer divider isrequired to file legal-sizedfiles in pedestal file drawers.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 ⁄4" 12 3 ⁄4" 9 3 ⁄16" TS2PFDD $10d d dPencil TrayStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification Guide• Pencil tray: black plasticStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d5 9 ⁄16" 12 7 ⁄8" 1" TS2PPT $10d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide cPedestal and Under-Worksurface Lateral-File Accessories, continued 593

StoragePedestal and Under-Worksurface Lateral File Accessories, continuedUnder-Worksurface Lateral File Drawer DividerscNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Package of three under-worksurface lateral file drawerdividers: black plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1⁄8" 15" 7" TS2FDV $35d d dUnder-Worksurface Lateral File Front-to-Back RailscNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard Includes• Pair of rails to accommodate front-to-backfiling: black paintRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1" 15" 1 ⁄2" TS2FFTBR $12d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.594 Turnstone Specification Guide

StoragePedestal and Under-Worksurface Lateral FileAccessoriesUnder-Worksurface Lateral File Side-to-Side Hanging File FramescNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideStandard IncludesSpecification Information• Pair of hanging file frames to accommodateside-to-side filing: black paintDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dFor Use with 31"W Lateral File Drawer1 ⁄8" 27" 1" TS2FHF30 $22For Use with 36"W Lateral File Drawer1 ⁄8" 33" 1" TS2FHF36 $25d d dRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 595

StorageTower TooTip: Specify lock cylindersfor each lock location.Tip: For legal or side-tosidefiling, use 15" UniversalStorage rails, RXADRL15.Tip: For drawer divider,use 15" Universal Storagedividers, RXADV1212.cNeed help?Product details, seeTurnstone FurnitureSpecification GuideOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.DrawersStandard Includes• Tower Too: paint• Storage cabinet with two fixed shelves andtwo file drawers• Handle pulls: metal• Lock face ring for drawers with plastic plug toaccommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Wardrobe hook, if selected• Wardrobe rod with shelf, if selected• Dome, if selected: paint• Pencil tray, if selected: black plastic• Adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for Tower Tooand dome, if selected3 Color number for handle pulls:0835 Black9211 Nickel4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 598.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 617.Box drawers on 54"H and 66"H towers• Two box drawers in place +$140 Specify with box/box/file.of top file drawerLock • All locking (one lock for +$120 Specify with doors and drawers locking.wardrobe, second lockfor drawers, third lock forcabinet)For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.596 Turnstone Specification Guide

StorageTower TooSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dTower Too, Hinged RightWardrobe Hook24" 24" 54" TS2TWR54R $112524" 24" 66" TS2TWR66R $1160Wardrobe Rod with Shelf24" 24" 54" TS2TWR54RS $118524" 24" 66" TS2TWR66RS $1220d d dTower Too, Hinged LeftWardrobe Hook24" 24" 54" TS2TWR54L $112524" 24" 66" TS2TWR66L $1160Wardrobe Rod with Shelf24" 24" 54" TS2TWR54LS $118524" 24" 66" TS2TWR66LS $1220d d dDome24" 24" 4 1 ⁄2" TS2TDME $ 395d d dSee Turnstone Furniture SpecificationTurnstoneGuide for Terms and Conditions.Pencil Tray5 9 ⁄16" 12 7 ⁄8" 1" TS2PPT $ 10d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Turnstone Specification Guide 597

TurnstoneSurface MaterialsPaintApplies to:• Kick laminate commonshelf support bracketsPrice Group 17207 Black Texture7225 Sand (Vanadium)7236 Fog7238 FieldstonePrice Group 24798 Sterling4799 PlatinumApplies to:• Universal door frames• Kick adjustable-heightworksurfaces• Kick freestanding metaldesks• Mobile pedestals• Under-worksurface lateralfiles• Dome• Tower Too• Turnstone Value PedestalsPrice Group 17207 Black Texture7225 Sand7236 Fog7237 Slate7238 Fieldstone7239 MidnightPrice Group 24750 Champagne4751 Bronze4752 Steel4788 Gold Dust4798 Sterling4799 PlatinumApplies to:• Handle pulls0835 Black9211 NickelLaminateApplies to:• Kick worksurfaces andlaminate common shelf• Kick freestanding metaldesks25T1 Winter on Maple26T1 Natural Cherry–version 2247T Black273T Sand275T Warm White286T Fog2T50 Vanadium Fiber2T52 Tungsten FiberTurnstone PerformanceLaminate (TPL), madethrough a proprietaryprocess, meets or exceedsall test standards for highpressurelaminate.Applies to:• Kick laminate inserts2T03 Brushed SilverApplies to:• Kick freestanding metaldesks25T1 Winter on Maple26T1 Natural Cherry–version 2247T Black273T Sand275T Warm White286T Fog2T50 Vanadium Fiber2T52 Tungsten FiberVertical Surface FabricsApplies to:• Kick frestanding metaldesksKick StandardPrice Group ABrecciaGraniteLidoPrice Group 1AbacusAcadiaBariolageBelgradeBellaRoseBoccieCorniceEmbrasurePrice Group 2AmiranteAshantiAshanti ReverseBouquetCordialFirenzeFirenze ReverseFrescoMilanoRacquetsRegattaSolitaireWilshirePrice Group 3LottoMartiniquePick-Up SticksDesigntex Graded-In ProgramAll Designtex Graded-Infabrics are now supportedjust like standard fabricswhen ordered on Steelcasefurniture. The DesigntexGraded-In program alsoincludes the EnvironmentalImpact Collection, whichoffers sustainable textiles inaffordable price groups. Foradditional information andfabric samples, contact yourlocal Designtex Group salesrepresentative at1.800.221.1540.Designtex fabrics are gradedinto Steelcase Price Groups1 through 4.Vertical Surface FabricsPrice Group 1Moors (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Price Group 2About FaceAcresBracken (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)BrunswickCut to the ChaseNicheSenecalStreams (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Price Group 3ApexDalmatianFoxtrotMeringueNo Deposit No ReturnRain (Environmental ImpactCollection)Sea Breeze (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Six PackThat Straw StuffPrice Group 4Sumo598 Turnstone Specification Guide

Surface MaterialsSurface Materials 600Trim Color Defaults 604Color Coordination Matrices 605Answer Worksurfaces Color Defaults 607Directional Laminate Grain Directions 608Wood Grain Directions 611Surface MaterialsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 599

Surface MaterialsThis listing includes all PerfectMatch II PaintAccent Laminatethe surface material choices PerfectMatch II paint is athat are available for the service that allows you to Accent laminates are avail-products in this specificationguide.Refer to the Surface$60 U.S. per worksurface.Materials Reference ManualPlease see the AccentAll fabrics may not be for more information aboutLaminate swatch card withinavailable on junction trim. this program.the Steelcase Hard Finishes78"H trim can accept only Tip: The PerfectMatch IIBinder for a complete listingBelgrade fabric.paint program is not avail-of these colorful laminates.able on cabby legs.For additional information,Paintrefer to the SteelcaseMetalApplies to:Surface Materials Reference• Elliptical legApplies to:Manual.4799 Platinum• Cabby legs7207 Black• Elliptical legOpen Line9201 Polished ChromeLaminateApplies to:This service allows you to• Panel componentsLaminateorder non-standard lami-• Cabby legsnate at an additional pro-• Post legsLaminate Colorcessing fee of $60 U.S. per• Double post C-legsChoicesworksurface, plus the cost• Crank adjustable heightof the laminate.worksurfaceApplies to:• Grommet adapter plates• Universal worksurfaces–When processing orders• Universal storage pullsLaminatefor Open Line Laminate on(0835 Black only)• Answer worksurfacesUniversal worksurfaces,• Answer storage metal• Answer mobile pedestalspecify 2900 in the laminatepulls (0835 Black only)topsfinish field and enter the• Storage components• Universal storage topsOLL manufacturer informa-• Consolidation pointtion. Enter the requiredcabinetStandard Laminateedge finish as you would a• Lightingstandard laminate.Tip: For electrically2412 Natural Cherryadjustable height worksur-2421 Medium CherryEdge color for the Openfaces, transitional paints2511 Winter on MapleLine Laminate on Answeronly are available.2592 Blonde on Mapleworksurfaces must be deter-cSee Transitional Products2632 Medium Oakmined by the dealer andSpecification Guide.2711 Natural Walnutcustomer before orders can2722 Creambe entered. Specify appro-Price Group 12729 White Sandpriate 2K finish number.Textured Paint2730 Arctic White7207 Black2746 BlackFor additional informa-7225 Sand (Vanadium)2759 Warm Whitetion, refer to the Steelcase7236 Fog2771 Medium MahoganySurface Materials Reference7237 Slateon WalnutManual.7238 Fieldstone2810 Dawn7239 Midnight2811 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle2822 Woodrose SpeckleLaminaePrice Group 22823 Driftwood SpeckleApplies to:create your own paint color. able with an upcharge ofMetallic Paint2824 Smoke Speckle• Laminae screens4750 Champagne2825 Vanadium Speckle2101 Frost4751 Bronze2850 Vanadium Fiber2102 Bisque4752 Steel2851 Rhyme Fiber2103 Dove4788 Gold Dust2852 Tungsten Fiber2104 Charcoal4798 Sterling2854 Vellum Fiber2105 Fiesta4799 Platinum2857 Stream Fiber2106 Berry2859 Novell FiberNote: Laminae is not aPrice Group 32860 Granite Fibermarkerboard surface andAccent Paint2870 Blonde Bronze Patinashould not be written onPlease see the Accent Paint2871 Blackened Bronzewith markers or dry-eraseswatchcard in the SurfacePatinamarkers.Materials Finishes Binder2872 Silver Plate Patinafor a complete list of these2873 Instant Iron Patinacolorful paints.Tip: Price Group 3 paint isnot available on cabby legs.....WoodApplies to:• Universal worksurfaces–Wood Veneer• Answer worksurfaces• Answer pedestal topsand fronts• Universal storage topsand frontsSteelcase carefully selectsveneer and solid wood orconsistent color and grainstructure. Wood is a naturalmaterial and variations willoccur in color, grain, andtexture. These variationsare part of the inherent naturalbeauty of wood and arenot considered defects.All wood products willdarken with age and exposureto ultraviolet light. Thisis especially apparent withcherry and maple veneer.We recommend that deskaccessories be arrangedperiodically to ensure evenaging of wood surfaces.Veneers are flat cut andare matched for proper balanceand consistency.Open-pore finish is amedium-gloss finish thatleaves the wood texturevisible to the eye and distinguishableto the touch.Open-pore finishchoices3412 Natural Cherry3422 Medium Cherry3562 Linseed on Maple3572 Amber Maple onMaple3582 Winter on Maple3592 Blonde on Maple3632 Medium Oak3642 Natural Oak3712 Natural Walnut3722 Dark Mahoganyon Walnut3742 Autumn Walnut3772 Medium Mahoganyon Walnut3792 Black Walnut.Full-fill finish is amedium-gloss finish thatcompletely fills the graintexture, yet allows the grainpattern to be seen. Thewood has a lustrous, satinylook and it is smooth to thetouch. This finish is availableon the wood worksurfaceor top only.Full-fill finish choices3414 Natural Cherry3424 Medium Cherry3534 Winter on Maple3544 Blonde on Maple3564 Linseed on Maple3574 Amber on Maple3634 Medium Oak3644 Natural Oak3714 Natural Walnut3724 Dark Mahogany onWalnut3744 Autumn Walnut3774 Medium Mahoganyon Walnut3794 Black WalnutCustomiz stainCustomiz stain is a servicethat allows you to createyour own stain colors onstandard veneers. Customizstain color is available onall product lines that offerwood veneer.A one-time formulationfee of $400 U.S. per color,per customer processingfee will apply. The fee coversthe cost of formulatingthe Customiz finish andapplies regardless ofwhether or not an order forproduct is placed. Pleaserefer to the “CustomizStain” option price columnin your specification guidefor the unit upcharge.Customiz stain takes 10days to formulate. Consultthe Surface Materials ReferenceManual for more information.Custom veneersare also available and mustbe quoted by specials engineering.Customiz stain oncustom veneers take two tofour weeks to formulate.Requirements and informationon ordering a Customizstain color are found in theSurface Materials ReferenceManual..600 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Surface Materials.Plastic6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6685 Champagne6686 Gold Dust6687 Bronze6688 Steel6694 Slate6695 Midnight6696 Sterling6697 Fog6698 Fieldstone6699 PlatinumApplies to:• Oval pull6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6694 Slate6695 Midnight6697 Fog6698 FieldstoneNote: The following twoplastics are available forexisting customers only.The matching paints havemoved to the TransitionalSpecification Guide :6651 Tungsten6652 TitaniumApplies to:• Universal SystemsWorksurfaces–Laminatewith 3 mm edge profile6000 Black6001 Coffee6008 Bramble6615 Grey V56619 Ice6628 Tan V16631 Cream6635 Dawn6636 Mist6654 Sand (Vanadium)6655 Warm White6694 Slate6695 Midnight6697 Fog6698 FieldstoneNote: Light color plasticedges are susceptibleto degradation due to normalwear and tear. Staining(e.g. ball point pen) anddirt effects are more pronouncedin light colors andare not considered defects..Applies to:• Universal Systemsand FreestandingWorksurfaces—Laminatewith P-edge profile6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6694 Slate6695 Midnight6697 Fog6698 FieldstoneApplies to:• Universal FreestandingWorksurface—WoodVeneer with P-edgeprofile6000 BlackApplies to:• Receptacles• Modular connector• Modular infeed cover• Cable entry housing• Internode conveniencecommunication outlethousing• Internode beltway poweroutfeed• Cable grommet6000 Black6625 Translucent6651 Tungsten6652 Titanium6653 Solar Black6654 Vanadium6656 Tantalum6681 GrottoTip: Plastic components maynot be available in all colorsabove.Plated MetalApplies to:• Answer pedestal andlateral file metal pulls• Universal storage pulls0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver.Dupont Corian ®Steelcase –Dupont Corian ® –TFI AllianceSteelcase now has analliance with Dupont ®to provide UniversalFreestandingWorksurfaces—Laminatemade with Corian ® solidsurfaces. These eleganttops are produced and soldexclusively by TFI, theindustry leader in the developmentof products andprocesses with DupontCorian. This program isavailable to authorizedSteelcase dealers.Use this specification guideto understand more aboutFreestanding Worksurfaces;pricing is available fromTFI in the Steelcase CorianBinder. To order Corian,simply add “COR” to thesuffix of the FreestandingWorksurface style numberand fax the order directlyto TFI.Steelcase CorianColorsEight Corian colors havebeen selected which bestsuit the Steelcase surfacematerials color pallet.Antarctica, Cameo White,Canyon, Linen, Rivera Mist,Shale, Vanilla, and WinterFrost samples can beordered as a set.For additional informationregarding becoming anauthorized dealer or toorder literature and samplescontact:TFI1600 Oak StreetLakewood, NJ 08701Phone: 866.834.6054Fax: 732.363.9129cSee Additional Resources,page .Vertical Surface FabricApplies to:• Knit screensB902 Soft WhiteB903 FogB904 SandClassics CollectionSurface materials in theClassics Collection aretimeless. These materialsshould be available for aminimum of 10 years fromthe date the material isintroduced into the ClassicsCollection. The ClassicsCollection includes the followingfabrics in PriceGroups 1 through 3:Price Group 1AbacusP122 EntasisP123 PorticoP124 OpusP125 CuspP126 ArtifactP127 ArcadeP128 MatrixP129 AtlasP156 PilasterAcadiaG031 TinG033 IronG034 PewterG039 SilicaG040 MalachiteG041 BrimstoneG042 GalenaG043 AzuriteG044 LimoniteG045 TourmalineBariolageG220 EtudeG221 AndanteG226 CantataG227 AdagioG233 MelodyG234 BallataG235 SonataBelgradeB600 StrawberryB603 StormB604 SeafoamB606 BuffB607 HarborB608 LilyB609 MossBellaRoseB650 AvodireB651 BirchB652 WillowB653 AlderB654 LaurelB655 Wenge. B656 EbonyBoccieP300 RiceP301 AlmondP302 NutmegP303 CamelP304 OpalP305 MistP306 PlumP307 LichenP308 SpearmintP309 SkyCorniceP131 SpireP132 SpandrelP133 CrownP134 CoronaP135 SconceP136 FinialP137 PedimentEmbrasureP140 ColonnadeP141 RotundaP142 OculusP143 BalusterP144 TorusPrice Group 2Amiranté5664 Mink5665 Ivory5666 Silver Frost5677 Moonglo5679 Woodbine5686 Sea5687 Chamois5688 Balsa5689 Opal5690 Blue HorizonAshanti5610 French Cream5612 Ivory5613 Silver Frost5657 Moonglo5659 Woodbine5674 QuinceAshanti Reverse5638 Mink5639 Ivory5640 Silver Frost5648 Moonglo5650 Woodbine5654 QuinceBouquetP163 VivienP165 HostaP166 DundeeP168 AsterP169 ArgentaP170 HoyaP172 CactusP173 CamomileP174 HoneysuckleP175 Jasper..Surface MaterialsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cSurface Materials, continued 601

Surface Materials, continued.CordialE400 WhiteLilyE401 SagebrushE402 ShamrockE404 SilverleafE405 LavenderE414 Ocean ReefE415 SesameE416 MarinaE417 SpearmintFirenzeP001 TranquilleP002 StaghornP003 FigFirenze ReverseF001 TranquilleF002 StaghornF003 FigFrescoG001 SandriftG002 MistibluG003 FaonG004 SepiaG005 ArrowoodG006 ChamolineG007 GrapenutG013 PistachioG016 WinterskyG017 FlintMilanoN001 OysterN002 DelftN003 WoodlandN004 SunshadowN005 OlivineN007 RedgrapeN008 MolluskN009 FairwayN010 DahliaN012 TeakwoodRacquetsP330 LichenP331 LilyP332 AlmondP333 NutmegP334 PewterP335 SpearmintP336 SkyRegattaD004 RoseberryD006 BluesageD007 ColibriD011 LicoriceD012 ProvenceD020 Haze5335 Warm Brown V15336 Warm Brown V25338 Tan V15339 Tan V25344 Grey V15345 Grey V25369 Blue V1WilshirePrice Group 35831 Blue Violet V3Lotto5841 Warm Brown V3P310 Pewter5846 Grey V3P311 Almond5864 LarkP312 Nutmeg5865 BurgessP313 Plum5867 CastleP314 Lichen5868 FieldstoneP315 SkyP316 SpearmintPrice Group 3MartiniquePick-Up Sticks5574 May AppleP320 Bone5577 WoodsorrelP321 Cloud5578 BaneberryP322 Almond5579 WaterlilyP323 Pewter5582 MorroP324 Nutmeg5583 DivaP325 ChamoisP326 CamelOptions CollectionP327 LichenP328 SpearmintSurface materials in theP329 SkyOptions Collection areavailable on selectDesigntexSteelcase brand seatingGraded-In Programand systems products.These materials should beAll Designtex Graded-Inavailable for a minimum offabrics are now supported3 years from the date thejust like standard fabricsmaterial is introduced intowhen ordered on Steelcasethe Options Collection.furniture. The DesigntexGraded-In program alsoOptions Collection fabricsincludes the Environmentaland upholsteries are nowImpact Collection, whicheven easier to order. Specifyoffers sustainable textiles inindividual finish codes fol-affordable price groups. Forlowing the same process asadditional information andClassics Collection fabricsfabric samples, contactand upholsteries.your local Designtex Groupsales representative atThe Options Collection1.800.221.1540.includes the followingDesigntex fabrics arefabrics in Price Groups 2graded into Steelcase Priceand 3:Groups 1 through 4.Price Group 2SolitaireVertical Surface FabricP343 SpearmintP344 RicePrice Group 1P345 TaupeMoors (EnvironmentalP346 PewterImpact Collection)P347 NutmegP348 ChamoisPrice Group 2P349 CamelAbout FaceP350 MistAcresP351 LichenBracken (EnvironmentalP352 WillowImpact Collection)P353 SilverBrunswickP354 SkyCut to the ChaseP355 VioletGimletNicheSenecalStreams (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)..Price Group 3ApexDalmationFoxtrotMeringueNo Deposit No ReturnRain (Environmental ImpactCollection)Sea Breeze (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Six PackThat Straw StuffPrice Group 4SumocSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual for alisting of fabric colors.Price Group COM(Customer’s OwnMaterial)Fabric Approval andYardageTo confirm whether aparticular COM materialhas already been tested foruse on a specific Steelcaseproduct or to determineactual yardage requirements:• Visit www.steelcase.com• Click on “Tools andInsights”• Select “Customer’sOwn Material”You can find the sameinformation on the in2 site.Follow these steps:• Visit www.in2.steelcase.com• Click on “Sales/DesignTeam”• Select “Surface Materials”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”For additionalinformation regardingCustomer’s OwnMaterial, call1.888.STEELCASE...SeatingcSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual for a listingof available seatingupholstery colors.Classics CollectionSurface materials in theClassics Collection aretimeless. These materialsshould be available for aminimum of 10 years fromthe date the material isintroduced into the ClassicsCollection. The ClassicsCollection includes the followingfabrics in PriceGroups 1 through 3 and theLeather Price Group:• Available on mobilepedestal cushion top only.Group 1JacksLinkVinylPrice Group 2CanzonéCavalcadeCricketRegisRouletteSpyderSweepstakesPrice Group 3HampsteadZoeLeatherSteelcase LeatherOptions CollectionSurface materials in theOptions Collection areavailable on selectSteelcase brand seatingand systems products.These materials should beavailable for a minimum of3 years from the date thematerial is introduced intothe Options Collection.Options Collection fabricsand upholsteries are noweven easier to order. Specifyindividual finish codes followingthe same process asClassics Collection fabricsand upholsteries..602 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Surface MaterialsThe Options Collectionincludes the following fabricsin Price Groups 3through 5:Price Group 3HopscotchPrice Group 4CroquetDominoRookTivoliWobblePrice Group 5FrisbeeInfieldRetreatSkittlesDesigntexGraded-In ProgramAll Designtex Graded-Infabrics are now supportedjust like standard fabricswhen ordered on Steelcasefurniture. The DesigntexGraded-In program alsoincludes the EnvironmentalImpact Collection, whichoffers sustainable textiles inaffordable price groups. Foradditional information andfabric samples, contactyour local Designtex Groupsales representative at1.800.221.1540.Designtex upholsteries aregraded into Steelcase PriceGroups 2 through 10..Seating UpholsteryPrice Group 2Bee (Environmental ImpactCollection)Price Group 3Lagoon (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Prairie (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Reed Stripe (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Price Group 4AubergeBowlineClosed LoopCordHenryMontezumaNolitaRound AboutTangoVibePrice Group 5AbexReplaySamPrice Group 6Rough & ReadyValentinoPrice Group 7AceFireflyLeger LeafShimmyWool Suede TooPrice Group 8CoppiceDelphosFalling LeavesFurrowsLillianLosetaMeanderPackardRickshawPrice Group 9GramercyNoMadPrice Group 10PlumscSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual for alisting of upholstery colors...Price Group COM(Customer’s Own Material)Fabric Approval andYardageTo confirm whether aparticular COM materialhas already been tested foruse on a specific Steelcaseproduct or to determineactual yardage requirements:• Visit www.steelcase.com• Click on “Tools andInsights”• Select “Customer’sOwn Material”You can find the sameinformation on the in2 site.Follow these steps:• Visit www.in2.steelcase.com• Click on “Sales/DesignTeam”• Select “Surface Materials”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”For additional informationregardingCustomer’s OwnMaterial, call1.888.STEELCASE....Surface MaterialsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 603

Trim Color Defaultsfor Answer and Universal Laminate Storage Tops.Vinyl (PVC) edge trim color of topsthat are added to files is determined by thelaminate color you select for the top. Theedge color is a default and cannot bespecified.All laminates, except woodgrainlaminates, will have solid color PVCedging.Woodgrain laminates will havewoodgrain PVC edges and the grain of theedges will be horizontal.PVC square edge trim is applied to allfour sides of laminate tops.Laminate bullnose edge trim isapplied only to the sides (left and right) oflaminate tops.Laminate ColorDefault PVC Color2412 Natural Cherry 2412 Natural Cherry2421 Medium Cherry 2421 Medium Cherry2511 Winter on Maple 2511 Winter on Maple2592 Blonde on Maple 2592 Blonde on Maple2632 Medium Oak 2632 Medium Oak2711 Natural Walnut 2711 Natural Walnut2722 Cream 2722 Cream2729 White Sand 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2730 Arctic White 2776 Fog2746 Black 2792 Black2759 Warm White 2759 Warm White2771 Medium Mahogany on Walnut 2771 Medium Mahogany on Walnut2810 Dawn 2794 Dawn2811 Mist 2798 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle 2722 Cream2822 Woodrose Speckle 2794 Dawn2823 Driftwood Speckle 2722 Cream2824 Smoke Speckle 2798 Mist2825 Vanadium Speckle 2720 Ice2850 Vanadium Fiber 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2851 Rhyme Fiber 2722 Cream2852 Tungsten Fiber 2798 Mist2854 Vellum Fiber 2759 Warm White2857 Stream Fiber 2798 Mist2859 Novell Fiber 2793 Coffee2860 Granite Fiber 2792 Black2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2871 Blackened Bronze Patina 2785 Grey V52872 Silver Plate Patina 2720 Ice2873 Instant Iron Patina 2785 Grey V5.604 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Color Coordination MatricesColor Coordination MatricesRecommended Front Edge Colors for Universal Systems Worksurfaces—LaminateEdgesThe recommended edgecolor will compliment thelaminate color you specify.Edge color is specifiedseparately.Laminate Color Recommended Recommended3 mm Edge Color P-Edge Color2412 Natural Cherry 6001 Coffee 6000 Black2421 Medium Cherry 6001 Coffee 6000 Black2511 Winter on Maple 6655 Warm White 6654 Sand2592 Blonde on Maple 6655 Warm White 6654 Sand2632 Medium Oak 6001 Coffee 6000 Black2711 Natural Walnut 6001 Coffee 6000 Black2722 Cream 6631 Cream 6654 Sand2729 White Sand 6654 Sand 6654 Sand2730 Arctic White 6697 Fog 6697 Fog2746 Black 6000 Black 6000 Black2759 Warm White 6655 Warm White 6654 Sand2771 Medium Mahogany 6001 Coffee 6000 Blackon Walnut2810 Dawn 6635 Dawn 6000 Black2811 Mist 6636 Mist 6697 Fog2820 Coffee Speckle 6631 Cream 6654 Sand2822 Woodrose Speckle 6635 Dawn 6000 Black2823 Driftwood Speckle 6631 Cream 6000 Black2824 Smoke Speckle 6636 Mist 6654 Sand2825 Vanadium Speckle 6619 Ice 6697 Fog2850 Vanadium Fiber 6654 Sand 6697 Fog2851 Rhyme Fiber 6631 Cream 6654 Sand2852 Tungsten Fiber 6636 Mist 6654 Sand2854 Vellum Fiber 6655 Warm White 6697 Fog2857 Stream Fiber 6636 Mist 6698 Fieldstone2859 Novell Fiber 6001 Coffee 6697 Fog2860 Granite Fiber 6000 Black 6000 Black2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 6650 Sand 6654 Sand2871 Blackened Bronze 6615 Grey V5 6000 BlackPatina2872 Silver Plate Patina 6619 Ice 6697 Fog2873 Instant Iron Patina 6615 Grey V5 6000 Black..Surface MaterialsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cColor Coordination Matrices, continued 605

Color Coordination Matrices, continuedCableway Scallop and Edgeband Color Defaults for Universal Systems Worksurfaces—LaminateThe cableway scallop andside and back edgeband colorsare determined by theP-edge or 3 mm front edgeplastic color and thereforecannot be specified.3mm Edge Plastic Default Color of Default Color ofColor Selections Cableway Scallop Side and Back Edges6000 Black 6000 Black 6000 Black6001 Coffee 6000 Black 6001 Coffee6008 Bramble 6698 Fieldstone 6008 Bramble6615 Grey V5 6000 Black 6615 Grey V56619 Ice 6697 Fog 6619 Ice6628 Tan V1 6698 Fieldstone 6628 Tan V16631 Cream 6654 Sand 6631 Cream6635 Dawn 6635 Dawn 6635 Dawn6636 Mist 6697 Fog 6636 Mist6654 Sand (Vanadium) 6654 Sand 6654 Sand6655 Warm White 6654 Sand 6655 Warm White6694 Slate 6694 Slate 6694 Slate6695 Midnight 6695 Midnight 6695 Midnight6697 Fog 6697 Fog 6697 Fog6698 Fieldstone 6698 Fieldstone 6698 FieldstoneP-Edge Plastic Default Color of Default Color ofColor Selections Cableway Scallop Side and Back Edges6000 Black 6000 Black 6000 Black6654 Sand (Vanadium) 6654 Sand 6654 Sand6694 Slate 6694 Slate 6694 Slate6695 Midnight 6695 Midnight 6695 Midnight6697 Fog 6697 Fog 6697 Fog6698 Fieldstone 6698 Fieldstone 6698 Fieldstone..606 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Worksurfaces Color DefaultsAnswer WorksurfacesColor DefaultsEdgesThe color of the edges of aworksurface is determinedby the laminate color youspecify and therefore cannotbe specified.Laminate Color 3 mm Front 1 mm Back and SideEdge ColorEdge Color2412 Natural Cherry 2793 Coffee 2412 Natural Cherry2422 Medium Cherry 2793 Coffee 2422 Medium Cherry2511 Winter on Maple 2759 Warm White 2511 Winter on Maple2592 Blonde on Maple 2759 Warm White 2592 Blonde on Maple2632 Medium Oak 2793 Coffee 2632 Medium Oak2714 Natural Walnut 2793 Coffee 2714 Natural Walnut2722 Cream 2722 Cream 2722 Cream2729 White Sand 2848 Sand 2848 Sand2730 Arctic White 2776 Fog 2776 Fog2746 Black 2792 Black 2792 Black2759 Warm White 2759 Warm White 2759 Warm White2772 Medium Mahogany 2793 Coffee 2772 Medium Mahoganyon Walnuton Walnut2810 Dawn 2794 Dawn 2794 Dawn2811 Mist 2798 Mist 2798 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle 2722 Cream 2722 Cream2822 Woodrose Speckle 2794 Dawn 2794 Dawn2823 Driftwood Speckle 2722 Cream 2722 Cream2824 Smoke Speckle 2798 Mist 2798 Mist2825 Vanadium Speckle 2720 Ice 2720 Ice2850 Vanadium Fiber 2848 Vanadium 2848 Vanadium2851 Rhyme Fiber 2722 Cream 2722 Cream2852 Tungsten Fiber 2798 Mist 2798 Mist2854 Vellum Fiber 2759 Warm White 2759 Warm White2857 Stream Fiber 2798 Mist 2798 Mist2859 Novell Fiber 2793 Coffee 2793 Coffee2860 Granite Fiber 2792 Black 2792 Black2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 2848 Vanadium 2848 Vanadium2871 Blackened Bronze 2785 Grey V5 2785 Grey V5Patina2872 Silver Plate Patina 2720 Ice 2720 Ice2873 Instant Iron Patina 2785 Grey V5 2785 Grey V5....Surface MaterialsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 607

608 Answer Solutions Specification Guide..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................StraightWorksurfaceExtended Corner,Curved-FrontWorksurfaceCorner, 120°WorksurfaceExtended Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurfaceExtended Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurfacewith KeyboardBullet Peninsula,Curved-FrontWorksurfaceTransitionWorksurfaceCorner, Straight-FrontWorksurfaceCorner, Straight-FrontWorksurfacewith keyboardCorner, Curved-FrontWorksurfaceAngled Peninsula,Straight-FrontWorksurfaceAngled Peninsula,Curved-FrontWorksurfaceBullet Peninsula,Straight-FrontWorksurfaceBubble JettyWorksurfaceJetty, Straight-Front WorksurfaceJetty, Curved-Front WorksurfaceSpannerWorksurfaceVisitorStraight-FrontWorksurfaceVisitorCurved-FrontWorksurfaceLinkingStraight-FrontWorksurfaceLinkingCurved-FrontWorksurfaceTransactionWorksurfaceCorner, 120°Worksurfacewith KeyboardAdjustable-HeightBi-Level StraightWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightDual StraightWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightCorner WorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightDual CornerWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightBi-Level CornerWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightStraightWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightExtension LinkWorksurfaceDirectional Laminate Grain DirectionsDirectional laminatesare standard with the graindirections shown................................................................................................................................................Universal Systems Worksurfaces—Laminate

Answer Solutions Specification Guide cDirectional Laminate Grain Directions, continued 609Surface MaterialsStraightWorksurfaceCapsuleWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightBi-Level StraightWorksurfacePeninsulaWorksurfaceTapered PeninsulaWorksurfaceBubble JettyWorksurfaceExtended Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurfaceRoundWorksurfaceSquareWorksurfaceSpannerWorksurfaceCorner, 120°WorksurfaceHub SpannerWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightDual StraightWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightCorner, Straight-FrontWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightDual Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightBi-Level Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurfaceAdjustable-Height30" Radius Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurfaceTransitionWorksurfaceCorner, Straight-FrontWorksurface30" Radius Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurface30" Radius Corner,Curved-FrontWorksurfaceCorner, Curved-FrontWorksurfaceRectangleWorksurfaceAdjustable-HeightStraightWorksurfaceUniversal Freestanding Worksurfaces—Laminate..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Directional Laminate GrainDirections

610 Answer Solutions Specification GuideAnswer Worksurfaces—Laminate..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Scale 30StraightWorksurfaceTransitionWorksurfaceStraight CornerWorksurfaceCurved CornerWorksurfaceExtended CornerWorksurfaceBullet PeninsulaWorksurfacePeninsulaWorksurfaceAngled PeninsulaWorksurfaceSpannerWorksurfaceand TableOval TableVisitorWorksurfaceCurved LinkingWorksurfaceDirectional Laminate Grain Directions, continued

Wood Grain DirectionsWood Grain Directions.The appearance ofwood veneer maychange slightly dependingon the angle from whichit is viewed. This naturalphenomenon is calledpolarization, and it can beseen on natural veneer,and to a lesser extent oncomposite veneer. Polarizationis often noticed onworksurfaces installed at a90-degree angle with eachother. Please refer to thefollowing illustrations foran understanding of graindirection on yourinstallation..Universal Systems Worksurfaces—Wood VeneerStraightWorksurfaceExtended Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurfaceSpannerWorksurfaceJetty, Curved-Front WorksurfaceTransactionWorksurfaceTransitionWorksurfaceExtended Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurfacewith keyboardBullet Peninsula,Curved-FrontWorksurfaceBubble JettyWorksurfaceCorner, Straight-FrontWorksurfaceExtended Corner,Curved-FrontWorksurfaceAngled Peninsula,Straight-FrontWorksurfaceVisitorStraight-FrontWorksurfaceCorner, Straight-FrontWorksurfacewith keyboardAngled Peninsula,Curved-FrontWorksurfaceVisitorCurved-FrontWorksurfaceCorner, 120°WorksurfaceLinkingStraight-FrontWorksurfaceCorner, Curved-FrontWorksurfaceJetty, Straight-Front WorksurfaceLinkingCurved-FrontWorksurfaceCorner, 120°Worksurfacewith keyboard.Surface MaterialsAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cWood Grain Directions, continued 611

612 Answer Solutions Specification Guide..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................StraightWorksurfaceCapsuleWorksurfacePeninsulaWorksurfaceTapered PeninsulaWorksurfaceBubble JettyWorksurfaceExtended Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurfaceRoundWorksurfaceSquareWorksurfaceSpannerWorksurfaceCorner, 120°WorksurfaceRectangleWorksurfaceTransitionWorksurfaceCorner, Straight-FrontWorksurface30" Radius Corner,Straight-FrontWorksurface30" Radius Corner,Curved-FrontWorksurfaceUniversal Freestanding Worksurfaces—Wood VeneerWood Grain Directions, continued

Answer Solutions Specification Guide 613Surface Materials..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Answer Worksurfaces—Wood VeneerWood Grain DirectionsAngled PeninsulaWorksurfaceSpannerWorksurfaceand TableOval TablePeninsulaWorksurfaceScale 30StraightWorksurfaceTransitionWorksurfaceStraight CornerWorksurfaceCurved CornerWorksurfaceBullet PeninsulaWorksurfaceVisitorWorksurfaceCurved LinkingWorksurface

614 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

ResourcesLock and Keying Options 616Universal Worksurface Products Style NumberChange Matrix 618Style Number Index 624ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 615

Lock and Keying Options.Lock face ringLock cylinderFront-removable lockcylinders can be installedor removed in the field witha special tool. This featureallows you to field installlock cylinders after the furnitureis installed.All locks are designatedwith key numbers. You canspecify a key number; however,if you don’t specify akey number, the locks inyour order will be keyedrandom.Two types of locks areavailable—the standardkeying system (FR series)and the master keying system(XF series). All thelocks in the XF series canbe opened with a singlemaster key.Standard KeyingAll products are standardkeyed random..Step 1Furniture will beshipped with a plasticshipping plug. Specifylock cylinder and keyingoptions separately. Onlyproducts with factoryinstalledlock mechanismscan accept lock cylinders inthe field.Keying OptionsKey random means thatthe locks will be assignedarbitrarily at the factory withkey numbers ranging fromFR305 to FR454.Tip: Random keying canmean that different furnitureunits will have the same keynumber. If you must have alllocks keyed differently, youshould specify key numbersfor all locks.FR305FR421FR305Master key randommeans that the locks will beassigned arbitrarily at thefactory with key numbersranging from XF1001 toXF1150. All XF locks can beopened with a master key.Tip: Random keying canmean that different furnitureunits will have the same keynumber. If you must have alllocks keyed differently, youshould specify key numbersfor all locks.XF1011XF1042XF1011FR305FR398FR412XF1115XF1002XF1028XF Master KeyFR305FR370XF1011XF1099..Step 2Order enough lockcylinders to fill each locklocation. You must alsoorder a lock tool.Tip: Lock tools are reusable.You don’t need to orderadditional lock tools withevery furniture order.Lock cylinders and theinstallation tool will beshipped separately so thatyou can install the lockswhen you are ready.Key specific means thatyou can specify any keynumber from FR305 toFR454. This option can beused to key all the furnitureunits in a workstation ordepartment the same.Tip: Designate the quantityper key number in yourspecification when orderingmore than one product withthe same style number.FR350 FR350 FR350Master key specificmeans that you can specifyany key number fromXF1001 to XF1150. All thelocks in the XF series canbe opened with a masterkey.Tip: Designate the quantityper key number in yourspecification when orderingmore than one product withthe same style number.XF1020 XF1020 XF1020XF Master Key..To specify lock cylinders,list the total numberof lock cylinders that youwant with the appropriatestyle number. If you arespecifying key numbers, listthe breakdown of the quantityof each key number.Key consecutive meansthat you can specify locknumbers in a consecutiveorder to ensure that notwo locks have the samekey number until the keysequence repeats. Youmust select a beginning keynumber from FR305 toFR454.FR350 FR351 FR35230 Total..An example of how yourorder should look is shownbelow:Example:10 LOCK9201FR FR3205 LOCK9201FR FR35015 LOCK9201XF XF11001 877102003SR standardlock tool1 877102002SR masterlock toolMaster key consecutivemeans that you canspecify lock numbers in aconsecutive order to ensurethat no two locks have thesame key number until thekey sequence repeats. Youmust select a beginning keynumber from XF1001 toXF1150. All the locks in theXF series can be openedwith a master key.XF1020 XF1021 XF1022XF Master Key.616 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Lock and Keying OptionsLock CylindersStandard Includes• Lock cylinder, keyed random:9201 Polished Chrome or 9250 Ember Chrome• Two keysRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyKey specific No cost Select key number from FR305–FR454.Tip: Lock price is included inprice of furniture with locks.Key consecutive No cost Specify key consecutive and must selectbeginning key number from FR305–FR454.Master key +$20 Specify master key random.randomeachMaster key +$20 Specify key number from XF1001–XF1150.specificeachMaster key +$20 Specify master key consecutive and must selectconsecutive each beginning key number from XF1001–XF1150.Tip: A lock tool must beordered to field install lockcylinders.Tip: For replacement lockcylinders, refer to ServiceParts.Tip: You can change lockcylinders in the field byusing the appropriate locktool.Specification InformationDColor DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFR Series (Standard Keying System) – Lock CylinderPolished Chrome LOCK9201FR No costEmber Chrome LOCK9250FR No costd d dStandard Lock Tool877102003SR $16d d dXF Series (Master Keying System) – Lock CylinderPolished Chrome LOCK9201XF $20Ember Chrome LOCK9250XF $20d d dMaster Lock Tool877102002SR $16d d dResourcesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Answer Solutions Specification Guide 617

Universal Worksurface ProductsStyle Number Change MatrixEffective January 2004Old StyleNumberUE224260RUE224260RPUE224260RSWUE224266RUE224266RPUE224266RSWUE224272RUE224272RPUE224272RSWUE224860RUE224860RPUE224860RSWUE224866RUE224866RPUE224866RSWUE224872RUE224872RPUE224872RSWUE226042LUE226042LPUE226042LSWUE226048LUE226048LPUE226048LSWUE226642LUE226642LPUE226642LSWUE226648LUE226648LPUE226648LSWUE227242L. UE227242LPUE227242LSWTo make specifying worksurfaces easier,some Universal Worksurface style numbers havechanged. Now, the laminate and wood version ofworksurfaces share the same style number. Usethis matrix to convert style numbers ordered priorto January 12, 2004 to the new style number.Universal Systems WorksurfacesStraight WorksurfacesNo style number changes.Transition WorksurfacesNo style number changes.Corner, Straight-front WorksurfacesNo style number changes.Corner, Straight-front Worksurfaceswith KeyboardNo style number changes.Corner, Curved-front WorksurfacesNo style number changes.Extended Corner,Straight-front WorksurfacesNew StyleNumberUE2220RUE2220RPUE2220RSWUE2226RUE2226RPUE2226RSWUE2222RUE2222RPUE2222RSWUE2280RUE2280RPUE2280RSWUE2286RUE2286RPUE2286RSWUE2282RUE2282RPUE2282RSWUE2202LUE2202LPUE2202LSWUE2208LUE2208LPUE2208LSWUE2262LUE2262LPUE2262LSWUE2268LUE2268LPUE2268LSWUE2222LUE2222LPUE2222LSWOld StyleNumberUE227248LUE227248LPUE227248LSWUE234860RUE234860RPUE234860RSWUE234866RUE234866RPUE234866RSWUE234872RUE234872RPUE234872RSWUE236048LUE236048LPUE236048LSWUE236648LUE236648LPUE236648LSWUE237248LUE237248LPUE237248LSWUE324860RUE324860RPUE324860RSWUE324866RUE324866RPUE324866RSWUE324872RUE324872RPUE324872RSWUE326048LUE326048LPUE326048LSWUE326648LUE326648LPUE326648LSWUE327248LUE327248LPUE327248LSWUE334860RUE334860RPUE334860RSWUE334866RUE334866RPUE334866RSWUE334872RUE334872RPUE334872RSWUE336048LUE336048LPUE336048LSWUE336648LUE336648LPUE336648LSWUE337248LUE337248LP.UE337248LSWNew StyleNumberUE2228LUE2228LPUE2228LSWUE2380RUE2380RPUE2380RSWUE2386RUE2386RPUE2386RSWUE2382RUE2382RPUE2382RSWUE2308LUE2308LPUE2308LSWUE2368LUE2368LPUE2368LSWUE2328LUE2328LPUE2328LSWUE3280RUE3280RPUE3280RSWUE3286RUE3286RPUE3286RSWUE3282RUE3282RPUE3282RSWUE3208LUE3208LPUE3208LSWUE3268LUE3268LPUE3268LSWUE3228LUE3228LPUE3228LSWUE3380RUE3380RPUE3380RSWUE3386RUE3386RPUE3386RSWUE3382RUE3382RPUE3382RSWUE3308LUE3308LPUE3308LSWUE3368LUE3368LPUE3368LSWUE3328LUE3328LPUE3328LSWExtended Corner,Straight-front Worksurfaceswith KeyboardOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberUE2208KLSWNo changeUE2228KLSWNo changeUE2268KLSWNo changeUE2280KRSWNo changeUE2282KRSWNo changeUE2286KRSWNo changeUE4860KRUE2280KRUE4860KRPUE2280KRPUE4866KRUE2286KRUE4866KRPUE2286KRPUE4872KRUE2282KRUE4872KRPUE2282KRPUE6048KLUE2208KLUE6048KLPUE2208KLPUE6648KLUE2268KLUE6648KLPUE2268KLPUE7248KLUE2228KLUE7248KLPUE2228KLPExtended Corner,Curved-front WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberUEC2202LSWNo changeUEC2208LSWNo changeUEC2220RSWNo changeUEC2222LSWNo changeUEC2222RSWNo changeUEC2226RSWNo changeUEC2228LSWNo changeUEC224260RUEC2220RUEC224260RPUEC2220RPUEC224266RUEC2226RUEC224266RPUEC2226RPUEC224272RUEC2222RUEC224272RPUEC2222RPUEC224860RUEC2280RUEC224860RPUEC2280RPUEC224866RUEC2286RUEC224866RPUEC2286RPUEC224872RUEC2282RUEC224872RPUEC2282RPUEC226042LUEC2202LUEC226042LPUEC2202LPUEC226048LUEC2208LUEC226048LPUEC2208LPUEC2262LSWNo changeUEC226642LUEC2262LUEC226642LPUEC2262LPUEC226648LUEC2268LUEC226648LPUEC2268LPUEC2268LSWNo change.618 Answer Solutions Specification Guide.

Universal WorksurfaceProducts Style NumberChange Matrix.Old StyleNumberUEC227242LUEC227242LPUEC227248LUEC227248LPUEC2280RSWUEC2282RSWUEC2286RSWUEC2308LSWUEC2328LSWUEC234860RUEC234860RPUEC234866RUEC234866RPUEC234872RUEC234872RPUEC236048LUEC236048LPUEC236648LUEC236648LPUEC2368LSWUEC237248LUEC237248LPUEC2380RSWUEC2382RSWUEC2386RSWUEC3208LSWUEC3228LSWUEC324860RUEC324860RPUEC324866RUEC324866RPUEC324872RUEC324872RPUEC326048LUEC326048LPUEC326648LUEC326648LPUEC3268LSWUEC327248LUEC327248LPUEC3280RSWUEC3282RSWUEC3286RSWUEC3308LSWUEC3328LSWUEC334860RUEC334860RPUEC334866RUEC334866RPUEC334872RUEC334872RPUEC336048LUEC336048LPUEC336648LUEC336648LPUEC3368LSWNew StyleNumberUEC2222LUEC2222LPUEC2228LUEC2228LPNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeUEC2380RUEC2380RPUEC2386RUEC2386RPUEC2382RUEC2382RPUEC2308LUEC2308LPUEC2368LUEC2368LPNo changeUEC2328LUEC2328LPNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeUEC3280RUEC3280RPUEC3286RUEC3286RPUEC3282RUEC3282RPUEC3208LUEC3208LPUEC3268LUEC3268LPNo changeUEC3228LUEC3228LPNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeUEC3380RUEC3380RPUEC3386RUEC3386RPUEC3382RUEC3382RPUEC3308LUEC3308LPUEC3368LUEC3368LPNo changeOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberUEC337248LUEC3328LUEC337248LPUEC3328LPUEC3380RSWNo changeUEC3382RSWNo changeUEC3386RSWNo change120° Corner WorksurfacesNo style number changes120° Corner Worksurfaceswith KeyboardNo style number changesSpanner WorksurfacesNo style number changesBullet Peninsula WorksurfacesNo style number changesAngled Peninsula WorksurfacesNo style number changesJetty, Straight-front WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberUJ234866RUJ2386RUJ234866RPUJ2386RPUJ234866RSW UJ2386RSWUJ234872RUJ2382RUJ234872RPUJ2382RPUJ234872RSW UJ2382RSWUJ234878RUJ2388RUJ234878RPUJ2388RPUJ234878RSW UJ2388RSWUJ326648LUJ3268LUJ326648LPUJ3268LPUJ326648LSWUJ3268LSWUJ327248LUJ3228LUJ327248LPUJ3228LPUJ327248LSWUJ3228LSWUJ327848LUJ3288LUJ327848LPUJ3288LPUJ327848LSWUJ3288LSWUJ334866RUJ3386RUJ334866RPUJ3386RPUJ334866RSW UJ3386RSWUJ334872RUJ3382RUJ334872RPUJ3382RPUJ334872RSW UJ3382RSWUJ334878RUJ3388RUJ334878RPUJ3388RPUJ334878RSW UJ3388RSWUJ336648LUJ3368LUJ336648LPUJ3368LPUJ336648LSWUJ3368LSWUJ337248LUJ3328LUJ337248LPUJ3328LPUJ337248LSWUJ3328LSW.Old StyleNew StyleNumberNumberUJ337848LUJ3388LUJ337848LPUJ3388LPUJ337848LSWUJ3388LSWJetty, Curved-front WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberUJC234866RUJC2386RUJC234866RPUJC2386RPUJC234872RUJC2382RUJC234872RPUJC2382RPUJC234878RUJC2388RUJC234878RPUJC2388RPUJC2388RSWNo changeUJC3228LSWNo changeUJC326648LUJC3268LUJC326648LPUJC9268LPUJC3268LSWNo changeUJC327248LUJC3228LUJC327248LPUJC3228LPUJC327848LUJC3288LUJC327848LPUJC3288LPUJC3282RSWUJC2382RSWUJC3286RSWUJC2386RSWUJC3288LSWNo changeUJC3328LSWNo changeUJC334866RUJC3386RUJC334866RPUJC3386RPUJC334872RUJC3382RUJC334872RPUJC3382RPUJC334878RUJC3388RUJC334878RPUJC3388RPUJC336648LUJC3368LUJC336648LPUJC3368LPUJC3368LSWNo changeUJC337248LUJC3328LUJC337248LPUJC3328LPUJC337848LUJC3388LUJC337848LPUJC3388LPUJC3382RSWNo changeUJC3386RSWNo changeUJC3388LSWNo changeUJC3388RSWNo changeBubble Jetty WorksurfacesNo style number changesVisitor WorksurfacesNo style number changes..ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Worksurfaces Products Style Number Change Matrix, continued 619

Universal Worksurface Products Style Number Change Matrix, continuedLinking, Straight-front WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberUL2626No changeUL2626PNo changeUL2727No changeUL2727PNo changeUL2828No changeUL2828PNo changeUV2626SWUL2626SWUV2727SWUL2727SWUV2828SWUL2828SWLinking, Curved-front WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberULC2626No changeULC2626PNo changeULC2727No changeULC2727PNo changeULC2828No changeULC2828PNo changeUVC2626SWULC2626SWUVC2727SWULC2727SWUVC2828SWULC2828SWTransaction WorksurfacesNo style number changesAdjustable-height WorksurfacesNo style number changes.Universal FreestandingWorksurfacesStraight WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFS2430BWNo changeBFS2430SWNo changeBFS2430VNo changeBFS2436BWNo changeBFS2436SWNo changeBFS2436VNo changeBFS2442BWNo changeBFS2442SWNo changeBFS2442VNo changeBFS2448BWNo changeBFS2448SWNo changeBFS2448VNo changeBFS2454BWNo changeBFS2454SWNo changeBFS2454VNo changeBFS2460BWNo changeBFS2460SWNo changeBFS2460VNo changeBFS2466BWNo changeBFS2466SWNo changeBFS2466VNo changeBFS2472BWNo changeBFS2472SWNo changeBFS2472VNo changeBFS2478BWNo changeBFS2478SWNo changeBFS2478VNo changeBFS3036BWNo changeBFS3036SWNo changeBFS3036VNo changeBFS3042BWNo changeBFS3042SWNo changeBFS3042VNo changeBFS3048BWNo changeBFS3048SWNo changeBFS3048VNo changeBFS3054BWNo changeBFS3054SWNo changeBFS3054VNo changeBFS3060BWNo changeBFS3060SWNo changeBFS3060VNo changeBFS3066BWNo changeBFS3066SWNo changeBFS3066VNo changeBFS3072BWNo changeBFS3072SWNo changeBFS3072VNo changeBFS3078BWNo changeBFS3078SWNo change..Old StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFS3078VNo changeDS2430BFS2430PDS2436BFS2436PDS2442BFS2442PDS2448BFS2448PDS2454BFS2454PDS2460BFS2460PDS2466BFS2466PDS2472BFS2472PDS2478BFS2478PDS3036BFS3036PDS3042BFS3042PDS3048BFS3048PDS3054BFS3054PDS3060BFS3060PDS3066BFS3066PDS3072BFS3072PDS3078BFS3078PTransition WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBZC302460BW No changeBZC302460SW No changeBZC302460VNo changeBZC302466BW No changeBZC302466SW No changeBZC302466VNo changeBZC302472BW No changeBZC302472SW No changeBZC302472VNo changeBZC302478BW No changeBZC302478SW No changeBZC302478VNo changeBZC363060BW No changeBZC363060SW No changeBZC363060VNo changeBZC363066BW No changeBZC363066SW No changeBZC363066VNo changeBZC363072BW No changeBZC363072SW No changeBZC363072VNo changeBZC363078BW No changeBZC363078SW No changeBZC363078VNo changeDZ302460BZC302460PDZ302466BZC302466PDZ302472BZC302472PDZ302478BZC302478PDZ363060BZC363060PDZ363066BZC363066PDZ363072BZC363072PDZ363078BZC363078P.620 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Universal WorksurfaceProducts Style NumberChange MatrixCorner, Straight-front WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFC224242BW No changeBFC224242SW No changeBFC224242VNo changeBFC224848BW No changeBFC224848SW No changeBFC224848VNo changeBFC234848BW No changeBFC234848SW No changeBFC234848VNo changeBFC324848BW No changeBFC324848SW No changeBFC324848VNo changeBFC334848BW No changeBFC334848SW No changeBFC334848VNo changeDC224242BFC224242PDC224848BFC224848PDC334848BFC334848PCorner, Curved-front WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberDCC224242BCC224242PDCC224848BCC224848PDCC334848BCC334848P30" Radius Corner, Straight-frontWorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBBC224242BW No changeBBC224242SW No changeBBC224242VNo changeBBC224848BW No changeBBC224848SW No changeBBC224848VNo changeBBC334848BW No changeBBC334848SW No changeBBC334848VNo changeD3N224242BBC224242PD3N224848BBC224848PD3N334848BBC334848P.30" Radius Corner, Curved-frontWorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBRC224242BW No changeBRC224242SW No changeBRC224242VNo changeBRC224848BW No changeBRC224848SW No changeBRC224848VNo changeBRC334848BW No changeBRC334848SW No changeBRC334848VNo changeD3NC224242BRC224242PD3NC224848BRC224848PD3NC334848BRC334848PExtended Corner, Straight-frontWorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBE224260RBW No changeBE224260RSW No changeBE224260RVNo changeBE224266RBW No changeBE224266RSW No changeBE224266RVNo changeBE224272RBW No changeBE224272RSW No changeBE224272RVNo changeBE224860RBW No changeBE224860RSW No changeBE224860RVNo changeBE224866RBW No changeBE224866RSW No changeBE224866RVNo changeBE224872RBW No changeBE224872RSW No changeBE224872RVNo changeBE224878RBW No changeBE224878RSW No changeBE224878RVNo changeBE226042LBWNo changeBE226042LSWNo changeBE226042LVNo changeBE226048LBWNo changeBE226048LSWNo changeBE226048LVNo changeBE226642LBWNo changeBE226642LSWNo changeBE226642LVNo changeBE226648LBWNo changeBE226648LSWNo changeBE226648LVNo changeBE227242LBWNo changeBE227242LSWNo changeBE227242LVNo change..Old StyleNumberBE227248LBWBE227248LSWBE227248LVBE227842LBWBE227842LSWBE227842LVBE227848LBWBE227848LSWBE227848LVBE234860RBWBE234860RSWBE234860RVBE234866RBWBE234866RSWBE234866RVBE234872RBWBE234872RSWBE234872RVBE234878RBWBE234878RSWBE234878RVBE326048LBWBE326048LSWBE326048LVBE326648LBWBE326648LSWBE326648LVBE327248LBWBE327248LSWBE327248LVBE327848LBWBE327848LSWBE327848LVBESS4278RBWBESS4278RSWBESS4278RVD9E224260RD9E224266RD9E224272RD9E224278RD9E224860RD9E224866RD9E224872RD9E224878RD9E226042LD9E226048LD9E226642LD9E226648LD9E227242LD9E227248LD9E227842LD9E227848LD9E334860RD9E334866RD9E334872RD9E334878RNew StyleNumberNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeNo changeBE224260RPBE224266RPBE224272RPBE224278RPBE224860RPBE224866RPBE224872RPBE224878RPBE226042LPBE226048LPBE226642LPBE226648LPBE227242LPBE227248LPBE227842LPBE227848LPBE334860RPBE334866RPBE334872RPBE334878RP.ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cUniversal Worksurfaces Products Style Number Change Matrix, continued 621

Universal Worksurface Products Style Number Change Matrix, continued.Old StyleNew StyleNumberNumberD9E336048LBE336048LPD9E336648LBE336648LPD9E337248LBE337248LPD9E337848LBE337848LP120° Corner WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFB223636BW No changeBFB223636SW No changeBFB223636VNo changeBFB224242BW No changeBFB224242SW No changeBFB224242VNo changeBFB224848BW No changeBFB224848SW No changeBFB224848VNo changeBFB334242BW No changeBFB334242SW No changeBFB334242VNo changeBFB334848BW No changeBFB334848SW No changeBFB334848VNo changeDB2464BFB223636PDB2472BFB224242PDB2484BFB224848PDB3072BFB334242PDB3084BFB334848PCapsule WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFK3672BWNo changeBFK3672SWNo changeBFK3672VNo changeBFK4284BWNo changeBFK4284SWNo changeBFK4284VNo changeBFK4896BWNo changeBFK4896SWNo changeBFK4896VNo changeDK2448BFK2448PDK3060BFK3060PDK3672BFK3672PDK4284BFK4284PDK4896BFK4896P.SpannerOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFSP48BWNo changeBFSP48SWNo changeBFSP48VNo changeBFSP52BWNo changeBFSP52SWNo changeBFSP52VNo changeBFSP60BWNo changeBFSP60SWNo changeBFSP60VNo changeBFSP64BWNo changeBFSP64SWNo changeBFSP64VNo changeDSP48BFSP48PDSP52BFSP52PDSP60BFSP60PDSP64BFSP64PPeninsula WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFP2436BWBFP2736BWBFP2436SWBFP2736SWBFP2436VBFP2736VDP2736BFP2736PTapered Peninsula WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFTP48BWNo changeBFTP48SWNo changeBFTP48VNo changeBFTP60BWNo changeBFTP60SWNo changeBFTP60VNo changeDPT48BFTP48PDPT60BFTP60P.Bubble Jetty WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFJ7224LBWBFJ2472LBWBFJ7224LSWBFJ2472LSWBFJ7224LVBFJ2472LVBFJ7224RBWBFJ2472RBWBFJ7224RSWBFJ2472RSWBFJ7224RVBFJ2472RVBFJ7230LBWBFJ3072LBWBFJ7230LSWBFJ3072LSWBFJ7230LVBFJ3072LVBFJ7230RBWBFJ3072RBWBFJ7230RSWBFJ3072RSWBFJ7230RVBFJ3072RVBFJ7824LBWBFJ2478LBWBFJ7824LSWBFJ2478LSWBFJ7824LVBFJ2478LVBFJ7824RBWBFJ2478RBWBFJ7824RSWBFJ2478RSWBFJ7824RVBFJ2478RVBFJ7830LBWBFJ3078LBWBFJ7830LSWBFJ3078LSWBFJ7830LVBFJ3078LVBFJ7830RBWBFJ3078RBWBFJ7830RSWBFJ3078RSWBFJ7830RVBFJ3078RVDJ2472RBFJ2472RPDJ2478RBFJ2478RPDJ3072RBFJ3072RPDJ3078RBFJ3078RPDJ7224LBFJ2472LPDJ7230LBFJ3072LPDJ7824LBFJ2478LPDJ7830LBFJ3078LPRound WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFR36BWNo changeBFR36SWNo changeBFR36VNo changeBFR42BWNo changeBFR42SWNo changeBFR42VNo changeBFR48BWNo changeBFR48SWNo changeBFR48VNo changeBFR54BWNo changeBFR54SWNo changeBFR54VNo changeDR36BFR36PDR42BFR42PDR48BFR48PDR54BFR54P.622 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Answer Solutions Specification Guide 623ResourcesUniversal WorksurfaceProducts Style NumberChange Matrix............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Square WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFRQ30BWNo changeBFRQ30SWNo changeBFRQ30VNo changeBFRQ42BWNo changeBFRQ42SWNo changeBFRQ42VNo changeBFRQ48BWNo changeBFRQ48SWNo changeBFRQ48VNo changeBFRQ54BWNo changeBFRQ54SWNo changeBFRQ54VNo changeDQ24BFRQ24PDQ30BFRQ30PDQ36BFRQ36PDQ42BFRQ42PDQ48BFRQ48PDQ54BFRQ54PRectangle WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberBFRR3672BWNo changeBFRR3672SWNo changeBFRR3672VNo changeBFRR4284BWNo changeBFRR4284SWNo changeBFRR4284VNo changeBFRR4896BWNo changeBFRR4896SWNo changeBFRR4896VNo changeDRL3672BFRR3672PDRL4284BFRR4284PDRL4896BFRR4896PHub Spanner WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberDSPF52BFSPF52PDSPF64BFSPF64PAdjustable-height Crank WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberD3NCKSC42BBCKSC42PD3NCKSC48BBCKSC48PD9CKBC42BCKBC42PD9CKBC48BCKBC48PD9CKDC42BCKDC42PD9CKDC48BCKDC48PD9CKSC42BCKSC42PD9CKSC48BCKSC48PDCKBS42BCKBS42PDCKBS48BCKBS48PDCKDS42BCKDS42PDCKDS48BCKDS48PDCKSS42BCKSS42PDCKSS48BCKSS48PAdjustable-height Electric WorksurfacesOld StyleNew StyleNumberNumberD3NECSC42BBECSC42PD3NECSC48BBECSC48PD9ECDC42BECDC42PD9ECDC48BECDC48PD9ECSC42BECSC42PD9ECSC48BECSC48PDECDS42BECDS42PDECDS48BECDS48PDECSS42BECSS42PDECSS48BECSS48P

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page Description32WCP 460 Wire Guide Clip877102002SR 617 Master Lock Tool877102003SR 617 Standard Lock Tool88PS 456 Power Strip88PSLC 456 Power Strip98765 459 Termination Plate98766 459 Cable and Fiber Reel98767 460 Cord Reel98768 460 Cable Storage Tray98863 342 Duplex Cbl Grommet999CHT 461 Wire ClipADJHTGASCYL 413 Univ FS Pair of Gas CylindersBBC224242_ 398 Univ FS Rad Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBBC224848_ 398 Univ FS Rad Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBBC334848_ 398 Univ FS Rad Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBBCKSC42P 412 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBBCKSC48P 412 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBBECSC42P 415 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBBECSC48P 415 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCC224242_ 397 Univ FS Cor Wksf, Curved FrontBCC224848_ 397 Univ FS Cor Wksf, Curved FrontBCC334848_ 397 Univ FS Cor Wksf, Curved FrontBCKBC42P 412 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKBC48P 412 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKBS42P 413 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKBS48P 413 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKDC42P 412 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKDC48P 412 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKDS42P 413 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKDS48P 413 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKSC42P 412 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKSC48P 412 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKSS42P 413 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBCKSS48P 413 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBE224260R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE224266R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE224272R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE224278R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE224860R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE224866R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE224872R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE224878R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE226042L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE226048L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE226642L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE226648L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE227242L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE227248L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE227842L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE227848L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE234860R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE234866R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE234872R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE234878R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight Front. BE326048L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontStyleNumber Page DescriptionBE326648L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE327248L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE327848L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE334860R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE334866R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE334872R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE334878R_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE336048L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE336648L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE337248L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBE337848L_ 401 Univ FS Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBECDC42P 415 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBECDC48P 415 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBECDS42P 415 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBECDS48P 415 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBECSC42P 415 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBECSC48P 415 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBECSS42P 415 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBECSS48P 415 Univ FS Adjustable-Hgt WksfBEL25 417 Univ FS Elliptical LegBEL27 417 Univ FS Elliptical LegBFB223636_ 402 Univ FS Corner, 120° WksfBFB224242_ 402 Univ FS Corner, 120° WksfBFB224848_ 402 Univ FS Corner, 120° WksfBFB334242_ 402 Univ FS Corner, 120° WksfBFB334848_ 402 Univ FS Corner, 120° WksfBFC224242_ 396 Univ FS Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBFC224848_ 396 Univ FS Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBFC234848_ 396 Univ FS Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBFC324848_ 396 Univ FS Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBFC334848_ 396 Univ FS Cor Wksf, Straight FrontBFJ2472L_ 407 Univ FS Bubble Jetty WksfBFJ2472R_ 407 Univ FS Bubble Jetty WksfBFJ2478L_ 407 Univ FS Bubble Jetty WksfBFJ2478R_ 407 Univ FS Bubble Jetty WksfBFJ3072L_ 407 Univ FS Bubble Jetty WksfBFJ3072R_ 407 Univ FS Bubble Jetty WksfBFJ3078L_ 407 Univ FS Bubble Jetty WksfBFJ3078R_ 407 Univ FS Bubble Jetty WksfBFK2448_ 403 Univ FS Capsule WksfBFK3060_ 403 Univ FS Capsule WksfBFK3672_ 403 Univ FS Capsule WksfBFK4284_ 403 Univ FS Capsule WksfBFK4896_ 403 Univ FS Capsule WksfBFP2736_ 405 Univ FS Peninsula WksfBFR36_ 408 Univ FS Round WksfBFR42_ 408 Univ FS Round WksfBFR48_ 408 Univ FS Round WksfBFR54_ 408 Univ FS Round WksfBFRQ24_ 409 Univ FS Square WksfBFRQ30_ 409 Univ FS Square WksfBFRQ36_ 409 Univ FS Square WksfBFRQ42_ 409 Univ FS Square WksfBFRQ48_ 409 Univ FS Square Wksf. BFRQ54_ 409 Univ FS Square Wksf.624 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionBFRR3672_ 410 Univ FS Rectangle WksfBFRR4284_ 410 Univ FS Rectangle WksfBFRR4896_ 410 Univ FS Rectangle WksfBFS2430_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS2436_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS2442_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS2448_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS2454_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS2460_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS2466_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS2472_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS2478_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS3036_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS3042_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS3048_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS3054_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS3060_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS3066_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS3072_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFS3078_ 393 Univ FS Straight WksfBFSP48_ 404 Univ FS Spanner WksfBFSP52_ 404 Univ FS Spanner WksfBFSP60_ 404 Univ FS Spanner WksfBFSP64_ 404 Univ FS Spanner WksfBFSPF52_ 411 Univ FS Hub Spanner WksfBFSPF64_ 411 Univ FS Hub Spanner WksfBFTP48_ 406 Univ FS Tapered Peninsula WksfBFTP60_ 406 Univ FS Tapered Peninsula WksfBRC224242_ 399 Univ FS Rad Cor Wksf, Curved FrontBRC224848_ 399 Univ FS Rad Cor Wksf, Curved FronttBRC334848_ 399 Univ FS Rad Cor Wksf, Curved FronttBZC243060_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC243066_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC243072_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC243078_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC302460_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC302466_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC302472_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC302478_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC303660_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC303666_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC303672_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC303678_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC363060_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC363066_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC363072_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfBZC363078_ 395 Univ FS Transition WksfCBUTTRESSL 332 ButtressCBUTTRESSR 332 ButtressCFENCELC 333 Fence ConnectorCFENCERC 333 Fence ConnectorDALK24 442 Knit ScreenDALK30 442 Knit ScreenDALK36 442 Knit Screen. DALK42 442 Knit ScreenStyleNumber Page DescriptionDALP24 442 Laminae ScreenDALP30 442 Laminae ScreenDALP36 442 Laminae ScreenDALP42 442 Laminae ScreenDAP36 442 Laminae ScreenDAP42 442 Laminae ScreenDAP48 442 Laminae ScreenDAP54 442 Laminae ScreenDAVC 458 Vertebral Cable RiserDAVCE 458 Vertebral Cable Riser ExtensionDLNAC 418 Univ FS Double Post C-LegDLNANP4 418 Univ FS Single Post LegDLNANP4C 418 Univ FS Single Post LegDLNANPS 418 Univ FS Single Post LegDLNANPSC 418 Univ FS Single Post LegDLNAP4 418 Univ FS Single Post LegDLNAP4C 418 Univ FS Single Post LegDLNAPS 418 Univ FS Single Post LegDLNAPSC 418 Univ FS Single Post LegDLNCAB264 416 Univ FS Cabby LegDLNCAB26S 416 Univ FS Cabby LegDLNCAB284 416 Univ FS Cabby LegDLNCAB28S 416 Univ FS Cabby LegDSCLAMP 442 Pair of Attachment Clamps for WksfGFUBFM6X 446 Internode Beltway Power OutfeedGFUBFM6Y 446 Internode Beltway Power OutfeedGFUBFM6Z 446 Internode Beltway Power OutfeedGFUCCM 454 Internode Cord and Cable MgrGFUCH 452 Internode Conven Outlet HousingGFUCMC 454 Internode Harness ClipsGFUFFH12X 444 Internode Floor Power InfeedGFUFFH12Y 444 Internode Floor Power InfeedGFUFFH12Z 444 Internode Floor Power InfeedGFUFFH6X 444 Internode Floor Power InfeedGFUFFH6Y 444 Internode Floor Power InfeedGFUFFH6Z 444 Internode Floor Power InfeedGFUMB 454 Internode Mounting BracketGFUPMBX 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMBXNYC 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMBY 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMBYNYC 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMBZ 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMBZNYC 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMX 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMXNYC 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMY 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMYNYC 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMZ 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUPMZNYC 447 Internode Power ModuleGFUSCM 452 Internode Communication ModuleGFUT1G72X 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT1G72Y 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT1G72Z 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT1S72X 451 Internode Conven Tri-Receptacle. GFUT1S72Y 451 Internode Conven Tri-Receptacle.ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 625

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionGFUT1S72Z 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT2G72X 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT2G72Y 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT2G72Z 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT2S72X 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT2S72Y 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT2S72Z 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT3G72X 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT3G72Y 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT3G72Z 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT3S72X 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT3S72Y 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT3S72Z 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT4G72X 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT4G72Y 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT4S72X 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUT4S72Y 451 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGFUTMB 453 internode Below-Wksf Mtg BrktGFUTMC 453 Internode Above-Wksf Clamp KitGFUTP96 452 Internode Conven Tri-ReceptacleGSCLCW 535 Counterweight PkgGSGUBCX 447 Internode ConnectorGSGUBCY 447 Internode ConnectorGSGUBCZ 447 Internode ConnectorGSGUFC 445 Internode Modular Infeed CoverGSGUFMH12X 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMH12Y 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMH12Z 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMH24X 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMH24Y 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMH24Z 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMM12X 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMM12Y 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMM12Z 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMM24X 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMM24Y 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUFMM24Z 445 Internode Multipurp Pwr InfeedGSGUH100X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH100Y 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH100Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH120X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH120Y 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH120Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH12X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH12Y 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH12Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH144X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH144Y 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH144Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH22X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH22Y 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH22Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH28X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH28Y 448 Internode Modular Harness. GSGUH28Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessStyleNumber Page DescriptionGSGUH32X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH32Y 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH32Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH38X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH38Y 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH38Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH44X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH44Y 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH44Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH50X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH50Y 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH50Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH54X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH54Y 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH54Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH64X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH64Y 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH64Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH76X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH76Y 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH76Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH88X 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH88Y 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUH88Z 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUHCX 448 Internode ConnectorGSGUHCY 449 Internode ConnectorGSGUHCZ 449 Internode ConnectorGSGUHHX 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUHHY 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUHHZ 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUHSX 448 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUHSY 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUHSZ 449 Internode Modular HarnessGSGUR1SGX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1SGY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1SGZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1SSX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1SSY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1SSZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1TGX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1TGY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1TGZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1TSX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1TSY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR1TSZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR2SGX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR2SGY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR2SGZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR2SSX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR2SSY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR2SSZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR2TGX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR2TGY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR2TGZ 450 Internode Receptacle. GSGUR2TSX 450 Internode Receptacle.626 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionGSGUR2TSY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR2TSZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3SGX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3SGY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3SGZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3SSX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3SSY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3SSZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3TGX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3TGY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3TGZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3TSX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3TSY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR3TSZ 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR4SGX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR4SGY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR4SSX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR4SSY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR4TGX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR4TGY 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR4TSX 450 Internode ReceptacleGSGUR4TSY 450 Internode ReceptacleGVDDBOX 457 Power/Data BoxGVPDBOX 457 Power/Data BoxGVPPBOX 457 Power/Power BoxJBIN24LTAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN24LWTAK 515 Overhead BinJBIN24TAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN30LTAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN30LWTAK 515 Overhead BinJBIN30TAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN36LTAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN36LWTAK 515 Overhead BinJBIN36TAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN42LTAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN42LWTAK 515 Overhead BinJBIN42TAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN48LTAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN48LWTAK 515 Overhead BinJBIN48TAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN60LTAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN60LWTAK 515 Overhead BinJBIN60TAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN72LTAK 514 Overhead BinJBIN72LWTAK 515 Overhead BinJBIN72TAK 514 Overhead BinJSHF24TAK 516 Full-Height ShelfJSHF30TAK 516 Full-Height ShelfJSHF36TAK 516 Full-Height ShelfJSHF42TAK 516 Full-Height ShelfJSHF48TAK 516 Full-Height ShelfJSHF60TAK 516 Full-Height ShelfJSHF72TAK 516 Full-Height ShelfKBIN30L_ 518 Curved Front Bin. KBIN30LW_ 519 Curved Front BinStyleNumber Page DescriptionKBIN36L_ 518 Curved Front BinKBIN36LW_ 519 Curved Front BinKBIN42L_ 518 Curved Front BinKBIN42LW_ 519 Curved Front BinKBIN45L_ 518 Curved Front BinKBIN45LW_ 519 Curved Front BinKBIN48L_ 518 Curved Front BinKBIN48LW_ 519 Curved Front BinKDISPLAY24 521 Display ShelfKDIV02 522 BookendsKDIV20 522 BookendsKGANG 522 Ganging BracketKGANG20 522 Ganging BracketKLSHF30_ 520 L-ShelfKLSHF36_ 520 L-ShelfKLSHF42_ 520 L-ShelfKLSHF45_ 520 L-ShelfKLSHF48_ 520 L-ShelfKPULL 522 ADA PullKSSHF30 521 Sta ShelfKSSHF36 521 Sta ShelfKSSHF42 521 Sta ShelfKSSHF45 521 Sta ShelfKSSHF48 521 Sta ShelfLCP24K 543 Canopy LightLCP24KC 543 Canopy LightLCP24KR 543 Canopy LightLCP24KRC 543 Canopy LightLCP36K 543 Canopy LightLCP36KC 543 Canopy LightLCP36KR 543 Canopy LightLCP36KRC 543 Canopy LightLCP48K 543 Canopy LightLCP48KC 543 Canopy LightLCP48KR 543 Canopy LightLCP48KRC 543 Canopy LightLCS24K 544 Canopy LightLCS24KC 544 Canopy LightLCS24KR 544 Canopy LightLCS24KRC 544 Canopy LightLCS36K 544 Canopy LightLCS36KC 544 Canopy LightLCS36KR 544 Canopy LightLCS36KRC 544 Canopy LightLCS48K 544 Canopy LightLCS48KC 544 Canopy LightLCS48KR 544 Canopy LightLCS48KRC 544 Canopy LightLCWRIS 545 Rail-Mntng RiserLOCK9201FR 617 Lock CylinderLOCK9201XF 617 Lock CylinderLOCK9250FR 617 Lock CylinderLOCK9250XF 617 Lock CylinderLS1FSC 547, 549, Daisy Chain Cord.551.ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 627

Style Number Index, continued.StyleNumber Page DescriptionLS6FSC 547, 549, Daisy Chain Cord551LSB18M 551 Utility LightLSB18MC 551 Utility LightLSB18MD 551 Utility LightLSB24K 550 Utility LightLSB24KC 550 Utility LightLSB24KD 550 Utility LightLSB24M 551 Utility LightLSB24MC 551 Utility LightLSB24MD 551 Utility LightLSB36K 550 Utility LightLSB36KC 550 Utility LightLSB36KD 550 Utility LightLSB36M 551 Utility LightLSB36MC 551 Utility LightLSB36MD 551 Utility LightLSB48K 550 Utility LightLSB48KC 550 Utility LightLSB48KD 550 Utility LightLSB48M 551 Utility LightLSB48MC 551 Utility LightLSB48MD 551 Utility LightLSH24K 547 Advanced LightLSH24KC 547 Advanced LightLSH24KD 547 Advanced LightLSH24KDR 547 Advanced LightLSH24KF 546 Advanced LightLSH24KFC 546 Advanced LightLSH24KFD 546 Advanced LightLSH24KR 547 Advanced LightLSH24KRC 547 Advanced LightLSH36K 547 Advanced LightLSH36KC 547 Advanced LightLSH36KD 547 Advanced LightLSH36KDR 547 Advanced LightLSH36KF 546 Advanced LightLSH36KFC 546 Advanced LightLSH36KFD 546 Advanced LightLSH36KR 547 Advanced LightLSH36KRC 547 Advanced LightLSH48K 547 Advanced LightLSH48KC 547 Advanced LightLSH48KD 547 Advanced LightLSH48KDR 547 Advanced LightLSH48KF 546 Advanced LightLSH48KFC 546 Advanced LightLSH48KFD 546 Advanced LightLSH48KR 547 Advanced LightLSH48KRC 547 Advanced LightLSM24K 548 Standard LightLSM24KC 548 Standard LightLSM24KD 548 Standard LightLSM24KF 549 Standard LightLSM24KFC 549 Standard LightStyleNumber Page DescriptionLSM24KFD 549 Standard LightLSM36K 548 Standard LightLSM36KC 548 Standard LightLSM36KD 548 Standard LightLSM36KF 549 Standard LightLSM36KFC 549 Standard LightLSM36KFD 549 Standard LightLSM48K 548 Standard LightLSM48KC 548 Standard LightLSM48KD 548 Standard LightLSM48KF 549 Standard LightLSM48KFC 549 Standard LightLSM48KFD 549 Standard LightPAB12 534 Attach CablePAB12M 534 Attach CablePTDMGB1 455 Power SpherePTDMGB2 455 Power SpherePTDMGB3 455 Power and Communication SpherePTDMGB4 455 Power and Communication SpherePTDMGB5 456 Communication SpherePTGRMT 457 Round GrommetPTRSGB1 456 Power and Communication PortPTWM25 462 Wire ManagerRLN183024_ 481 Univ Lat File w/Proud FrontRLN183024F 479 Univ Lat File w/Flush FrontRLN183624_ 481 Univ Lat File w/Proud FrontRLN183624F 479 Univ Lat File w/Flush FrontRPF1827A_ 469 Univ Fixed Ped w/Proud FrntRPF1827AF 467 Univ Fixed Ped w/Flush FrntRPF1827B_ 469 Univ Fixed Ped w/Proud FrntRPF1827BF 467 Univ Fixed Ped w/Flush FrntRPF2427A_ 469 Univ Fixed Ped w/Proud FrntRPF2427AF 467 Univ Fixed Ped w/Flush FrntRPF2427B_ 469 Univ Fixed Ped w/Proud FrntRPF2427BF 467 Univ Fixed Flr Stnd Ped w/Flush FrntRPF3027A_ 469 Univ Fixed Ped w/Proud FrntRPF3027AF 467 Univ Fixed Ped w/Flush FrntRPF3027B_ 469 Univ Fixed Ped w/Proud FrntRPF3027BF 467 Univ Fixed Ped w/Flush FrntRPM1821C_ 473 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM1821CF 471 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Flush FrontRPM1827A_ 473 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM1827AF 471 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Flush FrontRPM1827B_ 473 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM1827BF 471 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Flush FrontRPM2421C_ 473 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM2421CF 471 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Flush FrontRPM2427A_ 473 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM2427AF 471 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Flush FrontRPM2427B_ 473 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM2427BF 471 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Flush FrontRPXCKFFS18F 474 Univ Conversion KitRPXCKFFS18P 474 Univ Conversion KitRPXCKFFS24F 474 Univ Conversion Kit. RPXCKFFS24P 474 Univ Conversion Kit.628 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionRPXCKFFS30F 474 Univ Conversion KitRPXCKFFS30P 474 Univ Conversion KitRPXDBT 476 Univ Bi-Level TrayRPXDMT 476 Univ Media TrayRPXDPT 475 Univ Pencil TrayRPXDRS 476 Univ Reference ShelfRPXFST 477 Univ File Drawer Stationery InsertRPXFTAKFP 467 Univ Filler for Flush Front PedRTA18184LAF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18184LB_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18184LBF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18184LC_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18184LCF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18184RA_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18184RAF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18184RB_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18184RBF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18184RC_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18184RCF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18185LG_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185LGF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18185LH_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185LHF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18185LJ_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185LJF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18185LK_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185LKF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18185RG_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185RGF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18185RH_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185RHF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18185RJ_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185RJF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18185RK_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185RKF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18186LQ_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18186LQF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18186LR_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18186LRF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18186LS_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18186LSF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18186LT_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18186LTF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18186RQ_ 500 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18186RQF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18186RR_ 500 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18186RRF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18186RS_ 500 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18186RSF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18186RT_ 500 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18186RTF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244LA_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244LAF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244LB_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud Front. RTA18244LBF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontStyleNumber Page DescriptionRTA18244LC_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244LCF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244LD_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244LDF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244LE_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244LEF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244LF_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244LFF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244RA_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244RAF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244RB_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244RBF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244RC_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244RCF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244RD_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244RDF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244RE_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244REF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18244RF_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18244RFF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245LG_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LGF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245LH_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LHF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245LJ_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LJF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245LK_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LKF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245LL_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LLF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245LM_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LMF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245LN_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LNF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245LP_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LPF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245RG_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RGF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245RH_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RHF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245RJ_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RJF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245RK_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RKF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245RL_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RLF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245RM_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RMF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245RN_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RNF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18245RP_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RPF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246LQ_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246LQF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush Front. RTA18246LR_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud Front.ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 629

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionRTA18246LRF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246LS_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246LSF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246LT_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246LTF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246LU_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246LUF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246LV_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246LVF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246LW_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246LWF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246LX_ 499 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246LXF 491 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246RQ_ 500 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246RQF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246RR_ 500 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246RRF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246RS_ 500 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246RSF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246RT_ 500 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246RTF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246RU_ 501 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246RUF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246RV_ 501 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246RVF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246RW_ 501 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246RWF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA18246RX_ 501 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18246RXF 492 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24184LA_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24184LAF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24184LB_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24184LBF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24184RA_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24184RAF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24184RB_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24184RBF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24185LG_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24185LGF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24185LH_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24185LHF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24185RG_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24185RGF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24185RH_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24185RHF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24244LA_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24244LAF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24244LB_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24244LBF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24244LD_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24244LDF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24244LE_ 495 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24244LEF 487 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24244RA_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud Front. RTA24244RAF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontStyleNumber Page DescriptionRTA24244RB_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24244RBF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24244RD_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24244RDF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24244RE_ 496 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24244REF 488 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24245LG_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245LGF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24245LH_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245LHF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24245LL_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245LLF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24245LM_ 497 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245LMF 489 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24245RG_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245RGF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24245RH_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245RHF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24245RL_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245RLF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTA24245RM_ 498 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245RMF 490 Univ Full Front Tower w/Flush FrontRTB24244LA_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24244LAF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB24244LB_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24244LBF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB24244RA_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24244RAF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB24244RB_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24244RBF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB24245LC_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24245LCF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB24245LD_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24245LDF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB24245RC_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24245RCF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB24245RD_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24245RDF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB30244LA_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30244LAF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB30244LB_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30244LBF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB30244RA_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30244RAF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB30244RB_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30244RBF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB30245LC_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30245LCF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB30245LD_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30245LDF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB30245RC_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30245RCF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush FrontRTB30245RD_ 485 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30245RDF 483 Univ Open Side Tower w/Flush Front. RTC24244LA_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud Front.630 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionRTC24244LAF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC24244LB_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24244LBF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC24244RA_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24244RAF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC24244RB_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24244RBF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC24245LC_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24245LCF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC24245LD_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24245LDF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC24245RC_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24245RCF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC24245RD_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24245RDF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC30244LA_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30244LAF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC30244LB_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30244LBF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC30244RA_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30244RAF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC30244RB_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30244RBF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC30245LC_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30245LCF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC30245LD_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30245LDF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC30245RC_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30245RCF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTC30245RD_ 505 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30245RDF 503 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Flush FrontRTL24094L_ 513 Univ Locker w/Proud FrontRTL24094LF 510 Univ Locker w/Flush FrontRTL24094R_ 513 Univ Locker w/Proud FrontRTL24094RF 510 Univ Locker w/Flush FrontRTL24095L_ 513 Univ Locker w/Proud FrontRTL24095LF 510 Univ Locker w/Flush FrontRTL24095R_ 513 Univ Locker w/Proud FrontRTL24095RF 510 Univ Locker w/Flush FrontRTL30094L_ 513 Univ Locker w/Proud FrontRTL30094LF 510 Univ Locker w/Flush FrontRTL30094R_ 513 Univ Locker w/Proud FrontRTL30094RF 510 Univ Locker w/Flush FrontRTL30095L_ 513 Univ Locker w/Proud FrontRTL30095LF 510 Univ Locker w/Flush FrontRTL30095R_ 513 Univ Locker w/Proud FrontRTL30095RF 510 Univ Locker w/Flush FrontRTV24154A_ 509 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Proud FrontRTV24154AF 507 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Flush FrontRTV24154B_ 509 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Proud FrontRTV24154BF 507 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Flush FrontRTV24155C_ 509 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Proud FrontRTV24155CF 507 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Flush FrontRTV24155D_ 509 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Proud Front. RTV24155DF 507 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Flush FrontStyleNumber Page DescriptionRTV30154A_ 509 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Proud FrontRTV30154AF 507 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Flush FrontRTV30154B_ 509 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Proud FrontRTV30154BF 507 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Flush FrontRTV30155C_ 509 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Proud FrontRTV30155CF 507 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Flush FrontRTV30155D_ 509 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Proud FrontRTV30155DF 507 Univ Wkstation Vert w/Flush FrontRXADRL15 475 Univ Rails for DrawerRXADV1212 475 Univ Dividers for 12"H DrawerRXADV1506 475 Univ Dividers for 6"H DrawerTS200130HF 536 HF Folder FrameTS200136HF 536 HF Folder FrameTS200142HF 536 HF Folder FrameTS200827CW 535 Counterweight PkgTS200837CW 535 Counterweight PkgTS200847CW 535 Counterweight PkgTS200858CW 535 Counterweight PkgTS200DV12 534 DividerTS200RW 535 Adj RailTS2F230UL 592 TS Under-Wksf LatFileTS2F236UL 592 TS Under-Wksf LatFileTS2FDV 594 TS LatFile Dwr DivTS2FFTBR 594 TS Lateral File RailTS2FHF30 595 TS Lat File FrameTS2FHF36 595 TS Lat File FrameTS2PBBF22M 591 TS Mobile PedTS2PBDD 593 TS Box Dwr DividerTS2PBF22M 591 TS Mobile PedTS2PFDD 593 TS File Dwr DividerTS2PFF22M 591 TS Mobile PedTS2PPT 593, 597 TS Pencil TrayTS2TDME 597 TS Tower Too DomeTS2TWR54L 597 TS Tower TooTS2TWR54LS 597 TS Tower TooTS2TWR54R 597 TS Tower TooTS2TWR54RS 597 TS Tower TooTS2TWR66L 597 TS Tower TooTS2TWR66LS 597 TS Tower TooTS2TWR66R 597 TS Tower TooTS2TWR66RS 597 TS Tower TooTS2VP22BBF 590 Turnstone ValuePedTS2VP22FF 590 Turnstone ValuePedTS2VP28BBF 590 Turnstone ValuePedTS2VP28FF 590 Turnstone ValuePedTS40007 538 MarkerboardTS40008 539 TackboardTS5GANGBKT 462 Ganging Bracket for TablesTS5LEGCLP 461 Velcro Wire ClipTS5SKEXT 459 Skeleton Bone Wire Mgr ExtensionTS5SKLBNE 459 Skeleton Bone Wire ManagerTS700230L 531 Answer Lateral FileTS700236L 531 Answer Lateral FileTS700242L 531 Answer Lateral File. TS700330L 531 Answer Lateral File.ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 631

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS700336L 531 Answer Lateral FileTS700342L 531 Answer Lateral FileTS700430L 531 Answer Lateral FileTS700436L 531 Answer Lateral FileTS700442L 531 Answer Lateral FileTS700530L 531 Answer Lateral FileTS700536L 531 Answer Lateral FileTS700542L 531 Answer Lateral FileTS7024BL 532 Answer Overhead Strg BinTS7024S 533 Answer Full-Hgt ShelfTS7024SH 533 Answer Half-Hgt ShelfTS7030BL 532 Answer Overhead Strg BinTS7030S 533 Answer Full-Hgt ShelfTS7030SH 533 Answer Half-Hgt ShelfTS7036BL 532 Answer Overhead Strg BinTS7036S 533 Answer Full-Hgt ShelfTS7036SH 533 Answer Half-Hgt ShelfTS7042BL 532 Answer Overhead Strg BinTS7042S 533 Answer Full-Hgt ShelfTS7042SH 533 Answer Half-Hgt ShelfTS7048BL 532 Answer Overhead Strg BinTS7048S 533 Answer Full-Hgt ShelfTS7048SH 533 Answer Half-Hgt ShelfTS7060BL 532 Answer Overhead Strg BinTS7060S 533 Answer Full-Hgt ShelfTS7060SH 533 Answer Half-Hgt ShelfTS7072BL 532 Answer Overhead Strg BinTS7072S 533 Answer Full-Hgt ShelfTS7072SH 533 Answer Half-Hgt ShelfTS71218HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS71218TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71218TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71224HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS71224MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS71224SW 324 Slatwall SkinTS71224TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71224TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71224TS 328 Technology SkinTS71224WG 325 Glass WindowTS71224WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS71230HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS71230MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS71230PTS 317 Panel Top ScreenTS71230SW 324 Slatwall SkinTS71230TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71230TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71230TS 328 Technology SkinTS71230WG 325 Glass WindowTS71230WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS71236HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS71236MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS71236PTS 317 Panel Top ScreenTS71236SW 324 Slatwall SkinTS71236TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl Skin. TS71236TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS71236TS 328 Technology SkinTS71236WG 325 Glass WindowTS71236WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS71242HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS71242MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS71242PTS 317 Panel Top ScreenTS71242SW 324 Slatwall SkinTS71242TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71242TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71242TS 328 Technology SkinTS71242WG 325 Glass WindowTS71242WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS71248HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS71248MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS71248PTS 317 Panel Top ScreenTS71248SW 324 Slatwall SkinTS71248TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71248TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71248TS 328 Technology SkinTS71248WG 325 Glass WindowTS71248WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS71260HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS71260TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71260TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71260TS 328 Technology SkinTS71260WG 325 Glass WindowTS71260WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS71272HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS71272TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71272TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS71272TS 328 Technology SkinTS71272WG 325 Glass WindowTS71272WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS712BPX 337 Power InfeedTS712BPY 337 Power InfeedTS712BPZ 337 Power InfeedTS712CH 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS712CHS 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS712CHST 317 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS712CHSTW 317 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS712CHSW 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS712CHT 317 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS712CHTW 317 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS712CHW 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS712EPJS 312 Panel JunctionTS712EPJSW 312 Panel JunctionTS712IPJS 310 Panel JunctionTS712LPJS 311 Panel JunctionTS712LPJSW 311 Panel JunctionTS712TPJS 311 Panel JunctionTS712TPJSW 311 Panel JunctionTS712UPHX 339 Power InfeedTS712UPHY 339 Power InfeedTS712UPHZ 339 Power Infeed. TS712VPJS 313 Panel Junction.632 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS712VPJSW 313 Panel JunctionTS712WPJS 314 JunctionTS712XPJS 311 Panel JunctionTS712YPJS 313 Panel JunctionTS71536MBB 536 Markerboard SurfTS71542MBB 536 Markerboard SurfTS71548MBB 536 Markerboard SurfTS718CT 334 Cable TrayTS718HF 318 Horiz Frame PkgTS718HFS 319 Horiz Frame PkgTS71SGX 336 15-Amp ReceptTS71SGY 336 15-Amp ReceptTS71SGZ 336 15-Amp ReceptTS71SSX 336 15-Amp ReceptTS71SSY 336 15-Amp ReceptTS71SSZ 336 15-Amp ReceptTS7224260ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7224272ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7224860ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7224872ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7226042EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7226048EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7227242EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7227248EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7234260ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7234272ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7234860ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7234872ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7236042EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7236048EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7237242EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7237248EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS72418HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS72418TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72418TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72424HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS72424MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS72424S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS72424SW 324 Slatwall SkinTS72424TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72424TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72424V 432 Visitor WorksurfaceTS72424WG 325 Glass WindowTS72424WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS7243036T 421 Transition WorksurfaceTS7243042T 421 Transition WorksurfaceTS7243048T 421 Transition WorksurfaceTS7243060T 421 Transition WorksurfaceTS72430HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS72430MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS72430S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS72430SW 324 Slatwall SkinTS72430TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72430TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl Skin. TS72430V 432 Visitor WorksurfaceStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS72430WG 325 Glass WindowTS72430WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS72436CC 423 Crvd Corner WorksurfaceTS72436HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS72436MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS72436S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS72436SC 422 Straight Corner WorksurfaceTS72436SW 324 Slatwall SkinTS72436TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72436TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72436WG 325 Glass WindowTS72436WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS72442CC 423 Crvd Corner WorksurfaceTS72442CCP 424 Crvd Cor Wksf w/Keyboard ShelfTS72442HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS72442MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS72442S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS72442SC 422 Straight Corner WorksurfaceTS72442SCP 424 Straight Cor Wksf w/Keybd ShlfTS72442SW 324 Slatwall SkinTS72442TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72442TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72442WG 325 Glass WindowTS72442WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS72448AP 428 Angled Peninsula WorksurfaceTS72448CC 423 Crvd Corner WorksurfaceTS72448CCP 424 Crvd Cor Wksf w/Keyboard ShelfTS72448HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS72448MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS72448S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS72448SC 422 Straight Corner WorksurfaceTS72448SCP 424 Straight Cor Wksf w/Keybd ShlfTS72448SW 324 Slatwall SkinTS72448TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72448TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72448WG 325 Glass WindowTS72448WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS72460AP 428 Angled Peninsula WorksurfaceTS72460HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS72460S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS72460TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72460TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72466S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS72472HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS72472S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS72472TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS72472TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS724BKT 309 Off-Module ConnTS724CH 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS724CHS 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS724CHST 317 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS724CHSTW 317 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS724CHSW 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS724CHT 317 Change-of-Hgt Trim. TS724CHTW 317 Change-of-Hgt Trim.ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 633

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS724CHW 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS724CT 334 Cable TrayTS724EPJS 312 Panel JunctionTS724EPJSW 312 Panel JunctionTS724EPNL 438 End PanelTS724EPS 438 End PanelTS724HF 318 Horiz Frame PkgTS724HFS 319 Horiz Frame PkgTS724IPJS 310 Panel JunctionTS724LPJS 311 Panel JunctionTS724LPJSW 311 Panel JunctionTS724MP 440 Modesty PanelTS724TPJS 311 Panel JunctionTS724TPJSW 311 Panel JunctionTS724UPHX 339 Power InfeedTS724UPHY 339 Power InfeedTS724UPHZ 339 Power InfeedTS724VPJS 313 Panel JunctionTS724VPJSW 313 Panel JunctionTS724WPJS 314 JunctionTS724XPJS 311 Panel JunctionTS724YPJS 313 Panel JunctionTS72727L 432 Curved Linking WorksurfaceTS72733L 432 Curved Linking WorksurfaceTS72748AP 428 Angled Peninsula WorksurfaceTS72760AP 428 Angled Peninsula WorksurfaceTS72SGX 336 15-Amp ReceptTS72SGY 336 15-Amp ReceptTS72SGZ 336 15-Amp ReceptTS72SSX 336 15-Amp ReceptTS72SSY 336 15-Amp ReceptTS72SSZ 336 15-Amp ReceptTS7302436T 421 Transition WorksurfaceTS7302442T 421 Transition WorksurfaceTS7302448T 421 Transition WorksurfaceTS7302460T 421 Transition WorksurfaceTS73024S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS73024V 432 Visitor WorksurfaceTS73030S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS73030V 432 Visitor WorksurfaceTS73036S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS73042CC 423 Crvd Corner WorksurfaceTS73042S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS73042SC 422 Straight Corner WorksurfaceTS73048AP 428 Angled Peninsula WorksurfaceTS73048CC 423 Crvd Corner WorksurfaceTS73048CCP 424 Crvd Cor Wksf w/Keyboard ShelfTS73048P 427 Peninsula WorksurfaceTS73048S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS73048SC 422 Straight Corner WorksurfaceTS73048SCP 424 Straight Cor Wksf w/Keybd ShlfTS73060AP 428 Angled Peninsula WorksurfaceTS73060BP 427 Bullet Peninsula WorksurfaceTS73060P 427 Peninsula Worksurface. TS73060S 420 Straight WorksurfaceStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS73060WT 431 Oval WorksurfaceTS73066BP 427 Bullet Peninsula WorksurfaceTS73066S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS73072BP 427 Bullet Peninsula WorksurfaceTS73072S 420 Straight WorksurfaceTS730BKT 309 Off-Module ConnTS730CP 342 Consol Pt DoorSkinTS730CT 334 Cable TrayTS730EPJ 306 JunctionTS730EPJW 306 JunctionTS730EPNL 438 End PanelTS730EPS 438 End PanelTS730HF 318 Horiz Frame PkgTS730HFS 319 Horiz Frame PkgTS730IPJ 304 JunctionTS730LFL 530 Answer Lateral FileTS730LPJ 305 JunctionTS730LPJW 305 JunctionTS730MP 440 Modesty PanelTS730SUC 344 C-A Lay-In UtilPkgTS730SUF 345 F-A Lay-In UtilPkgTS730TPJ 305 JunctionTS730TPJW 305 JunctionTS730VPJ 307 JunctionTS730VPJW 307 JunctionTS730XPJ 305 JunctionTS730XPJW 305 JunctionTS730YPJ 307 JunctionTS730YPJW 307 JunctionTS7324260ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7324272ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7324860ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7324872ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7326042EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7326048EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7327242EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7327248EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS73327L 432 Curved Linking WorksurfaceTS73333L 432 Curved Linking WorksurfaceTS7334260ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7334272ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7334860ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7334872ER 426 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS73348AP 428 Angled Peninsula WorksurfaceTS7336042EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7336048EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS73360AP 428 Angled Peninsula WorksurfaceTS7337242EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS7337248EL 425 Extended Crvd Cor WorksurfaceTS73618HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS73618TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73618TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73624HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS73624MBS 323 Marker Brd Surface. TS73624TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl Skin.634 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS73624TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73624WG 325 Glass WindowTS73624WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS73630HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS73630MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS73630TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73630TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73630WG 325 Glass WindowTS73630WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS73636HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS73636MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS73636TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73636TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73636WG 325 Glass WindowTS73636WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS73642HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS73642MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS73642TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73642TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73642WG 325 Glass WindowTS73642WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS73648HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS73648MBS 323 Marker Brd SurfaceTS73648TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73648TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73648WG 325 Glass WindowTS73648WP 326 Pass-Thru WindowTS73660HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS73660TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73660TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73672HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS73672TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73672TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS73672WT 431 Oval WorksurfaceTS736BKT 309 Off-Module ConnTS736CH 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS736CHS 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS736CHSW 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS736CHW 316 Change-of-Hgt TrimTS736CP 342 Consol Pt DoorSkinTS736CT 334 Cable TrayTS736HF 318 Horiz Frame PkgTS736HFS 319 Horiz Frame PkgTS736LFL 530 Answer Lateral FileTS736MP 440 Modesty PanelTS736SUC 344 C-A Lay-In UtilPkgTS736SUF 345 F-A Lay-In UtilPkgTS73SGX 336 15-Amp ReceptTS73SGY 336 15-Amp ReceptTS73SGZ 336 15-Amp ReceptTS73SSX 336 15-Amp ReceptTS73SSY 336 15-Amp ReceptTS73SSZ 336 15-Amp ReceptTS74218PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl Pkg. TS74218TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS74224PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74224TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74230PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74230TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74236PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74236TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74242PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74242TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74248PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74248TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74260PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74260TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74272PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS74272TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS742BKT 309 Off-Module ConnTS742CT 334 Cable TrayTS742EPJ 306 JunctionTS742EPJW 306 JunctionTS742ERUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS742HFS 319 Horiz Frame PkgTS742IPJ 304 JunctionTS742LPJ 305 JunctionTS742LPJW 305 JunctionTS742LUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS742MP 440 Modesty PanelTS742SUC 344 C-A Lay-In UtilPkgTS742SUF 345 F-A Lay-In UtilPkgTS742TPJ 305 JunctionTS742TPJW 305 JunctionTS742TUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS742VPJ 307 JunctionTS742VPJW 307 JunctionTS742WPJ 308 JunctionTS742XPJ 305 JunctionTS742XPJW 305 JunctionTS742YPJ 307 JunctionTS742YPJW 307 JunctionTS743MHX 340 Modular HarnessTS743MHY 340 Modular HarnessTS743MHZ 340 Modular HarnessTS74818HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS74818TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74818TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74824HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS74824TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74824TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74824WG 325 Glass WindowTS74830HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS74830TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74830TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74830WG 325 Glass WindowTS74836HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS74836TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74836TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl Skin. TS74836WG 325 Glass Window.ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 635

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS74842TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74842TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74842WG 325 Glass WindowTS74848TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74848TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74848WG 325 Glass WindowTS74860TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74860TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74872TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS74872TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS748BKT 309 Off-Module ConnTS748CT 334 Cable TrayTS748HFS 319 Horiz Frame PkgTS748HR 430 Spanner WorksurfaceTS748MP 440 Modesty PanelTS748SUC 344 C-A Lay-In UtilPkgTS748SUF 345 F-A Lay-In UtilPkgTS74SGX 336 15-Amp ReceptTS74SGY 336 15-Amp ReceptTS74SSX 336 15-Amp ReceptTS74SSY 336 15-Amp ReceptTS751HR 429 Spanner WorksurfaceTS75418PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75418TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75424PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75424TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75430PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75430TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75436PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75436TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75442PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75442TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75448PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75448TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75460PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75460TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75472PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS75472TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS754EPJ 306 JunctionTS754EPJW 306 JunctionTS754ERUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS754IPJ 304 JunctionTS754LPJ 305 JunctionTS754LPJW 305 JunctionTS754LUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS754TPJ 305 JunctionTS754TPJW 305 JunctionTS754TUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS754VPJ 307 JunctionTS754VPJW 307 JunctionTS754WPJ 308 JunctionTS754XPJ 305 JunctionTS754XPJW 305 JunctionTS754YPJ 307 Junction. TS754YPJW 307 JunctionStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS76018HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS76018TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76018TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76024HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS76024TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76024TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76030HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS76030TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76030TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76036HS 322 Steel Panel SkinTS76036TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76036TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76042TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76042TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76048TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76048TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76060TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76060TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76072TA 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS76072TK 321 Tack Acst Pnl SkinTS760BKT 309 Off-Module ConnTS760CT 334 Cable TrayTS760HFS 319 Horiz Frame PkgTS760HR 430 Spanner WorksurfaceTS760MP 440 Modesty PanelTS763HR 429 Spanner WorksurfaceTS76618PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76618TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76624PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76624TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76630PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76630TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76636PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76636TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76642PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76642TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76648PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76648TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76660PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76660TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76672PF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS76672TF 331 Tack Acst Pnl PkgTS766EPJ 306 JunctionTS766EPJW 306 JunctionTS766ERUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS766IPJ 304 JunctionTS766LPJ 305 JunctionTS766LPJW 305 JunctionTS766LUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS766TPJ 305 JunctionTS766TPJW 305 JunctionTS766TUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS766VPJ 307 JunctionTS766VPJW 307 Junction. TS766WPJ 308 Junction.636 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS766XPJ 305 JunctionTS766XPJW 305 JunctionTS766YPJ 307 JunctionTS766YPJW 307 JunctionTS76BPX 337 Power InfeedTS76BPY 337 Power InfeedTS76BPZ 337 Power InfeedTS772BKT 309 Off-Module ConnTS772CT 334 Cable TrayTS772HFS 319 Horiz Frame PkgTS772MP 440 Modesty PanelTS772TR 430 Trapezoid TableTS778EPJ 306 JunctionTS778EPJW 306 JunctionTS778ERUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS778IPJ 304 JunctionTS778LPJ 305 JunctionTS778LPJW 305 JunctionTS778LUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS778TPJ 305 JunctionTS778TPJW 305 JunctionTS778TUP 315 Junct w/Util PoleTS778VPJ 307 JunctionTS778VPJW 307 JunctionTS778WPJ 308 JunctionTS778XPJ 305 JunctionTS778XPJW 305 JunctionTS778YPJ 307 JunctionTS778YPJW 307 JunctionTS780MHX 340 Modular HarnessTS780MHY 340 Modular HarnessTS780MHZ 340 Modular HarnessTS7AB 320 Adjustable BraceTS7AV 537 Bracket for BinTS7AVH 537 Bracket for BinTS7BM 537 Bracket for BinTS7BMH 537 Bracket for BinTS7BPNY24X 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY24Y 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY24Z 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY30X 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY30Y 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY30Z 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY36X 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY36Y 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY36Z 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY42X 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY42Y 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY42Z 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY48X 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY48Y 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY48Z 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY60X 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY60Y 338 Power Infeed. TS7BPNY60Z 338 Power InfeedStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS7BPNY72X 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY72Y 338 Power InfeedTS7BPNY72Z 338 Power InfeedTS7CKBC48 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CKBS42 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CKBS48 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CKDC42 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CKDC48 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CKDS42 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CKDS48 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CKEL24 434 Adj-Hgt Extension Link WksfTS7CKEL36 434 Adj-Hgt Extension Link WksfTS7CKER24 434 Adj-Hgt Extension Link WksfTS7CKER36 434 Adj-Hgt Extension Link WksfTS7CKSC42 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CKSC48 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CKSS42 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CKSS48 433 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7CPCM 343 Consol Pt Cbl MgrTS7CPK 343 Consol Point KitTS7CPK24 339 PowerkitTS7CPK30 339 PowerkitTS7CPK36 339 PowerkitTS7CPK42 339 PowerkitTS7CPK48 339 PowerkitTS7CPK60 339 PowerkitTS7CPK72 339 PowerkitTS7CPMB 343 Consol Pt Mtg BrktTS7CPS 438 Center Support PanelTS7CTRPNL 438 Center Support PanelTS7DPLS 439, 389 Double Post LegTS7ECDC48 435 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7ECDS42 435 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7ECDS48 435 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7ECSC42 435 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7ECSC48 435 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7ECSS42 435 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7ECSS48 435 Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTS7FSLVE 341 Horizontal Cbl SleeveTS7GC 433 Pair of Gas CylindersTS7HSLVE 341 Grommet/Horiz BarTS7JSLVE 341 Grommet/JunctionTS7LSLVE 340 Junct Cbl SleeveTS7LWM 461 Post Leg Wire ManagerTS7MTPK 539 Hanging KitTS7NPLC 439, 389 Nesting Post Leg w/CstrTS7PK24X 335 PowerkitTS7PK24Y 335 PowerkitTS7PK24Z 335 PowerkitTS7PK30X 335 PowerkitTS7PK30Y 335 PowerkitTS7PK30Z 335 PowerkitTS7PK36X 335 PowerkitTS7PK36Y 335 Powerkit. TS7PK36Z 335 Powerkit.ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 637

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionTS7PK42X 335 PowerkitTS7PK42Y 335 PowerkitTS7PK42Z 335 PowerkitTS7PK48X 335 PowerkitTS7PK48Y 335 PowerkitTS7PK48Z 335 PowerkitTS7PK60X 335 PowerkitTS7PK60Y 335 PowerkitTS7PK60Z 335 PowerkitTS7PK72X 335 PowerkitTS7PK72Y 335 PowerkitTS7PK72Z 335 PowerkitTS7PT18X 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT18Y 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT18Z 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT24X 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT24Y 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT24Z 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT30X 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT30Y 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT30Z 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT36X 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT36Y 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT36Z 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT42X 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT42Y 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT42Z 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT48X 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT48Y 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT48Z 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT60X 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT60Y 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT60Z 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT72X 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT72Y 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PT72Z 335 Pass-Thru Pwr KitTS7PTC 328 Technology CoverTS7PVWM 552 Vert Wire MgrTS7SPLC 439, 389 Single Post Leg w/CstrTS7SPLS 439, 389 Single Post LegTS7STDIV 439, 517 DividerTS7TIEPLATE 537, 387 Tie PlatesTSACKBC42 570 Kick Adj-Hgt WksfTSACKBC48 570 Kick Adj-Hgt WksfTSACKEL24 571 Kick Adj-Hgt WksfTSACKEL36 571 Kick Adj-Hgt WksfTSACKER24 571 Kick Adj-Hgt WksfTSACKER36 571 Kick Adj-Hgt WksfTSACKSC42 570 Kick Adj-Hgt WksfTSACKSC48 570 Kick Adj-Hgt WksfTSACKSS42 570 Kick Adj-Hgt WksfTSACKSS48 570 Kick Adj-Hgt WksfTSAEGROM 569 Kick Grommet PkgTSAF2448 575 Kick FS MD Shell. TSAF2448F 575 Kick FS MD ShellStyleNumber Page DescriptionTSAF2448M 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF2460 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF2460F 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF2460M 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF2466 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF2466F 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF2466M 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF2472 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF2472F 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF2472M 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF3060 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF3060F 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF3060M 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF3066 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF3066F 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF3066M 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF3072 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF3072F 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAF3072M 575 Kick FS MD ShellTSAFB2436 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2436F 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2436M 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2442 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2442F 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2442M 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2448 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2448F 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2448M 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2460 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2460F 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFB2460M 586 Kick FS MD BridgeTSAFC2436 580 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFC2436F 580 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFC2436M 580 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFC2442 580 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFC2442F 580 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFC2442M 580 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFC2448 580 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFC2448F 580 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFC2448M 580 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP2460 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP2460F 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP2460M 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP2466 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP2466F 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP2466M 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP2472 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP2472F 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP2472M 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP3060 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP3060F 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP3060M 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP3066 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP3066F 579 Kick FS MD Desk. TSAFDP3066M 579 Kick FS MD Desk.638 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionTSAFDP3072 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP3072F 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFDP3072M 579 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFP3060 587 Kick FS MD WksfTSAFP3060F 587 Kick FS MD WksfTSAFP3060M 587 Kick FS MD WksfTSAFP3072 587 Kick FS MD WksfTSAFP3072F 587 Kick FS MD WksfTSAFP3072M 587 Kick FS MD WksfTSAFR2424 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2424F 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2424M 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2430 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2430F 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2430M 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2436 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2436F 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2436M 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2442 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2442F 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2442M 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2448 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2448F 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2448M 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2454 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2454F 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2454M 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2460 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2460F 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFR2460M 583 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2424 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2424F 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2424M 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2430 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2430F 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2430M 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2436 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2436F 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2436M 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2442 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2442F 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2442M 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2448 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2448F 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2448M 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2454 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2454F 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2454M 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2460 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2460F 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFRP2460M 585 Kick FS MD ReturnTSAFSD48 588 Kick FS MD OH CabTSAFSD60 588 Kick FS MD OH CabTSAFSD66 588 Kick FS MD OH Cab. TSAFSD72 588 Kick FS MD OH CabStyleNumber Page DescriptionTSAFSP2460 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP2460F 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP2460M 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP2466 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP2466F 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP2466M 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP2472 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP2472F 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP2472M 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP3060 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP3060F 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP3060M 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP3066 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP3066F 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP3066M 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP3072 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP3072F 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSP3072M 577 Kick FS MD DeskTSAFSS48 588 Kick FS MD OH CabTSAFSS60 588 Kick FS MD OH CabTSAFSS66 588 Kick FS MD OH CabTSAFSS72 588 Kick FS MD OH CabTSAFTB48 589 Kick FS MD TkbdTSAFTB60 589 Kick FS MD TkbdTSAFTB66 589 Kick FS MD TkbdTSAFTB72 589 Kick FS MD TkbdTSAPDSU6636 554 Kick Univ Pnl DrTSAPDSU6642 554 Kick Univ Pnl DrTSAPDSU7836 554 Kick Univ Pnl DrTSAPDSU7842 554 Kick Univ Pnl DrTSASLCL24 572 Kick Common ShelfTSASLCL30 572 Kick Common ShelfTSASLCL36 572 Kick Common ShelfTSASLCL42 572 Kick Common ShelfTSASLCL48 572 Kick Common ShelfTSATRC57 568 Kick Reinf ChannelTSATRC72 568 Kick Reinf ChannelTSAWCC1836 558 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWCC1842 558 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWCC1848 558 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWCC2436 558 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWCC2442 558 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWCC2448 558 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWCC3048 558 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWCS2436 557 Kick Str Cor WksfTSAWCS2442 557 Kick Str Cor WksfTSAWCS2448 557 Kick Str Cor WksfTSAWCS3048 557 Kick Str Cor WksfTSAWCSS2448 559 Kick Split Cnr WksfTSAWE224860 561 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE224872 561 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE226048 560 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE227248 560 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE234860 561 Kick Crvd Cor Wksf. TSAWE234872 561 Kick Crvd Cor Wksf.ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 639

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionTSAWE236048 560 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE237248 560 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE324860 561 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE324872 561 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE326048 560 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE327248 560 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE334860 561 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE334872 561 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE336048 560 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWE337248 560 Kick Crvd Cor WksfTSAWL2727A 567 Kick Link WksfTSAWL2733A 567 Kick Link WksfTSAWL3327A 567 Kick Link WksfTSAWL3333A 567 Kick Link WksfTSAWN51A 565 Kick Spanner WksfTSAWN63A 565 Kick Spanner WksfTSAWP3048 563 Kick Penin WksfTSAWP3060 563 Kick Penin WksfTSAWP3072 563 Kick Penin WksfTSAWPA2448 564 Kick Penin WksfTSAWPA3048 564 Kick Penin WksfTSAWS1824 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS1830 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS1836 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS1842 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS1848 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS1854 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS1860 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS1866 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS1872 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS2424 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS2430 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS2436 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS2442 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS2448 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS2454 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS2460 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS2466 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS2472 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS3024 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS3030 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS3036 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS3042 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS3048 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS3054 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS3060 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS3066 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWS3072 555 Kick Straight WksfTSAWV2424 566 Kick Visitor WksfTSAWV2430 566 Kick Visitor WksfTSAWV3024 566 Kick Visitor WksfTSAWV3030 566 Kick Visitor WksfTSAWX182436 556 Kick Transtn WksfTSAWX182442 556 Kick Transtn Wksf. TSAWX182448 556 Kick Transtn WksfStyleNumber Page DescriptionTSAWX241836 556 Kick Transtn WksfTSAWX241842 556 Kick Transtn WksfTSAWX241848 556 Kick Transtn WksfTSAWX243036 556 Kick Transtn WksfTSAWX243042 556 Kick Transtn WksfTSAWX243048 556 Kick Transtn WksfTSAWX302436 556 Kick Transtn WksfTSAWX302442 556 Kick Transtn WksfTSAWX302448 556 Kick Transtn WksfTSAWY2436 562 Kick 120 Cor WksfTSAWY2442 562 Kick 120 Cor WksfTSAWY2448 562 Kick 120 Cor WksfTSAWY3036 562 Kick 120 Cor WksfTSAWY3042 562 Kick 120 Cor WksfTSCANT 436 On-Module CantileverTU720BBFL 527 Answer Fixed PedestalTU720FFL 527 Answer Fixed PedestalTU726BBFL 527 Answer Fixed PedestalTU726FFL 527 Answer Fixed PedestalTU7BBFM 529 Answer Mobile PedestalTU7FFM 529 Answer Mobile PedestalTU7MOBILE 529 Answer Mobile PedestalUB223636_ 364 Univ Sys Corner, 120° WksfUB224242_ 364 Univ Sys Corner, 120° WksfUB224242K_ 365 Univ Sys Corner, 120° WksfUB224848_ 364 Univ Sys Corner, 120° WksfUB224848K_ 365 Univ Sys Corner, 120° WksfUB333636_ 364 Univ Sys Corner, 120° WksfUB334242_ 364 Univ Sys Corner, 120° WksfUB334242K_ 365 Univ Sys Corner, 120° WksfUB334848_ 364 Univ Sys Corner, 120° WksfUB334848K_ 365 Univ Sys Corner, 120° WksfUC114242_ 354 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUC124242_ 354 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUC214242_ 354 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUC223636_ 354 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUC224242_ 354 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUC224848_ 354 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUC224848K_ 355 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUC226060_ 354 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUC226060K_ 355 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUC334242_ 354 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUC334848_ 354 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUCANT 386 Univ Sys On-Module CantileverUCC114242_ 356 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUCC124242_ 356 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUCC214242_ 356 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUCC223636_ 356 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUCC224242_ 356 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUCC224848_ 356 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUCC226060_ 356 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUCC334242_ 356 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUCC334848_ 356 Univ Sys Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUCKBC42_ 380 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt Wksf. UCKBC48_ 380 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt Wksf.640 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionUCKBS42_ 381 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUCKBS48_ 381 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUCKDC42_ 380 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUCKDC48_ 380 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUCKDS42_ 381 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUCKDS48_ 381 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUCKEL24_ 382 Univ Sys Adj-Hgt Ext Link WksfUCKEL36_ 382 Univ Sys Adj-Hgt Ext Link WksfUCKER24_ 382 Univ Sys Adj-Hgt Ext Link WksfUCKER36_ 382 Univ Sys Adj-Hgt Ext Link WksfUCKSC42_ 380 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUCKSC48_ 380 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUCKSS42_ 381 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUCKSS48_ 381 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUCSP 388 Univ Sys On-Module Center Sprt PnlUCSPS 388 Univ Sys On-Module Center Sprt PnlUE2202L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2208KL_ 360 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2208L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2220R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2222L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2222R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2226R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2228KL_ 360 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2228L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2262L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2268KL_ 360 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2268L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2280KR_ 360 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2280R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2282KR_ 360 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2282R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2286KR_ 360 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2286R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2308L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2328L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2368L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2380R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2382R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE2386R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3208L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3228L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3268L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3280R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3282R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3286R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3308L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3328L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3368L_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3380R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3382R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUE3386R_ 359 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Straight FrontUEC2202L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2208L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved Front. UEC2220R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontStyleNumber Page DescriptionUEC2222L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2222R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2226R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2228L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2262L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2268L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2280R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2282R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2286R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2308L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2328L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2368L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2380R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2382R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC2386R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3208L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3228L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3268L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3280R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3282R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3286R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3308L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3328L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3368L_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3380R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3382R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUEC3386R_ 363 Univ Sys Ext Cor Wksf, Curved FrontUECDC42_ 385 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUECDC48_ 385 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUECDS42_ 385 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUECDS48_ 385 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUECSC42_ 385 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUECSC48_ 385 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUECSS42_ 385 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUECSS48_ 385 Univ Sys Adjustable-Hgt WksfUEP24 388 Univ Sys On-Module End PanelUEP24S 388 Univ Sys On-Module End PanelUEP30 388 Univ Sys On-Module End PanelUEP30S 388 Univ Sys On-Module End PanelUGC 381 Univ Sys Pair of Gas CylindersUJ2382R_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ2386R_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ2388R_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ3228L_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ3268L_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ3288L_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ3328L_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ3368L_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ3382R_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ3386R_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ3388L_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJ3388R_ 371 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Straight FrontUJBC2430L_ 373 Univ Sys Bubble Jetty WksfUJBC2430R_ 373 Univ Sys Bubble Jetty Wksf. UJBC2436L_ 373 Univ Sys Bubble Jetty Wksf.ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 641

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionUJBC2436R_ 373 Univ Sys Bubble Jetty WksfUJBC2442L_ 373 Univ Sys Bubble Jetty WksfUJBC2442R_ 373 Univ Sys Bubble Jetty WksfUJBC2448L_ 373 Univ Sys Bubble Jetty WksfUJBC2448R_ 373 Univ Sys Bubble Jetty WksfUJC2382R_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC2386R_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC2388R_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC3228L_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC3268L_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC3288L_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC3328L_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC3368L_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC3382R_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC3386R_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC3388L_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUJC3388R_ 372 Univ Sys Jetty Wksf, Curved FrontUL2727_ 375 Univ Sys Linking Wksf, Str FrntULC2727_ 377 Univ Sys Linking Wksf, Crvd FrntUPA2748_ 369 Univ Sys Ang Penin Wksf, Str FrontUPAC2648_ 370 Univ Sys Ang Penin Wksf, Crvd FrontUPB3060_ 367 Univ Sys Bullet Penin Wksf, Str FrntUPB3066_ 367 Univ Sys Bullet Penin Wksf, Str FrntUPB3072_ 367 Univ Sys Bullet Penin Wksf, Str FrntUPBC3060_ 368 Univ Sys Bullet Penin Wksf, Crvd FrntUPBC3066_ 368 Univ Sys Bullet Penin Wksf, Crvd FrntUPBC3072_ 368 Univ Sys Bullet Penin Wksf, Crvd FrntUS1830_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS1836_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS1842_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS1848_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS1854_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS1860_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS2424_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS2430_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS2436_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS2442_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS2448_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS2454_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS2460_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS2466_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS2472_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS3024_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS3030_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS3036_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS3042_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS3048_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS3054_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS3060_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS3066_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUS3072_ 351 Univ Sys Straight WksfUSPC47_ 366 Univ Sys Spanner WksfUSPC51_ 366 Univ Sys Spanner WksfUSPC59_ 366 Univ Sys Spanner Wksf. USPC63_ 366 Univ Sys Spanner WksfStyleNumber Page DescriptionUT1242R_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT1248R_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT1254R_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT1260R_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT2136L_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT2142L_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT2148L_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT2154L_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT2160L_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT2336R_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT2342R_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT2348R_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT2354R_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT2360R_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT3236L_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT3242L_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT3248L_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT3254L_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUT3260L_ 353 Univ Sys Transition WksfUTR1630A_ 378 Univ Sys Transaction WksfUTR1636A_ 378 Univ Sys Transaction WksfUTR1642A_ 378 Univ Sys Transaction WksfUTR1648A_ 378 Univ Sys Transaction WksfUTR1660A_ 378 Univ Sys Transaction WksfUV2424L_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV2424R_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV2430L_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV2430R_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV2436L_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV2436R_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV2442L_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV2442R_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV2448L_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV2448R_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV3030L_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV3030R_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV3036L_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV3036R_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV3042L_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV3042R_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV3048L_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUV3048R_ 375 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Str FrntUVC2424L_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC2424R_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC2430L_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC2430R_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC2436L_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC2436R_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC2442L_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC2442R_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC2448L_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC2448R_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC3030L_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC3030R_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd Frnt. UVC3036L_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd Frnt.642 Answer Solutions Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionUVC3036R_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC3042L_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC3042R_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC3048L_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntUVC3048R_ 377 Univ Sys Visitor Wksf, Crvd FrntZAP 389 Univ Sys Adjustable ColumnZB1R1IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB1R1SGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB1R2IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB1R2SGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB1R3IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB1R3SGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB1R4IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB1R4SGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB2R1IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB2R1SGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB2R2IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB2R2SGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB2R3IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB2R3SGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB2R4IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB2R4SGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB3R1IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB3R1SGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB3R2IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB3R2SGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB3R3IGH 336 20-Amp ReceptZB3R3SGH 336 20-Amp Recept...ResourcesAnswer Solutions Specification Guide 643

Trademark List.® The following registered trademarks are usedunder license from Steelcase DevelopmentCorporation: Accelerate, Addition, Ally,Answer, Anthem, Arrondi, Avenir, Ballet,Brayton International, Brayton TextileCollection, Breton, Broadmoor, CaneCreek,Canto, Chancellor, Collegium, Company,Concentrx, Conjunction, Context, Criterion,Crushed Can, Decorum, Designtex, Details,Drive, Elective Elements, Ellipse, EmberChrome, Emerge, Etude, Exclamation Mark,Firstfile, Gentry, Ginkgo, Ginkgo Biloba,Hardwear, Ideo, Internode, Jersey, Kart, Kick,LaCosta, Latour, Leap, Let’s B, Lucy, Lyra,Lytyn, Manhattan Product Configuration,Maxstacker, Media Dock, Metro, Migrations,Miko, Montage, Novasuede, Oriana, Paladin,Paperflo, Parade, Paradigm, Pathways,Perfect Match, Player, Power Pincher,Protégé, Raf System, Rally, Rapport,Relevant, Reply, Revest, Secant, Segment,Sensor, Series 9000, Springboard, Steelcase,Steelcase Design Partnership, SteelcaseWorkplace Performance, Stow Davis,TeamWork, Technique, Treehouse, Trilogy,Turnstone, Underscore, Valencia, Vecta,Vectaflex, Werndl, Wizard, and Workflo.® The following is a registered trademark ofLeviton Manufacturing Company, Little Neck,NY: Decora.® The following is a registered trademark ofMicrosoft Corporation, Redmond, WA:Microsoft.® The following is a registered trademark ofPanduit Corporation, Lockport, IL: Panduit.® The following is a registered trademark ofTrav (Press), Cuneo, Italy: Assisa.® The following is a registered trademark ofVirtual Ink Corporation: mimioActive.® The following registered trademarks are underlicense from Wilkhahn Furniture Products:Avera, Confair, Senzo, Versal, and WilkhahnFS.. The following trademarks are used underlicense from Steelcase DevelopmentCorporation: 4 o’clock, à la carte,Active/Passive Shelf, Activity Products, Adia,Alcove, Alerion, Alexander Street Collection,Aliso, Allegro, Alongside, American Elect,American Tradition, Anson, Arbor,Archipelago, Archive Collection, Arriva, Ascot,Astor, Austin, Avalon, Barrymore, Berwick,Bira, Bix, Bonn, Boomerang, Booth, Bradbury,Breadbox, Brio, Buxton, Cachet, Callahan,Camber, Canopy, Cappucino, Catalina, CbP,Chester, Chorus, Chronos, Churchill, Ciao,Clarendon, Classic Rectangular, Clou,Collaboration, Collins, Cologne, Colorbox,Common (Shelf), Commons, Community,Community Base Planning, Convene, Convey,Cortex, Cosima, Croix, Cubby, Cubis,Cushion, Customiz, Dataduct, Datum, Debut,Deck, Dedoes, Detour, Detriana, DNA,Domain, Donovan, Dorchester, Downspout,Drop Top Hutch, Duospace, Eastlake,Eastridge, Eco, Ella, Elsa, Emmy, Encounter,Enea, EnSync, Ensemble, Entourage,Environmental Impact, Equinox, Escapade,Et Al, E-table, Everest, Exponents, Express12,Extreme Conditions, Fillmore, Flat Top, Fling,Flip Top, Footnote, Fortuna, Frontier, Futu,Fuji, Galilie, Galveston, Garland, Ginger,Glenwood, Go Wall, Greco, Greenbrier, Grip,Groove, Group Work, Hannah, Hatch,Hatchback, Hatteras, Health Design, Herren,Hitch, Huddleboard, Impact, Incognito, Indy,InfoWizard, InterAct, IOS, I-Solve, Jacket,Jenny, Jetty, Juice, Kelly, Kendo, Kiana,L’Attitude, Lazlo, Lean Too, Lemon, Lift-N-Slide, Lotus, Lyric, M/O, Malibu, Manhatten,Mansfield, Martini, Masque, Mingle, Monarch,Monteray, Montreal, MyWizard, Nadia, Nickel,Nine, Ontrak, Onyx, Outlook, Paloma,Parliament, Parts Advantage, Pasio,Passarelle, Patriarch, Patterson, Payback,Peek, Pendio, Personal Border, Pier Top,Pipe, Pisa, Playback, Portal, Progeny,Quotient, Radio, Rag Top, Rei, Request,Reunion, Rhine, Rialto, Ricetta, Riser, RizziArc, Rocco, RoomWizard, Rover, Runaround,Runner, Sage, Satellite, Scribe, Shadow,Shield, Shortbed, Skinny, Sidebar, Sidewalk,Sieste, Sine, Smoke, Snug, Softwork, Sonata,Spinz, Sportswear, St. Clair, Stafford,Stationkits, Stiletto, Stuttgart, Super Shelf,Surprise!, Swathmore, Switch, Tableau, Taco,Template, Terrazzo, Tessare, Theorem, Tonga,Topaz, Topo, Top Spin, Touchdown,Translations, Train, Trolly, T-Wall, Umbrella,Underline, Unison, Uno, Utility Bar, Venetia,Walden, Warehouse, Wellaver, Whittier,Windsor, and Wizard WebSigns. The following is a trademark of MicrosoftCorporation, Redmond, WA: Windows. The following is a trademark of Ultrafabrics,LLC, Elmsford, NY: Ultraleather. The following trademarks are used underlicense from Wilkhahn Furniture: Cana, Linus,Logon, Picto, Range, Stitz, Thema, Timetable,and Tubis...